~ubuntu-branches/debian/sid/tex4ht/sid

« back to all changes in this revision

Viewing changes to src/tex4ht-html4.tex

  • Committer: Bazaar Package Importer
  • Author(s): Kapil Hari Paranjape
  • Date: 2005-04-05 14:14:41 UTC
  • mfrom: (1.2.1 upstream) (2.1.2 hoary)
  • Revision ID: james.westby@ubuntu.com-20050405141441-x4dojdgz3frkfyet
Tags: 20050402.1817-1
* New upstream release (2005-04-02-18:17). Closes: #299934.
* See README.src, README.validate, README.Debian and copyright
  for information on minor changes.
* This upload fixes a some .htf files. Closes: #295109.
* Updated the description to reflect recent changes.
* Fixed some typos in src/tex4ht-mkht.tex and consequently
  in the mk4ht script.
* Updated the man page to include mk4ht. 
* Updated the description of options for the scripts in the man page.
  Put more information in the man page about the way the system works.
  Closes: #219348, #219347.
* Added debian/watch file.

Show diffs side-by-side

added added

removed removed

Lines of Context:
 
1
% Compile 3 timws: latex tex4ht-html4
 
2
%             or   xhlatex tex4ht-html4 "html,3,sections+"
 
3
% Copy html.4ht into the work directory before each of the 
 
4
%            first two compilations
 
5
%
 
6
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7
% tex4ht-html4.tex                                       %
 
8
% Copyright (C) 1996--            Eitan M. Gurari        %
 
9
%                                                        %
 
10
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %
 
11
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either %
 
12
% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any    %
 
13
% later version. The latest version of this license is   %
 
14
% in                                                     %
 
15
%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt                %
 
16
% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions  %
 
17
% of LaTeX version 2003/12/01 or later.                  %
 
18
%                                                        %
 
19
% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".%
 
20
%                                                        %
 
21
% This Current Maintainer of this work                   %
 
22
% is Eitan M. Gurari.                                    %
 
23
%                                                        %
 
24
% If you modify this file your changing the signature    %
 
25
% in \message{(signature)} below will be appreciated.    %
 
26
%                                                        %
 
27
%                             gurari@cse.ohio-state.edu  %
 
28
%                 http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari  %
 
29
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%   
 
30
\message{(<signature>)}
 
31
 
 
32
 
 
33
 
 
34
\ifx \HTML\UnDef
 
35
   \def\HTML{html4,html4-math,html4-uni} 
 
36
   \def\CONFIG{\jobname}
 
37
   \def\MAKETITLE{\author{Eitan M. Gurari}}
 
38
   \def\next{\input mktex4ht.4ht  \endinput}
 
39
   \def\OPTIONS{xhtml,3,sections+}
 
40
   \expandafter\next
 
41
\fi
 
42
 
 
43
 
 
44
 
 
45
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% definitions %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
46
 
 
47
\let\AltxModifyShowCode=\ModifyShowCode
 
48
\def\ModifyShowCode{%
 
49
   \def\by{by}\def\={=}\AltxModifyShowCode}
 
50
\let\pReModifyOutputCode=\ModifyOutputCode
 
51
\def\ModifyOutputCode{%
 
52
   \def\by{}\def\={}%
 
53
   \pReModifyOutputCode}
 
54
 
 
55
\newcount\tmpcnt  \tmpcnt\time  \divide\tmpcnt  60
 
56
\edef\temp{\the\tmpcnt}
 
57
\multiply\tmpcnt  -60 \advance\tmpcnt  \time
 
58
 
 
59
\edef\version{\the\year-\ifnum \month<10 0\fi
 
60
  \the\month-\ifnum \day<10 0\fi\the\day
 
61
   -\ifnum \temp<10 0\fi \temp
 
62
   :\ifnum \tmpcnt<10 0\fi\the\tmpcnt}
 
63
 
 
64
\def\CopyYear.#1.{%
 
65
   \ifnum #1=\year #1\space\space\space\space\space\space
 
66
    \else          #1--\the\year\fi
 
67
}
 
68
 
 
69
\def\.{\string\a:mathml:\space}
 
70
 
 
71
 
 
72
\TocAt{section,subsection,likesubsection}  
 
73
 
 
74
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
75
\Needs{"ls -l tex4ht-*.tex > ls-links.log"}
 
76
\openin15=ls-links.log
 
77
\ifeof15 \else \closein15
 
78
\bgroup
 
79
   \catcode`\-=13
 
80
   \def-#1tex4ht-{\bgroup \catcode`\-=12  
 
81
      \def-##1.tex{\egroup
 
82
           [\Link[tex4ht\string-##1.html]{}{}##1\EndLink]}
 
83
      -}   
 
84
  \input ls\string-links.log
 
85
\egroup
 
86
\fi
 
87
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
88
 
 
89
 
 
90
 
 
91
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
92
\chapter{The Calling Tree for 4ht Files}
 
93
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
94
 
 
95
\<config tex4ht\><<<
 
96
\if:latex  |<Hinclude latex|>
 
97
\else      |<Hinclude plain|>  \fi
 
98
>>>
 
99
 
 
100
\<0,32,4 plain\><<<
 
101
|<Hinclude plain lib|>
 
102
|<Hinclude plain + latex lib|>
 
103
>>>
 
104
 
 
105
\<0,32,4 latex\><<<
 
106
|<Hinclude latex lib|>
 
107
|<Hinclude plain + latex lib|>
 
108
>>>
 
109
 
 
110
 
 
111
 
 
112
\<html4\><<<
 
113
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
 
114
% html4.4ht                             |version %
 
115
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1997.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
 
116
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
 
117
>>>
 
118
 
 
119
 
 
120
\<html4-math\><<<
 
121
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
 
122
% html4-math.4ht                        |version %
 
123
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
 
124
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
 
125
>>>
 
126
 
 
127
 
 
128
 
 
129
 
 
130
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
131
\chapter{Front part}
 
132
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
133
 
 
134
 
 
135
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
136
\section{HTML}
 
137
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
138
 
 
139
\<tex4ht HTML\><<<
 
140
\ifx \a:HTML\:UnDef
 
141
   \Configure{HTML}
 
142
     {\IgnorePar\HCode{<html \a:@HTML
 
143
       \:xhtml{|<xmlns|>\Hnewline}>\Hnewline}}
 
144
     {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\HCode{</html>\Hnewline}}
 
145
\fi
 
146
\ifx \a:HEAD\:UnDef
 
147
   \Configure{HEAD}
 
148
      {\IgnorePar\NoFonts\HCode {<head>}}
 
149
      {\HCode{</head>}\EndNoFonts}
 
150
\fi
 
151
\ifx \a:BODY\:UnDef
 
152
   \:CheckOption{frames} \if:Option
 
153
      |<frames BODY|>
 
154
   \else 
 
155
      \Log:Note{for content and toc
 
156
           in 2 frames, use the command line option `frames'}
 
157
      \Log:Note{for content, toc, and footnotes
 
158
           in 3 frames, use the command line option `frames-fn'}
 
159
      |<no frame BODY|>
 
160
\fi\fi
 
161
\ifx \a:TITLE\:UnDef
 
162
   \Configure{TITLE}{\Protect\IgnorePar
 
163
      \HCode{<title>}}{\HCode{</title>\Hnewline}}
 
164
\fi
 
165
\ifx \a:@HEAD\relax \let\a:@HEAD=\empty\fi
 
166
\ifx \a:@HEAD\empty
 
167
   |<meta tags|>
 
168
   \:CheckOption{css-in} \if:Option
 
169
      \Log:Note{the inline CSS code is extracted from the input of the
 
170
          previous compilation, so an extra compilation might be needed}
 
171
      \Configure{@HEAD}{|<css inline|>}
 
172
   \else
 
173
      \Log:Note{for inline CSS code, use the command line option `css-in'}
 
174
      \Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{<link
 
175
         rel="stylesheet" type="text/css"
 
176
         href="\aa:CssFile"\xml:empty>\Hnewline}}
 
177
   \fi
 
178
   |<HEAD charset|>
 
179
\fi
 
180
\:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option
 
181
  |<onmouseover @HEAD|>
 
182
\else 
 
183
  \Log:Note{for pop ups on mouse over, 
 
184
          use the command line option `mouseover'}
 
185
\fi
 
186
>>>
 
187
 
 
188
\<css inline\><<<
 
189
\openin15=\jobname .css 
 
190
\ifeof15 \else  \:warning{Missing file: \jobname .css }%
 
191
\bgroup 
 
192
   \catcode`\{=12  \catcode`\}=12  \catcode`\%=12  \catcode`\#=12 
 
193
   \HCode{\Hnewline<style type="text/css">\Hnewline <!-- \Hnewline}% 
 
194
   \loop  
 
195
      \read15 to \:temp    
 
196
      \def\:tempa{\par}\ifx \:temp\:tempa \let\:temp\empty \fi
 
197
   \ifeof15\else  
 
198
      \expandafter\tmp:toks\expandafter{\:temp}% 
 
199
      \HCode{\the\tmp:toks \Hnewline}% 
 
200
   \repeat 
 
201
   \HCode{\Hnewline-->\Hnewline</style>\Hnewline}% 
 
202
\egroup 
 
203
\fi 
 
204
\closein15 
 
205
>>>
 
206
 
 
207
 
 
208
 
 
209
\<HEAD charset\><<<
 
210
\:CheckOption{uni-html4} \if:Option
 
211
   \def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
212
\else
 
213
   \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
214
\fi
 
215
>>>
 
216
 
 
217
\verb'\a:charset' can come from a private configuration file, and from
 
218
a poackage option. It takes precedence over \verb'\A:charset'.
 
219
 
 
220
 
 
221
 
 
222
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
223
\section{XML Version}
 
224
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
225
 
 
226
\<xhtml dtd xml-version\><<<
 
227
|<xml encoding utility|>
 
228
\Configure{VERSION}
 
229
    {\HCode{<?xml version="1.0" |<xml encoding|> ?>\Hnewline}}          
 
230
>>>
 
231
 
 
232
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
233
\section{DOCTYPE}
 
234
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
235
 
 
236
\<tex4ht doctype\><<<
 
237
\ifx \a:DOCTYPE\relax
 
238
   \:CheckOption{frames}  \if:Option
 
239
      |<frames dtd|>
 
240
   \else
 
241
      |<no frames xhtml DOCTYPE|>
 
242
      |<no frames DOCTYPE|>
 
243
   \fi
 
244
\fi
 
245
>>>
 
246
 
 
247
 
 
248
\<no frames xhtml DOCTYPE\><<<
 
249
\:CheckOption{xhtml}  \if:Option   
 
250
   \NewConfigure{@DOCTYPE}[1]{\def\:temp{#1}%
 
251
      \ifx \:temp\empty  \let\a:@DOCTYPE|=\empty
 
252
      \else \ifx \a:@DOCTYPE\relax  \let\a:@DOCTYPE|=\empty\fi
 
253
        \pend:def\a:@DOCTYPE{#1}\fi}
 
254
   \let\a:@DOCTYPE|=\relax
 
255
\fi
 
256
>>>
 
257
 
 
258
\<configure html4 Preamble\><<<  
 
259
\Configure{PROLOG}{VERSION,DOCTYPE,*XML-STYLESHEET}
 
260
\:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option
 
261
   |<DOCTYPE in PROLOG under mouseover|>
 
262
\fi
 
263
\:CheckOption{no-DOCTYPE} \if:Option
 
264
   \Configure{PROLOG}{VERSION,*XML-STYLESHEET}
 
265
\else
 
266
  \Log:Note{to remove the DOCTYPE declaration
 
267
          use the command line option `no-DOCTYPE'}   
 
268
\fi
 
269
>>>
 
270
 
 
271
 
 
272
 
 
273
   
 
274
\<no frames DOCTYPE\><<<
 
275
\:CheckOption{xhtml}  \if:Option
 
276
   |<xhtml dtd|>%
 
277
   \def\:DTD{xhtml}
 
278
\else
 
279
   |<html dtd|>%
 
280
\fi
 
281
>>>
 
282
 
 
283
 
 
284
 
 
285
Don't place the full address
 
286
 \''http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd' 
 
287
within DOCTYPE. It can stop tools like xt when the serves doen't respond
 
288
 
 
289
 
 
290
\<xhtml dtd\><<<
 
291
|<xhtml dtd xml-version|>%
 
292
\Configure{DOCTYPE}
 
293
  {\HCode{<!DOCTYPE html \xhtml:DOCTYPE>            \Hnewline
 
294
          <!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd-->
 
295
          \Hnewline}}
 
296
\def\xhtml:DOCTYPE{PUBLIC
 
297
     "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//|<dtd lang|>"\Hnewline
 
298
    \space\space "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"}
 
299
>>>
 
300
 
 
301
 
 
302
\<dtd lang\><<<
 
303
\expandafter
 
304
\ifx \csname a:dtd-lang\endcsname\relax EN\else
 
305
  \csname a:dtd-lang\endcsname
 
306
\fi
 
307
>>>
 
308
 
 
309
 
 
310
\<xhtml dtd\><<<
 
311
\Configure{@DOCTYPE}
 
312
  {<!ENTITY \% xhtml.dtd \xhtml:DOCTYPE>\Hnewline\%xhtml.dtd; \Hnewline}
 
313
>>>
 
314
 
 
315
\<html dtd\><<<
 
316
\Configure{DOCTYPE}{\IgnorePar\HCode
 
317
   {<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//|<dtd lang|>"
 
318
    \Hnewline\space\space "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 
319
    \Hnewline}}
 
320
>>>
 
321
 
 
322
 
 
323
 
 
324
\<frames dtd\><<<
 
325
\:CheckOption{xhtml} \if:Option  
 
326
   \Configure{DOCTYPE}
 
327
   {\HCode{<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Frameset//|<dtd lang|>"
 
328
    \Hnewline "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-frameset.dtd">\Hnewline}}
 
329
\else
 
330
   \Configure{DOCTYPE}
 
331
   {\HCode{<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Frameset//|<dtd lang|>"
 
332
    \Hnewline "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/frameset.dtd">\Hnewline}}
 
333
\fi
 
334
>>>
 
335
 
 
336
 
 
337
 
 
338
 
 
339
 
 
340
 
 
341
Xerces reqires the following encoding.
 
342
 
 
343
\<tex4ht doctype\><<<
 
344
\def\:encoding#1={}
 
345
>>>
 
346
 
 
347
\<xml encoding\><<<
 
348
encoding="\expandafter\ifx \csname a:charset\endcsname\relax
 
349
         \expandafter\:encoding\A:charset
 
350
   \else \expandafter\:encoding\a:charset\fi"
 
351
>>>
 
352
 
 
353
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
354
\section{BODY}
 
355
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
356
 
 
357
\<no frame BODY\><<<
 
358
\:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option
 
359
   \Configure{BODY}
 
360
      {\:xhtml{\SaveEndP}\IgnorePar\HCode{<body\Hnewline 
 
361
         \csname a:!BODY\endcsname >}|<overDiv|>\ShowPar\par}
 
362
      {\IgnorePar\:xhtml{\EndP}\HCode{\Hnewline
 
363
        </body>}\:xhtml{\RecallEndP}}%
 
364
\else
 
365
   \Configure{BODY}
 
366
      {\:xhtml{\SaveEndP}\IgnorePar\HCode{<body\Hnewline 
 
367
         \csname a:!BODY\endcsname >}\ShowPar\par }
 
368
      {\IgnorePar\:xhtml{\EndP}\HCode{\Hnewline
 
369
        </body>}\:xhtml{\RecallEndP}}%
 
370
\fi
 
371
>>>
 
372
 
 
373
\<frames BODY\><<<
 
374
\def\Frame:Name{menu}
 
375
|<no frames xhtml DOCTYPE|>%
 
376
\Configure{BODY}
 
377
   {%
 
378
    \a:frames    \NoFrames    \PushStack\BODY:stack{}
 
379
    |<sub frames BODY|>%
 
380
    |<no frames DOCTYPE|>%
 
381
    \HPage[tex4ht-p1]{table of contents}%
 
382
       \Link{}{|<tex4ht-toc|>}\EndLink 
 
383
       \bgroup
 
384
         \Configure{Link}{a}{target="|<tex4ht-main|>"  href=}{ name=}{}
 
385
         \b:frames
 
386
       \egroup   
 
387
       \def\Frame:Name{main}
 
388
    \EndHPage{tex4ht-p1} \Tg<br />
 
389
    \HPage[tex4ht-p2]{text}\Link{}{|<tex4ht-body|>}\EndLink
 
390
    }
 
391
  {\EndHPage{tex4ht-p2}}
 
392
\NewConfigure{frames}{2}
 
393
\Css{body\#|<tex4ht-menu|> {white-space: nowrap; }}
 
394
>>>
 
395
 
 
396
 
 
397
\<sub frames BODY\><<<
 
398
\:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option
 
399
   \Configure{BODY}
 
400
      {\PushStack\BODY:stack{x}%
 
401
       \:xhtml{\SaveEndP}\IgnorePar\HCode{<body\Hnewline
 
402
       \ifx\Frame:Name\empty\else id="tex4ht-\Frame:Name"\fi
 
403
       \csname a:!BODY\endcsname 
 
404
         >}|<overDiv|>\ShowPar\par \let\Frame:Name=\empty}
 
405
      {\IgnorePar\:xhtml{\EndP}\PopStack\BODY:stack\:temp
 
406
        \ifx \:temp\empty \EndFrames \else
 
407
                              \HCode{\Hnewline </body>}\fi
 
408
        \:xhtml{\RecallEndP}}%
 
409
\else
 
410
   \Configure{BODY}
 
411
      {\PushStack\BODY:stack{x}%
 
412
       \:xhtml{\SaveEndP}\IgnorePar\HCode{<body\Hnewline
 
413
       \ifx\Frame:Name\empty\else id="tex4ht-\Frame:Name"\fi
 
414
       \csname a:!BODY\endcsname >}\ShowPar\par \let\Frame:Name\empty}
 
415
      {\IgnorePar\:xhtml{\EndP}\PopStack\BODY:stack\:temp
 
416
        \ifx \:temp\empty \EndFrames
 
417
                        \else \HCode{\Hnewline </body>}\fi
 
418
        \:xhtml{\RecallEndP}}%
 
419
\fi
 
420
>>>     
 
421
 
 
422
 
 
423
 
 
424
\<tex4ht-main\><<<
 
425
tex4ht-main>>>
 
426
 
 
427
 
 
428
\<tex4ht-fn\><<<
 
429
tex4ht-fn>>>
 
430
 
 
431
\<tex4ht-menu\><<<
 
432
tex4ht-menu>>>
 
433
 
 
434
 
 
435
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
436
\section{Meta}
 
437
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
438
 
 
439
 
 
440
\<meta tags\><<<
 
441
\:CheckOption{xht} \if:Option  
 
442
   \:CheckOption{xhtml}\if:Option \else \:CheckOption{xml}\fi   
 
443
\fi
 
444
\if:Option |<xht extension file name|> 
 
445
\else      |<html extension file name|>\fi
 
446
\def\:gobbleM#1->{} 
 
447
|<meta generator / originator|>
 
448
\immediate\write-1{TeX4ht package options:
 
449
    \expandafter\:gobbleM\meaning\Preamble}
 
450
\Configure{@HEAD}
 
451
   {\HCode{<meta name="src" content="\jobname.tex"\xml:empty>\Hnewline}} 
 
452
\Configure{@HEAD}
 
453
   {\HCode{<meta name="date" content="\:today"\xml:empty>\Hnewline}} 
 
454
>>>
 
455
 
 
456
 
 
457
\<xht extension file name\><<<
 
458
\Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{<meta  
 
459
   http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml;
 
460
   \expandafter\ifx \csname a:charset\endcsname\relax\A:charset
 
461
   \else \a:charset\fi"\xml:empty>\Hnewline}}
 
462
\Configure{html}{xht}
 
463
>>>
 
464
 
 
465
\<html extension file name\><<<
 
466
\Log:Note{for file extension name xht, use the command line option `xht'}%
 
467
\Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{<meta  
 
468
   http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;
 
469
   \expandafter\ifx \csname a:charset\endcsname\relax\A:charset
 
470
   \else \a:charset\fi"\xml:empty>\Hnewline}}
 
471
>>>
 
472
 
 
473
 
 
474
\verb'\Hnewline' is needed at end of file to avoid loosing the
 
475
last line under some applications.
 
476
 
 
477
 
 
478
 
 
479
 
 
480
 
 
481
Tex4ht pages  published through FrontPage loose the generator metas,
 
482
but not the originator-metas.
 
483
 
 
484
 
 
485
 
 
486
 
 
487
\<meta generator / originator\><<<
 
488
\Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{<meta  
 
489
    name="generator" content="TeX4ht
 
490
      (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/\string
 
491
       ~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html)"\xml:empty>\Hnewline}}
 
492
\Configure{@HEAD}{\HCode{<meta  
 
493
    name="originator" content="TeX4ht
 
494
      (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/\string
 
495
       ~gurari/TeX4ht/mn.html)"\xml:empty>\Hnewline
 
496
       <!--\space\expandafter\:gobbleM\meaning
 
497
               \Preamble\space-->\Hnewline}}
 
498
>>>
 
499
 
 
500
 
 
501
 
 
502
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
503
\section{Frames}
 
504
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
505
 
 
506
\<tex4ht-toc\><<<
 
507
tex4ht-toc>>>
 
508
 
 
509
\<tex4ht-body\><<<
 
510
tex4ht-body>>>
 
511
 
 
512
\<4 latex\><<<
 
513
\:CheckOption{frames}  \if:Option
 
514
   \:CheckOption{frames-fn}  \if:Option
 
515
      \Configure{frames}
 
516
         {\HorFrames[rows="*"]{*,3*}
 
517
            \VerFrames[cols="*"]{3*,*}
 
518
               \Frame[ name="|<tex4ht-menu|>"
 
519
                       frameborder="0" ]{|<tex4ht-toc|>}
 
520
               \Frame[ name="|<tex4ht-fn|>" 
 
521
                       frameborder="0" ]{}
 
522
            \EndFrames
 
523
            \Frame[ name="|<tex4ht-main|>"
 
524
                    frameborder="0" ]{|<tex4ht-body|>}}
 
525
         {\let\contentsname=\empty \tableofcontents}
 
526
   \else
 
527
      \Configure{frames}
 
528
         {\HorFrames[rows="*"]{*,3*}
 
529
            \Frame[ name="|<tex4ht-menu|>"
 
530
                    frameborder="0" ]{|<tex4ht-toc|>}
 
531
            \Frame[ name="|<tex4ht-main|>"
 
532
                    frameborder="0" ]{|<tex4ht-body|>}}
 
533
         {\let\contentsname=\empty  \tableofcontents}
 
534
   \fi 
 
535
\fi
 
536
>>>
 
537
 
 
538
% frameborder="no" 
 
539
% border="0"
 
540
% framespacing="0"
 
541
 
 
542
 
 
543
\<configure html4 Preamble\><<<
 
544
\:CheckOption{frames-fn}  \if:Option
 
545
   \edef\Preamble{\Preamble,frames}
 
546
\fi
 
547
>>>
 
548
 
 
549
 
 
550
 
 
551
\<beamer ver frames\><<<
 
552
\Configure{frames}
 
553
   {\VerFrames[ cols="*"]{4*,*}
 
554
      \Frame[ name="|<tex4ht-main|>"
 
555
              frameborder="1" ]{|<tex4ht-body|>}
 
556
      \Frame[ name="|<tex4ht-menu|>"
 
557
              frameborder="1" ]{|<tex4ht-toc|>}}
 
558
   {\beamer:bookmarks \tableofcontents}
 
559
>>>
 
560
 
 
561
\<beamer hor frames\><<<
 
562
\Configure{frames}
 
563
   {\HorFrames[ rows="*"]{*,3*}
 
564
      \Frame[ name="|<tex4ht-menu|>"
 
565
              frameborder="1" ]{|<tex4ht-toc|>}
 
566
      \Frame[ name="|<tex4ht-main|>"
 
567
              frameborder="1" ]{|<tex4ht-body|>}}
 
568
   {\beamer:bookmarks \tableofcontents}
 
569
>>>
 
570
 
 
571
 
 
572
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
573
\chapter{Structures}
 
574
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
575
 
 
576
 
 
577
 
 
578
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
579
\section{Sectioning}
 
580
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
581
 
 
582
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
583
\subsection{Sub Sections}
 
584
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
585
 
 
586
\<shared h4 subsection\><<<
 
587
\ConfigureMark{subsection}
 
588
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth  \expandafter\:gobble
 
589
    \else 
 
590
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\@seccntformat{subsection}%
 
591
       \HCode{</span>}\fi }
 
592
\Configure{subsection}{}{}
 
593
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
594
    \EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h4 class="subsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
595
    \TitleMark\space \HtmlParOff}
 
596
   {\HCode{</h4>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par\ShowPar}
 
597
\Configure{subsectionTITLE+}{\thesubsection \space#1}
 
598
\Configure{likesubsection}{}{}{\EndP\bgroup
 
599
   \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
600
   \HCode{<h4 class="likesubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff }
 
601
  {\HCode{</h4>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par\ShowPar}
 
602
\Configure{likesubsectionTITLE+}{#1}
 
603
>>>
 
604
 
 
605
 
 
606
\<configure html4 emulateapj\><<<
 
607
\ConfigureMark{subsection}
 
608
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth  \expandafter\:gobble
 
609
    \else 
 
610
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\@seccntformat{section}%
 
611
       \thesubsection\HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
612
\Configure{subsection}{}{}
 
613
   {\EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h4 class="subsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
614
    \TitleMark{. \space}}
 
615
   {\HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent\egroup}
 
616
>>>
 
617
 
 
618
\<configure html4 titlesec\><<<
 
619
\ConfigureMark{subsection}
 
620
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth  \expandafter\:gobble \else
 
621
    \csname thetitlesubsection\endcsname\fi}
 
622
\Configure{subsection}{}{}
 
623
   {\EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h4 class="subsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
624
    \TitleMark\space}
 
625
   {\HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent\egroup}
 
626
>>>
 
627
 
 
628
 
 
629
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
630
\ConfigureMark{subsection}
 
631
   {\ifHeadingNumbered \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\mw@seccntformat
 
632
    \HeadingNumber \HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
633
\Configure{subsection}{}{}
 
634
   {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
635
    \EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h4 class="subsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
636
    \TitleMark \HtmlParOff}
 
637
   {\HCode{</h4>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par}
 
638
\Configure{subsectionTITLE+}{\thesubsection \space#1}
 
639
>>>
 
640
 
 
641
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
642
\Configure{likesubsection}{}{}{\EndP\bgroup
 
643
   \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
644
   \HCode{<h4 class="likesubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff }
 
645
  {\HCode{</h4>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par}
 
646
\Configure{likesubsectionTITLE+}{#1}
 
647
>>>
 
648
 
 
649
 
 
650
\<ams art,proc,book div\><<<
 
651
\ConfigureMark{subsection}
 
652
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth  \expandafter\:gobble
 
653
    \else 
 
654
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}%
 
655
          \@ifundefined{subsectionname}{}{%
 
656
          \ignorespaces\subsectionname\space}%
 
657
          \@seccntformat{subsection}%
 
658
       \HCode{</span>}\fi }
 
659
\Configure{subsectionTITLE+}{\thesubsection \space#1}
 
660
>>>
 
661
 
 
662
  
 
663
\<ams proc,book\><<<
 
664
\Configure{subsection}{}{}
 
665
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
666
    \EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h4 class="subsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
667
    \TitleMark\space \HtmlParOff}
 
668
   {\HCode{</h4>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par}
 
669
>>>
 
670
 
 
671
\<ams art\><<<
 
672
\Configure{subsection}{}{}
 
673
  {\ShowPar\noindent
 
674
   \HCode{<span class="subsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf
 
675
   \TitleMark\space}
 
676
  {.\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar\par}
 
677
>>>
 
678
 
 
679
 
 
680
 
 
681
\<scr report,book\><<<
 
682
\ConfigureMark{subsection}
 
683
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth  \expandafter\:gobble
 
684
    \else
 
685
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\thesubsection
 
686
       \HCode{</span>}\fi }
 
687
\Configure{subsection}{}{}
 
688
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
689
    \EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h4 class="subsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
690
    \TitleMark.~~\HtmlParOff}
 
691
   {\HCode{</h4>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par}
 
692
\Configure{subsectionTITLE+}{\thesubsection \space#1}
 
693
\Configure{likesubsection}{}{}{\EndP\bgroup
 
694
   \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
695
   \HCode{<h4 class="likesubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff }
 
696
  {\HCode{</h4>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par}
 
697
\Configure{likesubsectionTITLE+}{#1}
 
698
>>>
 
699
 
 
700
 
 
701
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
702
\subsection{Sub Sub Sections}
 
703
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
704
 
 
705
 
 
706
\<ams art,proc,book div\><<<
 
707
\ConfigureMark{subsubsection}
 
708
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth  \expandafter\:gobble
 
709
    \else 
 
710
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}%
 
711
          \@ifundefined{subsubsectionname}{}{%
 
712
          \ignorespaces\subsubsectionname\space}%
 
713
          \@seccntformat{subsubsection}%
 
714
       \HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
715
\Configure{subsubsectionTITLE+}{\thesubsubsection \space#1}
 
716
>>>
 
717
 
 
718
 
 
719
\<ams proc,book\><<<
 
720
\Configure{subsubsection}{}{}
 
721
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP
 
722
    \bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
723
    \TitleMark\space \HtmlParOff}
 
724
   {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par\ShowPar}
 
725
>>>
 
726
 
 
727
\<ams art\><<<
 
728
\Configure{subsubsection}{}{}
 
729
  {\ShowPar\noindent
 
730
   \HCode{<span class="subsubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\it
 
731
   \TitleMark\space}
 
732
  {.\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
733
>>>
 
734
 
 
735
 
 
736
\<shared h5 subsubsection\><<<
 
737
\ConfigureMark{subsubsection}
 
738
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth  \expandafter\:gobble
 
739
    \else
 
740
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\@seccntformat{subsubsection}%
 
741
       \HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
742
\Configure{subsubsection}{}{}
 
743
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP
 
744
    \bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
745
    \TitleMark\space \HtmlParOff}
 
746
   {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par\ShowPar}
 
747
\Configure{likesubsubsection}{}{}
 
748
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\bgroup\IgnorePar
 
749
    \HCode{<h5 class="likesubsubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff}
 
750
   {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par\ShowPar}
 
751
\Configure{subsubsectionTITLE+}{\thesubsubsection \space#1}
 
752
>>>
 
753
 
 
754
 
 
755
 
 
756
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
757
\ConfigureMark{subsubsection}
 
758
   {\ifHeadingNumbered \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\mw@seccntformat
 
759
    \HeadingNumber \HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
760
\Configure{subsubsection}{}{}
 
761
   {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP
 
762
    \bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
763
    \TitleMark \HtmlParOff}
 
764
   {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent\egroup
 
765
    \par\ShowPar}
 
766
\Configure{subsubsectionTITLE+}{\thesubsubsection \space#1}
 
767
>>>
 
768
 
 
769
 
 
770
 
 
771
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
772
\Configure{likesubsubsection}{}{}
 
773
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\bgroup\IgnorePar
 
774
    \HCode{<h5 class="likesubsubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff}
 
775
   {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup \par\ShowPar}
 
776
>>>
 
777
 
 
778
 
 
779
 
 
780
 
 
781
\<configure html4 titlesec\><<<
 
782
\ConfigureMark{subsubsection}
 
783
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth   \expandafter\:gobble \else
 
784
    \csname thetitlesubsubsection\endcsname\fi}
 
785
\Configure{subsubsection}{}{}
 
786
   {\EndP\bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
787
    \TitleMark\space}
 
788
   {\HCode{</h5>}\IgnoreIndent\egroup \par\ShowPar}
 
789
>>>
 
790
 
 
791
 
 
792
 
 
793
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
794
\section{Sectioning Pagination}
 
795
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
796
 
 
797
 
 
798
 
 
799
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
800
\subsection{article,report,book}
 
801
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
802
 
 
803
 
 
804
\<article,report,book options 1, 2, 3\><<<
 
805
|<html latex tocs|> |%should appear before TocAt|%
 
806
|<cut and toc at for options 1, 2, 3|>
 
807
>>>
 
808
 
 
809
 
 
810
 
 
811
 
 
812
 
 
813
\<cut and toc at for options 1, 2, 3\><<<
 
814
\:CheckOption{7}     \if:Option
 
815
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
816
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
817
         |<cutat: part|>
 
818
         |<cut toc: sec|>       
 
819
         |<cutat: sec|>    
 
820
         |<cut toc: subsec|>  
 
821
         |<cutat: subsection|>
 
822
         |<cut toc: subsubsec|>  
 
823
         |<cutat: subsubsection|>
 
824
         |<cut toc: paragraph|>  
 
825
         |<cutat: paragraph|>
 
826
         |<cut toc: subparagraph|>  
 
827
         |<cutat: subparagraph|>
 
828
         |<tocat: part|>
 
829
         |<tocat: section|>
 
830
         |<tocat: subsection|>
 
831
         |<tocat: subsubsection|>
 
832
         |<tocat: paragraph|>
 
833
    \else
 
834
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
835
         |<cutat: part|>
 
836
         |<cut toc: ch|>
 
837
         |<cutat: chapter|>
 
838
         |<cut toc: sec|>
 
839
         |<cutat: sec|>
 
840
         |<cut toc: subsec|>
 
841
         |<cutat: subsection|>
 
842
         |<cut toc: subsubsec|>  
 
843
         |<cutat: subsubsection|>
 
844
         |<cut toc: paragraph|>  
 
845
         |<cutat: paragraph|>
 
846
         |<cut toc: subparagraph|>  
 
847
         |<cutat: subparagraph|>
 
848
         |<tocat: part|>     
 
849
         |<tocat: ch|>        
 
850
         |<tocat: section|>   
 
851
         |<tocat: subsection|>
 
852
         |<tocat: subsubsection|>
 
853
         |<tocat: paragraph|>
 
854
    \fi
 
855
\else\:CheckOption{6}     \if:Option
 
856
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
857
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
858
         |<cutat: part|>
 
859
         |<cut toc: sec|>       
 
860
         |<cutat: sec|>    
 
861
         |<cut toc: subsec|>  
 
862
         |<cutat: subsection|>
 
863
         |<cut toc: subsubsec|>  
 
864
         |<cutat: subsubsection|>
 
865
         |<cut toc: paragraph|>  
 
866
         |<cutat: paragraph|>
 
867
         |<tocat: part|>
 
868
         |<tocat: section|>
 
869
         |<tocat: subsection|>
 
870
         |<tocat: subsubsection|>
 
871
    \else
 
872
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
873
         |<cutat: part|>
 
874
         |<cut toc: ch|>
 
875
         |<cutat: chapter|>
 
876
         |<cut toc: sec|>
 
877
         |<cutat: sec|>
 
878
         |<cut toc: subsec|>
 
879
         |<cutat: subsection|>
 
880
         |<cut toc: subsubsec|>  
 
881
         |<cutat: subsubsection|>
 
882
         |<cut toc: paragraph|>  
 
883
         |<cutat: paragraph|>
 
884
         |<tocat: part|>     
 
885
         |<tocat: ch|>        
 
886
         |<tocat: section|>   
 
887
         |<tocat: subsection|>
 
888
         |<tocat: subsubsection|>
 
889
    \fi
 
890
\else \:CheckOption{5}     \if:Option
 
891
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
892
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
893
         |<cutat: part|>
 
894
         |<cut toc: sec|>       
 
895
         |<cutat: sec|>    
 
896
         |<cut toc: subsec|>  
 
897
         |<cutat: subsection|>
 
898
         |<cut toc: subsubsec|>  
 
899
         |<cutat: subsubsection|>
 
900
         |<tocat: part|>
 
901
         |<tocat: section|>
 
902
         |<tocat: subsection|>
 
903
    \else
 
904
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
905
         |<cutat: part|>
 
906
         |<cut toc: ch|>
 
907
         |<cutat: chapter|>
 
908
         |<cut toc: sec|>
 
909
         |<cutat: sec|>
 
910
         |<cut toc: subsec|>
 
911
         |<cutat: subsection|>
 
912
         |<cut toc: subsubsec|>  
 
913
         |<cutat: subsubsection|>
 
914
         |<tocat: part|>     
 
915
         |<tocat: ch|>        
 
916
         |<tocat: section|>   
 
917
         |<tocat: subsection|>   
 
918
    \fi
 
919
\else\:CheckOption{4}     \if:Option
 
920
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
921
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
922
         |<cutat: part|>
 
923
         |<cut toc: sec|>       
 
924
         |<cutat: sec|>    
 
925
         |<cut toc: subsec|>  
 
926
         |<cutat: subsection|>
 
927
         |<tocat: part|>
 
928
         |<tocat: section|>
 
929
    \else
 
930
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
931
         |<cutat: part|>
 
932
         |<cut toc: ch|>
 
933
         |<cutat: chapter|>
 
934
         |<cut toc: sec|>
 
935
         |<cutat: sec|>
 
936
         |<cut toc: subsec|>
 
937
         |<cutat: subsection|>
 
938
         |<tocat: part|>     
 
939
         |<tocat: ch|>        
 
940
         |<tocat: section|>   
 
941
    \fi
 
942
\else\:CheckOption{3}     \if:Option
 
943
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
944
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
945
         |<cutat: part|>
 
946
         |<cut toc: sec|>
 
947
         |<cut toc: subsec|>
 
948
         |<cutat: subsection|>
 
949
         |<tocat: part|>     
 
950
         |<tocat: section|>   
 
951
         |<cutat: sec|>
 
952
    \else
 
953
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
954
         |<cutat: part|>
 
955
         |<cut toc: ch|>
 
956
         |<cutat: chapter|>
 
957
         |<cut toc: sec|>
 
958
         |<cutat: sec|>
 
959
         |<tocat: part|>      
 
960
         |<tocat: ch|>     
 
961
    \fi
 
962
\else\:CheckOption{2}     \if:Option
 
963
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax 
 
964
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
965
         |<cutat: part|>
 
966
         |<cut toc: sec|>
 
967
         |<cutat: sec|> 
 
968
         |<tocat: part|>    
 
969
    \else
 
970
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
971
         |<cutat: part|>
 
972
         |<cut toc: ch|>
 
973
         |<cutat: chapter|>
 
974
         |<tocat: part|>     
 
975
    \fi
 
976
\else\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
977
         |<cut toc: part|>      |%cut toc before cutat|%
 
978
         |<cutat: part|>                         
 
979
\else
 
980
    \Log:Note{for automatic sectioning 
 
981
        pagination, use the command line option 
 
982
                     `1', `2', `3', '4', '5', '6', or '7'}%
 
983
\fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi  \fi
 
984
>>>
 
985
 
 
986
%
 
987
 
 
988
\<cutat: part\><<<
 
989
\CutAt{part}
 
990
\CutAt{likepart}
 
991
>>>
 
992
 
 
993
 
 
994
 
 
995
 
 
996
\<cutat: chapter\><<<
 
997
\CutAt{chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
998
\CutAt{likechapter,appendix,part}
 
999
\CutAt{appendix,chapter,likechapter,part}
 
1000
>>>
 
1001
 
 
1002
 
 
1003
 
 
1004
\<cutat: sec\><<<
 
1005
\CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
1006
\CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
1007
>>>
 
1008
 
 
1009
 
 
1010
\<cutat: subsection\><<<
 
1011
\CutAt{subsection,section,likesection,%
 
1012
                  chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
1013
\CutAt{likesubsection,section,likesection,%
 
1014
                  chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
1015
>>>
 
1016
 
 
1017
 
 
1018
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1019
\subsection{AMS}
 
1020
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1021
 
 
1022
 
 
1023
 
 
1024
\<ams options 1, 2, 3\><<<
 
1025
|<cut and toc at for options 1, 2, 3|>
 
1026
>>>
 
1027
 
 
1028
 
 
1029
 
 
1030
 
 
1031
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1032
\subsection{File Naming}
 
1033
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1034
 
 
1035
\<cut and toc at for options 1, 2, 3\><<<
 
1036
\:CheckOption{sec-filename}   \if:Option \else
 
1037
    \Log:Note{for files named after section
 
1038
        titles, use the command line option `sec-filename'}%
 
1039
\fi
 
1040
>>>
 
1041
 
 
1042
 
 
1043
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
1044
\:CheckOption{4}     
 
1045
    \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{3}\fi
 
1046
    \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{2}\fi
 
1047
\if:Option \:CheckOption{sec-filename}\fi
 
1048
\if:Option
 
1049
  \Configure{CutAt-filename}{%
 
1050
     \ifx \:NxtNwFN\:Undef
 
1051
        \tmp:toks={#2}% 
 
1052
        \immediate\openout15=\jobname .tmp 
 
1053
        \immediate\write15{\string\next{\the\tmp:toks}}% 
 
1054
        \immediate\closeout15 
 
1055
        \bgroup  
 
1056
          \def\next{\xdef\:temp}% 
 
1057
          \csname no:catcodes\endcsname{32}{47}{9}% 
 
1058
          \csname no:catcodes\endcsname{58}{64}{9}% 
 
1059
          \csname no:catcodes\endcsname{91}{91}{9}% 
 
1060
          \csname no:catcodes\endcsname{93}{96}{9}% 
 
1061
          \csname no:catcodes\endcsname{126}{126}{9}% 
 
1062
          \input \jobname .tmp 
 
1063
        \egroup        
 
1064
        \tmp:cnt=0       \uniq:fn 
 
1065
     \fi
 
1066
  } 
 
1067
  \def\uniq:fn{% 
 
1068
     \expandafter\ifx  
 
1069
          \csname ct:fn\:temp 
 
1070
                  \ifnum \tmp:cnt>0 \the\tmp:cnt\fi\endcsname\relax 
 
1071
        \expandafter\global\expandafter\let 
 
1072
                    \csname ct:fn\:temp 
 
1073
                            \ifnum\tmp:cnt>0 \the\tmp:cnt\fi 
 
1074
                             \endcsname=\def 
 
1075
        \ifx \:temp\empty \else 
 
1076
           \NextFile{\:temp 
 
1077
                     \ifnum \tmp:cnt>0 \the\tmp:cnt\fi .\:html}% 
 
1078
        \fi 
 
1079
     \else 
 
1080
        \advance\tmp:cnt by 1 \expandafter\uniq:fn 
 
1081
     \fi 
 
1082
  } 
 
1083
\fi
 
1084
>>>
 
1085
 
 
1086
 
 
1087
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1088
\section{Tables of Contents: Choice of Entries}
 
1089
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1090
 
 
1091
 
 
1092
 
 
1093
 
 
1094
 
 
1095
\<toc article,report options 1\><<<
 
1096
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1097
   \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1098
   \else
 
1099
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1100
      \TocAt*{part,/likepart,section,subsection}
 
1101
   \fi
 
1102
   \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,section}     
 
1103
\else
 
1104
   \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1105
   \else
 
1106
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1107
      \TocAt*{part,/likepart,section,likesection,%
 
1108
           subsection,likesubsection}
 
1109
   \fi
 
1110
   |<notoc* note|>
 
1111
   \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,section,likesection}     
 
1112
\fi 
 
1113
>>>
 
1114
 
 
1115
\<toc book options 1\><<<
 
1116
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1117
   \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1118
   \else
 
1119
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1120
      \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,appendix,section}
 
1121
   \fi
 
1122
\else
 
1123
   \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1124
   \else
 
1125
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1126
      \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,likechapter,appendix,%
 
1127
            section,likesection}
 
1128
   \fi
 
1129
\fi
 
1130
>>>
 
1131
 
 
1132
 
 
1133
 
 
1134
 
 
1135
 
 
1136
\<cut toc: part\><<<
 
1137
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1138
   \Configure{tableofcontents*}
 
1139
      {part,chapter,appendix}
 
1140
\else
 
1141
   |<notoc* note|>
 
1142
   \Configure{tableofcontents*}
 
1143
      {part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,appendix}
 
1144
\fi
 
1145
>>>
 
1146
 
 
1147
 
 
1148
\<tocat: part\><<<
 
1149
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1150
\else
 
1151
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1152
   \else
 
1153
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1154
     \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,likechapter,appendix,%
 
1155
          section,likesection}
 
1156
     \TocAt*{likepart,/part,chapter,likechapter,appendix,%
 
1157
          section,likesection}
 
1158
  \fi
 
1159
\fi
 
1160
>>>
 
1161
 
 
1162
 
 
1163
\<cut toc: ch\><<<
 
1164
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1165
  \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,chapter,%
 
1166
     appendix,section\expandafter\ifx 
 
1167
     \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax ,subsection\fi}
 
1168
\else
 
1169
  |<notoc* note|>
 
1170
  \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,%
 
1171
     appendix,section,likesection\expandafter\ifx 
 
1172
     \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax ,subsection,likesubsection\fi}
 
1173
\fi
 
1174
>>>
 
1175
 
 
1176
\<tocat: ch\><<<
 
1177
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1178
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1179
   \else
 
1180
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1181
     \TocAt*{chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1182
             section,subsection}
 
1183
     \TocAt*{likechapter,/appendix,/chapter,/part,%
 
1184
             section,subsection}
 
1185
     \TocAt*{appendix,/chapter,/likechapter,/part,%
 
1186
             section,subsection}
 
1187
   \fi
 
1188
\else
 
1189
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1190
   \else
 
1191
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1192
     \TocAt*{chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1193
             section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection}
 
1194
     \TocAt*{likechapter,/appendix,/chapter,/part,%
 
1195
             section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection}
 
1196
     \TocAt*{appendix,/chapter,/likechapter,/part,%
 
1197
             section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection}
 
1198
   \fi
 
1199
\fi
 
1200
>>>
 
1201
 
 
1202
\<cut toc: sec\><<<
 
1203
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1204
  \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,chapter,appendix,section%
 
1205
        \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
1206
     ,subsection\fi}
 
1207
\else
 
1208
  |<notoc* note|>
 
1209
  \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,%
 
1210
     appendix,section,likesection%
 
1211
        \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
1212
     ,subsection,likesubsection\fi}
 
1213
\fi
 
1214
>>>
 
1215
 
 
1216
\<tocat: section\><<<
 
1217
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1218
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1219
   \else
 
1220
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1221
     \TocAt*{section,/likesection,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1222
             subsection,subsubsection}
 
1223
     \TocAt*{likesection,/section,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1224
             subsection,subsubsection}
 
1225
  \fi
 
1226
\else
 
1227
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1228
   \else
 
1229
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1230
     \TocAt*{section,/likesection,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1231
          subsection,likesubsection,subsubsection,likesubsubsection}
 
1232
     \TocAt*{likesection,/section,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1233
          subsection,likesubsection,subsubsection,likesubsubsection}
 
1234
  \fi
 
1235
\fi
 
1236
>>>
 
1237
 
 
1238
 
 
1239
\<cut toc: subsec\><<<
 
1240
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1241
  \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,chapter,%
 
1242
    appendix,section,subsection}
 
1243
\else
 
1244
  |<notoc* note|>
 
1245
  \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,%
 
1246
    appendix,section,likesection,likesubsection,subsection}
 
1247
\fi
 
1248
>>>
 
1249
 
 
1250
 
 
1251
 
 
1252
\<tocat: subsection\><<<
 
1253
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1254
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1255
   \else
 
1256
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1257
     \TocAt*{subsection,/likesubsection,/section,/likesection,%
 
1258
             /chapter,/likechapter,%
 
1259
             /appendix,/part,%
 
1260
             subsubsection,paragraph}
 
1261
     \TocAt*{likesubsection,/subsection,/likesection,%
 
1262
             /section,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1263
             subsubsection,paragraph}
 
1264
  \fi
 
1265
\else
 
1266
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1267
   \else
 
1268
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1269
     \TocAt*{subsection,/likesubsection,/section,/likesection,%
 
1270
          /chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1271
          subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
1272
          paragraph}
 
1273
     \TocAt*{likesubsection,/subsection,%
 
1274
          /likesection,/section,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1275
          subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
1276
          paragraph}
 
1277
  \fi
 
1278
\fi
 
1279
>>>
 
1280
 
 
1281
 
 
1282
\<cut toc: subsubsec\><<<
 
1283
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1284
  \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,chapter,%
 
1285
    appendix,section,subsection,subsubsection}
 
1286
\else
 
1287
  |<notoc* note|>
 
1288
  \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,%
 
1289
    appendix,section,likesection,%
 
1290
    likesubsection,subsection,likesubsubsection,subsubsection}
 
1291
\fi
 
1292
>>>
 
1293
 
 
1294
 
 
1295
 
 
1296
 
 
1297
\<tocat: subsubsection\><<<
 
1298
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1299
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1300
   \else
 
1301
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1302
     \TocAt*{subsubsection,/likesubsubsection,/subsection,%
 
1303
             /likesubsection,/section,/likesection,%
 
1304
             /chapter,/likechapter,%
 
1305
             /appendix,/part,%
 
1306
             paragraph,subparagraph}
 
1307
     \TocAt*{likesubsubsection,/subsubsection,/likesubsection,%
 
1308
             /subsection,/likesection,%
 
1309
             /section,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1310
             paragraph,subparagraph}
 
1311
  \fi
 
1312
\else
 
1313
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1314
   \else
 
1315
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1316
     \TocAt*{subsubsection,/likesubsubsection,%
 
1317
          /subsection,/likesubsection,/section,/likesection,%
 
1318
          /chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1319
          paragraph,subparagraph}
 
1320
     \TocAt*{likesubsubsection,/subsubsection,/likesubsection,/subsection,%
 
1321
          /likesection,/section,/chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1322
          paragraph,subparagraph}
 
1323
  \fi
 
1324
\fi
 
1325
>>>
 
1326
 
 
1327
 
 
1328
 
 
1329
 
 
1330
 
 
1331
 
 
1332
\<cut toc: paragraph\><<<
 
1333
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1334
  \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,chapter,%
 
1335
    appendix,section,subsection,subsubsection,paragraph}
 
1336
\else
 
1337
  |<notoc* note|>
 
1338
  \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,%
 
1339
    appendix,section,likesection,%
 
1340
    likesubsection,subsection,likesubsubsection,subsubsection,%
 
1341
    paragraph}
 
1342
\fi
 
1343
>>>
 
1344
 
 
1345
 
 
1346
\<tocat: paragraph\><<<
 
1347
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1348
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1349
   \else
 
1350
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1351
     \TocAt*{paragraph,/subsubsection,/likesubsubsection,/subsection,%
 
1352
             /likesubsection,/section,/likesection,%
 
1353
             /chapter,/likechapter,%
 
1354
             /appendix,/part,%
 
1355
             subparagraph}
 
1356
  \fi
 
1357
\else
 
1358
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1359
   \else
 
1360
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1361
     \TocAt*{paragraph,/subsubsection,/likesubsubsection,%
 
1362
          /subsection,/likesubsection,/section,/likesection,%
 
1363
          /chapter,/likechapter,/appendix,/part,%
 
1364
          subparagraph}
 
1365
  \fi
 
1366
\fi
 
1367
>>>
 
1368
 
 
1369
 
 
1370
 
 
1371
 
 
1372
 
 
1373
 
 
1374
 
 
1375
 
 
1376
\<cut toc: subparagraph\><<<
 
1377
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1378
  \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,chapter,%
 
1379
    appendix,section,subsection,subsubsection,%
 
1380
    paragraph,subparagraph}
 
1381
\else
 
1382
  |<notoc* note|>
 
1383
  \Configure{tableofcontents*}{part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,%
 
1384
    appendix,section,likesection,%
 
1385
    likesubsection,subsection,likesubsubsection,subsubsection,%
 
1386
    paragraph,subparagraph}
 
1387
\fi
 
1388
>>>
 
1389
 
 
1390
 
 
1391
\<cutat: subsubsection\><<<
 
1392
\CutAt{subsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,likesection,%
 
1393
                  chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
1394
\CutAt{likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,likesection,%
 
1395
                  chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
1396
>>>
 
1397
 
 
1398
\<cutat: paragraph\><<<
 
1399
\CutAt{paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,%
 
1400
       section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
1401
>>>
 
1402
 
 
1403
\<cutat: subparagraph\><<<
 
1404
\CutAt{subparagraph,paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
1405
       subsection,likesubsection,%
 
1406
       section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
1407
>>>
 
1408
 
 
1409
 
 
1410
 
 
1411
 
 
1412
 
 
1413
 
 
1414
 
 
1415
 
 
1416
\<toc scrbook options 1\><<<
 
1417
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option 
 
1418
   \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1419
   \else
 
1420
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1421
      \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,addchap,appendix,section}
 
1422
   \fi
 
1423
\else
 
1424
   \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1425
   \else
 
1426
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1427
      \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,%
 
1428
            section,likesection}
 
1429
   \fi
 
1430
\fi
 
1431
>>>
 
1432
 
 
1433
 
 
1434
\<cut toc scr: part\><<<
 
1435
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1436
   \Configure{tableofcontents*}
 
1437
      {part,chapter,addchap,appendix}
 
1438
\else
 
1439
   |<notoc* note|>
 
1440
   \Configure{tableofcontents*}
 
1441
      {part,likepart,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix}
 
1442
\fi
 
1443
>>>
 
1444
 
 
1445
 
 
1446
 
 
1447
\<tocat scr: part\><<<
 
1448
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option
 
1449
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1450
   \else
 
1451
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1452
     \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,addchap,appendix,section}
 
1453
     \TocAt*{likepart,/part,chapter,addchap,appendix,section}
 
1454
  \fi
 
1455
\else
 
1456
  \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1457
   \else
 
1458
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1459
     \TocAt*{part,/likepart,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,%
 
1460
             section,likesection}
 
1461
     \TocAt*{likepart,/part,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,%
 
1462
             section,likesection}
 
1463
  \fi
 
1464
\fi
 
1465
>>>
 
1466
 
 
1467
\<tocat scr: ch\><<<
 
1468
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option 
 
1469
   \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1470
   \else
 
1471
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1472
      \TocAt*{chapter,/likechapter,/addchap,/appendix,/part,%
 
1473
                section,subsection}
 
1474
      \TocAt*{likechapter,/addchap,/appendix,/chapter,/part,%
 
1475
                section,subsection}
 
1476
      \TocAt*{addchap,/likechapter,/appendix,/chapter,/part,%
 
1477
                section,subsection}
 
1478
      \TocAt*{appendix,/chapter,/likechapter,/addchap,/part,%
 
1479
                section,subsection}
 
1480
   \fi
 
1481
\else
 
1482
   \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1483
   \else
 
1484
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1485
      \TocAt*{chapter,/likechapter,/addchap,/appendix,/part,%
 
1486
                section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection}
 
1487
      \TocAt*{likechapter,/addchap,/appendix,/chapter,/part,%
 
1488
                section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection}
 
1489
      \TocAt*{addchap,/likechapter,/appendix,/chapter,/part,%
 
1490
                section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection}
 
1491
      \TocAt*{appendix,/chapter,/likechapter,/addchap,/part,%
 
1492
                section,likesection,subsection,likesubsection}
 
1493
   \fi
 
1494
\fi
 
1495
>>>
 
1496
 
 
1497
 
 
1498
\<tocat scr: section\><<<
 
1499
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option 
 
1500
   \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1501
   \else
 
1502
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1503
      \TocAt*{section,/likesection,/chapter,/likechapter,%
 
1504
                /addchap,/appendix,/part,%
 
1505
                subsection,subsubsection}
 
1506
      \TocAt*{likesection,/section,/chapter,/likechapter,%
 
1507
                /addchap,/appendix,/part,%
 
1508
                subsection,subsubsection}
 
1509
   \fi
 
1510
\else
 
1511
   \:CheckOption{nominitoc}     \if:Option
 
1512
   \else
 
1513
      |<note nominitoc|>
 
1514
      \TocAt*{section,/likesection,/chapter,/likechapter,%
 
1515
                /addchap,/appendix,/part,%
 
1516
                subsection,likesubsection,subsubsection,likesubsubsection}
 
1517
      \TocAt*{likesection,/section,/chapter,/likechapter,%
 
1518
                /addchap,/appendix,/part,%
 
1519
                subsection,likesubsection,subsubsection,likesubsubsection}
 
1520
   \fi
 
1521
\fi
 
1522
>>>
 
1523
 
 
1524
 
 
1525
\<tocat scr: subsection\><<<
 
1526
\:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option 
 
1527
   \CutAt{subsection,section,chapter,addchap,appendix,part}
 
1528
   \CutAt{likesubsection,section,chapter,addchap,appendix,part}
 
1529
\else
 
1530
   \CutAt{subsection,section,likesection,%
 
1531
                     chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part}
 
1532
   \CutAt{likesubsection,section,likesection,%
 
1533
                     chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part}
 
1534
\fi
 
1535
>>>
 
1536
 
 
1537
 
 
1538
 
 
1539
\<foils toc 1\><<<
 
1540
\ConfigureToc{foilheads}{}{ *\ }{}{}
 
1541
\Configure{tableofcontents*}{foilheads}
 
1542
>>>
 
1543
 
 
1544
 
 
1545
The `notoc*' is applicable only to pages that are automatically
 
1546
decomposed into separate web pages along section divides.  It 
 
1547
should be used whe addcontentline instructions are present.
 
1548
 
 
1549
\begin{verbatim}
 
1550
\section*{....}
 
1551
\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{....}
 
1552
\end{verbatim}
 
1553
 
 
1554
 
 
1555
 
 
1556
\<notoc* note\><<<
 
1557
\Log:Note{for tocs without * entries, use
 
1558
          command line option `notoc*'}
 
1559
>>>
 
1560
 
 
1561
 
 
1562
 
 
1563
\<toc for multind\><<<
 
1564
\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
1565
  \:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option 
 
1566
      \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\indexname}%
 
1567
  \fi 
 
1568
\else \:CheckOption{2}     \if:Option
 
1569
  \:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option 
 
1570
      \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\indexname}%
 
1571
  \fi 
 
1572
\else \:CheckOption{3}     \if:Option
 
1573
  \:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option 
 
1574
      \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\indexname}%
 
1575
  \fi 
 
1576
\else \:CheckOption{4}     \if:Option
 
1577
  \:CheckOption{notoc*}     \if:Option 
 
1578
      \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\indexname}%
 
1579
  \fi 
 
1580
\else
 
1581
      \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\indexname}%
 
1582
\fi \fi \fi \fi
 
1583
>>>
 
1584
 
 
1585
 
 
1586
 
 
1587
\<note nominitoc\><<<
 
1588
\Log:Note{to eliminate mini tables of
 
1589
          contents, use the command line option `nominitoc'}
 
1590
>>>
 
1591
 
 
1592
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1593
\section{Tables of Contents: Configurations}
 
1594
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1595
 
 
1596
 
 
1597
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
1598
\Configure{TocAt}
 
1599
   {|<save configure tableofcontents|>%
 
1600
    \Configure{tableofcontents}
 
1601
       {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="\sec:typ TOCS">}}
 
1602
       {}{\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}%
 
1603
    \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
1604
   }
 
1605
   {|<recall configure tableofcontents|>\par\ShowPar}
 
1606
\Configure{TocAt*}
 
1607
   {|<save configure tableofcontents|>%
 
1608
    \Configure{tableofcontents}
 
1609
       {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="\sec:typ TOCS">}}
 
1610
       {}{\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}%
 
1611
    \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
1612
   }
 
1613
   {|<recall configure tableofcontents|>\par\ShowPar}
 
1614
>>>
 
1615
 
 
1616
 
 
1617
 
 
1618
 
 
1619
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
1620
\Configure{tableofcontents}
 
1621
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="tableofcontents">}\IgnorePar}
 
1622
   {}
 
1623
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
1624
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}   {}
 
1625
>>>
 
1626
 
 
1627
\<save configure tableofcontents\><<<
 
1628
\let\sv:atoc|=\a:tableofcontents
 
1629
\let\sv:btoc|=\b:tableofcontents
 
1630
\let\sv:ctoc|=\c:tableofcontents
 
1631
\let\sv:dtoc|=\d:tableofcontents
 
1632
\let\sv:etoc|=\e:tableofcontents
 
1633
>>>
 
1634
 
 
1635
 
 
1636
\<recall configure tableofcontents\><<<
 
1637
\let\a:tableofcontents|=\sv:atoc
 
1638
\let\b:tableofcontents|=\sv:btoc
 
1639
\let\c:tableofcontents|=\sv:ctoc
 
1640
\let\d:tableofcontents|=\sv:dtoc
 
1641
\let\e:tableofcontents|=\sv:etoc
 
1642
>>>
 
1643
 
 
1644
 
 
1645
\<html latex tocs\><<<
 
1646
\def\tocpart#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{partToc}{\if !#1!\else  #1~~\fi #2}\par}%
 
1647
\def\toclikepart#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likepartToc}{#2}\par}%
 
1648
|<part toc css|>%
 
1649
\expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax 
 
1650
   \def\tocsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1651
       \:SPAN{sectionToc}{\def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty\else
 
1652
            #1 \fi #2}\par}
 
1653
   \def\toclikesection#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likesectionToc}{#2}\par}%
 
1654
   \def\tocsubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \toc:num{subsection}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1655
   \def\toclikesubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \:SPAN{likesubsectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1656
   \def\tocsubsubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1657
      \ \ \toc:num{subsubsection}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1658
   \def\toclikesubsubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1659
      \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsubsectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1660
   \def\tocparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \toc:num{paragraph}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1661
   \def\toclikeparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \:SPAN{likeparagraphToc}{#2}\par}
 
1662
   \def\tocsubparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1663
      \ \ \ \ \toc:num{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1664
   \def\toclikesubparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1665
      \ \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubparagraphToc}{#2}\par}
 
1666
\else
 
1667
   |<chapter toc css|>%
 
1668
   \def\tocchapter#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{chapterToc}{#1 #2}\par}
 
1669
   \def\toclikechapter#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likechapterToc}{#2}\par}%
 
1670
   \def\tocappendix#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{appendixToc}{#1 #2}\par}
 
1671
   \def\tocsection#1#2#3{\par\ \toc:num{section}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1672
   \def\toclikesection#1#2#3{\par\ \:SPAN{likesectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1673
   \def\tocsubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \ \toc:num{subsection}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1674
   \def\toclikesubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1675
      \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1676
   \def\tocsubsubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1677
      \ \ \ \toc:num{subsubsection}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1678
   \def\toclikesubsubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1679
      \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsubsectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1680
   \def\tocparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \ \toc:num{paragraph}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1681
   \def\toclikeparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1682
      \ \ \ \:SPAN{likeparagraphToc}{#2}\par}
 
1683
   \def\tocsubparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1684
      \ \ \ \ \ \toc:num{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1685
   \def\toclikesubparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1686
      \ \ \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubparagraphToc}{#2}\par}
 
1687
\fi
 
1688
\def\toc:num#1#2#3{\def\:temp{#1#2}\:SPAN{#1Toc}{\ifx \:temp\empty \else 
 
1689
   #2 \fi #3}}
 
1690
>>>
 
1691
 
 
1692
 
 
1693
 
 
1694
\<scr report,book\><<<
 
1695
\def\tocpart#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{partToc}{\if !#1!\else  #1~~\fi #2}\par}%
 
1696
\def\toclikepart#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likepartToc}{#2}\par}%
 
1697
\Css{.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc
 
1698
        {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110\%;}}
 
1699
   \Css{.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc,
 
1700
        .appendixToc a, .appendixToc, .addchapToc a
 
1701
        {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold;}}
 
1702
   \def\tocchapter#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{chapterToc}{#1~~#2}\par}
 
1703
   \def\toclikechapter#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likechapterToc}{#2}\par}%
 
1704
   \def\tocaddchap#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{addchapToc}{#2}\par}%
 
1705
   \def\tocappendix#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{appendixToc}{#1~~#2}\par}
 
1706
   \def\tocsection#1#2#3{\par\ \toc:num{section}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1707
   \def\toclikesection#1#2#3{\par\ \:SPAN{likesectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1708
   \def\tocsubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \ \toc:num{subsection}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1709
   \def\toclikesubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1710
      \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1711
   \def\tocsubsubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1712
      \ \ \ \toc:num{subsubsection}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1713
   \def\toclikesubsubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1714
      \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsubsectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1715
   \def\tocparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \ \toc:num{paragraph}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1716
   \def\toclikeparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1717
      \ \ \ \:SPAN{likeparagraphToc}{#2}\par}
 
1718
   \def\tocsubparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1719
      \ \ \ \ \ \toc:num{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1720
   \def\toclikesubparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1721
      \ \ \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubparagraphToc}{#2}\par}
 
1722
\def\toc:num#1#2#3{\def\:temp{#1#2}\:SPAN{#1Toc}{\ifx \:temp\empty \else
 
1723
   #2~~\fi #3}}
 
1724
>>>
 
1725
 
 
1726
 
 
1727
\<revtex sections\><<<
 
1728
\def\tocpart#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{partToc}{\if !#1!\else  #1~~\fi #2}\par}%
 
1729
\def\toclikepart#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likepartToc}{#2}\par}%
 
1730
\Css{.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc
 
1731
        {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110\%;}}
 
1732
%
 
1733
\expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
1734
   \def\tocsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1735
       \:SPAN{sectionToc}{\def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty\else
 
1736
            #1 \fi #2}\par}
 
1737
   \def\toclikesection#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likesectionToc}{#2}\par}%
 
1738
   \def\tocsubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \toc:num{subsection}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1739
   \def\toclikesubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \:SPAN{likesubsectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1740
   \def\tocsubsubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1741
      \ \ \toc:num{subsubsection}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1742
   \def\toclikesubsubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1743
      \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsubsectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1744
   \def\tocparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \toc:num{paragraph}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1745
   \def\toclikeparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \:SPAN{likeparagraphToc}{#2}\par}
 
1746
   \def\tocsubparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1747
      \ \ \ \ \toc:num{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1748
   \def\toclikesubparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1749
      \ \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubparagraphToc}{#2}\par}
 
1750
\else
 
1751
   \Css{.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc,
 
1752
        .appendixToc a, .appendixToc
 
1753
        {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold;}}
 
1754
%
 
1755
   \def\tocchapter#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{chapterToc}{#1 #2}\par}
 
1756
   \def\toclikechapter#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{likechapterToc}{#2}\par}%
 
1757
   \def\tocappendix#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{appendixToc}{#1 #2}\par}
 
1758
   \def\tocsection#1#2#3{\par\ \toc:num{section}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1759
   \def\toclikesection#1#2#3{\par\ \:SPAN{likesectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1760
   \def\tocsubsection#1#2#3{\par\ \ \toc:num{subsection}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1761
   \def\toclikesubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1762
      \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1763
   \def\tocsubsubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1764
      \ \ \ \toc:num{subsubsection}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1765
   \def\toclikesubsubsection#1#2#3{\par
 
1766
      \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubsubsectionToc}{#2}\par}
 
1767
   \def\tocparagraph#1#2#3{\par\ \ \ \toc:num{paragraph}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1768
   \def\toclikeparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1769
      \ \ \ \:SPAN{likeparagraphToc}{#2}\par}
 
1770
   \def\tocsubparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1771
      \ \ \ \ \ \toc:num{subparagraph}{#1}{#2}\par}
 
1772
   \def\toclikesubparagraph#1#2#3{\par
 
1773
      \ \ \ \ \ \:SPAN{likesubparagraphToc}{#2}\par}
 
1774
\fi
 
1775
\def\toc:num#1#2#3{\def\:temp{#1#2}\:SPAN{#1Toc}{\ifx \:temp\empty \else
 
1776
   #2 \fi #3}}
 
1777
>>>
 
1778
 
 
1779
 
 
1780
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1781
\subsection{Tables of Contents}
 
1782
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1783
 
 
1784
 
 
1785
\<ams art,proc,book toc\><<<
 
1786
\ConfigureToc{part}
 
1787
  {\HCode{<span class="partToc">}\toc:Mark{part}}
 
1788
  {\End:Mark}
 
1789
  {}
 
1790
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
1791
\ConfigureToc{section}
 
1792
  {\HCode{<span class="sectionToc">}\toc:Mark{section}}
 
1793
  {\End:Mark}
 
1794
  {}
 
1795
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
1796
\ConfigureToc{subsection}
 
1797
  {\HCode{<span class="subsectionToc">}~~\toc:Mark{subsection}}
 
1798
  {\End:Mark}
 
1799
  {}
 
1800
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
1801
\ConfigureToc{subsubsection}
 
1802
  {\HCode{<span
 
1803
       class="subsubsectionToc">}~~~~\toc:Mark{subsubsection}}
 
1804
  {\End:Mark}
 
1805
  {}
 
1806
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
1807
\def\toc:Mark#1#2\End:Mark{\if !#2!\else
 
1808
   \expandafter\ifx \csname #1name\endcsname\relax\else 
 
1809
   \csname #1name\endcsname~\fi #2.~~\fi}
 
1810
>>>
 
1811
 
 
1812
 
 
1813
\<ams book\><<<
 
1814
\ConfigureToc{likepart}
 
1815
  {\HCode{<span class="likepartToc">}}
 
1816
  {\empty}
 
1817
  {}
 
1818
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
1819
\ConfigureToc{chapter}
 
1820
  {\HCode{<span class="chapterToc">}%
 
1821
   \ifx \chaptername\:UnDef\else \chaptername~\fi}
 
1822
  {.~~}
 
1823
  {}
 
1824
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
1825
\ConfigureToc{likechapter}
 
1826
  {\HCode{<span class="likechapterToc">}}
 
1827
  {~~}
 
1828
  {}
 
1829
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
1830
\ConfigureToc{appendix}
 
1831
  {\HCode{<span class="appendixToc">}%
 
1832
   \ifx \appendixname\:UnDef\else \appendixname~\fi}
 
1833
  {.~~}
 
1834
  {}
 
1835
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
1836
>>>
 
1837
 
 
1838
\<ams book\><<<
 
1839
\Css{.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .appendixToc a, .appendixToc
 
1840
   {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold;}}
 
1841
>>>
 
1842
 
 
1843
 
 
1844
\<ams art,proc,book toc\><<<
 
1845
\Css{.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc
 
1846
        {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110\%;}}
 
1847
>>>
 
1848
 
 
1849
 
 
1850
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1851
\section{Tables and Arrays}
 
1852
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1853
 
 
1854
 
 
1855
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1856
\subsection{LaTeX Tabular and Array}
 
1857
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1858
 
 
1859
 
 
1860
\<32,4 latex\><<<
 
1861
\:CheckOption{pic-tabular}  \if:Option
 
1862
   \ConfigureEnv{tabular}
 
1863
     {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg<div class="pic-tabular">\Picture*{}}
 
1864
     {\EndPicture\Tg</div>}{}{}
 
1865
   \Css{div.pic-tabular {text-align:center;}}  
 
1866
\else
 
1867
   \Log:Note{for pictorial tabular,
 
1868
                      use the command line option `pic-tabular'}
 
1869
\fi
 
1870
>>>
 
1871
 
 
1872
 
 
1873
 
 
1874
\<math html latex array/tabular\><<<
 
1875
\:CheckOption{pic-array}  \if:Option \else
 
1876
   \Log:Note{for pictorial array,
 
1877
                      use the command line option `pic-array'}
 
1878
   \ConfigureEnv{array}
 
1879
     {\IgnorePar\EndP\PushStack\Col:Marg\AllColMargins
 
1880
          \HCode{<div class="array">}}
 
1881
     {\HCode{</div>}\PopStack\Col:Marg\AllColMargins\ShowPar}{}{}
 
1882
   \Css{div.array {text-align:center;}}
 
1883
\fi
 
1884
>>>
 
1885
 
 
1886
 
 
1887
\<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<<
 
1888
\:CheckOption{pic-tabular}  \if:Option \else
 
1889
   \ConfigureEnv{tabular}
 
1890
     {|<configure tabular noalign|>%
 
1891
      \IgnorePar|<inline comment|>\EndP\HCode{<div class="tabular">}%
 
1892
      \PushStack\Col:Marg\AllColMargins
 
1893
     }
 
1894
     {\HCode{</div>}\PopStack\Col:Marg\AllColMargins\ShowPar
 
1895
      |<configure clear noalign|>%
 
1896
      |<try env inline par|>%
 
1897
     }{}{}
 
1898
   \Css{div.tabular, div.center div.tabular {text-align: center; 
 
1899
           margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em;  }} 
 
1900
   \Css{table.tabular td  p{margin-top:0em;}}  
 
1901
   \Css{table.tabular {margin-left: auto;
 
1902
                       margin-right: auto;}}    |% centering |%
 
1903
\fi
 
1904
>>>
 
1905
 
 
1906
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1907
\subsection{LaTeX Tabule}
 
1908
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1909
 
 
1910
 
 
1911
 
 
1912
\<article,report,book\><<<
 
1913
\ConfigureEnv{table}
 
1914
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="table">}}
 
1915
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par\ShowPar}
 
1916
   {}{}
 
1917
>>>
 
1918
 
 
1919
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1920
\subsection{multirow}
 
1921
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1922
 
 
1923
\<configure html4 multirow\><<<
 
1924
\Configure{multirow}
 
1925
    {\HCode{<div class="multirow"><!-- rows=\the\@tempcnta\space -->}}
 
1926
    {\HCode{</div>}}
 
1927
>>>
 
1928
 
 
1929
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1930
\section{Bibliography}
 
1931
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1932
 
 
1933
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1934
\subsection{Cite}
 
1935
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1936
 
 
1937
\<onmouseover cite\><<<
 
1938
\Configure{cite}
 
1939
  {\HCode{<span class="cite">}}
 
1940
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
1941
  {\Link[ |<mouseover-cite arguments|>]}
 
1942
  {\EndLink }
 
1943
\expandafter\def\csname c:mouseover-cite:\endcsname{%
 
1944
  \def\:tempb{cite}\csname c:mouseover-?:\endcsname}
 
1945
\Configure{mouseover-cite}{tex4ht.body,FULLHTML}
 
1946
>>>
 
1947
 
 
1948
 
 
1949
\<mouseover-cite arguments\><<<
 
1950
\mo:args{cite}{\@citeb}{\expandafter
 
1951
              \jsHash\expandafter{\expandafter X\@citeb}}%
 
1952
>>>
 
1953
 
 
1954
\<default cite\><<<
 
1955
\Configure{cite}
 
1956
   {\HCode{<span class="cite">}}  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
1957
   {\Link}         {\EndLink}
 
1958
>>>
 
1959
 
 
1960
\<cite in TocLink\><<<
 
1961
\Configure{cite}{}{}{}{}%
 
1962
>>>
 
1963
 
 
1964
 
 
1965
\<mouseover cite config\><<<
 
1966
\string\Configure{mouseover-vars}{cite}{Author,Title}%
 
1967
>>>
 
1968
 
 
1969
 
 
1970
\<mouseover cite css\><<<
 
1971
\string\Configure {mouseover-cite} 
 
1972
     {tex4ht.body,CAPTION,tex4ht.caption+tex4ht.var,FULLHTML}%
 
1973
>>>
 
1974
 
 
1975
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1976
\subsection{Bib Item}
 
1977
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
1978
 
 
1979
 
 
1980
\<default bibitem\><<<
 
1981
\Configure{bibitem}{\Link}{\EndLink}
 
1982
>>>
 
1983
 
 
1984
\<onmouseover bibitem\><<<
 
1985
\Configure{bibitem}
 
1986
   {\bibitem:link}
 
1987
   {\EndLink|<js end skip bib|>}
 
1988
\def\bibitem:link#1#2{|<js skip bib|>\HCode
 
1989
   {<!--}|<js mark 1 bib|>\HCode{#2=}|<js mark 2 bib|>\HCode
 
1990
   {-->}\Link{#1}{#2}}
 
1991
>>>
 
1992
 
 
1993
 
 
1994
 
 
1995
\<config bib-p HtmlPar\><<<
 
1996
\Configure{HtmlPar}
 
1997
   {\EndP\HCode{<p class="bibitem-p">}}
 
1998
   {\EndP\HCode{<p class="bibitem-p">}}
 
1999
   {\Tg</p>} {\Tg</p>}%
 
2000
>>>      
 
2001
 
 
2002
 
 
2003
 
 
2004
\<config bib HtmlPar\><<<
 
2005
\Configure{HtmlPar}
 
2006
   {\EndP\HCode{<p class="bibitem">}}
 
2007
   {\EndP\HCode{<p class="bibitem">}}
 
2008
   {\Tg</p>} {\Tg</p>}%
 
2009
>>>      
 
2010
 
 
2011
 
 
2012
 
 
2013
\<config bib-p HtmlParNO\><<<
 
2014
\Configure{HtmlPar}
 
2015
   {\HCode{</p><p class="bibitem-p">}}
 
2016
   {\HCode{</p><p class="bibitem-p">}}
 
2017
   {} {}%
 
2018
>>>      
 
2019
 
 
2020
 
 
2021
\<bibitem css\><<<
 
2022
\Css{p.bibitem { text-indent: -2em; margin-left: 2em;
 
2023
       margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em;     }}
 
2024
\Css{p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em;
 
2025
       margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em;     }}
 
2026
>>>
 
2027
 
 
2028
\<bibitem 2\><<< 
 
2029
   \Configure{bibitem2}
 
2030
      {|<config bib HtmlPar|>\par\ShowPar
 
2031
       \HCode{<span class="biblabel">}%
 
2032
       |<config bib-p HtmlPar|>%
 
2033
      }
 
2034
      {\EndP}
 
2035
      {\HCode{<span class="bibsp">}~~~\HCode{</span></span>}}
 
2036
>>>
 
2037
 
 
2038
 
 
2039
\<js bibitem\><<<
 
2040
\HCode{<!--}%
 
2041
|<js from bib|>%
 
2042
\HCode{<bibitem>}%
 
2043
|<js skip bib|>%
 
2044
|<js Set1 bib|>%
 
2045
|<js end skip bib|>%
 
2046
|<js Set2 bib|>%
 
2047
|<js skip bib|>%
 
2048
|<js end skip bib|>%
 
2049
\HCode{<div class="js">}%
 
2050
|<js skip bib|>%
 
2051
\HCode{-->}%
 
2052
|<js end skip bib|>%
 
2053
>>>
 
2054
 
 
2055
\<js /bibitem\><<<
 
2056
|<js skip bib|>%
 
2057
\HCode{<!--}%
 
2058
|<js end skip bib|>%
 
2059
\HCode{</div></bibitem>\Hnewline}%
 
2060
|<js Until bib|>%
 
2061
\HCode{-->}%
 
2062
>>>
 
2063
 
 
2064
\<js p.bibitem-p css\><<<
 
2065
.js p.bibitem-p
 
2066
>>>
 
2067
 
 
2068
\<js p.bibitem css\><<<
 
2069
js p.bibitem
 
2070
>>>
 
2071
 
 
2072
 
 
2073
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2074
\subsection{The Bibliography}
 
2075
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2076
 
 
2077
 
 
2078
The bibliography environment is prooblematic because 
 
2079
it carries a definition that implies an environment similar
 
2080
to 
 
2081
 
 
2082
\begin{verbatim}
 
2083
  \begin{....}
 
2084
  \section*{...}
 
2085
  ...
 
2086
  \end{....}
 
2087
\end{verbatim}
 
2088
 
 
2089
The \verb+\begin{...}+ has a \verb+\SaveEverypar+, and
 
2090
  \verb+\end{...}+ has a \verb+\RecallEverypar+. In the case of
 
2091
paginations across sectioning commands, we have also the saving and
 
2092
recalling also at the start and end of each section (each page).  In
 
2093
such a case, we don't have proper nestings of environments.
 
2094
 
 
2095
 
 
2096
 
 
2097
 
 
2098
 
 
2099
\<shared bib env\><<<
 
2100
\ConfigureEnv{thebibliography}{\IgnorePar}{\ShowPar\par}{}{}
 
2101
>>>
 
2102
 
 
2103
\<foils bib\><<<
 
2104
\ConfigureEnv{thebibliography}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{}
 
2105
>>>
 
2106
 
 
2107
 
 
2108
\<default thebibliography\><<<
 
2109
\ConfigureList{thebibliography}%
 
2110
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div
 
2111
                   class="thebibliography">}\let\en:bib=\empty} 
 
2112
   {\en:bib \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
2113
   {\en:bib\def\en:bib{|<bibliography2|>\EndP}%
 
2114
   |<config bib HtmlPar|>\par\ShowPar
 
2115
    \HCode{<span class="biblabel">}|<config bib-p HtmlPar|>} 
 
2116
   {\HCode{<span class="bibsp">}\:nbsp
 
2117
      \:nbsp\:nbsp\HCode{</span></span>}}
 
2118
>>>
 
2119
 
 
2120
 
 
2121
 
 
2122
 
 
2123
 
 
2124
 
 
2125
 
 
2126
 
 
2127
 
 
2128
 
 
2129
\<onmouseover thebibliography\><<<
 
2130
\ConfigureList{thebibliography}%
 
2131
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP |<start js|>\HCode{<div
 
2132
                   class="thebibliography">}\let\en:bib=\empty} 
 
2133
   {\en:bib \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
2134
   {\en:bib\def\en:bib{|<js bibliography2|>%
 
2135
        \EndP}|<js /bibitem|>|<js bibitem|>%
 
2136
        |<config bib HtmlPar|>\par\ShowPar
 
2137
        \leavevmode |<js skip bib|>\HCode{<span
 
2138
      class="biblabel">}|<config bib-p HtmlPar|>} 
 
2139
   {\HCode{<span class="bibsp">}\:nbsp
 
2140
      \:nbsp\:nbsp\HCode{</span></span>}|<js end skip bib|>}
 
2141
>>>
 
2142
 
 
2143
 
 
2144
\<latex ltbibl\><<<
 
2145
\:CheckOption{bibtex2} \if:Option
 
2146
   \Configure{bibliography2}
 
2147
      {~~[} {more} {]}
 
2148
   |<bibitem 2|>%
 
2149
\fi
 
2150
>>>
 
2151
 
 
2152
 
 
2153
 
 
2154
 
 
2155
 
 
2156
\<config bibitem\><<<
 
2157
\:CheckOption{no-bib} \if:Option\else  
 
2158
   \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option
 
2159
      |<onmouseover cite|>
 
2160
      |<onmouseover bibitem|>
 
2161
   \else  
 
2162
      |<default cite|>
 
2163
      |<default bibitem|>
 
2164
   \fi
 
2165
\fi
 
2166
>>>
 
2167
 
 
2168
 
 
2169
\<thebib config\><<<
 
2170
\:CheckOption{no-bib} \if:Option\else  
 
2171
   \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option
 
2172
      |<onmouseover thebibliography|>
 
2173
   \else  
 
2174
      |<default thebibliography|>
 
2175
   \fi
 
2176
   |<bibitem css|>
 
2177
\fi
 
2178
>>>
 
2179
 
 
2180
\<bibliography2\><<<
 
2181
\csname bibliography2\endcsname
 
2182
>>>
 
2183
 
 
2184
\<js bibliography2\><<<
 
2185
|<js skip bib|>\csname bibliography2\endcsname
 
2186
|<js end skip bib|>%
 
2187
>>>
 
2188
 
 
2189
 
 
2190
 
 
2191
 
 
2192
 
 
2193
%   \HCode{\Hnewline\string\jselement{footnote}%
 
2194
%                  \string\jselement{bibitem}\Hnewline}%
 
2195
 
 
2196
 
 
2197
 
 
2198
 
 
2199
 
 
2200
\<bib in amsppt.sty\><<<
 
2201
\Configure{vol}{\HCode{<strong>}}{\HCode{</strong>}}
 
2202
\Configure{book}{\HCode{<em>}}{\HCode{</em>}}
 
2203
\Configure{paper}{\HCode{<em>}}{\HCode{</em>}}
 
2204
\Configure{Refs}{\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<table class="Refs">}}
 
2205
                {\HCode{</table>}}
 
2206
\Configure{ref}{\HCode{<tr valign="top"><td align="right">}}
 
2207
               {\EndP\HCode{</td></tr>}}{}
 
2208
\Configure{keyformat}{}{\EndP\HCode{</td><td>}}
 
2209
>>>
 
2210
 
 
2211
 
 
2212
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2213
\subsection{acm-proc-article-sp}
 
2214
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2215
 
 
2216
\<acm-proc-article-sp thebib config\><<<
 
2217
\:CheckOption{no-bib} \if:Option\else  
 
2218
   \:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option
 
2219
      |<acm-proc-article-sp onmouseover thebibliography|>
 
2220
   \else  
 
2221
      |<acm-proc-article-sp default thebibliography|>
 
2222
   \fi
 
2223
   |<bibitem css|>
 
2224
\fi
 
2225
>>>
 
2226
 
 
2227
 
 
2228
\<acm-proc-article-sp default thebibliography\><<<
 
2229
\ConfigureEnv{thebibliography}%
 
2230
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div
 
2231
                   class="thebibliography">}\let\en:bib=\empty} 
 
2232
   {\en:bib \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
2233
   {}{}
 
2234
\ConfigureList{thebibliography}%
 
2235
   {}{}
 
2236
   {\en:bib\def\en:bib{|<bibliography2|>\EndP}%
 
2237
   |<config bib HtmlPar|>\par\ShowPar
 
2238
    \HCode{<span class="biblabel">}|<config bib-p HtmlPar|>} 
 
2239
   {\HCode{<span class="bibsp">}\:nbsp
 
2240
      \:nbsp\:nbsp\HCode{</span></span>}}
 
2241
>>>
 
2242
 
 
2243
 
 
2244
\<acm-proc-article-sp onmouseover thebibliography\><<<
 
2245
\ConfigureEnv{thebibliography}%
 
2246
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP |<start js|>\HCode{<div
 
2247
                   class="thebibliography">}\let\en:bib=\empty} 
 
2248
   {\en:bib \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
2249
   {}{}
 
2250
\ConfigureList{thebibliography}%
 
2251
   {}{}
 
2252
   {\en:bib\def\en:bib{|<js bibliography2|>%
 
2253
        \EndP}|<js /bibitem|>|<js bibitem|>%
 
2254
        |<config bib HtmlPar|>\par\ShowPar
 
2255
        \leavevmode |<js skip bib|>\HCode{<span
 
2256
      class="biblabel">}|<config bib-p HtmlPar|>} 
 
2257
   {\HCode{<span class="bibsp">}\:nbsp
 
2258
      \:nbsp\:nbsp\HCode{</span></span>}|<js end skip bib|>}
 
2259
>>>
 
2260
 
 
2261
 
 
2262
 
 
2263
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2264
\subsection{JS Contributions}
 
2265
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2266
 
 
2267
 
 
2268
 
 
2269
\<js from bib\><<<
 
2270
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex From bib }%
 
2271
>>>
 
2272
 
 
2273
\<js skip bib\><<<
 
2274
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Skip bib }%
 
2275
>>>
 
2276
 
 
2277
\<js end skip bib\><<<
 
2278
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Cont bib }%
 
2279
>>>
 
2280
 
 
2281
\<js Until bib\><<<
 
2282
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Until bib }%
 
2283
>>>
 
2284
 
 
2285
\<js Set1 bib\><<<
 
2286
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Set1 bib }%
 
2287
>>>
 
2288
 
 
2289
\<js Set2 bib\><<<
 
2290
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Set2 bib }%
 
2291
>>>
 
2292
 
 
2293
\<js mark 1 bib\><<<
 
2294
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Addr1 bib }% 
 
2295
>>>
 
2296
 
 
2297
\<js mark 2 bib\><<<
 
2298
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Addr2 bib }% 
 
2299
>>>
 
2300
 
 
2301
 
 
2302
 
 
2303
 
 
2304
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2305
\section{Lists}
 
2306
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2307
 
 
2308
 
 
2309
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2310
\subsection{LaTeX}
 
2311
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2312
 
 
2313
 
 
2314
 
 
2315
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
2316
\Css{li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }}
 
2317
\ConfigureEnv{trivlist}
 
2318
   {}{|<try env inline par|>}{}{}
 
2319
\ConfigureList{trivlist}%
 
2320
   {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="trivlist">}%
 
2321
       |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
2322
   {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}
 
2323
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt
 
2324
        class="trivlist">}\bgroup \bf}
 
2325
   {\egroup\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="trivlist">}}
 
2326
\ConfigureEnv{list}
 
2327
   {}{|<try env inline par|>}{}{}
 
2328
\ConfigureList{list}%
 
2329
   {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="list\expandafter\the
 
2330
         \csname @listdepth\endcsname">}%
 
2331
    |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
2332
   {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}
 
2333
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt
 
2334
        class="list">}\bgroup \bf}
 
2335
   {\egroup\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="list">}}
 
2336
\ConfigureEnv{itemize}
 
2337
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}{|<try env inline par|>}
 
2338
   {}{}
 
2339
\ConfigureList{itemize}%
 
2340
   {\EndP\HCode{<ul \a:LRdir class="itemize\expandafter\the
 
2341
          \csname @itemdepth\endcsname">}%
 
2342
       |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
2343
   {|<recall end:itm|>\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi 
 
2344
    \EndP\HCode{</li></ul>}\ShowPar}
 
2345
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\DeleteMark}
 
2346
   {\HCode{<li class="itemize">}}
 
2347
\ConfigureEnv{enumerate}
 
2348
   {}{|<try env inline par|>}{}{}
 
2349
\:CheckOption{li-} \if:Option
 
2350
   \ConfigureList{enumerate}%
 
2351
      {|<enumerate I|>}
 
2352
      {|<enumerate II|>}
 
2353
      {|<enumerate III|>}
 
2354
      {|<enumerate IV-|>}
 
2355
\else
 
2356
   \ConfigureList{enumerate}%
 
2357
      {|<enumerate I|>}
 
2358
      {|<enumerate II|>}
 
2359
      {|<enumerate III|>}
 
2360
      {|<enumerate IV|>}
 
2361
   \Log:Note{for enumerated list elements li's without value attributes,
 
2362
                      use the command line option `li-'}
 
2363
\fi
 
2364
\:CheckOption{css2} \if:Option
 
2365
   |<css2 itemize|>
 
2366
\else
 
2367
   \Log:Note{for CSS2 code, use the command line option `css2'}
 
2368
\fi
 
2369
>>>
 
2370
 
 
2371
\<css2 itemize\><<<
 
2372
\Css{ul.itemize1 {list-style-type: none;}} 
 
2373
\Css{ul.itemize1 li.itemize:before { display: marker;   
 
2374
                               marker-offset: 0.5em;   
 
2375
                                     content: "\labelitemi\space" }} 
 
2376
\Css{ul.itemize2 {list-style-type: none;}} 
 
2377
\Css{ul.itemize2 li.itemize:before { display: marker;   
 
2378
                               marker-offset: 0.5em;   
 
2379
                                     content: "\labelitemii\space" }} 
 
2380
\Css{ul.itemize3 {list-style-type: none;}} 
 
2381
\Css{ul.itemize3 li.itemize:before { display: marker;   
 
2382
                               marker-offset: 0.5em;   
 
2383
                                     content: "\labelitemiii\space" }}
 
2384
>>>
 
2385
 
 
2386
 
 
2387
 
 
2388
\<enumerate I\><<<
 
2389
\EndP\HCode{<ol \a:enumerate:\space 
 
2390
      class="enumerate\expandafter\the\csname @enumdepth\endcsname"
 
2391
      \a:LRdir
 
2392
     >}|<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty
 
2393
>>>
 
2394
 
 
2395
\<enumerate II\><<<
 
2396
|<recall end:itm|>%
 
2397
\EndP\HCode{</li></ol>}\ShowPar
 
2398
>>>
 
2399
 
 
2400
 
 
2401
\<enumerate III\><<<
 
2402
\end:itm \gdef\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\DeleteMark
 
2403
>>>
 
2404
 
 
2405
\<enumerate IV\><<<
 
2406
\HCode{<li class="enumerate" value="\expandafter\the\csname 
 
2407
   c@enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth\endcsname"\Hnewline>}\AnchorLabel
 
2408
>>>
 
2409
 
 
2410
 
 
2411
 
 
2412
\<enumerate IV-\><<<
 
2413
\HCode{<li class="enumerate">}\AnchorLabel
 
2414
>>>
 
2415
 
 
2416
It is better to put the LI in the third field to avoid extra space 
 
2417
to the following text.
 
2418
 
 
2419
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
2420
\def\c:enumerate:#1{\c:enu #1|<par del|>}
 
2421
\def\c:enu#1#2#3#4#5|<par del|>{%
 
2422
\def\a:enumerate:{\ifcase \@enumdepth \or
 
2423
         #1\or #2\or #3\or #4\else\fi #5}}
 
2424
>>>
 
2425
   
 
2426
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
2427
\Configure{enumerate}{{}{}{}{}}
 
2428
\Css{.enumerate1    {list-style-type:decimal;}}
 
2429
\Css{.enumerate2    {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}}
 
2430
\Css{.enumerate3    {list-style-type:lower-roman;}}
 
2431
\Css{.enumerate4    {list-style-type:upper-alpha;}}
 
2432
>>>
 
2433
 
 
2434
\<\><<<
 
2435
\:CheckOption{html+} \if:Option
 
2436
  \Configure{enumerate}
 
2437
   {%
 
2438
    {style="list-style-type:decimal"}%
 
2439
    {style="list-style-type:lower-alpha"}%
 
2440
    {style="list-style-type:lower-roman"}%
 
2441
    {style="list-style-type:upper-alpha"}%
 
2442
   }   
 
2443
\else
 
2444
  \Log:Note{for stricter html code,
 
2445
                      use the command line option `html+'}
 
2446
  \Configure{enumerate}{%
 
2447
    {type="\theenumi"}%
 
2448
    {type="\theenumii"}%
 
2449
    {type="\theenumiii"}%
 
2450
    {type="\theenumiv"}}
 
2451
\fi
 
2452
>>>
 
2453
 
 
2454
%  \Configure{enumerate}{{type="1"}{type="a"}{type="i"}{type="A"}}
 
2455
 
 
2456
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2457
\subsection{Prosper}
 
2458
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2459
 
 
2460
\<prosper lists\><<<
 
2461
\ConfigureEnv{Itemize}
 
2462
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}{|<try env inline par|>}
 
2463
   {}{}
 
2464
\ConfigureList{Itemize}%
 
2465
   {\EndP\HCode{<ul \a:LRdir class="itemize\expandafter\the
 
2466
          \csname @itemdepth\endcsname">}%
 
2467
       |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
2468
   {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</li></ul>}\ShowPar}
 
2469
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\DeleteMark}
 
2470
   {\HCode{<li class="itemize">}}
 
2471
>>>
 
2472
 
 
2473
\<prosper lists\><<<
 
2474
\ConfigureEnv{itemstep}
 
2475
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
2476
    \EndP\HCode{<ul \a:LRdir class="itemstep\expandafter\the
 
2477
          \csname @itemdepth\endcsname">}%
 
2478
       |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
2479
   {|<recall end:itm|>\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP
 
2480
    \HCode{</li></ul>}\ShowPar}
 
2481
   {}
 
2482
   {}
 
2483
\ConfigureList{itemstep}
 
2484
   {}
 
2485
   {}
 
2486
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\DeleteMark}
 
2487
   {\HCode{<li class="itemize\ifnum
 
2488
                 \c@item@step>\c@overlaysCount -hide\fi">}}
 
2489
\Css{li.itemize-hide {visibility:hidden;}}
 
2490
>>>
 
2491
 
 
2492
 
 
2493
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2494
\subsection{Jeep}
 
2495
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2496
 
 
2497
 
 
2498
 
 
2499
 
 
2500
\<configure html4 jeep\><<<
 
2501
\ConfigureEnv{outline}
 
2502
   {}{|<try env inline par|>}{}{}
 
2503
\ConfigureList{outline}%
 
2504
   {|<enumerate I jeep|>}
 
2505
   {|<enumerate II|>}
 
2506
   {|<enumerate III|>}
 
2507
   {|<enumerate IV|>}
 
2508
>>>
 
2509
 
 
2510
\<enumerate I jeep\><<<
 
2511
\EndP\HCode{<ol type="1"
 
2512
      class="enumerate\expandafter\the\csname @enumdepth\endcsname"
 
2513
      \a:LRdir
 
2514
     >}|<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty
 
2515
>>>
 
2516
 
 
2517
 
 
2518
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2519
\subsection{Description}
 
2520
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2521
 
 
2522
 
 
2523
\<description 4\><<<
 
2524
\ConfigureList{description}%
 
2525
   {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="description">}%
 
2526
      |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
2527
   {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}
 
2528
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt
 
2529
        class="description">}\bgroup \bf}
 
2530
   {\egroup\EndP\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="description">}}
 
2531
>>>
 
2532
 
 
2533
\<32,4 report,book\><<<
 
2534
\ConfigureEnv{description}{\IgnorePar}{}{}{}
 
2535
>>>
 
2536
 
 
2537
\<configure html4 scrbook\><<<
 
2538
\ConfigureEnv{description}{\IgnorePar}{}{}{}
 
2539
>>>
 
2540
 
 
2541
\<configure html4 scrreprt\><<<
 
2542
\ConfigureEnv{description}{\IgnorePar}{}{}{}
 
2543
>>>
 
2544
 
 
2545
\<ams art,proc,book\><<<
 
2546
|<description 4|>
 
2547
\ConfigureEnv{description}{\IgnorePar}{}{}{}
 
2548
>>>
 
2549
 
 
2550
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2551
\subsection{List Utilities}
 
2552
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2553
 
 
2554
 
 
2555
 
 
2556
Latex allows groups like the following, so we need  global \verb+\end:itm+
 
2557
 
 
2558
\begin{verbatim}
 
2559
\begin{enumerate}
 
2560
{\item Line 1}
 
2561
{\item Line 2}
 
2562
\end{enumerate}
 
2563
\end{verbatim}
 
2564
 
 
2565
 
 
2566
\<save end:itm\><<<
 
2567
\PushMacro\end:itm
 
2568
>>>
 
2569
 
 
2570
 
 
2571
\<recall end:itm\><<<
 
2572
\PopMacro\end:itm \global\let\end:itm \end:itm 
 
2573
>>>
 
2574
 
 
2575
 
 
2576
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2577
\subsection{mdwlist}
 
2578
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2579
 
 
2580
\<configure html4 mdwlist\><<<
 
2581
\ConfigureEnv{itemize*}
 
2582
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}{|<try env inline par|>}
 
2583
   {}{}
 
2584
\ConfigureList{itemize*}%
 
2585
   {\EndP\HCode{<ul \a:LRdir class="itemize\expandafter\the
 
2586
          \csname @itemdepth\endcsname">}%
 
2587
       |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
2588
   {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</li></ul>}\ShowPar}
 
2589
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\DeleteMark}
 
2590
   {\HCode{<li class="itemize">}}
 
2591
\ConfigureEnv{enumerate*}
 
2592
   {}{|<try env inline par|>}{}{}
 
2593
\ConfigureList{enumerate*}%
 
2594
   {|<enumerate I|>}
 
2595
   {|<enumerate II|>}
 
2596
   {|<enumerate III|>}
 
2597
   {|<enumerate IV|>}
 
2598
\ConfigureList{description*}%
 
2599
   {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="description">}%
 
2600
      |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
2601
   {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}
 
2602
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt
 
2603
        class="description">}\bgroup \bf}
 
2604
   {\egroup\EndP\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="description">}}
 
2605
\ConfigureList{basedescript}
 
2606
   {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="basedescript">}%
 
2607
      \PushMacro\end:itm \global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
2608
   {\PopMacro\end:itm \global\let\end:itm \end:itm
 
2609
      \EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}
 
2610
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt
 
2611
      class="basedescript">}\bgroup \bf}
 
2612
   {\egroup\EndP\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="basedescript">}}
 
2613
>>>
 
2614
 
 
2615
 
 
2616
 
 
2617
 
 
2618
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2619
\section{Index}
 
2620
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2621
 
 
2622
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2623
\subsection{LaTeX}
 
2624
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2625
 
 
2626
 
 
2627
\<config book-report-article\><<<
 
2628
|<book-report-article index|>
 
2629
>>>
 
2630
 
 
2631
 
 
2632
 
 
2633
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2634
\subsection{Scr}
 
2635
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2636
 
 
2637
 
 
2638
\<32,4 report,book\><<<
 
2639
\Configure{@begin}{theindex}{\ifx \indexname\empty \else
 
2640
    \chapter*{\indexname}\fi}
 
2641
>>>
 
2642
 
 
2643
\<configure html4 article\><<<
 
2644
\Configure{@begin}{theindex}{\ifx \indexname\empty \else
 
2645
    \section*{\indexname}\fi}
 
2646
>>>
 
2647
 
 
2648
 
 
2649
\<scr report,book\><<<
 
2650
\Configure{@begin}{theindex}{\ifx \indexname\empty \else
 
2651
    \chapter*{\indexname}\fi}
 
2652
>>>
 
2653
 
 
2654
 
 
2655
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2656
\subsection{multiind}
 
2657
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2658
 
 
2659
 
 
2660
 
 
2661
\<configure html4 multind\><<<
 
2662
\Configure{@begin}{theindex}
 
2663
   {\ifx \indexname\empty \else|<toc for multind|>\fi}
 
2664
>>>
 
2665
 
 
2666
 
 
2667
% \ifx \indexname\empty \else
 
2668
%       \ifx\chapter\:Undef \section*{\indexname}\else
 
2669
%                           \chapter*{\indexname}\fi
 
2670
%       \let\indexname=\empty 
 
2671
%     \fi
 
2672
%     
 
2673
 
 
2674
 
 
2675
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2676
\subsection{Index}
 
2677
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2678
 
 
2679
 
 
2680
\<configure html4 index\><<<
 
2681
\Configure{NoSection}
 
2682
  {\let\sv:index|=\p@index \let\sv:label|=\label 
 
2683
   \let\sv:newline|=\newline \def\newline{ }%
 
2684
   \def\p@index[##1]{\@gobble}\let\label|=\@gobble 
 
2685
   |<nolink ref|>%
 
2686
  }
 
2687
  {\let\p@index|=\sv:index \let\label|=\sv:label 
 
2688
   |<restore ref|>%
 
2689
   \let\newline|=\sv:newline
 
2690
  }
 
2691
>>>
 
2692
 
 
2693
 
 
2694
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2695
\subsection{texinfo}
 
2696
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2697
 
 
2698
 
 
2699
\<configure html4 texinfo\><<<
 
2700
\Configure{index}
 
2701
  {\IgnorePar\leavevmode\EndP\Tg<div class="index">}
 
2702
  {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg</div>}
 
2703
  {\leavevmode\Tg<span class="entry">}
 
2704
  {\Tg</span>\Tg<br />\IgnorePar}
 
2705
>>>
 
2706
 
 
2707
 
 
2708
 
 
2709
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2710
\subsection{ConTeXt}
 
2711
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
2712
 
 
2713
 
 
2714
 
 
2715
 
 
2716
 
 
2717
\<configure html4 context\><<<
 
2718
\catcode`\!=11
 
2719
|<context etc|>
 
2720
|<context sectioning|>
 
2721
|<context system|>
 
2722
|<context toc|>
 
2723
|<context description|>
 
2724
|<context item group|>
 
2725
|<context verbatim|>
 
2726
|<context spacing|>
 
2727
|<context floats|>
 
2728
|<context tabs|>
 
2729
|<context tables|>
 
2730
|<context index|>
 
2731
|<context cross references|>
 
2732
\catcode`\!=12
 
2733
>>>
 
2734
 
 
2735
\<context etc\><<<
 
2736
\NewConfigure{-@@ly}{2}
 
2737
>>>
 
2738
 
 
2739
\<context cross references\><<<
 
2740
\Configure{-@@ur}
 
2741
   {\HCode{<span class="url">}}
 
2742
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
2743
>>>
 
2744
 
 
2745
 
 
2746
\<context chapter name\><<<
 
2747
\v!hoofdstuk 
 
2748
>>>
 
2749
 
 
2750
\<context section name\><<<
 
2751
\v!paragraaf 
 
2752
>>>
 
2753
 
 
2754
\<context subsection name\><<<
 
2755
\v!sub \v!paragraaf 
 
2756
>>>
 
2757
 
 
2758
\<context subsubsection name\><<<
 
2759
\v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf
 
2760
>>>
 
2761
 
 
2762
\<context subsubsubsection name\><<<
 
2763
\v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf
 
2764
>>>
 
2765
 
 
2766
\<context subsubsubsubsection name\><<<
 
2767
\v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!sub \v!paragraaf 
 
2768
>>>
 
2769
 
 
2770
 
 
2771
 
 
2772
\<context sectioning\><<<
 
2773
\Configure{sectie}
 
2774
   {\gHAdvance \sec:Level by 1\relax
 
2775
    \ifnum \sec:Level=1 
 
2776
        \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
2777
        \HCode{<div class="\cur:Name">}%
 
2778
    \else
 
2779
        \HCode{<span class="\cur:Name">}%
 
2780
    \fi
 
2781
   }
 
2782
   {\ifnum \sec:Level=1 
 
2783
        \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
2784
        \HCode{</div>}%
 
2785
    \else
 
2786
        \HCode{</span>}%
 
2787
    \fi
 
2788
    \gHAdvance \sec:Level by -1\relax
 
2789
   }
 
2790
\HAssign\sec:Level=0
 
2791
>>>
 
2792
 
 
2793
 
 
2794
 
 
2795
 
 
2796
\<context sectioning\><<<
 
2797
\def\:tmp#1#2{%
 
2798
  \ConfigureMark{#1}
 
2799
     {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\finalsectionnumber
 
2800
      \HCode{</span>}}
 
2801
  \Configure{#1}{}{}
 
2802
     {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
2803
      \HCode{<#2 class="#1Head"\a:LRdir>}\NoFonts
 
2804
      \TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
2805
     {\EndNoFonts \HCode{</#2>}\HtmlParOn 
 
2806
      \IgnoreIndent \par \ShowPar}
 
2807
  \Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\finalsectionnumber\space##1}
 
2808
  \ifx \end:secs\empty \else
 
2809
    \edef\:temp{\noexpand\Configure{end#1}{\end:secs}}\:temp
 
2810
  \fi
 
2811
  \edef\end:secs{\end:secs,#1}%
 
2812
  \NewConfigure{#1-ko}{2}
 
2813
}
 
2814
\def\end:secs{}
 
2815
\def\:tempd#1{\edef\:temp{\noexpand\:tmp{#1}}\:temp}
 
2816
\:tempd{|<context chapter name|>}{h1}
 
2817
\:tempd{|<context section name|>}{h2}
 
2818
\:tempd{|<context subsection name|>}{h3}
 
2819
\:tempd{|<context subsubsection name|>}{h4}
 
2820
\:tempd{|<context subsubsubsection name|>}{h5}
 
2821
\:tempd{|<context subsubsubsubsection name|>}{h5}
 
2822
>>>
 
2823
 
 
2824
\<context sectioning NO\><<<
 
2825
\ConfigureMark{part}
 
2826
   {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\finalsectionnumber
 
2827
    \HCode{</span>}}
 
2828
\Configure{part}{}{}
 
2829
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
2830
    \HCode{<h1 class="partHead"\a:LRdir>}\NoFonts
 
2831
    \TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
2832
   {\EndNoFonts \HCode{</h1>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
2833
\Configure{partTITLE+}{\finalsectionnumber\space#1}
 
2834
>>>
 
2835
 
 
2836
\<context sectioning NO\><<<
 
2837
\ConfigureMark{chapter}
 
2838
   {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\finalsectionnumber
 
2839
    \HCode{</span>}}
 
2840
\Configure{chapter}{}{}
 
2841
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
2842
    \HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\NoFonts
 
2843
    \TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
2844
   {\EndNoFonts \HCode{</h2>}\HtmlParOn 
 
2845
    \IgnoreIndent \par \ShowPar}
 
2846
\Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\finalsectionnumber\space#1}
 
2847
\Configure{endsection}{part}
 
2848
>>>
 
2849
 
 
2850
 
 
2851
\<context sectioning NO\><<<
 
2852
\ConfigureMark{section}
 
2853
   {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\finalsectionnumber
 
2854
    \HCode{</span>}}
 
2855
\Configure{section}{}{}
 
2856
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
2857
    \HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\NoFonts
 
2858
    \TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
2859
   {\EndNoFonts \HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn
 
2860
    \IgnoreIndent \par \ShowPar}
 
2861
\Configure{sectionTITLE+}{\finalsectionnumber\space#1}
 
2862
\Configure{endsection}{part,chapter}
 
2863
>>>
 
2864
 
 
2865
 
 
2866
 
 
2867
 
 
2868
 
 
2869
 
 
2870
\<context sectioning NO\><<<
 
2871
\ConfigureMark{subsection}
 
2872
   {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\finalsectionnumber
 
2873
    \HCode{</span>}}
 
2874
\Configure{subsection}{}{}
 
2875
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
2876
    \HCode{<h4 class="subsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\NoFonts
 
2877
    \TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
2878
   {\EndNoFonts \HCode{</h4>}\HtmlParOn
 
2879
    \IgnoreIndent \par \ShowPar}
 
2880
\Configure{subsectionTITLE+}{\finalsectionnumber\space#1}
 
2881
\Configure{endsection}{part,chapter,section}
 
2882
>>>
 
2883
 
 
2884
\<context sectioning NO\><<<
 
2885
\ConfigureMark{subsubsection}
 
2886
   {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\finalsectionnumber
 
2887
    \HCode{</span>}}
 
2888
\Configure{subsubsection}{}{}
 
2889
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
2890
    \HCode{<h5 class="subsubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\NoFonts
 
2891
    \TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
2892
   {\EndNoFonts \HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
2893
\Configure{subsubsectionTITLE+}{\finalsectionnumber\space#1}
 
2894
\Configure{endsection}{part,chapter,section,subsection}
 
2895
>>>
 
2896
 
 
2897
\<context sectioning NO\><<<
 
2898
\ConfigureMark{subsubsubsection}
 
2899
   {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\finalsectionnumber
 
2900
    \HCode{</span>}}
 
2901
\Configure{subsubsubsection}{}{}
 
2902
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
2903
    \HCode{<h5 class="subsubsubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\NoFonts
 
2904
    \TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
2905
   {\EndNoFonts \HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
2906
\Configure{subsubsubsectionTITLE+}{\finalsectionnumber\space#1}
 
2907
\Configure{endsection}{part,chapter,section,subsection,%
 
2908
                                                 subsubsection}
 
2909
>>>
 
2910
 
 
2911
\<context sectioning NO\><<<
 
2912
\ConfigureMark{subsubsubsubsection}
 
2913
   {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\finalsectionnumber
 
2914
    \HCode{</span>}}
 
2915
\Configure{subsubsubsubsection}{}{}
 
2916
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
2917
    \HCode{<h5 class="subsubsubsubsectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\NoFonts
 
2918
    \TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
2919
   {\EndNoFonts \HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
2920
\Configure{subsubsubsubsectionTITLE+}{\finalsectionnumber\space#1}
 
2921
\Configure{endsection}{part,chapter,section,subsection,%
 
2922
                                   subsubsection,subsubsubsection}
 
2923
>>>
 
2924
 
 
2925
 
 
2926
 
 
2927
 
 
2928
\<context toc\><<<
 
2929
\Configure{placecontent}
 
2930
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
2931
    \def\toc:br{\def\toc:br{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}}%
 
2932
    \HCode{<div class="tableofcontents">}\IgnorePar}
 
2933
   {}
 
2934
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
2935
   {} {}
 
2936
\Configure{contenthead}
 
2937
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<h2>}\NoFonts}
 
2938
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndNoFonts \HCode{</h2>}\par}
 
2939
>>>
 
2940
 
 
2941
 
 
2942
 
 
2943
\<context toc\><<<
 
2944
\ConfigureToc{part}
 
2945
  {\toc:br
 
2946
   \HCode{<span class="partToc"><span class="toc-mark">}}
 
2947
  {\HCode{</span>}~}
 
2948
  {}
 
2949
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
2950
>>>
 
2951
 
 
2952
 
 
2953
 
 
2954
 
 
2955
\<context toc\><<<
 
2956
\ConfigureToc{chapter}
 
2957
  {\toc:br
 
2958
   \HCode{<span class="chapterToc"><span class="toc-mark">}}
 
2959
  {\HCode{</span>}~}
 
2960
  {}
 
2961
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
2962
>>>
 
2963
 
 
2964
 
 
2965
\<context toc\><<<
 
2966
\ConfigureToc{section}
 
2967
  {\toc:br
 
2968
   \HCode{<span class="sectionToc"><span class="toc-mark">}}
 
2969
  {\HCode{</span>}~}
 
2970
  {}
 
2971
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
2972
>>>
 
2973
 
 
2974
 
 
2975
\<context toc\><<<
 
2976
\ConfigureToc{subsection}
 
2977
  {\toc:br
 
2978
   \HCode{<span class="subsectionToc"><span class="toc-mark">}}
 
2979
  {\HCode{</span>}~}
 
2980
  {}
 
2981
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
2982
>>>
 
2983
 
 
2984
 
 
2985
\<context toc\><<<
 
2986
\ConfigureToc{subsubsection}
 
2987
  {\toc:br
 
2988
   \HCode{<span class="subsubsectionToc"><span class="toc-mark">}}
 
2989
  {\HCode{</span>}~}
 
2990
  {}
 
2991
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
2992
>>>
 
2993
 
 
2994
 
 
2995
\<context toc\><<<
 
2996
\ConfigureToc{subsubsubsection}
 
2997
  {\toc:br
 
2998
   \HCode{<span class="subsubsubsectionToc"><span class="toc-mark">}}
 
2999
  {\HCode{</span>}~}
 
3000
  {}
 
3001
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3002
>>>
 
3003
 
 
3004
 
 
3005
\<context toc\><<<
 
3006
\ConfigureToc{subsubsubsubsection}
 
3007
  {\toc:br
 
3008
   \HCode{<span class="subsubsubsubsectionToc"><span class="toc-mark">}}
 
3009
  {\HCode{</span>}~}
 
3010
  {}
 
3011
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3012
>>>
 
3013
 
 
3014
 
 
3015
 
 
3016
\<context spacing\><<<
 
3017
\Configure{narrower}
 
3018
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="narrower">}}
 
3019
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
3020
\Css{div.narrower {margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em;}}
 
3021
>>>
 
3022
 
 
3023
 
 
3024
 
 
3025
\<context spacing\><<<
 
3026
\Configure{midaligned}
 
3027
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3028
    \HCode{<div class="midaligned">}}
 
3029
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP  \HCode{</div>}\par}
 
3030
\Configure{leftaligned}
 
3031
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3032
    \HCode{<div class="leftaligned">}}
 
3033
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP  \HCode{</div>}\par}
 
3034
\Configure{rightaligned}
 
3035
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3036
    \HCode{<div class="rightaligned">}}
 
3037
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP  \HCode{</div>}\par}
 
3038
\Css{div.midaligned {text-align:center;}}
 
3039
\Css{div.leftaligned {text-align:left;}}
 
3040
\Css{div.rightaligned {text-align:right;}}
 
3041
>>>
 
3042
 
 
3043
 
 
3044
\<context system\><<<
 
3045
\Configure{startstop}
 
3046
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \EndP
 
3047
       \HCode{<div class="startstop">}\par
 
3048
       \def\end:startstop{\ifvmode \IgnorePar \EndP \fi
 
3049
                          \HCode{</div>}\par}%
 
3050
    \else
 
3051
       \HCode{<span class="startstop">}%
 
3052
       \def\end:startstop{\ifvmode \IgnorePar \HCode{</span>}\par
 
3053
                          \else \HCode{</span>}\fi}%
 
3054
    \fi}
 
3055
   {\end:startstop}
 
3056
>>>
 
3057
 
 
3058
 
 
3059
\<context description\><<<
 
3060
\Configure{description-item}
 
3061
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
3062
    \HCode{<dl class="description-item">
 
3063
           <dt class="description-dt">}\everypar{}}
 
3064
   {\HCode{</dt><dd class="description-dd">}\everypar{\HtmlPar}\par}
 
3065
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
3066
    \HCode{</dd></dl>}}
 
3067
>>>
 
3068
 
 
3069
\<context description\><<<
 
3070
\Configure{description-word}
 
3071
   {\HCode{<span class="description-word">}}
 
3072
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \HCode{</span>}\par
 
3073
                          \else \HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
3074
>>>
 
3075
 
 
3076
 
 
3077
 
 
3078
\<context item group\><<<
 
3079
\Configure{itemgroup}
 
3080
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3081
    \HCode{<dl class="\currentitemgroup">}\let\end:dd=\empty}
 
3082
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP \end:dd \HCode{</dl>}}
 
3083
\Configure{head-listitem}
 
3084
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3085
    \end:dd \HCode{<dt class="\currentitemgroup
 
3086
                              -head">}}
 
3087
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3088
    \HCode{</dt><dd class="\currentitemgroup -head%
 
3089
                               ">}\def\end:dd{\HCode{</dd>}}}
 
3090
\Configure{symbol-listitem}
 
3091
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3092
    \end:dd \HCode{<dt class="\currentitemgroup
 
3093
                              -symbol">}}
 
3094
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3095
    \HCode{</dt><dd class="\currentitemgroup -symbol%
 
3096
                               ">}\def\end:dd{\HCode{</dd>}}}
 
3097
\Configure{other-listitem}
 
3098
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3099
    \end:dd \HCode{<dt class="\currentitemgroup
 
3100
                              -other">}}
 
3101
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3102
    \HCode{</dt><dd class="\currentitemgroup -other%
 
3103
                               ">}\def\end:dd{\HCode{</dd>}}}
 
3104
>>>
 
3105
 
 
3106
\<context verbatim\><<<
 
3107
\Configure{typing}
 
3108
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \par \ShowPar
 
3109
    \def\verb:par{%
 
3110
      \HCode{<div class="typing">}%
 
3111
      \gdef\verb:par{\HCode{<br />}}}%
 
3112
   }
 
3113
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</div>}\par}
 
3114
   {\verb:par}
 
3115
   {\HCode{\string&}\HChar{-35}\HCode{x00A0;}}
 
3116
\Css{div.typing
 
3117
       {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; }}
 
3118
>>>
 
3119
 
 
3120
 
 
3121
\<context floats\><<<
 
3122
\Configure{plaatsblok}
 
3123
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{<div class="float">}}
 
3124
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
3125
\Configure{caption}
 
3126
   {\HCode{<span class="caption-label">}}   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3127
   {\HCode{<span class="caption-text">}}   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3128
>>>
 
3129
 
 
3130
Q. Where placefigure is declared?
 
3131
 
 
3132
\<context floats\><<<
 
3133
\NewConfigure{figure}{2}
 
3134
\Configure{figure}
 
3135
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{<div class="figure">}}
 
3136
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
3137
>>>
 
3138
 
 
3139
 
 
3140
\<context floats\><<<
 
3141
\Configure{externalfigure}{\Picture[fig]}
 
3142
>>>
 
3143
 
 
3144
\<context floats\><<<
 
3145
\Configure{figure-li}
 
3146
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
3147
    \HCode{<div class="entry"><span class="num">}\par\IgnorePar}
 
3148
   {\HCode{</span><span class="title">}}
 
3149
   {\HCode{</span><span class="page"><!--}}
 
3150
   {\HCode{--></span></div>}}
 
3151
\Configure{-@@kjfigure}
 
3152
   {\HCode{<span class="figure-caption">}}
 
3153
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3154
>>>
 
3155
 
 
3156
 
 
3157
\<context toc NO\><<<
 
3158
\Configure{title-ko}
 
3159
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
3160
    \HCode{<div class="toc-title">}%
 
3161
    \def\end:ko{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}\bgroup 
 
3162
      \aftergroup\end:ko
 
3163
      \Configure{title-ko}{\bgroup}{\egroup}%
 
3164
   }
 
3165
   {\egroup }
 
3166
>>>
 
3167
 
 
3168
 
 
3169
 
 
3170
\<context tabs\><<<
 
3171
\Configure{\v!tabulate}
 
3172
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi 
 
3173
    \EndP \HCode{<pre class="\v!tabulate">}}
 
3174
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\HCode{</pre>}\par}
 
3175
>>>
 
3176
 
 
3177
 
 
3178
 
 
3179
\<context tables\><<<
 
3180
\Configure{table}
 
3181
   {\PushStack\Table:Stck\TableNo
 
3182
    \PushStack\Row:Stck\HRow     \HAssign\HRow=0\relax
 
3183
    \PushStack\Col:Stck\Prev:Col
 
3184
    \gHAdvance\Table:No by 1\relax
 
3185
    \HAssign\TableNo=\Table:No\relax
 
3186
    \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\halignTB{table}\putVBorder
 
3187
}
 
3188
   {\HCode{</table>}%
 
3189
    \PopStack\Table:Stck\TableNo
 
3190
    \PopStack\Row:Stck\HRow
 
3191
    \PopStack\Col:Stck\Prev:Col
 
3192
   }
 
3193
   {\gHAdvance\HRow by 1
 
3194
    \HCode{<tr class="TBL-\TableNo-\HRow">}%
 
3195
    \currentTABLEcolumn=0 \gHAssign\Prev:Col=0 }
 
3196
   {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
3197
   {\HAssign\HCol=\the\currentTABLEcolumn\relax
 
3198
    \HAssign\HMultispan=\HCol\relax
 
3199
    \HAdvance\HMultispan by -\Prev:Col\relax
 
3200
    \gHAssign\Prev:Col=\HCol\relax
 
3201
    \HAdvance\HCol by 1\relax
 
3202
    \ifnum \HMultispan>1  \HAdvance\HCol by 1
 
3203
                          \HAdvance\HCol by -\HMultispan\relax \fi
 
3204
    \HCode{\Hnewline<td class="TBL-\TableNo-\HRow-\HCol" }%
 
3205
    \halignTD
 
3206
    \HCode{ \ifnum \HMultispan>1  colspan="\HMultispan" \fi >}%
 
3207
\gdef\dd:table{%
 
3208
      \gdef\dd:table{}%
 
3209
      \x:tableCell
 
3210
      \d:table}%
 
3211
\def\x:tableCell{\e:tableCell \global\let\x:tableCell=\empty}%
 
3212
}
 
3213
   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
3214
 
 
3215
\HAssign\Table:No=0
 
3216
\HAssign\TableNo=0
 
3217
\HAssign\Prev:Col=0
 
3218
\HAssign\HRow=0
 
3219
>>>
 
3220
 
 
3221
 
 
3222
\<context tables\><<<
 
3223
\Configure{tableCell}
 
3224
   {\e:table\HCode{<div class="cell-1">}\ShowPar\par}
 
3225
   {\e:table\HCode{<div class="cell-2">}\ShowPar\par}
 
3226
   {\e:table\HCode{<div class="cell-3">}\ShowPar\par}
 
3227
   {\e:table\HCode{<div class="cell-4">}\ShowPar\par}
 
3228
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}\f:table}
 
3229
>>>
 
3230
 
 
3231
 
 
3232
\<context tables\><<<
 
3233
\let\VBorder\empty   \let\AllColMargins\empty
 
3234
\Configure{VBorder}
 
3235
   {\let\VBorder\empty
 
3236
    \let\AllColMargins\empty
 
3237
    \global\let\GROUPS\empty
 
3238
    \HAssign\NewGroup = 0
 
3239
   }
 
3240
   {%
 
3241
      \let\:temp\TableNo \let\TableNo=\relax
 
3242
      \edef\VBorder{\VBorder\ifnum \NewGroup> 0 </colgroup>\fi}%
 
3243
      \let\TableNo\:temp
 
3244
      \HAssign\NewGroup = 0
 
3245
    \gdef\GROUPS{rules="groups"}%
 
3246
   }
 
3247
   {\Advance:\NewGroup by 1
 
3248
      \let\:temp\TableNo \let\TableNo=\relax
 
3249
      \ifnum \NewGroup=1 \edef\VBorder{\VBorder<colgroup
 
3250
          id="TBL-\TableNo-\ar:cnt g">}\fi
 
3251
      \edef\VBorder{\VBorder<col\Hnewline id="TBL-\TableNo
 
3252
         -\ar:cnt"\xml:empty>}\xdef\AllColMargins{\AllColMargins1}%
 
3253
      \let\TableNo\:temp
 
3254
   }
 
3255
   {%
 
3256
      \let\:temp\TableNo \let\TableNo=\relax
 
3257
      \edef\AllColMargins{\AllColMargins 0}%
 
3258
      \let\TableNo\:temp
 
3259
   }
 
3260
 
 
3261
\Css{table.table td {vertical-align:top;}}
 
3262
>>>
 
3263
 
 
3264
\<context tables\><<<
 
3265
\Css{table.table td { padding-left:3pt; padding-right:3pt; }}
 
3266
 
 
3267
\Configure{halignTB}{\HCode{<table }}{\HCode{>}}
 
3268
\Configure{halignTB<>}{table}{\HCode{class="table"\Hnewline
 
3269
   cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" \GROUPS\Hnewline
 
3270
   frame="\ifx \GROUPS\empty void\else border\fi" id="TBL-\TableNo-"
 
3271
   }<>\HAlign}
 
3272
>>>
 
3273
 
 
3274
\<context tables\><<<
 
3275
\Configure{TABLElongrule}{\HCode{<hr />}}
 
3276
\Configure{TableHL}
 
3277
  {\TABLEnoalign{%
 
3278
  \HCode{<tr>}%
 
3279
\tmp:cnt=\maxTABLEcolumn
 
3280
\advance\tmp:cnt by 2
 
3281
\HCode{<td colspan="\the\tmp:cnt"><hr /></td>}%
 
3282
  \HCode{</tr>}}%
 
3283
}
 
3284
>>>
 
3285
 
 
3286
 
 
3287
\<context tables\><<<
 
3288
\Configure{halignTD} {}{}
 
3289
   {<}{\HCode{ % align="left"
 
3290
               style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;"}}
 
3291
   {-}{\HCode{ % align="center"
 
3292
               style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;"}}
 
3293
   {>}{\HCode{ % align="right"
 
3294
               style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:right;"}}
 
3295
   {l}{\HCode{ % align="left"
 
3296
               style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;"}}
 
3297
   {c}{\HCode{ % align="center"
 
3298
               style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;"}}
 
3299
   {r}{\HCode{ % align="right"
 
3300
               style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:right;"}}
 
3301
   {^}{\HCode{ valign="top" style="white-space:nowrap;"}}
 
3302
   {=}{\HCode{ valign="baseline" style="white-space:nowrap;"}}
 
3303
   {||}{\HCode{ valign="middle" style="white-space:nowrap;"}}
 
3304
   {_}{\HCode{ valign="bottom" style="white-space:nowrap;"}}
 
3305
   {p}{\HCode{ % align="left"
 
3306
               style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;"}\Protect\a:HColWidth}
 
3307
   {m}{\HCode{ % align="left"
 
3308
               style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" valign="middle"}}
 
3309
   {b}{\HCode{ % align="left"
 
3310
               style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" valign="baseline"}}
 
3311
   {}
 
3312
>>>
 
3313
 
 
3314
 
 
3315
\<context index\><<<
 
3316
\Configure{index}
 
3317
   {\Link{}{in-\nextinternalreference}\EndLink}
 
3318
\Configure{indexpage}{%
 
3319
   \gHAdvance\Idx:No by 1 #1%
 
3320
   {#2}%
 
3321
   {#3}%
 
3322
   {#4}%
 
3323
   {\Link{in-#3}{}\Idx:No\EndLink}}
 
3324
\HAssign\Idx:No = 0
 
3325
>>>
 
3326
 
 
3327
\<context index\><<<
 
3328
\Configure{indexchar}
 
3329
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3330
    \HCode{<div class="indexchar">}}
 
3331
   {\HCode{</div>}\par}
 
3332
\Css{div.indexchar{margin-top:0.2em; margin-bottom:0.1pt;}}
 
3333
>>>
 
3334
 
 
3335
\<context index\><<<
 
3336
\Configure{index-env}
 
3337
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{<div class="index-env">}\par}
 
3338
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par}
 
3339
\Css{div.index-env p{margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em;}}
 
3340
\NewConfigure{-@@idindex}{2}
 
3341
>>>
 
3342
 
 
3343
 
 
3344
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3345
\subsection{letters}
 
3346
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3347
 
 
3348
 
 
3349
\<configure html4 g-brief\><<<
 
3350
\Configure{g-brief}
 
3351
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="g-brief">}%
 
3352
    \let\sv:@imakebox\@imakebox
 
3353
    \let\sv:br=\\ \def\\{\HCode{</tr><tr>}}%
 
3354
    \let\:clearpage\clearpage
 
3355
    \def\clearpage{\let\clearpage\:clearpage
 
3356
       \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3357
       \HCode{<table class="date"><tr>}%
 
3358
       \IgnorePar
 
3359
    }%
 
3360
    \let\brf:par\par
 
3361
    \def\@imakebox[##1][##2]##3{%
 
3362
      \HCode{<td class="makebox-##2">}%
 
3363
      \bgroup \let\\=\sv:br \let\@imakebox\sv:@imakebox
 
3364
              \let\par\sv:par
 
3365
                ##3%
 
3366
      \egroup
 
3367
      \HCode{</td>}%
 
3368
      \def\par{\let\par\brf:par
 
3369
         \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3370
         \HCode{</tr></table>}}%
 
3371
    }%
 
3372
   }
 
3373
   {\let\\=\sv:br \let\@imakebox\sv:@imakebox
 
3374
    \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
3375
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="end-g-brief">}}
 
3376
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
3377
\Css{table.date {width:100\%; margin-top:2em;}}
 
3378
\Css{table.date td{white-space: nowrap;}}
 
3379
>>>
 
3380
 
 
3381
\<configure html4 g-brief\><<<
 
3382
\Configure{letterfoot}
 
3383
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="letterfoot">}}
 
3384
   {}
 
3385
   {\HCode{</div>}}  
 
3386
\Configure{letterhead}
 
3387
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
3388
    \HCode{<div class="letterhead"><table
 
3389
                           class="from"><tr><td class="name">}}
 
3390
   {\HCode{</td><td class="address">}}
 
3391
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
3392
    \HCode{</td></tr></table><div class="retouradresse">}}
 
3393
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div><div class="postage">}}
 
3394
   {\HCode{</div></div>}}  
 
3395
\Css{.letterfoot .tabular {text-align: left; margin-top:4em; }}
 
3396
\Css{table.from {width:100\%; margin-bottom:2em;}}
 
3397
\Css{table.from .address table {width:100\%;}}
 
3398
\Css{.makebox-r {text-align:right;}}
 
3399
>>>
 
3400
 
 
3401
\<configure html4 g-brief\><<<
 
3402
\Configure{datumtext}
 
3403
  {\HCode{<span class="datumtext">}}
 
3404
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3405
\Configure{datum}
 
3406
  {\HCode{<span class="datum">}}
 
3407
  {\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
3408
\Configure{anrede}
 
3409
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="anrede">}}
 
3410
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
3411
\Configure{betreff}
 
3412
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{<div class="betreff">}}
 
3413
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
3414
\Css{.betreff{margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:1em;}}
 
3415
\Configure{gruss}
 
3416
   {\HCode{<span class="gruss">}}
 
3417
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3418
\Configure{unterschrift}
 
3419
   {\HCode{<span class="unterschrift">}}
 
3420
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3421
\Configure{anlagen}
 
3422
   {\HCode{<span class="anlagen">}}
 
3423
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3424
\Configure{verteiler}
 
3425
   {\HCode{<span class="verteiler">}}
 
3426
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3427
\Configure{sprache}
 
3428
  {\HCode{<span class="sprache">}}
 
3429
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3430
\Configure{telefontex}
 
3431
  {\HCode{<span class="telefontex">}}
 
3432
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3433
\Configure{telefaxtext}
 
3434
  {\HCode{<span class="telefaxtext">}}
 
3435
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3436
\Configure{telextext}
 
3437
  {\HCode{<span class="telextext">}}
 
3438
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3439
\Configure{emailtext}
 
3440
  {\HCode{<span class="emailtext">}}
 
3441
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3442
\Configure{httptext}
 
3443
  {\HCode{<span class="httptext">}}
 
3444
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3445
\Configure{banktext}
 
3446
  {\HCode{<span class="banktext">}}
 
3447
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3448
\Configure{blztext}
 
3449
  {\HCode{<span class="blztext">}}
 
3450
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3451
\Configure{betrefftext}
 
3452
  {\HCode{<span class="betrefftext">}}
 
3453
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3454
\Configure{ihrzeichentext}
 
3455
  {\HCode{<span class="ihrzeichentext">}}
 
3456
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3457
\Configure{ihrschreibentext}
 
3458
  {\HCode{<span class="ihrschreibentext">}}
 
3459
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3460
\Configure{meinzeichentext}
 
3461
  {\HCode{<span class="meinzeichentext">}}
 
3462
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3463
\Configure{unserzeichentext}
 
3464
  {\HCode{<span class="unserzeichentext">}}
 
3465
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3466
\Configure{anlagen}
 
3467
  {\HCode{<span class="anlagen">}}
 
3468
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3469
\Configure{adresse}
 
3470
  {\HCode{<span class="adresse">}}
 
3471
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3472
\Configure{bank}
 
3473
  {\HCode{<span class="bank">}}
 
3474
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3475
\Configure{blz}
 
3476
  {\HCode{<span class="blz">}}
 
3477
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3478
\Configure{email}
 
3479
  {\HCode{<span class="email">}}
 
3480
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3481
\Configure{gruss}
 
3482
  {\HCode{<span class="gruss">}}
 
3483
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3484
\Configure{grussskip}
 
3485
  {\HCode{<span class="grussskip">}}
 
3486
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
3487
\Configure{http}
 
3488
  {\HCode{<span class="http">}}
 
3489
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3490
\Configure{ihrschreiben}
 
3491
  {\HCode{<span class="ihrschreiben">}}
 
3492
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3493
\Configure{ihrzeichen}
 
3494
  {\HCode{<span class="ihrzeichen">}}
 
3495
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3496
\Configure{konto}
 
3497
  {\HCode{<span class="konto">}}
 
3498
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3499
\Configure{land}
 
3500
  {\HCode{<span class="land">}}
 
3501
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3502
\Configure{meinzeichen}
 
3503
  {\HCode{<span class="meinzeichen">}}
 
3504
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3505
\Configure{name}
 
3506
  {\HCode{<span class="name">}}
 
3507
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3508
\Configure{ort}
 
3509
  {\HCode{<span class="ort">}}
 
3510
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3511
\Configure{postvermerk}
 
3512
  {\HCode{<span class="postvermerk">}}
 
3513
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3514
\Configure{retouradresse}
 
3515
  {\HCode{<span class="retouradresse">}}
 
3516
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3517
\Css{div.retouradresse { margin-bottom:2em; }}
 
3518
\Configure{strasse}
 
3519
  {\HCode{<span class="strasse">}}
 
3520
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3521
\Configure{telefax}
 
3522
  {\HCode{<span class="telefax">}}
 
3523
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3524
\Configure{telefon}
 
3525
  {\HCode{<span class="telefon">}}
 
3526
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3527
\Configure{telex}
 
3528
  {\HCode{<span class="telex">}}
 
3529
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3530
\Configure{unterschrift}
 
3531
  {\HCode{<span class="unterschrift">}}
 
3532
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3533
\Configure{verteiler}
 
3534
  {\HCode{<span class="verteiler">}}
 
3535
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3536
\Configure{zusatz}
 
3537
  {\HCode{<span class="zusatz">}}
 
3538
  {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
3539
>>>
 
3540
 
 
3541
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3542
\subsection{mwcls}
 
3543
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3544
 
 
3545
 
 
3546
\<mwcls index\><<<
 
3547
\Configure{@begin}{theindex}{\section*{\indexname}}
 
3548
\Configure{theindex}
 
3549
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3550
    \HCode{<div class="theindex">}\let\end:theidx\empty}
 
3551
   {\end:theidx\HCode{</div>}}
 
3552
   {} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}\hfil\break}
 
3553
   {\ \ \ \ } {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}\hfil\break}
 
3554
   {\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ } {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}\hfil\break}
 
3555
   {\hbox{\end:theidx\HCode{<p class="theindex">}}%
 
3556
    \def\end:theidx{\HCode{</p>}}}
 
3557
>>>
 
3558
 
 
3559
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3560
\subsection{Into Columns}
 
3561
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3562
 
 
3563
 
 
3564
\<book-report-article index\><<<
 
3565
\def\:temp#1index=#2,#3|<par del|>{%
 
3566
   \ifnum #2>1 |<conf multi cols|>\fi
 
3567
   \def\:temp{#2}%
 
3568
}
 
3569
\expandafter\:temp\Preamble,index=0,|<par del|>
 
3570
\ifnum \:temp<2
 
3571
   |<one-col index|>
 
3572
\else
 
3573
   |<mult-col index|>
 
3574
\fi
 
3575
>>>
 
3576
 
 
3577
 
 
3578
The \verb=\Configure{IndexColumns}= instruction is to allow documents
 
3579
that have more than one index to employ different number of columns.
 
3580
The `index=i' provides the initial setting.
 
3581
 
 
3582
 
 
3583
\<one-col index\><<<
 
3584
\Log:Note{for i-columns index,
 
3585
               use the command line option `index=i' (e.g., index=2)}
 
3586
\Configure{theindex}
 
3587
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3588
    \HCode{<div class="theindex">}\let\end:theidx|=\empty}
 
3589
   {\end:theidx\HCode{</div>}}
 
3590
   {} {\hfil\break\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
3591
   {\ \ \ \ } {\hfil\break\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
3592
   {\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ } {\hfil\break\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
3593
   {\hbox{\end:theidx\HCode{<p class="theindex">}}%
 
3594
    \def\end:theidx{\HCode{</p>}}}
 
3595
>>>
 
3596
 
 
3597
\<conf multi cols\><<<
 
3598
\NewConfigure{IndexColumns}{1}
 
3599
\Configure{IndexColumns}{#2}
 
3600
>>>
 
3601
 
 
3602
 
 
3603
\<mult-col index\><<<
 
3604
\Log:Note{the number of columns    
 
3605
   requested by the option `index=\a:IndexColumns' can 
 
3606
   be modified through the command \string\Configure{IndexColumns}{i}}
 
3607
\Configure{theindex}
 
3608
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
3609
    \HCode{<div class="theindex">}%
 
3610
    |<index mult cols|>\let\end:theidx|=\empty}
 
3611
   {\end:theidx
 
3612
    |<end index mult cols|>\HCode{</div>}}
 
3613
   {} 
 
3614
   {\ifvmode \else \hfil\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}\break\fi}
 
3615
   {\ \ \ \ } {\hfil\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}\break}
 
3616
   {\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ } {\hfil\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}\break}
 
3617
   {%\ifvmode \EndP\fi
 
3618
    % \hbox{\end:theidx\HCode{<p class="theindex">}}%
 
3619
    % \def\end:theidx{\HCode{</p>}}
 
3620
    \parindent=0pt
 
3621
   }%
 
3622
>>>
 
3623
 
 
3624
\<index mult cols\><<<
 
3625
\Configure{HColumns}
 
3626
     {\IgnorePar\EndP
 
3627
         \HCode{<table \Hnewline class="index" width="100\%"
 
3628
                     cellspacing="15"><tr valign="top">}}
 
3629
     {\HCode{</tr></table>}}
 
3630
     {\HCode{<td>}\ColMag{1.1}}
 
3631
     {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</td>}}
 
3632
  \HColumns{\a:IndexColumns}%
 
3633
  \everypar{\HtmlPar}\par\ShowPar
 
3634
>>>
 
3635
 
 
3636
\<end index mult cols\><<<
 
3637
\EndHColumns
 
3638
>>>
 
3639
 
 
3640
\<mult-col index\><<<
 
3641
\def\add:col{\Advance:\:cols  -1 \HAdvance\HCol  1\relax
 
3642
   \ifnum \:cols>0
 
3643
      \c:Cols \vsplit0 to \tmp:dim  \d:Cols  \expandafter\add:col
 
3644
   \fi}
 
3645
\NewConfigure{HColumns}{4}
 
3646
\def\c:Cols{\edef\sv:dim{\the\tmp:dim}\c:HColumns}
 
3647
\def\d:Cols{\d:HColumns \tmp:dim\sv:dim }
 
3648
\def\ColMag#1{\tmp:dim  #1\tmp:dim}
 
3649
\def\HColumns#1{%
 
3650
   \a:HColumns
 
3651
   \HAssign\:cols#1  \setbox0=\vbox\bgroup
 
3652
   \divide\hsize  #1  }
 
3653
\def\EndHColumns{\egroup   \HAssign\HCol0
 
3654
  \tmp:dim\ht0  \advance\tmp:dim  \dp0  \divide\tmp:dim  \:cols
 
3655
  \add:col \c:Cols \box0 \d:Cols \b:HColumns}
 
3656
>>>
 
3657
 
 
3658
 
 
3659
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3660
\section{Captions}
 
3661
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3662
 
 
3663
\<config captions\><<<
 
3664
\Configure{caption}{\HCode{\if:nopar  \else <br\xml:empty>\fi}
 
3665
   \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<table class="caption"\Hnewline><tr 
 
3666
    valign="baseline"  class="caption"><td class="id">}}
 
3667
   {: } {\HCode{</td><td \Hnewline class="content">}} 
 
3668
   {\HCode{</td></tr></table>}|<caption label comment|>}
 
3669
\Css{.caption td.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }}
 
3670
\Css{table.caption {text-align:center;}}
 
3671
>>>
 
3672
 
 
3673
 
 
3674
\<apa captions\><<<
 
3675
\Configure{caption}{\HCode{\if:nopar  \else <br\xml:empty>\fi}
 
3676
   \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<table class="caption"\Hnewline><tr 
 
3677
    valign="baseline"  class="caption"><td class="id">}}
 
3678
   { } {\HCode{</td><td \Hnewline class="content">}} 
 
3679
   {\HCode{</td></tr></table>}|<caption label comment|>}
 
3680
\Css{table.caption {text-align:left;}}
 
3681
>>>
 
3682
 
 
3683
\<scr reprt/book captions\><<<
 
3684
\Configure{caption}{\HCode{\if:nopar  \else <br\xml:empty>\fi}
 
3685
   \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<div 
 
3686
    class="caption"><table class="caption"\Hnewline><tr
 
3687
    valign="baseline"  class="caption"><td class="id">}}
 
3688
   {: } {\HCode{</td><td \Hnewline class="content">}}
 
3689
   {\HCode{</td></tr></table></div>}|<caption label comment|>%
 
3690
}
 
3691
\Css{.caption td.id{font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; }}
 
3692
\Css{div.cation {text-align:center;}}
 
3693
>>>
 
3694
 
 
3695
\<amsppt captions\><<<
 
3696
\Configure{caption}
 
3697
   {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<center>}}{}{\HCode{</center>}}
 
3698
>>>
 
3699
 
 
3700
\<config span caption\><<<
 
3701
\Configure{caption}
 
3702
   {\HCode{<br /><span class="caption"><span class="id">}}
 
3703
   {\HCode{</span>}: }{}{\HCode{</span><br />}}%
 
3704
>>>
 
3705
 
 
3706
 
 
3707
\<caption label comment\><<<
 
3708
\HCode{<!--tex4ht:label?:
 
3709
   \cur:th\:currentlabel\space-->}%
 
3710
>>>
 
3711
 
 
3712
 
 
3713
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3714
\section{Footnotes}
 
3715
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3716
 
 
3717
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3718
\subsection{Originating Packages}
 
3719
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3720
 
 
3721
 
 
3722
\<latex ltfloat (footnotes)\><<<
 
3723
|<shared config footnotes|>
 
3724
\:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option  
 
3725
   |<inline footnote latex|>
 
3726
\else   
 
3727
   \Log:Note{for inline footnotes use
 
3728
          command line option `fn-in'}
 
3729
   |<offline footnote latex|>
 
3730
\fi
 
3731
>>>
 
3732
 
 
3733
 
 
3734
 
 
3735
 
 
3736
 
 
3737
\<configure html4 plain\><<<
 
3738
\:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option  
 
3739
   |<inline footnote plain|>
 
3740
\else   
 
3741
   \Log:Note{for inline footnotes, use
 
3742
          the command line option `fn-in'}
 
3743
   |<offline footnote plain|>
 
3744
\fi
 
3745
>>>
 
3746
 
 
3747
\<maketitle footnote\><<<
 
3748
\:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option  
 
3749
   |<end-thanks author date and|>
 
3750
\else
 
3751
   |<config thanks author date and|>
 
3752
\fi
 
3753
>>>
 
3754
 
 
3755
\<revtex maketitle footnote\><<<
 
3756
\:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option
 
3757
   |<revtex end-thanks author date and|>
 
3758
\else
 
3759
   |<revtex config thanks author date and|>
 
3760
\fi
 
3761
>>>
 
3762
 
 
3763
\<JHEP maketitle footnote\><<<
 
3764
\:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option  
 
3765
   |<JHEP end-thanks author date and|>
 
3766
\else
 
3767
   |<JHEP thanks author date and|>
 
3768
\fi
 
3769
>>>
 
3770
 
 
3771
 
 
3772
 
 
3773
 
 
3774
 
 
3775
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3776
\subsection{In-Line LaTeX}
 
3777
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
3778
 
 
3779
\<inline footnote latex\><<<
 
3780
\:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option
 
3781
   |<mouseover inline footnote mark|>
 
3782
   |<mouseover inline footnote text|>
 
3783
   |<mouseover inline footnote|>
 
3784
   |<onmouseover footnote css|>
 
3785
\else
 
3786
   |<inline footnote mark|>
 
3787
   |<inline footnote text|>
 
3788
   |<inline footnote|>
 
3789
\fi
 
3790
>>>
 
3791
 
 
3792
 
 
3793
\<inline footnote text\><<<
 
3794
\Configure{footnotetext}
 
3795
   {|<open inline footnote box|>%
 
3796
    |<fn mark sup|>|<inline fn text /Link|>%
 
3797
    \NoFonts
 
3798
    \Tag{|<footnote id|>-bk}{}%
 
3799
    \special{t4ht@(}%
 
3800
   }
 
3801
   {\special{t4ht@)}\EndNoFonts |<end inline fn text /Link|>|<fn mark end sup|>}
 
3802
   {\expandafter\global\expandafter
 
3803
       \let\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
3804
    |<close inline footnote box|>}
 
3805
>>>
 
3806
 
 
3807
\<inline footnote mark\><<<
 
3808
\Configure{footnotemark}
 
3809
   {|<fn mark sup|>|<inline fn mark /Link|>%
 
3810
    \NoFonts
 
3811
    \Tag{|<footnote id|>}{}}
 
3812
   {\EndNoFonts
 
3813
    |<end inline fn mark /Link|>|<fn mark end sup|>%
 
3814
    \expandafter\global\expandafter
 
3815
       \let\csname (|<footnote id|>-bk)\endcsname\def}
 
3816
>>>
 
3817
 
 
3818
 
 
3819
 
 
3820
 
 
3821
\<mouseover inline footnote text\><<<
 
3822
\Configure{footnotetext}
 
3823
   {|<open inline footnote box|>%
 
3824
    |<js footnote|>%
 
3825
    |<fn mark sup|>|<inline fn text /Link|>%
 
3826
    \NoFonts   \Tag{|<footnote id|>-bk}{}%
 
3827
   }
 
3828
   {\EndNoFonts |<end inline fn text /Link|>|<fn mark end sup|>}
 
3829
   {\expandafter\global\expandafter
 
3830
       \let\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
3831
    |<js /footnote|>%
 
3832
    |<close inline footnote box|>}
 
3833
>>>
 
3834
 
 
3835
\<mouseover inline footnote mark\><<<
 
3836
\Configure{footnotemark}
 
3837
   {|<fn mark sup|>|<mouseover inline fn mark /Link|>%
 
3838
    \NoFonts
 
3839
    \Tag{|<footnote id|>}{}}
 
3840
   {\EndNoFonts
 
3841
    |<end inline fn mark /Link|>|<fn mark sup|>%
 
3842
    \expandafter\global\expandafter
 
3843
       \let\csname (|<footnote id|>-bk)\endcsname\def}
 
3844
>>>
 
3845
 
 
3846
 
 
3847
 
 
3848
 
 
3849
 
 
3850
 
 
3851
 
 
3852
 
 
3853
 
 
3854
 
 
3855
 
 
3856
 
 
3857
 
 
3858
 
 
3859
 
 
3860
\<inline fn text /Link\><<<
 
3861
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>}
 
3862
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
3863
      \Link{|<footnote id|>-bk}{}%       
 
3864
    \else
 
3865
      \Link{|<footnote id|>-bk}{|<footnote id|>}%
 
3866
    \fi
 
3867
   }
 
3868
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
3869
    \else \Link{}{|<footnote id|>}\fi
 
3870
   }%
 
3871
>>>
 
3872
 
 
3873
\<end inline fn text /Link\><<<
 
3874
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>}
 
3875
   {\EndLink}
 
3876
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
3877
    \else \EndLink\fi
 
3878
   }%
 
3879
>>>
 
3880
 
 
3881
 
 
3882
 
 
3883
\<mouseover inline fn mark /Link\><<<
 
3884
|<start js|>%
 
3885
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>-bk}
 
3886
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>-bk)\endcsname\def
 
3887
      \Link[ |<mouseover-footnote arguments|>\Hnewline
 
3888
                    ]{|<footnote id|>}{}%       
 
3889
    \else
 
3890
      \Link[ |<mouseover-footnote arguments|>\Hnewline
 
3891
                    ]{|<footnote id|>}{|<footnote id|>-bk}%
 
3892
    \fi
 
3893
   }
 
3894
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>-bk)\endcsname\def
 
3895
    \else \Link[ |<mouseover-footnote arguments|>\Hnewline
 
3896
                    ]{}{|<footnote id|>-bk}\fi
 
3897
   }%
 
3898
>>>
 
3899
 
 
3900
 
 
3901
 
 
3902
 
 
3903
 
 
3904
 
 
3905
 
 
3906
\<inline fn mark /Link\><<<
 
3907
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>-bk}
 
3908
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>-bk)\endcsname\def
 
3909
      \Link{|<footnote id|>}{}%       
 
3910
    \else
 
3911
      \Link{|<footnote id|>}{|<footnote id|>-bk}%
 
3912
    \fi
 
3913
   }
 
3914
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>-bk)\endcsname\def
 
3915
    \else \Link{}{|<footnote id|>-bk}\fi
 
3916
   }%
 
3917
>>>
 
3918
 
 
3919
\<end inline fn mark /Link\><<<
 
3920
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>-bk}
 
3921
   {\EndLink}
 
3922
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>-bk)\endcsname\def
 
3923
    \else \EndLink\fi
 
3924
   }%
 
3925
>>>
 
3926
 
 
3927
 
 
3928
 
 
3929
 
 
3930
\<open inline footnote box\><<<
 
3931
\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar
 
3932
   \ifvoid\fn:box\else  \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi
 
3933
>>>
 
3934
 
 
3935
\<close inline footnote box\><<<
 
3936
\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP
 
3937
>>>  
 
3938
 
 
3939
 
 
3940
\<save inline footnotes\><<<
 
3941
\ifvoid \fn:box \else
 
3942
   \expandafter \ifx \csname fn:box\body:level\endcsname\relax
 
3943
      \csname newbox\expandafter\endcsname
 
3944
                   \csname fn:box\body:level\endcsname
 
3945
   \fi
 
3946
   \global\expandafter\setbox\csname fn:box\body:level\endcsname=
 
3947
      \vbox{\csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box}%
 
3948
\fi
 
3949
\gHAdvance\body:level by 1
 
3950
>>>
 
3951
 
 
3952
\<recall inline footnotes\><<<
 
3953
\gHAdvance\body:level by -1
 
3954
\expandafter \ifx \csname fn:box\body:level\endcsname\relax \else
 
3955
   \global\setbox\fn:box=
 
3956
      \vbox{\expandafter\ifvoid \csname fn:box\body:level\endcsname \else
 
3957
          \csname unvbox\expandafter\endcsname
 
3958
               \csname fn:box\body:level\endcsname\fi}%     
 
3959
\fi
 
3960
>>>
 
3961
 
 
3962
\<insert inline footnotes\><<<
 
3963
\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP  
 
3964
\ifvoid \fn:box\else 
 
3965
   \HCode{<div class="footnotes">}\box\fn:box\HCode{</div>}
 
3966
   \IgnorePar\EndP
 
3967
\fi
 
3968
>>>
 
3969
 
 
3970
 
 
3971
\<file tag into footnote\><<<
 
3972
(L >>>
 
3973
 
 
3974
\<link tag to footnotetext\><<<
 
3975
)Q>>>
 
3976
 
 
3977
 
 
3978
 
 
3979
\<mouseover inline footnote\><<<
 
3980
\Configure{BODY}
 
3981
   {|<save inline footnotes|>\:xhtml{\SaveEndP}\IgnorePar
 
3982
       \HCode{<body\Hnewline\csname a:!BODY\endcsname 
 
3983
     >}|<overDiv|>\ShowPar\par}
 
3984
   {|<insert inline footnotes|>%
 
3985
    \relax \ifnum \FileNumber=1
 
3986
      |<ol-hauto mouseover-script|>%
 
3987
    \fi
 
3988
    \HCode{\Hnewline
 
3989
     </body>}\:xhtml{\RecallEndP}|<recall inline footnotes|>}%
 
3990
>>>
 
3991
 
 
3992
\<inline footnote\><<<
 
3993
   \Configure{BODY}
 
3994
      {|<save inline footnotes|>\:xhtml{\SaveEndP}\IgnorePar
 
3995
          \HCode{<body\Hnewline\csname a:!BODY\endcsname >}\ShowPar\par}
 
3996
      {|<insert inline footnotes|>\HCode{\Hnewline
 
3997
        </body>}\:xhtml{\RecallEndP}|<recall inline footnotes|>}%
 
3998
>>>
 
3999
   
 
4000
 
 
4001
\<inline footnote latex\><<<
 
4002
\Configure{crosslinks+}
 
4003
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{|<show input line no|>%
 
4004
                          <div class="crosslinks"><p class="noindent">}}
 
4005
   {\HCode{</p></div>}\par\ShowPar}
 
4006
   {|<insert inline footnotes|>%
 
4007
    \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
4008
    \HCode{|<show input line no|><div class="crosslinks"><p class="noindent">}}
 
4009
   {\HCode{</p></div>}\par\ShowPar}
 
4010
>>>
 
4011
 
 
4012
\<inline footnote latex\><<<
 
4013
\Css{div.footnotes{border-top:solid 1px black;
 
4014
   border-bottom:solid 1px black; 
 
4015
   padding-bottom:1ex;
 
4016
   padding-top:0.5ex;   
 
4017
   margin-right:15\%; margin-top:2ex; 
 
4018
   font-style:italic; font-size:80\%;}}
 
4019
\Css{div.footnotes p{margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; text-indent:0;}}
 
4020
\ifx \fn:box\:UnDef \csname newbox\endcsname\fn:box \fi
 
4021
\HAssign\body:level=0
 
4022
>>>
 
4023
 
 
4024
 
 
4025
 
 
4026
 
 
4027
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4028
\subsection{Off-Line in latex}
 
4029
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4030
 
 
4031
 
 
4032
\<offline footnote latex\><<<
 
4033
\:CheckOption{mouseover} \if:Option
 
4034
  |<onmouseover offline footnote mark|>
 
4035
  |<onmouseover offline footnote text|>
 
4036
  |<onmouseover footnote css|>
 
4037
  \AtEndDocument{|<ol-hauto mouseover-script|>}
 
4038
\else \:CheckOption{frames-fn}  \if:Option
 
4039
        |<frames footnote mark|>
 
4040
        |<frames footnote text|>
 
4041
      \else
 
4042
        |<default offline footnote mark|>
 
4043
        |<default offline footnote text|>
 
4044
\fi   \fi
 
4045
>>>
 
4046
 
 
4047
\<default offline footnote text\><<<
 
4048
\Configure{footnotetext}
 
4049
   {|<open footnote page|>%
 
4050
    |<fn mark sup|>\Link{}{|<footnote id|>}%
 
4051
    \NoFonts
 
4052
   }
 
4053
   {\EndNoFonts \EndLink|<fn mark end sup|>}
 
4054
   {|<close footnote page|>}
 
4055
>>>
 
4056
 
 
4057
\<default offline footnote mark\><<<
 
4058
\Configure{footnotemark}
 
4059
   {|<fn mark sup|>|<footnotemark link|>\NoFonts
 
4060
    \Tag{|<footnote id|>}{}}
 
4061
   {\EndNoFonts |<end footnotemark link|>|<fn mark end sup|>}
 
4062
>>>
 
4063
 
 
4064
\<onmouseover offline footnote text\><<<
 
4065
\Configure{footnotetext}
 
4066
   {|<js open footnote page|>%
 
4067
    |<fn mark sup|>\Link{}{|<footnote id|>}%
 
4068
    \NoFonts
 
4069
   }
 
4070
   {\EndNoFonts \EndLink|<fn mark end sup|>}
 
4071
   {|<js close footnote page|>}
 
4072
>>>
 
4073
 
 
4074
 
 
4075
\<onmouseover offline footnote mark\><<<
 
4076
\Configure{footnotemark}
 
4077
   {|<fn mark sup|>|<js footnotemark link|>\NoFonts
 
4078
    \Tag{|<footnote id|>}{}}
 
4079
   {\EndNoFonts
 
4080
    |<end js footnotemark link|>|<fn mark end sup|>}
 
4081
>>>
 
4082
 
 
4083
 
 
4084
 
 
4085
\<frames footnote text\><<<
 
4086
\Configure{footnotetext}
 
4087
   {|<open frames footnote page|>%
 
4088
    |<fn mark sup|>\Link{}{|<footnote id|>}\NoFonts
 
4089
   }
 
4090
   {\EndNoFonts\EndLink|<fn mark end sup|>}
 
4091
   {|<close frames footnote page|>}
 
4092
>>>
 
4093
 
 
4094
\<frames footnote mark\><<<
 
4095
\Configure{footnotemark}
 
4096
   {|<fn mark sup|>|<frames footnotemark link|>\NoFonts
 
4097
    \Tag{|<footnote id|>}{}}
 
4098
   {\EndNoFonts
 
4099
    |<end frames footnotemark link|>|<fn mark end sup|>}
 
4100
>>>
 
4101
 
 
4102
 
 
4103
 
 
4104
 
 
4105
 
 
4106
\<open footnote page\><<<
 
4107
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>}
 
4108
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
4109
       \:warning{Multiple footnote texts for mark \FNnum}%
 
4110
    \else  \csname a:footnote-text\endcsname\fi
 
4111
   }
 
4112
   {}%
 
4113
>>>
 
4114
 
 
4115
 
 
4116
\<close footnote page\><<<
 
4117
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>}
 
4118
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
4119
    \else  \csname b:footnote-text\endcsname\fi
 
4120
   }
 
4121
   {}%
 
4122
\expandafter\global\expandafter
 
4123
   \let\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
4124
>>>    
 
4125
 
 
4126
 
 
4127
 
 
4128
 
 
4129
 
 
4130
\<js open footnote page\><<<
 
4131
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>}
 
4132
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
4133
       \:warning{Multiple footnote texts for mark \FNnum}%
 
4134
    \else  \csname a:footnote-text\endcsname\fi
 
4135
   }
 
4136
   {}%
 
4137
>>>
 
4138
 
 
4139
 
 
4140
\<js close footnote page\><<<
 
4141
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>}
 
4142
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
4143
    \else  \csname b:footnote-text\endcsname\fi
 
4144
   }
 
4145
   {}%
 
4146
\expandafter\global\expandafter
 
4147
   \let\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
4148
>>>    
 
4149
 
 
4150
 
 
4151
\<footnotemark link\><<<
 
4152
\ifTag{|<link tag to footnotetext|>|<footnote id|>}
 
4153
   {\Link{|<footnote id|>}{}}
 
4154
   {}%
 
4155
>>>
 
4156
 
 
4157
\<end footnotemark link\><<<
 
4158
\ifTag{|<link tag to footnotetext|>|<footnote id|>}
 
4159
   {\EndLink}
 
4160
   {}%
 
4161
>>>
 
4162
 
 
4163
 
 
4164
\<js footnotemark link\><<<
 
4165
\ifTag{|<link tag to footnotetext|>|<footnote id|>}
 
4166
   {|<start js|>%
 
4167
       \leavevmode \Link[ |<mouseover-footnote arguments|>%
 
4168
                                \Hnewline]{|<footnote id|>}{}}
 
4169
   {}%
 
4170
>>>
 
4171
 
 
4172
\<end js footnotemark link\><<<
 
4173
\ifTag{|<link tag to footnotetext|>|<footnote id|>}
 
4174
   {\EndLink}
 
4175
   {}%
 
4176
>>>
 
4177
 
 
4178
 
 
4179
 
 
4180
\<open frames footnote page\><<<
 
4181
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>}
 
4182
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
4183
       \:warning{Multiple footnote texts for mark \FNnum}%
 
4184
    \else  
 
4185
      \Configure{!BODY}{id="|<tex4ht-fn|>" }%
 
4186
      \BeginHPage[|<footnote id|>]{ }%
 
4187
      \Configure{!BODY}{}%
 
4188
    \fi
 
4189
   }
 
4190
   {}%
 
4191
>>>
 
4192
 
 
4193
 
 
4194
\<close frames footnote page\><<<
 
4195
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>}
 
4196
   {\expandafter\ifx\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
4197
    \else  
 
4198
      \close:fn\EndHPage{}
 
4199
    \fi
 
4200
   }
 
4201
   {}%
 
4202
\expandafter\global\expandafter
 
4203
   \let\csname (|<footnote id|>)\endcsname\def
 
4204
>>>    
 
4205
 
 
4206
 
 
4207
\<frames footnote text\><<<
 
4208
\def\close:fn{\HPage{}\Link{}{hide-fn}\EndLink\EndHPage{}%
 
4209
   \gdef\close:fn{\rightline{\Link{hide-fn}{}@\EndLink}}\close:fn}
 
4210
>>>
 
4211
 
 
4212
% \Css{body\#|<tex4ht-fn|>{font-size:80\%;}}%
 
4213
 
 
4214
 
 
4215
\<frames footnotemark link\><<<
 
4216
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>|<file tag into footnote|>}
 
4217
   {\Link[\RefFile{|<footnote id|>}
 
4218
                             target="|<tex4ht-fn|>"]{}{}}
 
4219
   {}%
 
4220
>>>
 
4221
 
 
4222
\<end frames footnotemark link\><<<
 
4223
\ifTag{|<footnote id|>|<file tag into footnote|>}
 
4224
   {\EndLink}
 
4225
   {}%
 
4226
>>>
 
4227
 
 
4228
 
 
4229
 
 
4230
 
 
4231
 
 
4232
 
 
4233
 
 
4234
\<footnote id\><<<
 
4235
fn\FNnum x\minipageNum
 
4236
>>>
 
4237
 
 
4238
 
 
4239
 
 
4240
\<fn mark sup\><<<
 
4241
\csname a:footnote-mark\endcsname
 
4242
>>>
 
4243
 
 
4244
\<fn mark end sup\><<<
 
4245
\csname b:footnote-mark\endcsname
 
4246
>>>
 
4247
 
 
4248
\<thank mark sup\><<<
 
4249
\csname a:thank-mark\endcsname
 
4250
>>>
 
4251
 
 
4252
\<thank mark end sup\><<<
 
4253
\csname b:thank-mark\endcsname
 
4254
>>>
 
4255
 
 
4256
\<shared config footnotes\><<<
 
4257
\NewConfigure{footnote-mark}{2}
 
4258
\NewConfigure{thank-mark}{2}
 
4259
\Configure{footnote-mark}
 
4260
   {\HCode{<span class="footnote-mark">}}
 
4261
   {\HCode{</span>}}  
 
4262
\Configure{thank-mark}
 
4263
   {\HCode{<span class="thank-mark">}}
 
4264
   {\HCode{</span>}}  
 
4265
\Css{span.thank-mark{ vertical-align: super }}
 
4266
>>>
 
4267
 
 
4268
 
 
4269
 
 
4270
\<shared config footnotes\><<<
 
4271
\NewConfigure{footnote-text}{2}
 
4272
>>>
 
4273
 
 
4274
\<default offline footnote text\><<<
 
4275
\Configure{footnote-text}
 
4276
   {\HPage{}\HCode{<div class="footnote-text">}\par}
 
4277
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
4278
    \HCode{</div>}\EndHPage{}}
 
4279
>>>
 
4280
 
 
4281
\<onmouseover offline footnote text\><<<
 
4282
\Configure{footnote-text}
 
4283
   {\HPage{}\HCode{<div>}|<js footnote|>}
 
4284
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
4285
    |<js /footnote|>\HCode{</div>}\EndHPage{}}
 
4286
>>>
 
4287
 
 
4288
 
 
4289
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4290
\subsection{AMS}
 
4291
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4292
 
 
4293
 
 
4294
\<footnote for ams title\><<<
 
4295
\:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option  
 
4296
   \:CheckOption{mouseover}\if:Option
 
4297
      |<mouseover inline ams title fn text|>%
 
4298
   \else
 
4299
      |<inline ams title fn text|>%
 
4300
   \fi
 
4301
\else
 
4302
   \:CheckOption{mouseover}\if:Option
 
4303
      |<mouseover ams title fn text|>%
 
4304
   \else \:CheckOption{frames-fn}\if:Option
 
4305
           |<frames ams title fn text|>%
 
4306
         \else
 
4307
           |<offline ams title fn text|>%
 
4308
   \fi   \fi
 
4309
\fi
 
4310
>>>
 
4311
 
 
4312
\<offline ams title fn text\><<<
 
4313
\Configure{footnotetext}
 
4314
   {|<fn mark sup|>\HPage{\FNnum}\HCode{<div>}\NoFonts}
 
4315
   {\EndNoFonts}
 
4316
   {\HCode{</div>}\EndHPage{}|<fn mark end sup|>}%
 
4317
>>>
 
4318
 
 
4319
 
 
4320
\<frames ams title fn text\><<<
 
4321
|<offline ams title fn text|>%
 
4322
>>>
 
4323
 
 
4324
\<mouseover ams title fn text\><<<
 
4325
|<offline ams title fn text|>%
 
4326
>>>
 
4327
 
 
4328
\<mouseover inline ams title fn text\><<<
 
4329
|<offline ams title fn text|>%
 
4330
>>>
 
4331
 
 
4332
\<inline ams title fn text\><<<
 
4333
|<offline ams title fn text|>%
 
4334
>>>
 
4335
 
 
4336
\<ams art,proc,book\><<<
 
4337
\Css{span.footnote-mark{ vertical-align: super }}
 
4338
>>>
 
4339
 
 
4340
 
 
4341
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4342
\subsection{SCR *}
 
4343
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4344
 
 
4345
 
 
4346
 
 
4347
\<scrbook maketitle footnote\><<<
 
4348
\:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option
 
4349
   |<scrbook end-thanks author date and|>
 
4350
\else
 
4351
   |<scrbook thanks author date and|>
 
4352
\fi
 
4353
>>>
 
4354
 
 
4355
 
 
4356
\<scrreprt maketitle footnote\><<<
 
4357
\:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option
 
4358
   |<scrreprt end-thanks author date and|>
 
4359
\else
 
4360
   |<scrreprt thanks author date and|>
 
4361
\fi
 
4362
>>>
 
4363
 
 
4364
 
 
4365
 
 
4366
\<scr article,report,book\><<<
 
4367
\Css{span.footnote-mark{ vertical-align: super }}
 
4368
>>>
 
4369
 
 
4370
 
 
4371
 
 
4372
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4373
\subsection{Plain}
 
4374
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4375
 
 
4376
 
 
4377
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4378
 
 
4379
 
 
4380
\<inline footnote plain\><<<
 
4381
\Configure{vfootnote}
 
4382
  {|<mark inline vfootnote|>}
 
4383
  {|<open inline vfootnote|>}
 
4384
  {|<close inline vfootnote|>}
 
4385
>>>
 
4386
 
 
4387
 
 
4388
 
 
4389
 
 
4390
\<mark inline vfootnote\><<<
 
4391
\HCode{<sup>}\Link{fn\FNnum}{fn\FNnum-bk}%
 
4392
      \ifx \FNmark\empty +\else \FNmark\fi\EndLink
 
4393
\HCode{</sup>}%
 
4394
>>>
 
4395
 
 
4396
\<open inline vfootnote\><<<
 
4397
|<open inline footnote box|>%
 
4398
\HCode{<sup>}\Link{fn\FNnum-bk}{fn\FNnum}%
 
4399
\ifx \FNmark\empty +\else \FNmark\fi
 
4400
\EndLink\space\HCode{</sup>}%
 
4401
>>>
 
4402
 
 
4403
\<close inline vfootnote\><<<
 
4404
|<close inline footnote box|>
 
4405
>>>
 
4406
 
 
4407
 
 
4408
 
 
4409
\<offline footnote plain\><<<
 
4410
\Configure{vfootnote}
 
4411
   {\HPageButton[fn\FNnum]{\FNmark}}
 
4412
   {\BeginHPage[fn\FNnum]{ }}
 
4413
   {\EndHPage{}}
 
4414
>>>
 
4415
 
 
4416
 
 
4417
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4418
\subsection{On Mouse Over}
 
4419
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4420
 
 
4421
 
 
4422
\<onmouseover footnote css\><<<
 
4423
\expandafter\def\csname c:mouseover-footnote:\endcsname{%
 
4424
  \def\:tempb{footnote}\csname c:mouseover-?:\endcsname}
 
4425
\Configure{mouseover-footnote} {tex4ht.body,FULLHTML}
 
4426
>>>
 
4427
 
 
4428
 
 
4429
 
 
4430
 
 
4431
\<onmouseover footnote mark\><<<
 
4432
|<start js|>\let\sv:link=\Link
 
4433
\def\Link[##1]{\let\Link=\sv:link  
 
4434
   \Link[##1 |<mouseover-footnote arguments|>\Hnewline]}%
 
4435
>>>
 
4436
 
 
4437
 
 
4438
\<mouseover-footnote arguments\><<<
 
4439
\mo:args{footnote}{\FNnum}{|<footnote id|>}%
 
4440
>>>
 
4441
 
 
4442
 
 
4443
\<js footnote\><<<
 
4444
|<start js|>%
 
4445
\HCode{<!--}%
 
4446
|<js From fn|>%
 
4447
\HCode{<footnote>|<footnote id|>=<div class="js">}%
 
4448
|<js Skip fn|>%
 
4449
\HCode{-->}%
 
4450
|<js Cont fn|>%
 
4451
>>>
 
4452
 
 
4453
\<js /footnote\><<<
 
4454
|<js Skip fn|>%
 
4455
\HCode{<!--}%
 
4456
|<js Cont fn|>%
 
4457
\HCode{</div></footnote>\Hnewline}%
 
4458
|<js Until fn|>%
 
4459
\HCode{-->}%
 
4460
>>>
 
4461
 
 
4462
 
 
4463
 
 
4464
 
 
4465
 
 
4466
 
 
4467
An alternative css-based approach:
 
4468
 
 
4469
\begin{verbatim}
 
4470
\Configure{tableofcontents}
 
4471
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="tableofcontents">}\IgnorePar}
 
4472
   {}
 
4473
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
4474
   {\HCode{<br />}}   {}
 
4475
 
 
4476
\ConfigureToc{section}
 
4477
  {\HCode{<div class="sectionToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
4478
  { \HCode{</span>}}
 
4479
  {}
 
4480
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
4481
\ConfigureToc{subsection}
 
4482
  {\HCode{<div class="subsectionToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
4483
  { \HCode{</span>}}
 
4484
  {}
 
4485
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
4486
\ConfigureToc{subsubsection}
 
4487
  {\HCode{<div class="subsubsectionToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
4488
  { \HCode{</span>}}
 
4489
  {}
 
4490
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
4491
 
 
4492
\ConfigureToc{likesection}
 
4493
  {}
 
4494
  {\HCode{<div class="likesectionToc">}}
 
4495
  {}
 
4496
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
4497
\ConfigureToc{likesubsection}
 
4498
  {}
 
4499
  {\HCode{<div class="likesubsectionToc">}}
 
4500
  {}
 
4501
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
4502
\ConfigureToc{likesubsubsection}
 
4503
  {}
 
4504
  {\HCode{<div class="likesubsubsectionToc">}}
 
4505
  {}
 
4506
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
4507
 
 
4508
 
 
4509
 
 
4510
\Css{div.sectionToc { margin-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em;  }}
 
4511
\Css{div.sectionToc span.mark { text-align:right; width: 1em; 
 
4512
               padding-right:0.25em; }}
 
4513
 
 
4514
\Css{div.subsectionToc { margin-left:2.5em; text-indent: -2.5em; }}
 
4515
\Css{div.subsectionToc span.mark { text-align:right; width: 2.5em; 
 
4516
               padding-right:0.25em; }}
 
4517
\Css{div.likesubsectionToc { margin-left: 2.5em; text-indent: -1.5em; }}
 
4518
 
 
4519
\Css{div.subsubsectionToc { margin-left: 4.5em; text-indent: -4.5em; }}
 
4520
\Css{div.subsubsectionToc span.mark { text-align:right; width: 4.5em; 
 
4521
               padding-right:0.25em; }}
 
4522
\Css{div.likesubsubsectionToc { margin-left: 4.5em; text-indent: -2em; }}
 
4523
\end{verbatim}
 
4524
 
 
4525
 
 
4526
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4527
\section{Floats}
 
4528
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4529
 
 
4530
 
 
4531
 
 
4532
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4533
\subsection{subfigure}
 
4534
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4535
 
 
4536
\<configure html4 subfigure\><<<
 
4537
\Configure{subfigure}
 
4538
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP
 
4539
     \HCode{<div class="subfigure"><table><tr><td align="left">}}
 
4540
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP  \HCode{</td></tr></table></div>}}
 
4541
\Configure{subfigurecaption}
 
4542
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="subfigcaption">}}
 
4543
   {}{}  
 
4544
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4545
\Css{.subfigcaption {margin-top:1em;
 
4546
   margin-left:1em;  text-align:center;}}
 
4547
\Css{div.subfigure {text-align:center;}}
 
4548
>>>
 
4549
 
 
4550
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4551
\subsection{Wrapfig}
 
4552
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4553
 
 
4554
\begin{itemize}
 
4555
\item
 
4556
  r  R  -  the right side of the text
 
4557
\item
 
4558
  l  L  -  the left side of the text
 
4559
\item
 
4560
  i  I  -  the inside edge--near the binding (if ``[twoside]'' document)
 
4561
\item
 
4562
  o  O  -  the outside edge--far from the binding
 
4563
\end{itemize}
 
4564
 
 
4565
 
 
4566
\<configure html4 wrapfig\><<<
 
4567
\Configure{wrapfloat}
 
4568
    {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\EndP
 
4569
       \HCode{<div class="wrapfig-\WFplace">}%
 
4570
       \def\endWrap{\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP\HCode{</div>}\par}%
 
4571
     \else
 
4572
       \HCode{<span class="wrapfig-\WFplace">}\bgroup
 
4573
       |<config span caption|>%
 
4574
       \def\endWrap{\egroup\HCode{</span>}}%
 
4575
     \fi
 
4576
    }
 
4577
    {\endWrap}
 
4578
\Css{.caption span.id{font-weight: bold;}}
 
4579
\Css{
 
4580
  .wrapfig-r,
 
4581
  .wrapfig-ri,
 
4582
  .wrapfig-ir,
 
4583
  .wrapfig-ro,
 
4584
  .wrapfig-or
 
4585
  {float:right; text-align:left; 
 
4586
            margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em;}
 
4587
}
 
4588
\Css{
 
4589
  .wrapfig-l,
 
4590
  .wrapfig-li,
 
4591
  .wrapfig-il,
 
4592
  .wrapfig-lo,
 
4593
  .wrapfig-ol
 
4594
  {float:left; text-align:left;  
 
4595
            margin-right:auto; margin-top:0.5em;}
 
4596
}
 
4597
\Css{.wrapfig-r .caption td.content,
 
4598
     .wrapfig-ri .caption td.content,
 
4599
     .wrapfig-ir .caption td.content,
 
4600
     .wrapfig-ro .caption td.content,
 
4601
     .wrapfig-or .caption td.content,
 
4602
     .wrapfig-l  .caption td.content,
 
4603
     .wrapfig-li  .caption td.content,
 
4604
     .wrapfig-il  .caption td.content,
 
4605
     .wrapfig-lo  .caption td.content,
 
4606
     .wrapfig-ol .caption td.content
 
4607
     {white-space: normal; }}
 
4608
\Css{.wrapfig-r .caption,
 
4609
     .wrapfig-ri .caption,
 
4610
     .wrapfig-ir .caption,
 
4611
     .wrapfig-ro .caption,
 
4612
     .wrapfig-or .caption,
 
4613
     .wrapfig-l .caption,
 
4614
     .wrapfig-li .caption,
 
4615
     .wrapfig-il .caption,
 
4616
     .wrapfig-lo .caption,
 
4617
     .wrapfig-ol .caption
 
4618
     {width:30\%; }}
 
4619
>>>
 
4620
 
 
4621
 
 
4622
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4623
\subsection{endfloat}
 
4624
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4625
 
 
4626
\<configure html4 endfloat\><<<
 
4627
\ConfigureEnv{figure}{}{}{}{} 
 
4628
>>>
 
4629
 
 
4630
\<configure html4 floatflt\><<<
 
4631
\Configure{floatingfigure}
 
4632
  {\HCode{<span class="floatingfigure-\ifoddpages r\else l\fi"
 
4633
      style="width:\the\floatfltwidth">}%
 
4634
   \bgroup \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}%
 
4635
     \ConfigureEnv{minipage}{\IgnorePar}{}{\IgnorePar}{}%
 
4636
     |<config span caption|>%
 
4637
  }
 
4638
  {\egroup \HCode{</span>}}
 
4639
\Css{.floatingfigure-r { float:right; text-align:left; 
 
4640
      margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; margin-left:0em;}}
 
4641
\Css{.floatingfigure-l { float:left; text-align:left;
 
4642
      margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; margin-right:0em; }}
 
4643
\Css{.caption span.id{font-weight: bold;}}  
 
4644
>>>
 
4645
 
 
4646
 
 
4647
 
 
4648
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4649
\section{Make Title}
 
4650
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4651
 
 
4652
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4653
\subsection{book-report-article}
 
4654
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4655
 
 
4656
\<thanks author date and\><<<
 
4657
thanks author date and>>>
 
4658
 
 
4659
\<maketitle 4\><<<
 
4660
\Configure{maketitle}
 
4661
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE|>%
 
4662
    \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}}
 
4663
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4664
   {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
4665
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts}
 
4666
\Css{div.maketitle {text-align:center;}}
 
4667
\Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}}
 
4668
\Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }}
 
4669
|<maketitle footnote|>
 
4670
>>>
 
4671
 
 
4672
 
 
4673
 
 
4674
\<config thanks author date and\><<<
 
4675
\Configure{|<thanks author date and|>} 
 
4676
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="thanks">}}
 
4677
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4678
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="author" >}}
 
4679
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4680
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="date" >}}
 
4681
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4682
   {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}}
 
4683
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
4684
|<thank for thanks|>
 
4685
\Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}}
 
4686
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:80\%;
 
4687
                font-style:italic; }}
 
4688
\Css{div.author{white-space: nowrap;}}
 
4689
>>>
 
4690
 
 
4691
\<thank for thanks\><<<
 
4692
\Configure{thank}
 
4693
   {|<thank mark sup|>\Link{tk-\the\c@footnote}{}} 
 
4694
   {\EndLink |<thank mark end sup|>}
 
4695
   {\HCode{<br />}\protect\Link{}{tk-\the\c@footnote}\protect
 
4696
     \EndLink |<thank mark sup|>}
 
4697
   {|<thank mark end sup|>} {}
 
4698
>>>
 
4699
 
 
4700
\<thanks for thanks p\><<<
 
4701
\Configure{thank}
 
4702
   {|<thank mark sup|>\Link{tk-\the\c@footnote}{\ifx
 
4703
        \footnote\thanks kt-\the\c@footnote\fi}} 
 
4704
   {\EndLink |<thank mark end sup|>}
 
4705
   {\HCode{<p>}\protect\Link{\ifx \footnote\thanks kt-\the\c@footnote
 
4706
      \fi}{tk-\the\c@footnote}|<thank mark sup|>}
 
4707
   {|<thank mark end sup|>\protect\EndLink}
 
4708
   {\HCode{</p>}}
 
4709
>>>
 
4710
 
 
4711
\<thanks for thanks EndP\><<<
 
4712
\Configure{thank}
 
4713
   {\HCode{<sup>}\Link{tk-\the\c@footnote}{\ifx
 
4714
        \footnote\thanks kt-\the\c@footnote\fi}} 
 
4715
   {\EndLink\HCode{</sup>}}
 
4716
   {\protect\Link{\ifx \footnote\thanks kt-\the\c@footnote
 
4717
      \fi}{tk-\the\c@footnote}\HCode{<sup>}}
 
4718
   {\HCode{</sup>}\protect\EndLink}    
 
4719
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP}     
 
4720
>>>
 
4721
 
 
4722
 
 
4723
\<end-thanks author date and\><<<
 
4724
\Configure{|<thanks author date and|>} 
 
4725
   {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar
 
4726
     \ifvoid\fn:box\else  \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi}
 
4727
   {\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP }
 
4728
   {\HCode{<div class="author">}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
4729
   {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
4730
   {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}}
 
4731
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
4732
|<thanks for thanks p|>
 
4733
\Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}}
 
4734
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:80\%;
 
4735
                font-style:italic; }}
 
4736
>>>
 
4737
 
 
4738
 
 
4739
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4740
\subsection{RevTeX}
 
4741
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4742
 
 
4743
\<revtex title page\><<<
 
4744
\ConfigureEnv{abstract}{\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode
 
4745
   {<\tbl:XV{abstract}><tr><td\Hnewline>}}
 
4746
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}{}{}
 
4747
\Css{.abstract p {margin-left:5\%; margin-right:5\%;}}
 
4748
 
 
4749
\Configure{maketitle}
 
4750
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE 2|>%
 
4751
    \HCode{<div  class="maketitle">}}
 
4752
   {\HCode{</div>}}
 
4753
   {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
4754
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts}
 
4755
\Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}}
 
4756
\Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; text-align:center; }}
 
4757
|<revtex maketitle footnote|>
 
4758
\Configure{address}
 
4759
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="address">}}
 
4760
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4761
>>>
 
4762
 
 
4763
 
 
4764
 
 
4765
 
 
4766
 
 
4767
\<revtex end-thanks author date and\><<<
 
4768
\Configure{thanks author date and}
 
4769
   {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar
 
4770
     \ifvoid\fn:box\else  \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi}
 
4771
   {\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP }
 
4772
   {\HCode{<div class="author" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
4773
   {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
4774
   {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}}
 
4775
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
4776
|<thanks for thanks p|>
 
4777
\Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}}
 
4778
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:80\%;
 
4779
                font-style:italic; }}
 
4780
>>>
 
4781
 
 
4782
\<revtex config thanks author date and\><<<
 
4783
\Configure{thanks author date and}
 
4784
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="thanks">}}
 
4785
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4786
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="author" >}}
 
4787
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4788
   {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}
 
4789
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4790
   {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}}
 
4791
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
4792
|<thank for thanks|>
 
4793
\Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}}
 
4794
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:80\%;
 
4795
                font-style:italic; }}
 
4796
\Css{div.author{white-space: nowrap;}}
 
4797
>>>
 
4798
 
 
4799
 
 
4800
 
 
4801
 
 
4802
 
 
4803
 
 
4804
 
 
4805
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4806
\subsection{TUG LaTeX}
 
4807
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4808
 
 
4809
\<tug proc maketitle\><<<
 
4810
\Configure{maketitle}
 
4811
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE|>%
 
4812
    |<global HtmlPar|>%
 
4813
    \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}}
 
4814
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4815
   {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\EndP
 
4816
    \HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
4817
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts}
 
4818
>>>
 
4819
 
 
4820
 
 
4821
\<tug boat maketitle\><<<
 
4822
\Configure{maketitle}
 
4823
   {\rtitlex \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
4824
    \def\textSMC##1{##1}%
 
4825
    |<title for TITLE|>%
 
4826
    |<global HtmlPar|>%
 
4827
    \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}}
 
4828
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4829
   {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\EndP
 
4830
    \HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
4831
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts}
 
4832
>>>
 
4833
 
 
4834
 
 
4835
 
 
4836
 
 
4837
 
 
4838
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4839
\subsection{lncse}
 
4840
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4841
 
 
4842
\<configure html4 lncse\><<<
 
4843
\Configure{institute}{}{}{\HCode{<br />}}
 
4844
\Configure{maketitle}
 
4845
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP  |<title for TITLE|>%
 
4846
    \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}}
 
4847
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4848
   {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
4849
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts}
 
4850
\Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:left;}}
 
4851
\:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option
 
4852
   \Configure{thanks author date and}
 
4853
   {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar
 
4854
     \ifvoid\fn:box\else  \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi}
 
4855
   {\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP }
 
4856
   {\HCode{<div class="author" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
4857
   {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
4858
   {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}}
 
4859
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
4860
\else
 
4861
   \Configure{thanks author date and}
 
4862
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="thanks">}}
 
4863
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4864
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="author">}}
 
4865
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4866
   {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}
 
4867
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4868
   {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}}
 
4869
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
4870
\fi
 
4871
 
 
4872
>>>
 
4873
 
 
4874
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4875
\subsection{Prosper}
 
4876
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4877
 
 
4878
 
 
4879
\<prosper maketitle\><<<
 
4880
\Configure{maketitle}
 
4881
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
4882
    {\def\@title{\@Title}|<title for TITLE|>}%
 
4883
    \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}}
 
4884
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par}
 
4885
   {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
4886
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts}
 
4887
>>>
 
4888
 
 
4889
 
 
4890
 
 
4891
 
 
4892
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4893
\subsection{AMS}
 
4894
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
4895
 
 
4896
 
 
4897
 
 
4898
\<ams art,proc,book\><<<
 
4899
\Configure{translators}
 
4900
  {\par\IgnorePar\EndP  \HCode{<div class="translators">}\par\ShowPar}
 
4901
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4902
  {\HCode{<span class="translator">}}
 
4903
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
4904
>>>
 
4905
 
 
4906
\<ams art,proc\><<<
 
4907
\Css{div.translators {text-align:right; margin-bottom:0.7em;}}
 
4908
>>>
 
4909
 
 
4910
 
 
4911
 
 
4912
\<ams art,proc,book\><<<
 
4913
\Configure{keywords}
 
4914
   {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="keywords">}\par\ShowPar}
 
4915
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
4916
\Configure{subjclass}
 
4917
   {\par\IgnorePar\HCode{<div class="subjclass">}\par\ShowPar} 
 
4918
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
4919
\Configure{@maketitle}
 
4920
   {\Tg<div class="submaketitle">\IgnoreIndent} 
 
4921
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi\EndP\Tg</div>}
 
4922
\Css{div.submaketitle{ text-align:left;  margin-top:2em;
 
4923
   border-top: 1px solid black;
 
4924
   border-bottom: 1px solid black; 
 
4925
   margin-left:5\%;   margin-right:5\%; 
 
4926
   font-size:80\%; line-height: 95\%;}}
 
4927
\Css{div.submaketitle div {margin-top:0.5em; margin-bottom:0.5em; }}
 
4928
\Css{div.submaketitle p { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }}
 
4929
>>>
 
4930
 
 
4931
\<ams art,proc,book\><<<
 
4932
\ConfigureEnv{abstract}
 
4933
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}
 
4934
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}
 
4935
   {}{}
 
4936
\ConfigureList{abstract}
 
4937
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \Tg<div class="abstract">\ShowPar}
 
4938
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\Tg</div>}
 
4939
   {\ShowPar\par\HCode{<span class="title">}}
 
4940
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
4941
\Configure{setabstract}
 
4942
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP}
 
4943
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP}
 
4944
\Css{div.abstract{ margin-top: 2em;  text-align:left;
 
4945
   margin-right:15pt; margin-left:15pt; }}
 
4946
>>>
 
4947
 
 
4948
\<ams art,proc,book\><<<
 
4949
\Configure{addresses}
 
4950
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
4951
     \HCode{<div class="addresses">}\ShowPar}
 
4952
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4953
\Configure{address}
 
4954
   {\HCode{<span class="address-title">}}
 
4955
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</span><span class="address">}}
 
4956
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
4957
\Configure{curraddr}
 
4958
   {\HCode{<span class="curraddr-title">}}
 
4959
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</span><span class="curraddr">}}
 
4960
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
4961
\Configure{email}
 
4962
   {\HCode{<span class="email-title">}}
 
4963
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</span><span class="email">}}
 
4964
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
4965
\Configure{urladdr}
 
4966
   {\HCode{<span class="urladdr-title">}}
 
4967
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</span><span class="urladdr">}}
 
4968
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
4969
\Css{div.addresses p {margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }}
 
4970
>>>
 
4971
 
 
4972
 
 
4973
\<ams art,proc,book\><<<
 
4974
\Configure{maketitle}
 
4975
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<ams title for TITLE|>%
 
4976
    \HCode{<div  class="maketitle">}%
 
4977
    \ConfigureEnv{center}
 
4978
       {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi}
 
4979
       {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi}%
 
4980
    |<footnote for ams title|>%
 
4981
   }
 
4982
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4983
   {\NoFonts\IgnorePar \EndP 
 
4984
    \HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar
 
4985
    \bgroup \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}}
 
4986
   {\egroup \HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts}
 
4987
\Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}}
 
4988
\Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; text-align:center; }}
 
4989
>>>
 
4990
 
 
4991
 
 
4992
 
 
4993
 
 
4994
\<ams art,proc\><<<
 
4995
\Configure{|<thanks author date and|>} 
 
4996
   {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="thanks">}\par\ShowPar}
 
4997
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
4998
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP
 
4999
       \HCode{<div class="authors"><span class="author">}}
 
5000
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</span></div>}}
 
5001
   {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="date">}\par\ShowPar}
 
5002
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
5003
   {\lowercase{\HCode{</span><span class="and">}}and~%
 
5004
    \lowercase{\HCode{</span><span>}}}
 
5005
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
5006
>>>
 
5007
 
 
5008
\<ams book\><<<
 
5009
\Configure{|<thanks author date and|>} 
 
5010
   {\par\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="thanks">}\par\ShowPar}
 
5011
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
5012
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP
 
5013
       \HCode{<div class="authors"><div class="author">}}
 
5014
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div></div>}}
 
5015
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="date">}}
 
5016
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
5017
   {\lowercase{\HCode{</div><div>}}}
 
5018
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
5019
\Css{div.addresses{ margin-top:0.5em; }}
 
5020
>>>
 
5021
 
 
5022
\<amsdtx maketitle\><<<
 
5023
\Configure{maketitle}
 
5024
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE|>%
 
5025
    \HCode{<div  class="maketitle">}}
 
5026
   {\HCode{</div>}}
 
5027
   {\NoFonts\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
5028
   {\HCode{</h2>}\EndNoFonts}
 
5029
\Css{div.maketitle {text-align:center;}}
 
5030
>>>
 
5031
 
 
5032
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5033
\subsection{llncs}
 
5034
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5035
 
 
5036
\<configure html4 llncs\><<<
 
5037
\Configure{email}
 
5038
   {\HCode{<span class="email">}}
 
5039
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
5040
\Configure{institute}
 
5041
   {\HCode{<div class="institute">}}
 
5042
   {\HCode{</div>}}
 
5043
>>>
 
5044
 
 
5045
 
 
5046
 
 
5047
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5048
\subsection{aa}
 
5049
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5050
 
 
5051
\<configure aa 3.2/4.0t\><<<
 
5052
\Configure{subtitle institute}
 
5053
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty><span class="subtitle">}}{\HCode{</span>}}
 
5054
   {\HCode{<div class="institute">}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
5055
   {\Tg<sup>}{\Tg</sup>}
 
5056
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
5057
 
 
5058
\Configure{maketitle}
 
5059
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
5060
    \HCode{<div align="center" >}}
 
5061
   {\HCode{</div>}}
 
5062
   {\NoFonts\IgnorePar \HCode{<h2 class="maketitleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
5063
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts}
 
5064
\Configure{|<thanks author date and|>} {}{}
 
5065
   {\HCode{<div class="author" align="center">}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
5066
   {\HCode{<div class="date" align="center">}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
5067
   {\SPAN:{and}and\EndSPAN:}
 
5068
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
5069
\Css{div.maketitle {text-align:center;}}
 
5070
>>>
 
5071
 
 
5072
\<configure aa 3.2/4.0t\><<<
 
5073
\ConfigureEnv{abstract}
 
5074
   {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode {<div class="abstract">}}
 
5075
   {\HCode{</div>}}{}{}
 
5076
 
 
5077
\Css{div.abstract{text-align:center;}}
 
5078
 
 
5079
\Configure{makeheadbox}
 
5080
   {\HCode{<table class="makeheadbox"
 
5081
       width="100\%"><tr><td><table><tr><td>}}
 
5082
   {\HCode{</td></tr><tr><td>}}
 
5083
   {\HCode{</td></tr><tr><td>}}
 
5084
   {\HCode{</td></tr></table></td><td class="AALogo" width="10\%">}}
 
5085
   {\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}
 
5086
\Css{.AALogo{font-size:120\%;font-weight: bold; text-align:right;}}
 
5087
>>>
 
5088
 
 
5089
 
 
5090
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5091
\subsection{MWC}
 
5092
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5093
 
 
5094
\<mwcls configs\><<<
 
5095
\Configure{maketitle}
 
5096
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE 2|>%
 
5097
    \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}}
 
5098
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
5099
   {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
5100
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts}
 
5101
\Css{div.maketitle {text-align:center;}}
 
5102
\Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}}
 
5103
\Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }}
 
5104
\:CheckOption{fn-in}\if:Option
 
5105
   \Configure{thanks author date and}
 
5106
   {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar
 
5107
     \ifvoid\fn:box\else  \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi}
 
5108
   {\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP }
 
5109
   {\HCode{<div class="author">}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
5110
   {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
5111
   {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}}
 
5112
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
5113
|<thanks for thanks p|>
 
5114
\Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}}
 
5115
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:80\%;
 
5116
                font-style:italic; }}
 
5117
 
 
5118
\else
 
5119
   \Configure{thanks author date and}
 
5120
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="thanks">}}
 
5121
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
5122
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="author" >}}
 
5123
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
5124
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="date" >}}
 
5125
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
5126
   {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}}
 
5127
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
5128
|<thank for thanks|>
 
5129
\Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}}
 
5130
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:80\%;
 
5131
                font-style:italic; }}
 
5132
\Css{div.author{white-space: nowrap;}}
 
5133
 
 
5134
\fi
 
5135
>>>
 
5136
 
 
5137
 
 
5138
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5139
\subsection{scr}
 
5140
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5141
 
 
5142
\<configure html4 scrbook\><<<
 
5143
\Configure{maketitle}
 
5144
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE 3|>%
 
5145
    \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}}
 
5146
   {\HCode{</div>}}
 
5147
   {\IgnorePar \EndP 
 
5148
    \NoFonts\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
5149
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts}
 
5150
\Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}}
 
5151
\Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; text-align:center; }}
 
5152
|<maketitle footnote|>
 
5153
|<scr title page|>
 
5154
>>>
 
5155
 
 
5156
 
 
5157
\<configure html4 scrreprt\><<<
 
5158
\Configure{maketitle}
 
5159
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE 3|>%%
 
5160
    \HCode{<div  class="maketitle">}}
 
5161
   {\HCode{</div>}}
 
5162
   {\IgnorePar \EndP
 
5163
    \NoFonts\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
5164
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts}
 
5165
\Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}}
 
5166
\Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; text-align:center; }}
 
5167
|<scrreprt maketitle footnote|>
 
5168
|<scr title page|>
 
5169
>>>
 
5170
 
 
5171
 
 
5172
\<scr title page\><<<
 
5173
\ConfigureEnv{titlepage}
 
5174
   {\bgroup 
 
5175
      \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
5176
      \HCode{<div class="titlepage">}%
 
5177
      \ConfigureEnv{center}{}{}{}{}}
 
5178
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}%
 
5179
    \egroup}
 
5180
   {} {}
 
5181
\Configure{dedication}
 
5182
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{<div class="dedication" >}}
 
5183
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
5184
\Css{div.dedication {text-align:center;}}  
 
5185
>>>
 
5186
 
 
5187
 
 
5188
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5189
\subsection{ACM}
 
5190
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5191
 
 
5192
 
 
5193
\<configure html4 acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
 
5194
\Configure{toappear}
 
5195
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP  \HCode{<div class="toappear">}}
 
5196
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP  \HCode{</div>}}
 
5197
\Configure{boilerplate}
 
5198
   {\HCode{<div class="boilerplate">}} {\HCode{</div>}}
 
5199
\Configure{conf}
 
5200
   {\HCode{<div class="conf">}} {\HCode{</div>}}
 
5201
\Configure{confinfo}
 
5202
   {\HCode{<div class="confinfo">}} {\HCode{</div>}}
 
5203
\Configure{copyrightetc}
 
5204
   {\HCode{<div class="copyrightetc">}} {\HCode{</div>}}
 
5205
>>>
 
5206
 
 
5207
\<configure html4 acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
 
5208
\Configure{thanks}
 
5209
   {\IgnorePar\HCode{<div class="thanks">}\IgnorePar}
 
5210
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP  \HCode{</div>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
5211
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}}
 
5212
\Configure{subtitle}
 
5213
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP  
 
5214
    \HCode{<h4 class="subtitleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
5215
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP  \HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
5216
\Css{.subtitleHead{text-align:center;}}
 
5217
\Configure{title}
 
5218
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP  
 
5219
    \HCode{<h3 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
5220
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP  \HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
5221
\Css{.titleHead{text-align:center;}}
 
5222
\Configure{email}{\Link[mailto:#1]{}{}\IgnorePar\o:email:{#1}\EndLink}
 
5223
\Configure{@TITLE}{\let\titlenote=\:gobble}
 
5224
\Configure{maketitle}
 
5225
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE|>}
 
5226
  {}
 
5227
\Configure{author}
 
5228
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP 
 
5229
    \HCode{<div class="author">}\ShowPar\par}
 
5230
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP  \HCode{</div>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
5231
\Css{div.author{text-align:center; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}}
 
5232
>>>
 
5233
 
 
5234
 
 
5235
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5236
\subsection{APA}
 
5237
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5238
 
 
5239
\<apa maketitle\><<<
 
5240
\Configure{affil}
 
5241
   {\HCode{<div class="affil">}\bgroup
 
5242
    |<apa maketitle br cr|>%
 
5243
   }
 
5244
   {\egroup \HCode{</div>}}
 
5245
\Configure{maketitle}
 
5246
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE|>%
 
5247
    \HCode{<div class="maketitle">}\bgroup
 
5248
    |<apa maketitle no-br cr|>%
 
5249
   }
 
5250
   {\egroup\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
5251
   {\apa:title} {\apa:endtitle}
 
5252
\def\apa:title{\NoFonts\IgnorePar
 
5253
   \HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar
 
5254
   \global\let\apa:title=\empty   }
 
5255
\def\apa:endtitle{\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts
 
5256
   \global\let\apa:endtitle=\empty   }
 
5257
>>>
 
5258
 
 
5259
 
 
5260
\<apa maketitle br cr\><<<
 
5261
\Configure{centercr}
 
5262
   {\ht:special{t4ht=<br />}}
 
5263
   {\ht:everypar{\ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}}
 
5264
>>>
 
5265
 
 
5266
\<apa maketitle no-br cr\><<<
 
5267
\Configure{centercr}
 
5268
   {}  {\ht:everypar{\ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}}%
 
5269
>>>
 
5270
 
 
5271
 
 
5272
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5273
\subsection{Shared}
 
5274
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5275
 
 
5276
 
 
5277
 
 
5278
\<title for TITLE\><<<
 
5279
{\Configure{maketitle}{}{}{}{}%
 
5280
\a:NoSection |<disable latex fonts|>\let\thanks|=\:gobble
 
5281
\let\\|=\space \def\TeX{TeX}%
 
5282
\def\gobble:font##1##2{##2}\:TITLE: \no:fonts
 
5283
\def\footnotemark[##1]{}%
 
5284
\Tag{TITLE+}{\@title}}
 
5285
>>>
 
5286
 
 
5287
Old latex files need \verb'\no:fonts', but not new ones.---wrong, as far as writing to toc in 0.0?
 
5288
 
 
5289
\<ams title for TITLE\><<<
 
5290
{\Configure{maketitle}{}{}{}{}%
 
5291
\a:NoSection |<disable latex fonts|>\let\thanks|=\:gobble
 
5292
\let\\|=\space \def\TeX{TeX}%
 
5293
\def\gobble:font##1##2{##2}\:TITLE: \no:fonts
 
5294
\def\footnotemark[##1]{}%
 
5295
\Tag{TITLE+}{\shorttitle}}
 
5296
>>>
 
5297
 
 
5298
 
 
5299
 
 
5300
\<disable latex fonts\><<<
 
5301
\let\leavevmode|=\empty \let\not@math@alphabet|=\:gobbleII
 
5302
\def\text@command##1{##1}\let\selectfont|=\empty
 
5303
\def\check@icl ##1\check@icr{}%
 
5304
>>>
 
5305
 
 
5306
\<title for TITLE 2\><<<
 
5307
{\Configure{maketitle}{}{}{}{}%
 
5308
\a:NoSection \let\leavevmode\empty \let\not@math@alphabet\:gobbleII
 
5309
\def\text@command##1{##1}\let\selectfont\empty
 
5310
\def\check@icl ##1\check@icr{}%
 
5311
\let\thanks\:gobble
 
5312
\let\\\space \def\TeX{TeX}%
 
5313
\def\gobble:font##1##2{##2}\:TITLE: \no:fonts
 
5314
\def\footnotemark[##1]{}%
 
5315
\def\a:ttl##1##2//{##1//}%
 
5316
\let\large=\empty
 
5317
\let \bf=\empty
 
5318
\let \centering=\empty
 
5319
\def \ignorespaces##1\vskip##2//{##1}%
 
5320
\Tag{TITLE+}{\@title//}%
 
5321
}%
 
5322
>>>
 
5323
 
 
5324
\<title for TITLE 3\><<<
 
5325
{\Configure{maketitle}{}{}{}{}%
 
5326
\a:NoSection \let\leavevmode\empty \let\not@math@alphabet\:gobbleII
 
5327
\def\text@command##1{##1}\let\selectfont\empty
 
5328
\def\check@icl ##1\check@icr{}%
 
5329
\let\thanks\:gobble
 
5330
\let\\\space \def\TeX{TeX}%
 
5331
\def\gobble:font##1##2{##2}\:TITLE: \no:fonts
 
5332
\Tag{TITLE+}{\@title}}%
 
5333
>>>
 
5334
 
 
5335
 
 
5336
 
 
5337
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5338
\section{Abstracts}
 
5339
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5340
 
 
5341
\<apa abstract\><<<
 
5342
\Configure{abstract}
 
5343
   {\HCode{<div class="abstract">}\bgroup
 
5344
    |<apa maketitle br cr|>%
 
5345
   }
 
5346
   {\egroup \HCode{</div>}}
 
5347
\Css{div.abstract{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; margin-top:1em; }}
 
5348
>>>
 
5349
 
 
5350
 
 
5351
 
 
5352
 
 
5353
 
 
5354
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5355
\section{Math}
 
5356
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5357
 
 
5358
 
 
5359
 
 
5360
 
 
5361
Don't put \verb'\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}' on the following; \verb'\PicDisplay'
 
5362
should handle it.
 
5363
 
 
5364
 
 
5365
 
 
5366
\<configure html4-math latex\><<<
 
5367
\Configure{[]} 
 
5368
   {\bgroup
 
5369
       \protect\nested:math
 
5370
       \PicDisplay 
 
5371
       $$\everymath{}\everydisplay{}}
 
5372
   {$$\EndPicDisplay \egroup |<try inline par|>}
 
5373
\Configure{()}{\bgroup
 
5374
      \protect\nested:math
 
5375
      \protect\PicMath
 
5376
       $}
 
5377
   {$ \protect\EndPicMath \egroup}
 
5378
\def\nested:math{|<nested pic math|>}
 
5379
>>>
 
5380
 
 
5381
The above should be sensitive to cases like the following one.
 
5382
 
 
5383
\begin{verbatim}
 
5384
\[ \parbox[t]{2in} { \[.\] }\]
 
5385
\end{verbatim}
 
5386
 
 
5387
 
 
5388
\<nested pic math\><<<
 
5389
\def\[{\bgroup \def\]{$$\egroup}$$}%
 
5390
\def\({\bgroup \def\){$\egroup}$}%
 
5391
>>>
 
5392
 
 
5393
 
 
5394
 
 
5395
 
 
5396
\<configure html4-math latex\><<<
 
5397
\Configure{@TITLE}{\Configure{()}{$}{$}}
 
5398
>>>
 
5399
 
 
5400
\<configure html4-math th4\><<<
 
5401
\:CheckOption{th4}\if:Option
 
5402
   \Configure{[]} 
 
5403
      {\PicDisplay $$\everymath{}\everydisplay{}}
 
5404
      {$$\EndPicDisplay |<try inline par|>}
 
5405
   \Configure{()}{\PicMath$}{$\EndPicMath}
 
5406
\fi
 
5407
>>>
 
5408
 
 
5409
 
 
5410
 
 
5411
 
 
5412
\<picmath plain,latex\><<<
 
5413
\Configure{$$}{\:xhtml{\EndP}\PicDisplay}{\EndPicDisplay}      
 
5414
   {\everymath{}\everydisplay{}}  
 
5415
|<pic math formulas|>
 
5416
|<pic math + tex formulas|>
 
5417
>>>
 
5418
 
 
5419
\<pic math formulas\><<<
 
5420
\:CheckOption{pic-m} \if:Option
 
5421
   \Configure{$}{\PicMath}{\EndPicMath}{}
 
5422
\else
 
5423
   \Log:Note{for pictorial $...$ environments,
 
5424
        use the command line option `pic-m' (not recommended!!)}
 
5425
\fi
 
5426
>>>
 
5427
 
 
5428
\<pic math + tex formulas\><<<
 
5429
\:CheckOption{pic-m+} \if:Option
 
5430
   \def\Alt:Math#1${\tmp:toks{$#1$}%
 
5431
      \Picture*[|<pic math alt|>]{ align="middle"}$#1$\EndPicture$}
 
5432
   \def\Alt:Display#1$${\tmp:toks{$$#1$$}%
 
5433
      \Picture*[|<pic math alt|>]{}$$#1$$\EndPicture$$}
 
5434
   \def\Alt:lMath#1\){\tmp:toks{\(#1\)}%
 
5435
      \Picture*[|<pic math alt|>]{ align="middle"}$#1$\EndPicture}
 
5436
   \def\Alt:lDisplay#1\]{\tmp:toks{\[#1\]}%
 
5437
      \Picture*[|<pic math alt|>]{}$$#1$$\EndPicture}
 
5438
   \Configure{$}{}{}{\expandafter\Alt:Math}
 
5439
   \Configure{$$}{}{}{\expandafter\Alt:Display}
 
5440
%   \Configure{()}{\Alt:lMath}{}
 
5441
%   \Configure{[]}{\Alt:lDisplay}{}
 
5442
\else
 
5443
   \Log:Note{for pictorial $...$ and
 
5444
       $$...$$ environments with latex alt,
 
5445
       use the command line option `pic-m+' (not safe!!)}
 
5446
\fi
 
5447
>>>
 
5448
 
 
5449
 
 
5450
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
5451
\def\PictureAltex{\afterassignment\set:Img\tmp:toks}
 
5452
\def\set:Img{\Picture*[|<pic math alt|>]{}\the\tmp:toks\EndPicture}
 
5453
>>>
 
5454
 
 
5455
\<pic math alt\><<<
 
5456
\special{t4ht*=&&amp;}%
 
5457
\special{t4ht*="&quot;}%
 
5458
\special{t4ht*=<&lt;}%
 
5459
\special{t4ht*=>&gt;}%
 
5460
   \HCode{\the\tmp:toks}%
 
5461
\special{t4ht*=}%
 
5462
>>>
 
5463
 
 
5464
 
 
5465
 
 
5466
 
 
5467
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5468
\section{Cross References}
 
5469
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5470
 
 
5471
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
5472
\Configure{pageref} 
 
5473
   {\HCode{<span class="pageref">}} 
 
5474
   {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
5475
   {\S} 
 
5476
>>>
 
5477
 
 
5478
 
 
5479
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5480
\section{Theorems}
 
5481
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5482
 
 
5483
 
 
5484
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
5485
\Configure{newtheorem}
 
5486
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP
 
5487
     \HCode{<div class="newtheorem">}\par\noindent\HCode{<span
 
5488
           class="head">}}
 
5489
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
5490
   {\:xhtml{\EndP}\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar\par}
 
5491
\Css{div.newtheorem { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}}
 
5492
>>>
 
5493
 
 
5494
\<acm proof\><<<
 
5495
\Configure{proof}
 
5496
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP
 
5497
     \HCode{<div class="proof">}\par\noindent\HCode{<span
 
5498
           class="head">}}
 
5499
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
5500
   {\:xhtml{\EndP}\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar\par}
 
5501
\Css{div.proof { margin-bottom: 2em; margin-top: 2em;}}
 
5502
>>>
 
5503
 
 
5504
 
 
5505
 
 
5506
 
 
5507
 
 
5508
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5509
\chapter{Features}
 
5510
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5511
 
 
5512
 
 
5513
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5514
\section{Javascript: Pop-ups On Mouse Over}
 
5515
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5516
 
 
5517
 
 
5518
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5519
\subsection{Background}
 
5520
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5521
 
 
5522
 
 
5523
There are 6 supporting dvi variations of the 
 
5524
`CopyTo to-file op group'
 
5525
 dvi command:
 
5526
 
 
5527
\begin{description}
 
5528
\item[From]    Start copying (at current address)
 
5529
\item[Until]   End copying   (at current address)
 
5530
\item[Skip]    Start skipping (from current address)
 
5531
\item[Cont]    End skipping (at current-address)
 
5532
\item[Addr integer-label] Associate current 
 
5533
      address with the integer-label of the given group
 
5534
\item[Set integer-label]   
 
5535
     Replace the `current address' in the following Skip/Cont (and
 
5536
     From/Until ?) commands with the address associated to the
 
5537
     integer-label of the given group  by an Addr command
 
5538
\end{description}
 
5539
 
 
5540
The code
 
5541
\begin{verbatim}
 
5542
B0
 
5543
 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex From bib }
 
5544
B1
 
5545
 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Skip bib }
 
5546
B2
 
5547
 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Addr1 bib }
 
5548
B3
 
5549
 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Addr2 bib }
 
5550
B4
 
5551
 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Set1 bib }
 
5552
 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Cont bib }
 
5553
 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Set2 bib }
 
5554
 \ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Skip bib }
 
5555
B5
 
5556
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Until bib }
 
5557
B6
 
5558
\end{verbatim}
 
5559
 
 
5560
produces the string ` B1  B3 '.
 
5561
 
 
5562
 
 
5563
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5564
\subsection{End Points of the Jobname-js.tex File}
 
5565
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5566
 
 
5567
 
 
5568
 
 
5569
\<start js\><<<
 
5570
\js:on
 
5571
>>>
 
5572
 
 
5573
 
 
5574
 
 
5575
\<onmouseover utilities\><<<
 
5576
\def\js:on{%
 
5577
  \global\let\js:on=\relax
 
5578
  \HCode{<!--}%
 
5579
  |<js From js|>%
 
5580
  \HCode{\string\def\string\jstoday{\:today} }%
 
5581
  \HCode{\string\input\space onmouseover.4ht }%
 
5582
  \:CheckOption{trace-onmo} \if:Option
 
5583
      \HCode{<js trace="on">}%
 
5584
  \else
 
5585
     \Log:Note{for mouseover tracing of
 
5586
          compilation, use the command line option `trace-onmo'}
 
5587
      \HCode{<js>}%
 
5588
  \fi
 
5589
  |<js Until js|>%
 
5590
  \HCode{-->}%
 
5591
  |<end js|>}
 
5592
>>>
 
5593
 
 
5594
 
 
5595
\<end js\><<<
 
5596
\csname a:mouseover-Needs\endcsname
 
5597
\Css{.js {text-indent:0; background-color:aqua; color:black;
 
5598
   border:solid 1px black;  margin:2pt; width:99\%;}}
 
5599
\Css{.js p, .|<js p.bibitem css|>, |<js p.bibitem-p css|> {text-indent:0;
 
5600
   background-color:aqua; color:black; margin:2pt;}}
 
5601
\AtEndDocument{{\HCode{<!--}%
 
5602
  |<js From js|>%
 
5603
  \HCode{</js>}%
 
5604
  |<js Until js|>%
 
5605
  \HCode{-->}}}%
 
5606
>>>
 
5607
 
 
5608
 
 
5609
Was \verb'\Css{.js p {margin:0; text-indent:0;}}' but javascript under
 
5610
netscape had problems dealing with 0 left margins.  
 
5611
 
 
5612
 
 
5613
 
 
5614
 
 
5615
\<js From js\><<<
 
5616
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex From js }%
 
5617
>>>
 
5618
 
 
5619
\<js Until js\><<<
 
5620
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Until js }%
 
5621
>>>
 
5622
 
 
5623
 
 
5624
 
 
5625
 
 
5626
 
 
5627
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5628
\subsection{Configuration Commands}
 
5629
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5630
 
 
5631
 
 
5632
 
 
5633
 
 
5634
\<onmouseover utilities\><<<
 
5635
\HAssign\MO:script = 0
 
5636
\NewConfigure{mouseover-script}[1]{\bgroup
 
5637
  \gHAdvance\MO:script by 1
 
5638
  \expandafter\NextFile \expandafter{\jobname\MO:script.tmp}%
 
5639
  \HPage{}\IgnorePar |<js From var|>%
 
5640
    \HCode{<\if !#1!\else mouseover-script\fi>#1\if !#1!\else =\fi}%
 
5641
    \everyvbox{\IgnorePar\everyvbox{}\aftergroup\end:movar}%
 
5642
    \def\end:movar{\everyvbox{}\HCode
 
5643
                   {</\if !#1!\else mouseover-script\fi>}%
 
5644
        |<js Until var|>\EndHPage{}%
 
5645
        \egroup}%
 
5646
    \vbox}
 
5647
>>>
 
5648
 
 
5649
\<ol-hauto mouseover-script\><<<
 
5650
\Configure {mouseover-script}{}{\HCode{ol\string_hauto = 1;}}%
 
5651
>>>
 
5652
 
 
5653
 
 
5654
\<js From var\><<<
 
5655
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex From var }%
 
5656
>>>
 
5657
 
 
5658
\<js Until var\><<<
 
5659
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Until var }%
 
5660
>>>
 
5661
 
 
5662
 
 
5663
 
 
5664
 
 
5665
\<onmouseover utilities\><<<
 
5666
\expandafter\def\csname c:mouseover-vars:\endcsname#1#2{%
 
5667
   \expandafter\def\csname mouseover-#1-init\endcsname##1{}%
 
5668
   \def\:tempc##1{\expandafter\append:defI\csname
 
5669
      mouseover-#1-init\endcsname{tex4ht.##1=tex4ht.\expandafter\jsHash
 
5670
      \expandafter{\expandafter v####1.##1};}}%
 
5671
   \Mo:vars#2,<>}
 
5672
\def\Mo:vars#1,#2<>{%
 
5673
   \if !#1!\else
 
5674
      \expandafter\def\csname mo#1\endcsname##1{%
 
5675
          \HCode{<!--}%
 
5676
          \ht:special{t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex From #1 }%
 
5677
          \HCode{<#1-var>\jsHash{v##1.#1}=}%
 
5678
          \ht:special{t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Skip #1 }%
 
5679
          \HCode{-->}%
 
5680
          \ht:special{t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Cont #1 }%
 
5681
      }%
 
5682
      \expandafter\def\csname endmo#1\endcsname{%
 
5683
          \ht:special{t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Skip #1 }%
 
5684
          \HCode{<!--}%
 
5685
          \ht:special{t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Cont #1 }%
 
5686
          \HCode{</#1-var>}%
 
5687
          \ht:special{t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Until #1 }%
 
5688
          \HCode{-->}%
 
5689
      }%
 
5690
      \:tempc{#1}%
 
5691
   \fi
 
5692
   \if !#2!\else \expand:after{\Mo:vars#2<>}\fi
 
5693
}
 
5694
>>>
 
5695
 
 
5696
 
 
5697
 
 
5698
 
 
5699
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5700
\subsection{Footnotes Contributions}
 
5701
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5702
 
 
5703
 
 
5704
 
 
5705
 
 
5706
\<js From fn\><<<
 
5707
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex From fn }%
 
5708
>>>
 
5709
 
 
5710
\<js Skip fn\><<<
 
5711
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Skip fn }%
 
5712
>>>
 
5713
 
 
5714
\<js Cont fn\><<<
 
5715
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Cont fn }%
 
5716
>>>
 
5717
 
 
5718
\<js Until fn\><<<
 
5719
\ht:special {t4ht@DCopyTo: \jobname-js.tex Until fn }%
 
5720
>>>
 
5721
 
 
5722
 
 
5723
 
 
5724
 
 
5725
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5726
\subsection{Overlib}
 
5727
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5728
 
 
5729
\Link[http://www.egroups.com/group/overlib]{}{}egroup for overlib\EndLink,
 
5730
\Link[http://www.bosrup.com/web/overlib/]{}{}home over overlib\EndLink
 
5731
 
 
5732
           
 
5733
\<overDiv\><<<
 
5734
\HCode{<div id="overDiv"
 
5735
         style="position:absolute; 
 
5736
                      visibility:hidden; z-index:1000;"></div>
 
5737
         |<overlib src|>}%
 
5738
>>>
 
5739
 
 
5740
 
 
5741
\<onmouseover @HEAD\><<<
 
5742
\Configure{@HEAD}
 
5743
  {\HCode{%|% natural place for <overlib src>, but netscape 4.7...|%
 
5744
     <script type="text/javascript" 
 
5745
                 src="\jobname-js.js"></script>\Hnewline}}
 
5746
|<onmouseover utilities|>
 
5747
\:CheckOption{info} \if:Option
 
5748
   |<overlib info|>
 
5749
\fi
 
5750
>>>
 
5751
 
 
5752
 
 
5753
\<overlib info\><<<
 
5754
\Log:Note{Option `mouseover' is powered
 
5755
  by the overlib.js utility of Erik Bosrup
 
5756
  (http://www.bosrup.com/web/overlib/).}
 
5757
\immediate\write-1{}
 
5758
\immediate\write-1{The option requires two compilations of
 
5759
  the source file.}
 
5760
\immediate\write-1{}
 
5761
\immediate\write-1{Use \string\Configure
 
5762
  {mouseover-XXX}{...} to introduce arguments into the overlib
 
5763
  function call, and code into a preceding script. XXX stands for
 
5764
  `cite' or `footnote', the default body is at tex4ht.body,
 
5765
  and the default caption at tex4ht.caption. An empty parameter
 
5766
  requests no  sensitivity of mouse over the specified type of entries.}
 
5767
\immediate\write-1{}
 
5768
\immediate\write-1{The variant \string\Configure
 
5769
  {mouseover-XXX}[labels]{...} of the above command restricts the
 
5770
  outcome just to the listed labels (i.e., the values listed
 
5771
  in tex4ht.caption).}
 
5772
\immediate\write-1{}
 
5773
\immediate\write-1{The \string\Configure{mouseover-script }{variable-name}
 
5774
  {javascript-code} command may be used to introduce code into the 
 
5775
  javascript script, as a content of a global variable when a name is
 
5776
  given and as a bare code when the name is not given.  To be referenced,
 
5777
  the name must be prefixed by ``tex4ht.'.}
 
5778
\immediate\write-1{}
 
5779
\immediate\write-1{The \string\Configure{mouseover-vars}{XXX}
 
5780
  {variable-list} command introduces local variables, to be referenced
 
5781
  with the prefix ``tex4ht.' on their names. In addition, for each 
 
5782
  variable YYY  it introduces a construct \string\moYYY
 
5783
  {label}...\string\endmoYYY\space for selecting a value for the variable
 
5784
  at the specified label.}
 
5785
\immediate\write-1{}
 
5786
\immediate\write-1{Example:} 
 
5787
\immediate\write-1{
 
5788
  \string\Configure{mouseover-script}{var}{\HCode{<hr />}}}
 
5789
\immediate\write-1{|<mouseover cite config|>} 
 
5790
\immediate\write-1{|<mouseover cite css|>.}
 
5791
\immediate\write-1{
 
5792
  \string\moAuthor{bb}A name\string\endmoAuthor }
 
5793
\immediate\write-1{}
 
5794
\immediate\write-1{The compilation indirectly invokes the 
 
5795
  command 'xhtex \string\jobname-js'.  An alternative format for
 
5796
  the command can be requested within a configuration of
 
5797
  the form \string\Configure{mouseover-Needs}{\string\Needs{"..."}}. 
 
5798
  The default setting is due to 
 
5799
  \string\Configure{mouseover-Needs}{\string\Needs{"xhtex 
 
5800
  \string\jobname-js"}}}
 
5801
\immediate\write-1{In case \string\Configure{mouseover-Needs} is
 
5802
  undefined, introduce the instruction
 
5803
  \string\NewConfigure{mouseover-Needs}{1} before that command.
 
5804
}
 
5805
>>>
 
5806
 
 
5807
\<onmouseover utilities\><<<
 
5808
\expandafter\ifx \csname mouseover-Needs\endcsname\relax
 
5809
  \NewConfigure{mouseover-Needs}{1}
 
5810
  \Configure{mouseover-Needs}{\Needs{"xhtex \jobname-js"}}
 
5811
\fi
 
5812
\def\mo:args#1#2#3{\expandafter 
 
5813
  \ifx \csname a:mouseover-#1-#2\endcsname\empty\else
 
5814
  \expandafter \ifx \csname a:mouseover-#1-#2\endcsname\relax
 
5815
    |<global mouseover-type|>\else
 
5816
    |<private mouseover-type|>\fi\fi}
 
5817
>>>
 
5818
 
 
5819
\<global mouseover-type\><<<
 
5820
\expandafter \ifx \csname a:mouseover-#1\endcsname\empty
 
5821
      \else
 
5822
    \Hnewline
 
5823
    onmouseover="tex4ht.body=tex4ht.#3; tex4ht.caption='#2';
 
5824
            |<init mouseover vars|>%
 
5825
              return overlib(\csname a:mouseover-#1\endcsname);"
 
5826
   \Hnewline    onmouseout="nd();"\Hnewline\fi
 
5827
>>>
 
5828
 
 
5829
\<private mouseover-type\><<<
 
5830
\Hnewline
 
5831
 onmouseover="tex4ht.body=tex4ht.#3; tex4ht.caption='#2';
 
5832
            |<init mouseover vars|>%
 
5833
            return overlib(\csname a:mouseover-#1-#2\endcsname);"
 
5834
\Hnewline onmouseout="nd();"\Hnewline
 
5835
>>>
 
5836
 
 
5837
\<init mouseover vars\><<<
 
5838
\expandafter\ifx \csname mouseover-#1-init\endcsname\relax
 
5839
            \else \csname mouseover-#1-init\endcsname{#2}\fi
 
5840
>>>
 
5841
 
 
5842
 
 
5843
 
 
5844
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5845
\subsection{Boundary Cases for mouseover}
 
5846
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5847
 
 
5848
 
 
5849
 
 
5850
 
 
5851
\<DOCTYPE in PROLOG under mouseover\><<<
 
5852
\:CheckOption{xhtml} \if:Option  \else
 
5853
   \:CheckOption{DOCTYPE} \if:Option 
 
5854
    \Log:Note{to request a DOCTYPE declaration
 
5855
          use the command line option `DOCTYPE'}   
 
5856
   \else
 
5857
      \edef\Preamble{\Preamble,no-DOCTYPE}
 
5858
   \fi
 
5859
\fi
 
5860
>>>
 
5861
 
 
5862
 
 
5863
 
 
5864
 
 
5865
 
 
5866
\<overlib src\><<<
 
5867
<script language="JavaScript" src="overlib.js"
 
5868
      type="text/javascript" ></script>\Hnewline
 
5869
<!--http://www.bosrup.com/web/overlib/ (Erik Bosrup)-->%
 
5870
>>>
 
5871
 
 
5872
 
 
5873
 
 
5874
\begin{itemize}
 
5875
\item 
 
5876
\begin{verbatim}
 
5877
THE DOCUMENT DECLARATION GIVES TROUBLE IN CONNECTION WITH OVERLIB.  It
 
5878
would be hardly noticeable in small pages, requiring no scrolling -
 
5879
the only symptom then is that the browser suddenly warns about errors
 
5880
- those ones in overlib, and as a matter of fact, apparently in the
 
5881
part of the script that ensures compatibility with Netscape.  However,
 
5882
in a large page, the pop-ups seem to disappear - making them STICKY
 
5883
and scrolling up, one can find them in the upper right corner.  One
 
5884
has only to remove <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01
 
5885
Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> however, to
 
5886
put an end to the browser complaints and get back the pop-ups into
 
5887
their proper places.  \end{verbatim}
 
5888
 
 
5889
\item
 
5890
\begin{verbatim}
 
5891
 I
 
5892
have just found a reference to the trouble, together with a very easy
 
5893
way to go round it: it is enough to add <?xml version="1.1"?> BEFORE
 
5894
the Document declaration. I have checked it, and it is all right -
 
5895
both for Explorer6 and Netscape 4.7 and 6.
 
5896
 
 
5897
By the way: for the Mouseover option to work under Netscape4.x, the call to
 
5898
<script type="text/JavaScript" src="overlib.js"></script>
 
5899
<!--http://www.bosrup.com/web/overlib/ (Erik Bosrup)-->
 
5900
MUST appear in the <BODY> section, NOT in the <HEAD>: absurd, but true (it
 
5901
is reported in Overlib's page).
 
5902
\end{verbatim}
 
5903
 
 
5904
\end{itemize}
 
5905
 
 
5906
 
 
5907
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5908
\subsection{The Configuration File onmouseover.4ht}
 
5909
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
5910
 
 
5911
 
 
5912
 
 
5913
 
 
5914
\<onmouseover.4ht\><<<
 
5915
\ifnum\the\catcode`\%=14\else\expandafter\edef\csname
 
5916
  \string:RestoreCatcodes\endcsname{\catcode`\%|=\the
 
5917
  \catcode`\%}\catcode`\%|=14\fi
 
5918
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
 
5919
% onmouseover.4ht                       |version %
 
5920
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.2001.       Eitan M. Gurari         %
 
5921
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
 
5922
 
 
5923
\hbadness=10000 \vbadness=10000 \hfuzz=99in \vfuzz=\hfuzz
 
5924
\overfullrule=0pt   \let\makefootline\empty
 
5925
\special{t4ht.js}
 
5926
 
 
5927
\newcount\CodeNumber
 
5928
\def\NoSpecials#1#2#3{\edef\temp{\the\CodeNumber}%
 
5929
     \global\CodeNumber=#3
 
5930
     \def\next{\catcode\CodeNumber=#1
 
5931
       \ifnum \CodeNumber=#2 \let\next=\relax \fi
 
5932
       \global\advance\CodeNumber by -1 \next}\next
 
5933
     \global\CodeNumber=\temp  }%
 
5934
 
 
5935
\expandafter\def\csname js js\endcsname{\egroup  \special{t4ht@@}%
 
5936
   tex4ht=new Array() ; //\jstoday}
 
5937
\expandafter\def\csname js js trace="on"\endcsname{\global
 
5938
   \let\TagTrace=\empty \csname js js\endcsname}
 
5939
\expandafter\def\csname js /js\endcsname{\egroup \special{t4ht@@}%
 
5940
   \csname bye\endcsname\endinput}
 
5941
 
 
5942
|<hash for onmouseover.4ht|>
 
5943
|<escape backslashes|>
 
5944
\catcode`\<=13
 
5945
\def\jselement#1{\expandafter\def\csname js #1\endcsname##1=##2</#1>{%
 
5946
   \hfill\break tex4ht.\jsHash{##1}=\hbox{"##2";}\egroup}}
 
5947
|<escape double quotes|>
 
5948
\expandafter\def\csname js \endcsname#1</>{%
 
5949
   \hfill\break \hbox{#1}\egroup}
 
5950
 
 
5951
\def<#1>{\bgroup
 
5952
   \expandafter \ifx \csname js #1\endcsname \relax \jselement{#1}\fi
 
5953
   \def<##1>{\TagTrace{\def\x{##1}\def\y####1:->{}%
 
5954
      \immediate\write16{...\string<\expandafter\y\meaning\x>}}%
 
5955
       \string<\scan ##1"<>>}%
 
5956
   \NoSpecials{12}{0}{255}\NoSpecials{11}{65}{90}\NoSpecials{11}{97}{122}%
 
5957
   \catcode`\ =10 \catcode`\^^M=10 \catcode`\^^I=10 \catcode`\<=13
 
5958
   \catcode`\\=13
 
5959
   \tt \csname js #1\endcsname}
 
5960
\def\TagTrace#1{}
 
5961
\catcode`\&=12 \catcode`\#=12
 
5962
\endinput
 
5963
>>>   
 
5964
 
 
5965
\<escape double quotes\><<<
 
5966
\def\scan#1"#2<>{#1\if !#2!\expandafter\done\else
 
5967
   \string\"\expandafter\scan
 
5968
\fi#2<>}
 
5969
\def\done#1>{}
 
5970
>>>
 
5971
 
 
5972
\<escape backslashes\><<<
 
5973
\catcode`/=0 \catcode`\\=13
 
5974
/def\{/string\/string\}
 
5975
/catcode`/\=0 \catcode`\/=12
 
5976
>>>
 
5977
 
 
5978
 
 
5979
 
 
5980
\<onmouseover utilities\><<<
 
5981
\def\jsHash#1{\jsHash:a #1<>}
 
5982
\def\jsHash:a#1#2<>{%
 
5983
   \ifnum `#1<`0 JjV\else
 
5984
   \ifnum `#1>`z jJv\else
 
5985
   \ifnum `#1>`9
 
5986
      \ifnum `#1<`A jJV\else
 
5987
      \ifnum `#1>`Z
 
5988
         \ifnum `#1<`a jVV\else #1\fi
 
5989
      \else #1\fi\fi
 
5990
   \else #1\fi\fi\fi
 
5991
   \if !#2!\expandafter\done:hash
 
5992
                       \else\expandafter\jsHash:a\fi#2<>}
 
5993
\def\done:hash#1>{}
 
5994
>>>
 
5995
 
 
5996
\<hash for onmouseover.4ht\><<<
 
5997
\def\jsHash#1{\jsHasha #1<>}
 
5998
\def\jsHasha#1#2<>{%
 
5999
   \ifnum `#1<`0 JjV\else
 
6000
   \ifnum `#1>`z jJv\else
 
6001
   \ifnum `#1>`9
 
6002
      \ifnum `#1<`A jJV\else
 
6003
      \ifnum `#1>`Z
 
6004
         \ifnum `#1<`a jVV\else #1\fi
 
6005
      \else #1\fi\fi
 
6006
   \else #1\fi\fi\fi
 
6007
   \if !#2!\expandafter\done
 
6008
                       \else\expandafter\jsHasha\fi#2<>}
 
6009
>>>
 
6010
 
 
6011
 
 
6012
 
 
6013
\<onmouseover utilities\><<<
 
6014
\expandafter\Odef\csname c:mouseover-?:\endcsname[#1]#2{%
 
6015
  \def\:temp{#2}%
 
6016
  \if !#1!\expandafter\let\csname a:mouseover-\:tempb\endcsname=\:temp
 
6017
  \else \om:type#1,|<par del|>\fi}
 
6018
\def\om:type#1,#2|<par del|>{%
 
6019
  \if !#1!\else\expandafter
 
6020
     \let\csname a:mouseover-\:tempb-#1\endcsname=\:temp\fi
 
6021
  \ifx !#2!\else \def\:tempa{\om:type#2|<par del|>}\expandafter\:tempa \fi
 
6022
}
 
6023
>>>
 
6024
 
 
6025
 
 
6026
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6027
\chapter{Formats}
 
6028
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6029
 
 
6030
 
 
6031
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6032
\section{latex.ltx}
 
6033
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6034
 
 
6035
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
6036
|<0,32,4 plain,latex|>
 
6037
|<32,4 plain,latex|>
 
6038
|<4 plain,latex|>
 
6039
|<32,4 latex|>
 
6040
|<4 latex|>
 
6041
|<0,32,4 latex|>
 
6042
|<latex lttab|>
 
6043
|<latex ltbibl|>
 
6044
|<latex ltoutenc|>
 
6045
|<latex ltfloat (footnotes)|>
 
6046
\:CheckOption{javahelp} \if:Option 
 
6047
   \input javahelp.4ht
 
6048
\else
 
6049
   \Log:Note{for a JavaHelp output format,
 
6050
         use the command line option `javahelp'}
 
6051
\fi
 
6052
>>>
 
6053
 
 
6054
\<latex lttab\><<<
 
6055
\Configure{extracolsep}
 
6056
   {~\tmp:dim=#1\relax\ifdim \tmp:dim>1em ~\fi}
 
6057
>>>
 
6058
 
 
6059
 
 
6060
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6061
                                              % ltplain.dtx
 
6062
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6063
 
 
6064
\subsection{obeylines}
 
6065
 
 
6066
\<4 plain,latex\><<<
 
6067
\Configure{obeylines}
 
6068
   {\ifvmode \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\IgnoreIndent
 
6069
       \HCode{<div class="obeylines-v">}%
 
6070
       \gdef\ob:ln{\ht:special{t4ht=</div>}}%
 
6071
    \else
 
6072
       \SaveEndP \HCode{<span class="obeylines-h">}%
 
6073
       \gdef\ob:ln{\ht:special{t4ht=</span>}\RecallEndP}%
 
6074
    \fi
 
6075
   }
 
6076
   {\EndP\ob:ln\ShowPar} 
 
6077
   {\hbox{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}}
 
6078
\Css{.obeylines-h,.obeylines-v {white-space: nowrap; }}
 
6079
\Css{div.obeylines-v p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }}
 
6080
>>>
 
6081
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6082
                                              % ltspace.dtx
 
6083
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6084
 
 
6085
\subsection{Spaces}
 
6086
 
 
6087
\<32,4 latex\><<<
 
6088
\Configure{hspace}{}{}{\:nbsp}
 
6089
>>>
 
6090
 
 
6091
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6092
                                              % ltlogos.dtx
 
6093
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6094
 
 
6095
\subsection{Logos}
 
6096
\<4 plain\><<<
 
6097
|</TeX for 4.0t|>
 
6098
>>>
 
6099
 
 
6100
 
 
6101
\</TeX for 4.0t\><<<
 
6102
\def\TeX{\HCode{<span class="TEX">}T\HCode{<span\Hnewline
 
6103
     class="E">}E\HCode{</span>}X\HCode{</span>}}
 
6104
\Css{span.TEX {letter-spacing: -0.125em; }}
 
6105
\Css{span.TEX span.E{ position:relative;top:0.5ex;left:-0.0417em;}} 
 
6106
\Css{a span.TEX span.E {text-decoration: none; }}
 
6107
>>>
 
6108
 
 
6109
\verb'\def\TeX{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX\@}'
 
6110
 
 
6111
 
 
6112
 
 
6113
 
 
6114
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6115
                                              % ltfssini.dtx
 
6116
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6117
 
 
6118
\subsection{tt Font}
 
6119
 
 
6120
\<0,32,4 latex\><<<
 
6121
\ifx \ttfamily\:UnDef \else \Configure{tt}{\ttfamily} \fi
 
6122
>>>
 
6123
 
 
6124
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6125
                                              % ltxref.dtx
 
6126
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6127
 
 
6128
\subsection{Cross References}
 
6129
\<32,4 latex\><<<
 
6130
\Configure{ref}
 
6131
   {\Link}
 
6132
   {\ifx \RefArg\:UnDef\else
 
6133
      \Tg<!--tex4ht:ref: \RefArg\space-->\fi\EndLink}
 
6134
   {}
 
6135
>>>
 
6136
 
 
6137
The comments lets us relate the automatically created label with that
 
6138
offered by the user. The space is needed for cases that the label ends with a dash.
 
6139
 
 
6140
 
 
6141
\begin{itemize}
 
6142
\item
 
6143
 LaTeX allows labels almost everywhere.
 
6144
\item
 
6145
Different labels may be associated to a common object in LaTex.
 
6146
\item
 
6147
 There are almost no restrictions on the kind of characters
 
6148
    allowed within the labels of LaTeX.
 
6149
\end{itemize}
 
6150
 
 
6151
 
 
6152
 
 
6153
 
 
6154
 
 
6155
 
 
6156
 
 
6157
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6158
                                              % ltmiscen.dtx
 
6159
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6160
 
 
6161
\subsection{Miscellaneous Environments}
 
6162
\<32,4 plain,latex\><<<
 
6163
\def\end:TTT{\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}} 
 
6164
>>>
 
6165
 
 
6166
\<4 latex\><<<
 
6167
\append:def\center{\par}
 
6168
\ConfigureEnv{center}
 
6169
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}{|<try env inline par|>}
 
6170
  {\EndP\IgnorePar
 
6171
   \HCode{<div class="center"\Hnewline>}\ShowPar\endgraf}
 
6172
  {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
6173
\ConfigureEnv{flushleft}
 
6174
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}{|<try env inline par|>}
 
6175
  {\EndP\IgnorePar 
 
6176
   \HCode{<div class="flushleft"\Hnewline>}\ShowPar\endgraf}
 
6177
  {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
6178
\ConfigureEnv{flushright}
 
6179
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}{|<try env inline par|>}
 
6180
  {\EndP\IgnorePar
 
6181
   \HCode{<div class="flushright"\Hnewline>}\ShowPar\endgraf}
 
6182
  {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
6183
\Css{div.center,
 
6184
     div.center div.center {text-align: center;
 
6185
   margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em;}}
 
6186
\Css{div.center div {text-align: left;}}
 
6187
\Css{div.flushright, 
 
6188
     div.flushright div.flushright {text-align: right;}}
 
6189
\Css{div.flushright div {text-align: left;}}
 
6190
\Css{div.flushleft {text-align: left;}}
 
6191
>>>
 
6192
 
 
6193
\<32,4 latex\><<<
 
6194
\ConfigureEnv{verbatim}{\env:verb{verbatim}}{\endenv:verb}{}{}
 
6195
\ConfigureEnv{verbatim*}{\env:verb{verbatim}}{\endenv:verb}{}{}
 
6196
\def\env:verb#1{\ifinner\else \vfill\break\fi
 
6197
  \IgnorePar\EndP  \HAssign\Verb:N=0
 
6198
  \HCode{<\tbl:XV{#1}><tr  class="#1"><td\Hnewline 
 
6199
  class="#1">}\HCode{<div class="#1"\a:LRdir>}\EndNoFonts}
 
6200
\def\endenv:verb{\NoFonts
 
6201
  \EndP \ht:special{t4ht=</div>}\end:TTT |<try inline par|>}
 
6202
\def\start:fenv#1{\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<table
 
6203
    \Hnewline width="100\%"
 
6204
    \:zbsp{flush#1}><tr><td><div align="#1"\Hnewline\a:LRdir>}}
 
6205
\def\end:fenv{\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}\end:TTT\IgnorePar}
 
6206
\HAssign\Verb:N=0
 
6207
\Css{div.verbatim {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; }}
 
6208
>>>
 
6209
 
 
6210
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
6211
\Configure{verbatim}
 
6212
   {\HAdvance\Verb:N by 1 \ifnum \Verb:N>1 \:nbsp \HCode{<br />}\fi}
 
6213
   {\a:sp}
 
6214
\Configure{verb}
 
6215
   {\HCode{<span class="verb"\a:LRdir>}}
 
6216
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
6217
>>>
 
6218
 
 
6219
 
 
6220
 
 
6221
The \verb+\:nbsp+ above is because lynx collapses 
 
6222
consecutive \verb+<br />+ tags.
 
6223
 
 
6224
 
 
6225
 
 
6226
 
 
6227
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
6228
\Configure{centercr}{\ht:special{t4ht=<br\xml:empty>}}
 
6229
   {\ht:everypar{\ht:everypar{\HtmlPar}}}
 
6230
>>>
 
6231
 
 
6232
 
 
6233
                                              % ltmath.dtx
 
6234
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6235
 
 
6236
\subsection{Math Setup}
 
6237
 
 
6238
\<configure html4-math latex\><<<
 
6239
\:CheckOption{pic-equation}\if:Option 
 
6240
%   \ConfigureEnv{equation}
 
6241
%     {\relax\ifmmode\else\par\fi\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
6242
%     \HCode{<center class="equation"><table class="equation"\Hnewline
 
6243
%      border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15"><tr><td>}}
 
6244
%     {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
6245
%      \HCode{</td></tr></table></center>}\IgnorePar
 
6246
%      \ifmmode\else\par\fi}
 
6247
%     {}{} 
 
6248
   \Configure{equation}
 
6249
     {\:xhtml{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP}%
 
6250
              \HCode{<\tbl:XV{equation}><tr><td>}\IgnorePar
 
6251
      \Configure{$$}{\PicDisplay}{\EndPicDisplay}
 
6252
        {\everymath{}\everydisplay{}}
 
6253
     }
 
6254
     {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\HCode{</td><td width="5\%">}}
 
6255
     {\end:TTT |<try inline par|>} |% was: \IgnorePar\par|%
 
6256
\else
 
6257
%   \ConfigureEnv{equation}
 
6258
%     {\relax\ifmmode\else\par\fi\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
6259
%      \HCode{<center class="equation"><table class="equation"\Hnewline
 
6260
%        border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15"><tr><td>}%
 
6261
%     }
 
6262
%     {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
6263
%      \HCode{</td></tr></table></center>}\IgnorePar
 
6264
%      \ifmmode\else\par\fi}
 
6265
%     {}{} 
 
6266
   \Configure{equation}
 
6267
     {\ifmmode\else\par \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
6268
              \HCode{<\tbl:XV{equation}><tr><td>}\IgnorePar
 
6269
     }
 
6270
     {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\HCode{</td><td width="5\%">}}
 
6271
     {\end:TTT\ifmmode\else |<try inline par|>\fi}
 
6272
\fi
 
6273
\Css{.equation td{text-align:center; }}
 
6274
\Css{td.equation { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }   }
 
6275
>>>
 
6276
 
 
6277
\<configure html4-math latex\><<<
 
6278
|<pic plain/latex math 4.0t|>               
 
6279
\:CheckOption{pic-eqnarray}  \if:Option      
 
6280
   |<PIC eqnarray Config|>
 
6281
\else |<TABLE eqnarray Config 4.0t|>\fi
 
6282
>>>
 
6283
 
 
6284
 
 
6285
\<PIC eqnarray Config\><<<
 
6286
\ConfigureEnv{eqnarray}
 
6287
     {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg<div class="pic-eqnarray">\Picture*{}}
 
6288
     {\EndPicture\Tg</div>}{}{}
 
6289
\Css{div.pic-eqnarray {text-align:center;}}  
 
6290
\ConfigureEnv{eqnarray*}
 
6291
     {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg<div class="pic-eqnarray-star">\Picture*{}}
 
6292
     {\EndPicture\Tg</div>}{}{}
 
6293
\Css{div.pic-eqnarray-star {text-align:center;}}  
 
6294
>>>
 
6295
 
 
6296
\<TABLE eqnarray Config 4.0t\><<<
 
6297
\Log:Note{for pictorial eqnarray,
 
6298
                      use the command line option `pic-eqnarray'}
 
6299
 
 
6300
\Configure{eqnarray}{\HCode{<table\Hnewline
 
6301
        class="eqnarray\ifx \@seqncr\@eqncr\else-star\fi ">}}
 
6302
    {\HCode{</table>}}
 
6303
    {\HCode{<tr valign="middle" 
 
6304
        class="eqnarray\ifx \@seqncr\@eqncr\else-star\fi">}}
 
6305
    {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
6306
    {\HCode{\ifnum \HCol=4 <td\Hnewline width="10"  
 
6307
        class="eqnarray4"></td>\fi
 
6308
       <td\Hnewline align="\ifcase\HCol \or right\or center\or 
 
6309
               left\else right\fi" style="white-space:nowrap;"\Hnewline 
 
6310
               class="eqnarray\HCol">}}
 
6311
    {\EndP\HCode{</td>}}
 
6312
\Css{td.eqnarray4  { width:5\%; white-space: normal; }}
 
6313
\Css{td.eqnarray2  { width:5\%;  }}
 
6314
\Css{table.eqnarray-star, table.eqnarray {width:100\%;}}
 
6315
>>>
 
6316
 
 
6317
\<TABLE eqnarray Config 4.0t\><<<
 
6318
\ConfigureEnv{eqnarray}
 
6319
    {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<div class="eqnarray">}}
 
6320
    {\:xhtml{\EndP}\HCode{</div>}}{}{}
 
6321
\ConfigureEnv{eqnarray*}
 
6322
    {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<div class="eqnarray">}}
 
6323
    {\:xhtml{\EndP}\HCode{</div>}}{}{}
 
6324
\Css{div.eqnarray{text-align:center;}} 
 
6325
>>>
 
6326
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6327
                                              % lttab.dtx
 
6328
                                              %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6329
 
 
6330
\subsection{Tabbing, Tabular and Array Environments}
 
6331
 
 
6332
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
6333
\:CheckOption{no-array}\if:Option \else
 
6334
   |<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t|>
 
6335
\fi
 
6336
>>>
 
6337
 
 
6338
 
 
6339
\<configure html4-math latex\><<<
 
6340
\:CheckOption{no-array}\if:Option \else
 
6341
   |<math html latex array/tabular|>
 
6342
\fi
 
6343
>>>
 
6344
 
 
6345
\<32,4 picmath latex\><<<
 
6346
\:CheckOption{pic-array}  \if:Option
 
6347
   \ConfigureEnv{array}
 
6348
     {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg<div class="pic-array">\Picture*{}$$}
 
6349
     {$$\EndPicture\Tg</div>}{}{}
 
6350
   \Css{div.pic-array {text-align:center;}}  
 
6351
\else
 
6352
   \Log:Note{for pictorial array,
 
6353
                      use the command line option `pic-array'}
 
6354
\fi
 
6355
>>>
 
6356
 
 
6357
 
 
6358
\<vspace body for array/tabular\><<<
 
6359
\append:def\vspc:s{\h:HBorder}%
 
6360
\def\:tempb{\ifnum \tmp:cnt<\ar:cnt 
 
6361
    \advance\tmp:cnt by 1 \append:def\vspc:s{\i:HBorder}%
 
6362
    \expandafter\:tempb
 
6363
  \fi }
 
6364
\tmp:cnt|=0 \:tempb
 
6365
\append:def\vspc:s{\j:HBorder}\global\let\vspc:s|=\vspc:s
 
6366
>>>
 
6367
 
 
6368
\<0,32,4 latex\><<<
 
6369
\Configure{hline}{\ifx \ar:cnt\:UnDef\else
 
6370
      \o:noalign:{|<hline body for array/tabular|>}%
 
6371
      \expandafter\ignoreEndTr
 
6372
   \fi}
 
6373
\Configure{//[]}{\ifx \ar:cnt\:UnDef 
 
6374
   \else\o:noalign:{|<vspace body for array/tabular|>}\fi}
 
6375
>>>
 
6376
 
 
6377
 
 
6378
 
 
6379
\<hline body for array/tabular\><<<
 
6380
\append:def\hline:s{\a:HBorder}%
 
6381
\def\:tempb{\ifnum \tmp:cnt<\ar:cnt 
 
6382
    \advance\tmp:cnt by 1 \append:def\hline:s{\b:HBorder}%
 
6383
    \expandafter\:tempb
 
6384
  \fi }%
 
6385
\tmp:cnt|=0 \:tempb
 
6386
\append:def\hline:s{\c:HBorder}\global\let\hline:s|=\hline:s
 
6387
>>>
 
6388
 
 
6389
\<inline comment\><<<
 
6390
\ifvmode\else\HCode{<!--tex4ht:inline-->}\fi
 
6391
>>>
 
6392
 
 
6393
\<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<<
 
6394
\Configure{multicolumn}
 
6395
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi 
 
6396
    \HCode{<div class="multicolumn" }\HColAlign\HCode{>}}
 
6397
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
6398
>>>
 
6399
 
 
6400
\<configure clear noalign\><<<
 
6401
\Configure{noalign}{}{}%
 
6402
>>>
 
6403
 
 
6404
\<configure tabular noalign\><<<
 
6405
\Configure{noalign}%
 
6406
  {\f:tabular\d:tabular \HCode{<tr><td colspan="\ar:cnt">}}
 
6407
  {\HCode{</td></tr>}\pend:def\TableNo{0}\c:tabular\e:tabular}%
 
6408
>>>
 
6409
 
 
6410
\<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<<
 
6411
\def\pic:env{%
 
6412
   \def\begin##1{\bgroup
 
6413
      \def\end####1{\o:end:{####1}\EndPicture\egroup}%
 
6414
      \ifx \EndPicture\:UnDef
 
6415
           \Picture+{ class="##1" align="middle"}%
 
6416
      \else \let\EndPicture|=\empty\fi
 
6417
      \o:begin:{##1}}%
 
6418
}
 
6419
>>>
 
6420
 
 
6421
\verb'\AllColMargins' Return a binary string in which 1 represents
 
6422
a column, and 0 represents a `@'. \verb'\ColMargins' retrieves the
 
6423
zeros before the 1's that represent the current and following 1's.
 
6424
 
 
6425
\<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<<
 
6426
\def\ColMargins{\tmp:cnt|=\HCol\relax 
 
6427
   \expandafter\nosp:hbr\AllColMargins 1//}
 
6428
\def\nosp:hbr#11#2//{\ifnum \tmp:cnt>1 \advance\tmp:cnt by -1
 
6429
   \nosp:hbr#2//\else\nosp:gt#11#2//\fi}
 
6430
\def\nosp:gt#11#21#3//{%
 
6431
   \def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty 1\else 0\fi
 
6432
   \def\:temp{#2}\ifx \:temp\empty 1\else 0\fi}
 
6433
\Css{div.td00{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:0pt; }}
 
6434
\Css{div.td01{ margin-left:0pt; margin-right:5pt; }}
 
6435
\Css{div.td10{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:0pt; }}
 
6436
\Css{div.td11{ margin-left:5pt; margin-right:5pt; }}
 
6437
>>>
 
6438
 
 
6439
 
 
6440
\<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<<
 
6441
\Configure{halignTB<>}{tabular}{\HCode{class="tabular"\Hnewline 
 
6442
   cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" \GROUPS\Hnewline
 
6443
   frame="\ifx \GROUPS\empty void\else border\fi" id="TBL-\TableNo-"
 
6444
   }<>\HAlign}
 
6445
\:CheckOption{pic-tabular}  \if:Option \else
 
6446
   \Configure{tabular}
 
6447
      {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \halignTB{tabular}\putVBorder }
 
6448
      {|<insert Clr|>\HCode{</table>}}
 
6449
      {\HCode{<tr \Hnewline}\halignTR 
 
6450
                            \HCode{ id="TBL-\TableNo-\HRow-">}}
 
6451
      {\r:HA}
 
6452
      {\HCode{<td \ifnum \HMultispan>1 colspan="\HMultispan"\fi}%
 
6453
         \halignTD \HCode{ id="TBL-\TableNo-\HRow-\HCol"
 
6454
         \Hnewline class="td}\NoFonts\ColMargins\EndNoFonts
 
6455
         \HCode{">}|<start array par box|>\PushStack\Table:Stck\TableNo}
 
6456
      {|<end array par box|>\PopStack\Table:Stck\TableNo \d:HA}
 
6457
\fi
 
6458
|<configuring @()|>
 
6459
\Css{td.td00{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:0pt; }}
 
6460
\Css{td.td01{ padding-left:0pt; padding-right:5pt; }}
 
6461
\Css{td.td10{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:0pt; }}
 
6462
\Css{td.td11{ padding-left:5pt; padding-right:5pt; }}
 
6463
>>>
 
6464
 
 
6465
\<insert ClrNO\><<<
 
6466
\expandafter\tmp:toks\expandafter{\Clr}%
 
6467
\HCode{<!--"\the\tmp:toks"-->}%
 
6468
>>>
 
6469
 
 
6470
The quotes above hide \verb+>+ from IE within the comment. Otherwise, the
 
6471
browser inappropriately get confused.
 
6472
 
 
6473
On the other hand, the above doesn't work, for instance on
 
6474
`\verb+|r||r@{--}l|p{1.25in}|+' due to the extra \verb+--+.
 
6475
 
 
6476
 
 
6477
\subsection{The option @()}
 
6478
 
 
6479
 
 
6480
\<configuring @()\><<<
 
6481
\Configure{@{}}{}
 
6482
>>>
 
6483
 
 
6484
 
 
6485
\<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<<
 
6486
\Configure{halignTB<>}{array}{\HCode{class="array"\Hnewline
 
6487
   cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" \GROUPS\Hnewline
 
6488
   frame="\ifx \GROUPS\empty void\else border\fi"
 
6489
   }<>\HAlign}
 
6490
\:CheckOption{pic-array}  \if:Option \else
 
6491
   \Configure{array}
 
6492
      {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\halignTB{array}\putVBorder}
 
6493
      {|<insert Clr|>\HCode{</table>}}
 
6494
      {\R:HA}
 
6495
      {\r:HA}
 
6496
      {\D:HA\HCode{<div class="td}\NoFonts\ColMargins\EndNoFonts
 
6497
            \HCode{">}|<start array par box|>\pic:env}
 
6498
      {|<end array par box|>\HCode{</div>}\d:HA}
 
6499
   \Configure{arrayparbox}{\ShowPar}
 
6500
\fi
 
6501
>>>
 
6502
 
 
6503
\verb|\par| is empty if not in par box.
 
6504
 
 
6505
\<start array par box\><<<
 
6506
\par  \ShowPar
 
6507
>>>
 
6508
 
 
6509
\<end array par box\><<<
 
6510
\IgnorePar \EndP
 
6511
>>>
 
6512
 
 
6513
 
 
6514
We force border around the full table whenever a vertical line is
 
6515
requested, because it makes the tables better looking within the
 
6516
existing capabilities.
 
6517
 
 
6518
Currently, we either have empty \verb'\VBorder', or one defined to
 
6519
\verb'\def\VBorder{border="1"}'.
 
6520
 
 
6521
\<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<<
 
6522
  \let\VBorder|=\empty   \let\AllColMargins|=\empty
 
6523
  \Configure{VBorder}
 
6524
     {\let\VBorder|=\empty \let\AllColMargins|=\empty
 
6525
      \global\let\GROUPS|=\empty \HAssign\NewGroup = 0 
 
6526
      \gHAdvance\Next:TableNo by 1 \global\let\TableNo=\Next:TableNo }
 
6527
     {\xdef\VBorder{\VBorder\ifnum \NewGroup> 0 </colgroup>\fi}
 
6528
      \HAssign\NewGroup = 0  \gdef\GROUPS{rules="groups"}}
 
6529
     {\Advance:\NewGroup by 1 
 
6530
      \ifnum \NewGroup=1 \xdef\VBorder{\VBorder<colgroup 
 
6531
          id="TBL-\TableNo-\ar:cnt g">}\fi      
 
6532
      \xdef\VBorder{\VBorder<col\Hnewline id="TBL-\TableNo
 
6533
         -\ar:cnt"\xml:empty>}\xdef\AllColMargins{\AllColMargins1}}
 
6534
     {\xdef\AllColMargins{\AllColMargins 0}}
 
6535
  \Configure{HBorder}
 
6536
     {<tr\Hnewline class="hline">} {<td><hr\xml:empty></td>}   {</tr>}
 
6537
     {<tr\Hnewline class="cline">}
 
6538
     {<td></td>} {<td><hr\xml:empty></td>} {</tr>}
 
6539
     {<tr\Hnewline class="vspace" style="font-size:\HBorderspace">} 
 
6540
         {<td\Hnewline>\string&nbsp;</td>} {</tr>}
 
6541
\Configure{putHBorder}{\HCode{\HBorder}}
 
6542
\HAssign\Next:TableNo|=0 \global\let\TableNo=\Next:TableNo
 
6543
\Css{.hline hr, .cline hr{  height : 1px; margin:0px; }}
 
6544
>>>
 
6545
 
 
6546
When \verb'\putVBorder' is call  in \verb'\VBorder' 
 
6547
we have a sequence of the form
 
6548
\verb'<COLGROUP><COL ...">...</COLGROUP>...' with the last 
 
6549
tag possibly missing.
 
6550
 
 
6551
\<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t\><<<
 
6552
\def\putVBorder{\expandafter\put:VBorder\VBorder</>|<par del|>}
 
6553
\def\put:VBorder#1</#2>#3|<par del|>{\def\:temp{#2}\ifx\:temp\empty
 
6554
     \HCode{\VBorder}%
 
6555
     \def\:temp{#1}\ifx\:temp\empty \else\HCode{</colgroup>}\fi
 
6556
  \else  \def\:temp{\put:VBorder#3|<par del|>}\expandafter\:temp\fi
 
6557
}
 
6558
>>>
 
6559
 
 
6560
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
6561
\:CheckOption{pic-tabbing}  \if:Option
 
6562
    \ConfigureEnv{tabbing}{\Picture*{}}{\EndPicture}{}{}
 
6563
\else 
 
6564
    |<TABLE tabbing Config 4.0t|>   
 
6565
    \:CheckOption{pic-tabbing'} \if:Option
 
6566
        |<PICT dot tabbing|>
 
6567
    \fi 
 
6568
\fi
 
6569
>>>
 
6570
 
 
6571
\<TABLE tabbing Config 4.0t\><<<
 
6572
\Configure{tabbing}[1.5]{%
 
6573
    \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht=<table 
 
6574
     \Hnewline\:zbsp{tabbing}><tr \Hnewline valign="baseline"
 
6575
     class="tabbing">}}
 
6576
   {\ht:special{t4ht=</tr></table>}\ShowPar \csname par\endcsname
 
6577
    |<global HtmlPar|>%
 
6578
   }
 
6579
   {\ht:special{t4ht=<td \ifx \TabWidth\empty \else
 
6580
                width="\TabWidth"\fi \Hnewline 
 
6581
                class="tabbing\ifx \`\TabType -right\fi">}}
 
6582
   {\ht:special{t4ht=</td>}}
 
6583
\ConfigureEnv{tabbing}{\IgnorePar\EndP}{}{}{}     
 
6584
\Css{.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}}
 
6585
>>>   
 
6586
 
 
6587
 
 
6588
 
 
6589
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% to be placed %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6590
\subsection{to be placed}
 
6591
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
6592
 
 
6593
 
 
6594
 
 
6595
\<4 latex\><<<
 
6596
\Configure{underline}
 
6597
   {\HCode{<span class="underline">}\:gobble}
 
6598
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
6599
\Css{.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }}
 
6600
\Css{.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; 
 
6601
                     margin-bottom:1pt; }}
 
6602
>>>
 
6603
 
 
6604
\<4 plain\><<<
 
6605
\Configure{underline}
 
6606
   {\HCode{<span class="underline">}\hbox\bgroup \:gobble}
 
6607
   {\egroup \HCode{</span>}}
 
6608
\Css{.underline{ text-decoration:underline; }}
 
6609
\Css{.underline img{ border-bottom: 1px solid black; 
 
6610
                     margin-bottom:1pt; }}
 
6611
>>>
 
6612
 
 
6613
 
 
6614
 
 
6615
\<4 plain,latex\><<<
 
6616
\Configure{overline}
 
6617
   {\HCode{<span class="overline">}}
 
6618
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
6619
\Css{.overline{ text-decoration:overline; }}
 
6620
\Css{.overline img{ border-top: 1px solid black;  }}
 
6621
>>>
 
6622
 
 
6623
\<0,32,4 plain,latex\><<<
 
6624
\Configure{ }{\:nbsp}
 
6625
>>>
 
6626
 
 
6627
 
 
6628
 
 
6629
 
 
6630
 
 
6631
 
 
6632
\<0,32,4 latex\><<<
 
6633
\:CheckOption{pic-framebox} \if:Option
 
6634
  \Configure{framebox}
 
6635
    {\Picture+[]{ \a:@Picture{framebox}}} {\EndPicture}
 
6636
\else
 
6637
  \Log:Note{for bitmap framebox'es, use
 
6638
          the command line option `pic-framebox'}
 
6639
  \Configure{framebox}
 
6640
     {\HCode{<span class="framebox-\frameboxAlign"\Hnewline
 
6641
                   style="width:\frameboxWidth;">}}
 
6642
     {\HCode{</span>}}
 
6643
  |<shared framebox style|>
 
6644
\fi
 
6645
>>>
 
6646
 
 
6647
%       \bgroup
 
6648
%      \fboxrule=0pt \fboxsep=0pt
 
6649
%   \HAssign\frameboxN=0
 
6650
%       \gHAdvance\frameboxN by 1
 
6651
%  id="framebox-\frameboxN"
 
6652
 
 
6653
 
 
6654
\<shared framebox style\><<<
 
6655
\Css{.framebox-c, .framebox-l, .framebox-r {  
 
6656
  padding-left:\the\fboxsep;
 
6657
  padding-right:\the\fboxsep;
 
6658
  text-indent:0pt;
 
6659
  border:solid black \the\fboxrule;
 
6660
}}
 
6661
\Css{.framebox-c {text-align:center;}}
 
6662
\Css{.framebox-l {text-align:left;}}
 
6663
\Css{.framebox-r {text-align:right;}}
 
6664
>>>
 
6665
 
 
6666
\<32,4 latex\><<<
 
6667
\:CheckOption{pic-fbox} \if:Option
 
6668
  \Configure{fbox}
 
6669
    {\leavevmode\Picture+[]{ \a:@Picture{fbox}}} {\EndPicture}
 
6670
\else
 
6671
  \Log:Note{for bitmap fbox'es, use
 
6672
          the command line option `pic-fbox'}
 
6673
  \Configure{fbox}
 
6674
     {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP 
 
6675
               \HCode{<div class="fbox">}%
 
6676
               \def\end:bx{\HCode{</div>}\par}%
 
6677
      \else
 
6678
               \HCode{<span class="fbox">}%
 
6679
               \def\end:bx{\HCode{</span>}}%
 
6680
      \fi}
 
6681
     {\end:bx}
 
6682
  \Css{.fbox {padding-left:\the\fboxsep;
 
6683
                  padding-right:\the\fboxsep;
 
6684
                  text-indent:0pt;
 
6685
                  border:solid black \the\fboxrule;
 
6686
      }}
 
6687
   \Css{div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both;
 
6688
                             padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt;
 
6689
                             text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }}
 
6690
\fi
 
6691
>>>
 
6692
 
 
6693
 
 
6694
 
 
6695
 
 
6696
\<0,32,4 latex\><<<
 
6697
\Configure{InsertTitle}{\let\label|=\lb:l
 
6698
   \let\ref|=\o:ref \Configure{ref}{}{}{}}
 
6699
\Configure{AfterTitle}{\let\index|=\:index
 
6700
       \let\ref|=\:ref  \let\label|=\lb:l }
 
6701
\Configure{NoSection}
 
6702
  {\let\sv:index|=\index \let\sv:label|=\label 
 
6703
   \let\sv:newline|=\newline \def\newline{ }%
 
6704
   \let\sv:setfontsize|=\@setfontsize  \let\@setfontsize|=\:gobbleIII
 
6705
   \let\index|=\@gobble  \let\label|=\@gobble  
 
6706
   |<nolink ref|>%
 
6707
  }
 
6708
  {\let\index|=\sv:index \let\label|=\sv:label 
 
6709
   |<restore ref|>%
 
6710
   \let\newline|=\sv:newline    \let\@setfontsize|=\sv:setfontsize 
 
6711
  }
 
6712
>>>
 
6713
 
 
6714
\<nolink ref\><<<
 
6715
\let\sva:rEfLiNK|=\a:rEfLiNK
 
6716
\let\svb:rEfLiNK|=\b:rEfLiNK
 
6717
\let\svc:rEfLiNK|=\c:rEfLiNK  
 
6718
\expandafter\let\expandafter\svC:rEfLiNK\c:rEfLiNK
 
6719
\Configure{ref}{}{}{}%  \let\sv:ref|=\ref  \let\ref|=\@gobble
 
6720
>>>
 
6721
 
 
6722
\<restore ref\><<<
 
6723
\let\a:rEfLiNK|=\sva:rEfLiNK
 
6724
\let\b:rEfLiNK|=\svb:rEfLiNK
 
6725
\let\c:rEfLiNK|=\svc:rEfLiNK
 
6726
\expandafter\let\c:rEfLiNK\svC:rEfLiNK  %  \let\ref\sv:ref  
 
6727
>>>
 
6728
 
 
6729
\<0,32,4 latex\><<<
 
6730
\Configure{oalign}{\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{oalign}}}{\EndPicture}
 
6731
\Configure{TocLink}
 
6732
  {\Link{#2}{#3}{\Configure{ref}{}{}{}%
 
6733
      |<cite in TocLink|>#4}\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndLink}
 
6734
>>>
 
6735
 
 
6736
 
 
6737
\<configure html4-math latex\><<<
 
6738
\Configure{stackrel}{\Picture+{ class="stackrel"}\mathrel}
 
6739
                    {\limits ^}{\EndPicture}
 
6740
>>>
 
6741
 
 
6742
 
 
6743
\<0,32,4 latex\><<<
 
6744
\Configure{picture}
 
6745
    {\Picture+[PICT]{}}
 
6746
    {\EndPicture}
 
6747
>>>
 
6748
 
 
6749
 
 
6750
\<32,4 latex\><<<
 
6751
\ConfigureEnv{minipage}
 
6752
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<table class="minipage"><tr><td>}}
 
6753
   {\EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}
 
6754
   {}{}
 
6755
\Css{table.minipage{width:100\%;}} 
 
6756
>>>
 
6757
 
 
6758
Tried the following for minipage
 
6759
\begin{verbatim}
 
6760
\ConfigureEnv{minipage}
 
6761
    {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="minipage">}}
 
6762
    {\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
6763
   {\IgnoreIndent\HtmlEnv}{}
 
6764
\end{verbatim}
 
6765
but was not able to find an appropriate css code for centered pages
 
6766
\begin{verbatim}
 
6767
Es ist ganz einfach:
 
6768
 
 
6769
\begin{center}
 
6770
  \raisebox{0cm}{\begin{minipage}{10cm}\sc Jesus Christus\\
 
6771
erbarme dich meiner!\end{minipage}}
 
6772
\end{center}
 
6773
 
 
6774
Varianten sind:
 
6775
\end{verbatim}
 
6776
 
 
6777
 
 
6778
 
 
6779
 
 
6780
\<latex shared section config\><<<
 
6781
\Configure{endsection}
 
6782
     {likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
6783
\Configure{endlikesection}
 
6784
     {section,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
6785
>>>
 
6786
 
 
6787
\<latex shared subsection config\><<<
 
6788
\Configure{endsubsection}
 
6789
   {likesubsection,section,likesection,chapter,%
 
6790
      likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
6791
\Configure{endlikesubsection}
 
6792
   {subsection,section,likesection,chapter,%
 
6793
      likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
6794
>>>
 
6795
 
 
6796
\<latex shared subsubsection config\><<<
 
6797
\Configure{endsubsubsection}
 
6798
   {likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
6799
      likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
6800
\Configure{endlikesubsubsection}
 
6801
   {subsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
6802
      likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
6803
>>>
 
6804
 
 
6805
 
 
6806
 
 
6807
 
 
6808
\<latex shared div config\><<<
 
6809
\Configure{endlikeparagraph}
 
6810
   {paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,%
 
6811
    likesubsection,section,%
 
6812
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
6813
\Configure{endsubparagraph}
 
6814
   {likesubparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
6815
    subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
6816
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
6817
\Configure{endlikesubparagraph}
 
6818
   {subparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
6819
    subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
6820
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
6821
>>>
 
6822
 
 
6823
\<latex shared paragraph config\><<<
 
6824
\Configure{endparagraph}
 
6825
   {likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,%
 
6826
    likesubsection,section,%
 
6827
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
6828
>>>
 
6829
 
 
6830
 
 
6831
 
 
6832
\<latex shared part config\><<<
 
6833
\Configure{endpart}{likepart}
 
6834
\Configure{endlikepart}{endpart}
 
6835
>>>
 
6836
 
 
6837
 
 
6838
\<latex shared part config\><<<
 
6839
\Configure{part}{}{}
 
6840
   {\IgnorePar \EndP\HCode{<h1 class="partHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
6841
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\partname \ \thepart
 
6842
       \HCode{<br\xml:empty></span>}}
 
6843
   {\HCode{</h1>}\IgnoreIndent\par}
 
6844
\Configure{likepart}{}{}
 
6845
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h1 class="likepartHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
6846
   {\HCode{</h1>}\IgnoreIndent\par}
 
6847
\Configure{partTITLE+}{\thepart\space #1}
 
6848
\Configure{likepartTITLE+}{#1}
 
6849
\Css{h1.partHead{text-align: center}}
 
6850
>>>
 
6851
 
 
6852
 
 
6853
 
 
6854
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
6855
\ifx\bf\:UnDef 
 
6856
   \def\bf{\normalfont\bfseries}
 
6857
\fi
 
6858
>>>
 
6859
Earlier we had 
 
6860
\verb'\:CheckOption{no-halign} \if:Option \else |<pic array|> \fi', 
 
6861
and the same for pic tabular. Why?
 
6862
 
 
6863
 
 
6864
 
 
6865
\<4 plain,latex\><<<
 
6866
\Configure{displaylines}
 
6867
   {\IgnorePar \EndP
 
6868
     \HCode{<table \Hnewline border="0" width="100\%"
 
6869
         class="displaylines">}\IgnorePar}
 
6870
   {\HCode{</table>}}
 
6871
   {\HCode{<tr class="displaylines"><td \Hnewline
 
6872
       valign="baseline" class="displaylines" 
 
6873
       >}}{\HCode{</td></tr>}}
 
6874
\Css{td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}}
 
6875
>>>
 
6876
 
 
6877
\<picmath plain,latex\><<<
 
6878
\let\A:displaylines|=\a:displaylines
 
6879
\let\B:displaylines|=\b:displaylines
 
6880
\let\C:displaylines|=\c:displaylines
 
6881
\let\D:displaylines|=\d:displaylines
 
6882
\Configure{displaylines}
 
6883
   {\ifmmode
 
6884
       \def\A:displaylines{\Picture*{}}%
 
6885
       \def\B:displaylines{\EndPicture}%  
 
6886
    \fi 
 
6887
    \A:displaylines} 
 
6888
   {\B:displaylines} {\C:displaylines}{\D:displaylines}
 
6889
>>>
 
6890
 
 
6891
 
 
6892
\<show input line no\><<<
 
6893
<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->%
 
6894
>>>
 
6895
 
 
6896
 
 
6897
 
 
6898
 
 
6899
 
 
6900
 
 
6901
 
 
6902
 
 
6903
 
 
6904
 
 
6905
 
 
6906
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
6907
|</TeX for 4.0t|>
 
6908
\def\:temp{\HCode{<span class="LATEX">}L\HCode{<span
 
6909
   class="A">}A\HCode{</span>}\TeX\HCode{</span>}}
 
6910
\HLet\LaTeX|=\:temp
 
6911
\def\:temp{\mbox{%
 
6912
  \if b\expandafter\@car\f@series\@nil\boldmath\fi
 
6913
  \LaTeX2$_{\textstyle\varepsilon}$}}
 
6914
\expandafter\HLet\csname LaTeXe\endcsname|=\:temp
 
6915
\Css{span.LATEX span.A{ position:relative; top:-0.5ex;
 
6916
   left:-0.4em; font-size:85\%;}}
 
6917
\Css{span.LATEX span.TEX{ position:relative; left: -0.4em; }}
 
6918
\Configure{@TITLE}{\def\LaTeX{LaTeX}\let\fontencoding|=\:gobble
 
6919
  \let\fontfamily|=\:gobble \let\fontseries|=\:gobble
 
6920
  \let\fontshape|=\:gobble  \let\usefont|=\:gobbleIV  }
 
6921
>>>
 
6922
 
 
6923
 
 
6924
 
 
6925
 
 
6926
 
 
6927
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
6928
\Configure{newline}{\HCode{<br class="newline"\xml:empty>}}
 
6929
>>>
 
6930
 
 
6931
 
 
6932
 
 
6933
 
 
6934
\<configure html4 supertabular\><<<
 
6935
\Configure{SpBorder}
 
6936
   {<tr\Hnewline class="vspace"><!--\SpBorder-->}
 
6937
   {<td>\string&nbsp;</td>}
 
6938
   {</tr>}
 
6939
\ConfigureEnv{supertabular}
 
6940
   {\par \IgnorePar \EndP \HCode{<div class="supertabular">}}
 
6941
   {\HCode{</div>}\par}
 
6942
   {} {}
 
6943
\Css{.supertabular {text-align:center}}
 
6944
>>>
 
6945
 
 
6946
\<configure html4 longtable\><<<
 
6947
\:CheckOption{old-longtable}\if:Option 
 
6948
  |<config old longtable|>
 
6949
\else
 
6950
  |<config new longtable|>
 
6951
\fi
 
6952
>>>
 
6953
 
 
6954
 
 
6955
\<config new longtable\><<<   
 
6956
\Configure{halignTB<>}{longtable}{\HCode{class="longtable"\Hnewline 
 
6957
   cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" \GROUPS\Hnewline
 
6958
   frame="\ifx \GROUPS\empty void\else border\fi"
 
6959
   }<>\HAlign}
 
6960
\Configure{longtable}
 
6961
   {\IgnorePar\EndP
 
6962
     \HCode{|<show input line no|><div class="longtable">}%
 
6963
    \halignTB{longtable}\putVBorder }
 
6964
   {|<insert Clr|>\HCode{</table></div>}}
 
6965
   {\HCode{<tr \Hnewline}\halignTR\HCode{ id="TBL-\TableNo-\HRow-">}}
 
6966
   {\r:HA}
 
6967
   {\HCode{<td \ifnum \HMultispan>1 colspan="\HMultispan"\fi}%
 
6968
    \halignTD \HCode{ id="TBL-\TableNo-\HRow-\HCol"
 
6969
    \Hnewline class="td}\NoFonts\ColMargins\EndNoFonts
 
6970
    \HCode{">}|<start array par box|>\PushStack\Table:Stck\TableNo}
 
6971
   {\PopStack\Table:Stck\TableNo |<end array par box|>\d:HA}
 
6972
\Css{div.longtable{text-align:center;}}
 
6973
\Configure{longtableparbox}{\IgnorePar\leavevmode\ShowPar\par}
 
6974
>>>
 
6975
 
 
6976
 
 
6977
\<config old longtable\><<<
 
6978
\let\a:longtable=\a:tabular
 
6979
\let\b:longtable=\b:tabular
 
6980
\let\c:longtable=\c:tabular
 
6981
\let\d:longtable=\d:tabular
 
6982
\let\e:longtable=\e:tabular
 
6983
\let\f:longtable=\f:tabular
 
6984
>>>
 
6985
 
 
6986
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
6987
\Configure{float}
 
6988
   {\ifOption{refcaption}{}{\csname par\endcsname\ShowPar \leavevmode}}
 
6989
   {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<hr class="float"\xml:empty><div
 
6990
     class="float"\Hnewline><table
 
6991
     class="float"><tr  class="float"><td class="float"\Hnewline
 
6992
        >}}
 
6993
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi\EndP
 
6994
    \HCode{</td></tr></table></div><hr
 
6995
        class="endfloat" />}\csname par\endcsname\ShowPar}
 
6996
\ConfigureEnv{figure}
 
6997
   {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<hr class="figure"\xml:empty><div
 
6998
     class="figure"\Hnewline><table
 
6999
     class="figure"><tr  class="figure"><td class="figure"\Hnewline>}%
 
7000
    \bgroup \Configure{float}{\ShowPar}{}{}%    
 
7001
   }
 
7002
   {\egroup
 
7003
    \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{</td></tr></table></div><hr
 
7004
       class="endfigure"\xml:empty>}|<try env inline par|>\par}
 
7005
   {}{}
 
7006
\Css{div.float img,  div.float  .caption {text-align:center;}}
 
7007
\Css{div.figure img, div.figure .caption {text-align:center;}}
 
7008
>>>
 
7009
The \verb'<TABLE>' is needed as a grouping mechanism for \verb'<CENTER>'.
 
7010
 
 
7011
 
 
7012
 
 
7013
 
 
7014
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7015
\section{Plain}
 
7016
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7017
 
 
7018
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7019
\subsection{General}
 
7020
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7021
 
 
7022
\<configure html4 plain\><<<
 
7023
|<4 plain,latex|>
 
7024
|<0,32,4 plain|>
 
7025
|<0,32,4 plain,latex|>
 
7026
|<32,4 plain,latex|>
 
7027
|<32,4 plain|>
 
7028
|<4 plain|>
 
7029
|<plain items|>             |%keep last in html mode?|%
 
7030
>>>
 
7031
 
 
7032
 
 
7033
\<4 plain\><<<
 
7034
\def\plain:indent{\ShowIndent \global\let\plain:indent\empty}
 
7035
\Configure{@BODY}{\plain:indent}
 
7036
>>>
 
7037
 
 
7038
 
 
7039
 
 
7040
\<plain items\><<<
 
7041
\Configure{item} 
 
7042
   {}{} 
 
7043
   {\par\Configure{items}{\item:class}\HCode{<span class="item">}} 
 
7044
   {\HCode{</span>}\Configure{items}{}} 
 
7045
\Configure{itemitem} 
 
7046
   {}{} 
 
7047
   {\par\Configure{items}{\itemitem:class}\HCode{<span class="itemitem">}} 
 
7048
   {\HCode{</span>}\Configure{items}{}} 
 
7049
\Css{p.item {text-indent:-2em; margin-left:2em;}} 
 
7050
\Css{p.itemitem {text-indent:-2em; margin-left:4em;}} 
 
7051
\Css{span.item, span.itemitem {width:2em; margin-right:0.4em;}}
 
7052
\Configure{!P}{\a:items} 
 
7053
\NewConfigure{items}{1} 
 
7054
\Configure{items}{} 
 
7055
\def\item:class#1class#2"#3"{#1class="item"} 
 
7056
\def\itemitem:class#1class#2"#3"{#1class="itemitem"} 
 
7057
>>>
 
7058
 
 
7059
 
 
7060
 
 
7061
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7062
\subsection{Math}
 
7063
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7064
 
 
7065
\<configure html4 plain\><<<
 
7066
|<TABLE eqalign shared Configure 4.0t|>
 
7067
>>>
 
7068
\<TABLE eqalign shared Configure 4.0t\><<<
 
7069
\Configure{eqalign}
 
7070
   {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode
 
7071
      {<div class="eqalign"><table class="eqalign">}}
 
7072
   {\HCode{</table></div>}}
 
7073
   {\HCode{<tr \Hnewline class="eqalign"
 
7074
         valign="middle">}}{\IgnorePar\HCode{</tr>}}
 
7075
   {\HCode{<td align="\ifnum \HCol=2
 
7076
         left\else right\fi"\Hnewline  class="eqalign\HCol" 
 
7077
         style="white-space:nowrap;">}}
 
7078
   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
7079
\def\:eqalign:{\Configure{noalign}
 
7080
  {\HCode{<tr><td class="noalign" colspan="2">}}%
 
7081
  {\HCode{</td></tr>}}}
 
7082
\Css{td.eqalign3 { text-align:right; margin-left:10em;}}
 
7083
\Css{.eqalign td { white-space: nowrap; }}
 
7084
\Css{div.eqalign {text-align:center;}}
 
7085
>>>
 
7086
 
 
7087
 
 
7088
 
 
7089
 
 
7090
 
 
7091
\<TABLE eqalign shared Configure 4.0t\><<<
 
7092
\Configure{eqalignno}
 
7093
   {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<table class="eqalignno">}}
 
7094
   {\HCode{</table>}}
 
7095
   {\HCode{<tr\Hnewline class="eqalignno">}}{\IgnorePar\HCode{</tr>}}
 
7096
   {\HCode{\ifnum \HCol=3 <td\Hnewline width="10"
 
7097
           class="eqalignno-sp"></td>\fi
 
7098
           <td align="\ifnum \HCol=2 left\else right\fi"\Hnewline
 
7099
           class="eqalignno\HCol">}}
 
7100
   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
7101
\def\:eqalignno:{\Configure{noalign}
 
7102
  {\HCode{<tr><td class="noalign" colspan="2">}}%
 
7103
  {\HCode{</td></tr>}}}
 
7104
\Css{td.eqalignno3, td.leqalignno3
 
7105
       { text-align:right; margin-left:10em;}}
 
7106
\Css{.leqalignno td, .eqalignno td
 
7107
       { white-space: nowrap; }}
 
7108
\Css{.leqalignno td.noalign, .eqalignno td.noalign
 
7109
       { width:5\%; white-space: normal; }}
 
7110
\Css{table.leqalignno, table.eqalignno {width:100\%;}}
 
7111
>>>
 
7112
 
 
7113
\<TABLE eqalign shared Configure 4.0t\><<<
 
7114
\Configure{leqalignno}
 
7115
   {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<table class="leqalignno">}}
 
7116
   {\HCode{</table>}}
 
7117
   {\HCode{<tr \Hnewline 
 
7118
           class="leqalignno">}}{\IgnorePar\HCode{</tr>}}
 
7119
   {\HCode{\ifnum \HCol=3 <td\Hnewline width="30"
 
7120
           class="eqalignno-sp"></td>\fi
 
7121
           <td align="\ifnum \HCol=2 left\else right\fi"\Hnewline
 
7122
           class="leqalignno\HCol">}}
 
7123
   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
7124
\def\:leqalignno:{\Configure{noalign}
 
7125
  {\HCode{<tr><td class="noalign" colspan="2">}}%
 
7126
  {\HCode{</td></tr>}}}
 
7127
>>>
 
7128
 
 
7129
 
 
7130
 
 
7131
 
 
7132
\<shared plain/latex pmatrix 4.0t\><<<
 
7133
\Configure{pmatrix}
 
7134
  {\ifvmode
 
7135
      \def\end:pmatrix{\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}\end:TTT}%
 
7136
      \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode
 
7137
        {<\tbl:XV{pmatrix}><tr><td><div class="pmatrix"\Hnewline>}%
 
7138
   \else \HCode{<span class="pmatrix">}%
 
7139
      \def \end:pmatrix{\HCode{</span>}}%
 
7140
   \fi}
 
7141
  {\end:pmatrix}
 
7142
\Css{span.pmatrix img{vertical-align:middle;}}
 
7143
\Css{div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}}
 
7144
>>>
 
7145
 
 
7146
 
 
7147
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7148
\subsection{Environments}
 
7149
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7150
 
 
7151
\<4 plain\><<<
 
7152
\Configure{settabs}[1.5]{\IgnorePar\EndP\leavevmode
 
7153
     \ht:special{t4ht=<table 
 
7154
     \Hnewline\:zbsp{settabs}><tr \Hnewline valign="baseline"
 
7155
     class="settabs">}}
 
7156
   {\ht:special{t4ht=</tr></table>}}
 
7157
   {\ht:special{t4ht=<td \ifx \TabWidth\empty \else
 
7158
                width="\TabWidth"\fi \Hnewline class="settabs">}}
 
7159
   {\ht:special{t4ht=</td>}}
 
7160
>>>   
 
7161
 
 
7162
\<4 plain\><<<
 
7163
\Configure{narrower}{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi  \EndP%
 
7164
   \HCode{<table cellpadding="15" class="narrower"><tr
 
7165
      class="narrower"><td class="narrower">}\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi}
 
7166
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
7167
    \HCode{</td></tr></table>}\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi}
 
7168
>>>
 
7169
 
 
7170
 
 
7171
 
 
7172
\<0,32,4 plain\><<<
 
7173
\Configure{settabs}[1.5]{}{}{}{}{}
 
7174
\Configure{line}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
7175
>>>
 
7176
 
 
7177
\<4 plain\><<<
 
7178
\Configure{proclaim}
 
7179
    {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="proclaim"><span class="proclaim">}}
 
7180
    {\HCode{</span>}}    {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
7181
\Css{div.proclaim { margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; }}
 
7182
>>>
 
7183
 
 
7184
\<4 plain\><<<
 
7185
\Configure{beginsection}
 
7186
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
7187
   \HCode{<div class="beginsection">}}
 
7188
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
7189
  {\HCode{<h3 class="beginsection">}} 
 
7190
  {\HCode{</h3>}\par\ShowPar}
 
7191
\ConfigureToc{beginsection} 
 
7192
     {} {\relax}  {}  { }
 
7193
>>>
 
7194
 
 
7195
% \Css{div.beginsection { margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; }}
 
7196
 
 
7197
 
 
7198
 
 
7199
 
 
7200
\<4 plain\><<<
 
7201
\Configure{TableOfContents}
 
7202
   {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="TableOfContents">}}{}
 
7203
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP
 
7204
    \HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}
 
7205
>>>
 
7206
 
 
7207
\<4 plain\><<<
 
7208
\Configure{insert}
 
7209
  {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr class="insert"\xml:empty>}\IgnorePar}
 
7210
  {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr class="endinsert"\xml:empty>}\IgnorePar}
 
7211
>>>
 
7212
 
 
7213
\<pic plain/latex math 4.0t\><<<
 
7214
\NewConfigure{@root}{1}
 
7215
\Configure{@root}{align="middle" }
 
7216
>>>
 
7217
 
 
7218
\<html4-math plain,fontmath\><<<
 
7219
\Configure{big}{\HCode{<span class="big">}}{\HCode{</span>}}{}{}
 
7220
\Configure{Big}{\HCode{<span class="bbig">}}{\HCode{</span>}}{}{}
 
7221
\Configure{bigg}{\HCode{<span class="bigg">}}{\HCode{</span>}}{}{}
 
7222
\Configure{Bigg}{\HCode{<span class="bbigg">}}{\HCode{</span>}}{}{}
 
7223
>>>
 
7224
 
 
7225
\<pic plain math 4.0t\><<<
 
7226
\Configure{@underbrace}{align="middle"}
 
7227
>>>
 
7228
 
 
7229
\<4 plain,latex\><<<
 
7230
\def\:zbsp#1{cellpadding="0" border="0" cellspacing="0"\Hnewline
 
7231
   class="#1"}
 
7232
>>>
 
7233
 
 
7234
\<4 plain,latex\><<<
 
7235
\Configure{centerline}{\ifvmode \IgnorePar
 
7236
     \fi \EndP\HCode{<div \Hnewline 
 
7237
      class="centerline">}}{\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
7238
\Configure{leftline}{\ifvmode \IgnorePar
 
7239
     \fi \EndP \HCode{<p\Hnewline  class="leftline">}}
 
7240
   {\HCode{</p>}\ShowPar} 
 
7241
\Configure{rightline}
 
7242
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<p class="rightline">}}
 
7243
   {\HCode{</p>}\ShowPar}
 
7244
\Css{.centerline {text-align:center;}}
 
7245
\Css{.rightline {text-align:right;}}
 
7246
>>>
 
7247
 
 
7248
\<4 plain,latex\><<<
 
7249
\def\tbl:XV#1{table width="100\%"\Hnewline class="#1"}
 
7250
>>>
 
7251
 
 
7252
 
 
7253
The \verb'100%' is to allow centering of stuff on the page.
 
7254
The table is a grouping mechanism to protect internal stuff
 
7255
from external centering operations.
 
7256
 
 
7257
 
 
7258
The \verb'special{t4ht=' is superior to \verb'\HCode{' because it can
 
7259
prevent \verb'<p>'s from entering before \verb'<NOBR>'.
 
7260
 
 
7261
 
 
7262
The hbox is for avoiding the start of a new paragraph, if in vmode.
 
7263
 
 
7264
 
 
7265
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7266
\section{Latex Math}
 
7267
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7268
 
 
7269
\<configure html4-math latex\><<<
 
7270
|<picmath plain,latex|>
 
7271
|<picmath latex|>
 
7272
|<32,4 picmath latex|>
 
7273
|<shared plain/latex pmatrix 4.0t|>
 
7274
>>>
 
7275
 
 
7276
 
 
7277
 
 
7278
 
 
7279
 
 
7280
\<picmath plain,latex\><<<
 
7281
|<pic plain/latex math 3.2|> 
 
7282
\def\A:root#1\b:root#2\c:root{\o:root:#1\of{#2}\c:root}
 
7283
\Configure{root}
 
7284
   {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{root}}\A:root}
 
7285
   {}
 
7286
   {\EndPicture}
 
7287
\Configure{mathpalette}
 
7288
    {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{mathpalette}}} {\EndPicture}
 
7289
>>>
 
7290
 
 
7291
\<\><<<
 
7292
\Configure{choose}{}{}
 
7293
>>>
 
7294
 
 
7295
 
 
7296
\<32,4 picmath latex\><<<
 
7297
\Configure{pmatrix} {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{}}} {\EndPicture}
 
7298
\Configure{bordermatrix} {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{}}} {\EndPicture}
 
7299
\Configure{frac}
 
7300
   {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{frac}}\bgroup}
 
7301
   {} {} 
 
7302
   {\egroup\EndPicture}
 
7303
>>>
 
7304
 
 
7305
 
 
7306
\<32,4 picmath latex\><<<
 
7307
\Configure{sqrtsign}
 
7308
   {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{sqrt}}}
 
7309
   {\EndPicture}
 
7310
\Configure{matrix}
 
7311
   {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{matrix}}}  {\EndPicture}
 
7312
   {}{}{}{}
 
7313
>>>
 
7314
 
 
7315
 
 
7316
\<picmath plain,latex\><<<
 
7317
% \Configure{L}                     {\pic:sym{L}}
 
7318
% \Configure{l}                     {\pic:sym{l}}
 
7319
\def\pic:sym#1{\Protect\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{#1}}\csname
 
7320
        o:#1:\endcsname\Protect\EndPicture}
 
7321
>>>
 
7322
 
 
7323
\<picmath plain,fontmath\><<<
 
7324
\Configure{Longrightarrow}        {\pic:sym{Longrightarrow}}
 
7325
\Configure{bowtie}                {\pic:sym{bowtie}}
 
7326
\Configure{cong}                  {\pic:sym{cong}}
 
7327
\Configure{ddots}                 {\pic:sym{ddots}}
 
7328
\Configure{doteq}                 {\pic:sym{doteq}}
 
7329
\Configure{hookleftarrow}         {\pic:sym{hookleftarrow}}
 
7330
\Configure{hookrightarrow}        {\pic:sym{hookrightarrow}}
 
7331
\Configure{longmapsto}            {\pic:sym{longmapsto}}
 
7332
\Configure{mapsto}                {\pic:sym{mapsto}}
 
7333
\Configure{models}                {\pic:sym{models}}
 
7334
\Configure{neq}                   {\pic:sym{neq}}
 
7335
\Configure{notin}                 {\pic:sym{notin}}
 
7336
\Configure{vdots}                 {\pic:sym{vdots}}
 
7337
\Configure{angle}                 {\pic:sym{angle}}
 
7338
\Configure{rightleftharpoons}     {\pic:sym{rightleftharpoons}}
 
7339
\Configure{leftrightharpoons}     {\pic:sym{leftrightharpoons}}
 
7340
>>>
 
7341
 
 
7342
\<picmath latex\><<<
 
7343
\Configure{mathellipsis}          {\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x2026;}x}
 
7344
>>>
 
7345
 
 
7346
 
 
7347
\<picmath plain\><<<
 
7348
\Configure{ldots}                 {\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x2026;}x}
 
7349
>>>
 
7350
 
 
7351
 
 
7352
\<configure html4-math fontmath\><<<
 
7353
\Configure{cdots}                 {\pic:sym{cdots}}
 
7354
\Css{img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;}}
 
7355
>>>
 
7356
 
 
7357
\<configure html4-math plain\><<<
 
7358
\Configure{cdots}                 {\pic:sym{cdots}}
 
7359
\Css{img.cdots{vertical-align:middle;}}
 
7360
>>>
 
7361
 
 
7362
 
 
7363
 
 
7364
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
7365
\Configure{@cdots}                {\pic:sym{@cdots}}
 
7366
\Configure{iint}                  {\pic:sym{iint}}
 
7367
\Configure{iiint}                 {\pic:sym{iiint}}
 
7368
\Configure{iiiint}                {\pic:sym{iiint}}
 
7369
\Configure{idotsint}              {\pic:sym{tsint}}
 
7370
\Configure{doteq}                 {\pic:sym{tsint}}
 
7371
>>>
 
7372
 
 
7373
% \Configure{overrightarrow} {\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
7374
% \Configure{overleftarrow} {\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
7375
 
 
7376
\<32,4 picmath: plain, fontmath, amsmath, amstex1\><<<
 
7377
\Configure{overbrace} {}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
7378
\Configure{underbrace} {}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
7379
>>>
 
7380
 
 
7381
 
 
7382
 
 
7383
 
 
7384
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7385
\section{Shared plain latex Math}
 
7386
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7387
 
 
7388
\<picmath plain,latex\><<<
 
7389
\Configure{pmatrix}
 
7390
  {\ifvmode
 
7391
      \def\end:pmatrix{\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}\end:TTT}%
 
7392
      \:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode
 
7393
        {<\tbl:XV{pmatrix}><tr><td><div class="pmatrix"\Hnewline>}%
 
7394
   \else \HCode{<span class="pmatrix">}%
 
7395
      \def \end:pmatrix{\HCode{</span>}}%
 
7396
   \fi}
 
7397
  {\end:pmatrix}
 
7398
\Css{div.pmatrix {text-align:center;}}
 
7399
>>>
 
7400
 
 
7401
 
 
7402
 
 
7403
 
 
7404
\<configure html4-math plain\><<<
 
7405
|<picmath plain,latex|>
 
7406
|<picmath plain,fontmath|>
 
7407
|<picmath plain|>
 
7408
|<pic plain/latex math 4.0t|>               
 
7409
|<32,4 picmath plain|>
 
7410
|<pic plain math 4.0t|>          
 
7411
|<html4-math plain,fontmath|>
 
7412
>>>
 
7413
 
 
7414
\<32,4 picmath plain\><<<
 
7415
\Configure{sqrt}
 
7416
   {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{sqrt}}}
 
7417
   {\EndPicture}
 
7418
|<32,4 picmath: plain, fontmath, amsmath, amstex1|>
 
7419
>>>
 
7420
 
 
7421
 
 
7422
 
 
7423
 
 
7424
 
 
7425
 
 
7426
 
 
7427
 
 
7428
 
 
7429
 
 
7430
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7431
\chapter{Classes}
 
7432
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7433
 
 
7434
 
 
7435
 
 
7436
 
 
7437
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7438
\section{article}
 
7439
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7440
 
 
7441
\<configure html4 article\><<<
 
7442
|<article,report,book options 1, 2, 3|>
 
7443
\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
7444
  |<toc article,report options 1|>
 
7445
\fi
 
7446
|<config book-report-article|>
 
7447
|<config report / article 4.0t|>
 
7448
>>>
 
7449
 
 
7450
 
 
7451
\<config report / article 4.0t\><<<
 
7452
\ConfigureEnv{abstract}
 
7453
   {\IgnorePar\EndP
 
7454
    \HCode{<\tbl:XV{abstract}><tr><td\Hnewline>}\par\ShowPar} 
 
7455
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}{}{}
 
7456
\Css{.abstract p {margin-left:5\%; margin-right:5\%;}}
 
7457
>>>
 
7458
 
 
7459
 
 
7460
 
 
7461
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7462
\section{report}
 
7463
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7464
 
 
7465
\<configure html4 report\><<<
 
7466
|<article,report,book options 1, 2, 3|>
 
7467
\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
7468
  |<toc article,report options 1|>
 
7469
\fi
 
7470
|<config book-report-article|>
 
7471
|<latex shared part config|>
 
7472
|<config book-report 4.0t|>
 
7473
|<config report / article 4.0t|>
 
7474
|<32,4 report,book|>
 
7475
|<32,4 report|>
 
7476
>>>
 
7477
 
 
7478
\<32,4 report\><<<
 
7479
\ConfigureMark{chapter}
 
7480
   {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\chaptername
 
7481
    \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}}
 
7482
\Configure{chapter}{}{}
 
7483
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
7484
     \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}}
 
7485
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\par}
 
7486
\Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1}
 
7487
\Configure{likechapterTITLE+}{#1}
 
7488
>>>
 
7489
 
 
7490
\<32,4 report,book\><<<
 
7491
\ConfigureMark{appendix}{\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}%
 
7492
   \appendixname \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}}
 
7493
\Configure{appendix}{}{}
 
7494
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="appendixHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
7495
     \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}}
 
7496
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
7497
\Configure{appendixTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1}
 
7498
\Configure{likechapter}{}{}
 
7499
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="likechapterHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
7500
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
7501
\Configure{likechapterTITLE+}{#1}
 
7502
>>>
 
7503
 
 
7504
\<32,4 report,book\><<<
 
7505
\Configure{endchapter}{likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
7506
\Configure{endlikechapter}{chapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
7507
\Configure{endappendix}{chapter,likechapter,part,likepart}
 
7508
>>>
 
7509
 
 
7510
 
 
7511
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7512
\section{book}
 
7513
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7514
 
 
7515
\<configure html4 book\><<<
 
7516
|<article,report,book options 1, 2, 3|>
 
7517
\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
7518
   |<toc book options 1|>
 
7519
\fi
 
7520
|<config book-report-article|>
 
7521
|<latex shared part config|>
 
7522
|<config book-report 4.0t|>
 
7523
|<32,4 report,book|>
 
7524
|<32,4 book|>
 
7525
>>>
 
7526
 
 
7527
\<32,4 book\><<<
 
7528
\ConfigureMark{chapter}
 
7529
   {\if@mainmatter 
 
7530
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\chaptername
 
7531
     \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
7532
\Configure{chapter}{}{}
 
7533
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
7534
    \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}}
 
7535
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
7536
\Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\if@mainmatter\thechapter\space\fi#1}
 
7537
\renewcommand\thechapter {\if@mainmatter\@arabic\c@chapter\fi}
 
7538
>>>
 
7539
 
 
7540
\<chapter toc css\><<<
 
7541
\Css{.chapterToc a, .chapterToc, .likechapterToc a, .likechapterToc,
 
7542
        .appendixToc a, .appendixToc
 
7543
        {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold;}}
 
7544
>>>
 
7545
 
 
7546
 
 
7547
\<part toc css\><<<
 
7548
\Css{.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc
 
7549
        {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110\%;}}
 
7550
>>>
 
7551
 
 
7552
 
 
7553
 
 
7554
 
 
7555
 
 
7556
 
 
7557
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7558
\section{letter}
 
7559
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7560
 
 
7561
 
 
7562
\<configure html4 letter\><<< 
 
7563
|<quote 4|>
 
7564
|<quotations|>
 
7565
|<description 4|>
 
7566
|<base font size|>
 
7567
\ConfigureEnv{verse}
 
7568
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg<div class="verse">}
 
7569
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg</div>}
 
7570
   {}{}
 
7571
\ConfigureList{verse}
 
7572
   {}{}
 
7573
   {\parindent=\z@}  {\par}
 
7574
\Css{.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}}
 
7575
>>>
 
7576
 
 
7577
 
 
7578
 
 
7579
 
 
7580
\<configure html4 letter\><<< 
 
7581
\Configure{opening}
 
7582
   {\bgroup
 
7583
       \ConfigureEnv{tabular}{}{}{}{}%
 
7584
       \Configure{tabular}
 
7585
         {\EndP\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi 
 
7586
          \HCode{<div class="opening"\a:LRdir>}}
 
7587
         {\HCode{</div><p class="clear-both" />}}
 
7588
         {}
 
7589
         {\HCode{<br />}}
 
7590
         {}{}%
 
7591
       \Configure{HBorder}
 
7592
         {<br class="hline"/>} {}{}
 
7593
         {<br class="cline" />} {}{} {}
 
7594
         {<br class="vspace"/>} {}{}%
 
7595
   }
 
7596
   {\egroup}
 
7597
\Configure{closing}
 
7598
   {\EndP\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
7599
    \HCode{<div class="closing">}}
 
7600
   {\EndP\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
7601
    \HCode{</div><p class="clear-both" />}}
 
7602
\longindentation=0pt
 
7603
\Css{div.opening{float:right;}}
 
7604
\Css{div.closing {float:right; margin-right:2em;}}
 
7605
\Css{p.clear-both{clear:both;}}
 
7606
>>>
 
7607
 
 
7608
\<configure html4 letter\><<< 
 
7609
\Configure{address}
 
7610
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<span class="address">}}
 
7611
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
7612
\Configure{toaddress}
 
7613
   {\HCode{<div class="toaddress">}}
 
7614
   {\HCode{</div>}}
 
7615
\Configure{toname}
 
7616
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="toname">}}
 
7617
   {\HCode{</div>}}
 
7618
\Configure{date}
 
7619
   {\HCode{<span class="date">}}
 
7620
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
7621
\Configure{dear}
 
7622
   {\HCode{<span class="dear">}}
 
7623
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
7624
\Configure{sincerely}
 
7625
   {\HCode{<span class="sincerely">}}
 
7626
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
7627
\Configure{signature}
 
7628
   {\HCode{<span class="signature">}}
 
7629
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
7630
\Configure{cc}
 
7631
   {\HCode{<div class="cc">}\IgnorePar}
 
7632
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\HCode{</div>}}
 
7633
\Configure{encl}
 
7634
   {\HCode{<div class="encl">}\IgnorePar}
 
7635
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\HCode{</div>}}
 
7636
>>>
 
7637
 
 
7638
 
 
7639
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7640
\section{AMS Art, Proc, Book}
 
7641
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7642
 
 
7643
 
 
7644
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7645
\subsection{amsart}
 
7646
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7647
 
 
7648
 
 
7649
 
 
7650
\<configure html4 amsart\><<<
 
7651
|<ams art,proc,book|>
 
7652
|<ams art,proc|>
 
7653
|<ams art|>
 
7654
>>>
 
7655
 
 
7656
 
 
7657
 
 
7658
 
 
7659
\<ams art,proc,book\><<<
 
7660
|<ams maketitle|>
 
7661
|<makeketitle config 4.0t|>
 
7662
|<thebib config|>
 
7663
>>>
 
7664
 
 
7665
\<makeketitle config 4.0t\><<<
 
7666
|<config captions|>
 
7667
>>>
 
7668
 
 
7669
 
 
7670
 
 
7671
 
 
7672
 
 
7673
 
 
7674
 
 
7675
\<ams art,proc,book\><<<
 
7676
\ifx \deferred@thm@head\:UnDef\else   
 
7677
   |<shared ams thm/cls|>
 
7678
   |<ams 2000 art + book + proc|>
 
7679
\fi
 
7680
>>>
 
7681
 
 
7682
\<ams 2000 art + book + proc\><<<
 
7683
\Configure{qed}
 
7684
     {\HCode{<span class="qed">}} {\HCode{</span>}}
 
7685
\Css{.qed {width:2ex; float:right; text-align:right;}}
 
7686
>>>
 
7687
 
 
7688
\<shared ams thm/cls\><<<
 
7689
\Configure{proof}
 
7690
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP
 
7691
       \HCode{<div class="proof">}\par\ShowPar
 
7692
       \HCode{<span class="head">}\IgnorePar}
 
7693
   {\HCode{</span>}\ShowPar}
 
7694
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par}
 
7695
>>>
 
7696
 
 
7697
 
 
7698
 
 
7699
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7700
\subsection{amsproc}
 
7701
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7702
 
 
7703
\<configure html4 amsproc\><<<
 
7704
|<ams art,proc,book|>
 
7705
|<ams proc,book|>
 
7706
|<ams art,proc|>
 
7707
>>>
 
7708
 
 
7709
 
 
7710
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7711
\subsection{amsdtx}
 
7712
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7713
 
 
7714
 
 
7715
\<configure html4 amsdtx\><<<
 
7716
|<amsdtx maketitle|>
 
7717
>>>
 
7718
 
 
7719
 
 
7720
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7721
\subsection{amsbook}
 
7722
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7723
 
 
7724
\<configure html4 amsbook\><<<
 
7725
|<ams art,proc,book|>
 
7726
|<ams proc,book|>
 
7727
|<ams book|>
 
7728
>>>
 
7729
 
 
7730
 
 
7731
 
 
7732
 
 
7733
 
 
7734
 
 
7735
 
 
7736
 
 
7737
 
 
7738
 
 
7739
 
 
7740
 
 
7741
 
 
7742
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7743
\subsection{Divisions}
 
7744
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7745
 
 
7746
 
 
7747
\<ams art,proc,book\><<<
 
7748
|<ams art,proc,book div|>
 
7749
|<ams art,proc,book toc|>  |%should appear before TocAt|%
 
7750
|<ams options 1, 2, 3|>    
 
7751
>>>
 
7752
 
 
7753
 
 
7754
\<ams art,proc,book div\><<<
 
7755
\ConfigureMark{part}
 
7756
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble
 
7757
    \else
 
7758
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\@ifundefined{partname}{}{%
 
7759
          \ignorespaces\partname\space}%
 
7760
          \@seccntformat{part}%
 
7761
       \HCode{</span>}\fi }
 
7762
\Configure{part}{}{}
 
7763
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
7764
    \HCode{<h1 class="partHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
7765
   {\HCode{</h1>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
7766
\Configure{partTITLE+}{\thepart\space#1}
 
7767
>>>
 
7768
 
 
7769
 
 
7770
\<ams book\><<<
 
7771
\Configure{likepart}{}{}
 
7772
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h1 class="likepartHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
7773
   {\HCode{</h1>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
7774
\Configure{likepartTITLE+}{#1}
 
7775
>>>
 
7776
 
 
7777
 
 
7778
 
 
7779
 
 
7780
\<ams art,proc,book div\><<<
 
7781
\ConfigureMark{section}
 
7782
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble
 
7783
    \else
 
7784
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\@ifundefined{sectionname}{}{%
 
7785
          \ignorespaces\sectionname\space}%
 
7786
          \@seccntformat{section}%
 
7787
       \HCode{</span>}\fi }
 
7788
\Configure{section}{}{}
 
7789
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
7790
    \HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
7791
   {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
7792
\Configure{sectionTITLE+}{\thesection\space#1}
 
7793
>>>
 
7794
 
 
7795
\<ams art\><<<
 
7796
\Css{.sectionHead{text-align:center;}}
 
7797
>>>
 
7798
 
 
7799
 
 
7800
 
 
7801
 
 
7802
\<ams proc,book\><<<
 
7803
\Configure{paragraph}{}{}
 
7804
  {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf}
 
7805
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
7806
\ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{\thesubparagraph}
 
7807
\Css{.paragraphHead  { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}}
 
7808
>>>
 
7809
 
 
7810
 
 
7811
 
 
7812
 
 
7813
\<ams art\><<<
 
7814
\Configure{paragraph}{}{}
 
7815
  {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
7816
  {.\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
7817
\ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{}
 
7818
>>>
 
7819
 
 
7820
 
 
7821
\<ams proc,book\><<<
 
7822
\Configure{subparagraph}{}{}
 
7823
  {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf
 
7824
   \TitleMark\space}
 
7825
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
7826
\Css{.subparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}}
 
7827
>>>
 
7828
 
 
7829
\<ams art\><<<
 
7830
\Configure{subparagraph}{}{}
 
7831
  {\ShowPar\noindent\HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup
 
7832
   \TitleMark\space}
 
7833
  {.\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
7834
>>>>
 
7835
 
 
7836
 
 
7837
 
 
7838
\<ams book\><<<
 
7839
\ConfigureMark{chapter}
 
7840
   {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\chaptername
 
7841
    \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}}
 
7842
\Configure{chapter}{}{}
 
7843
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
7844
     \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}}
 
7845
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\par}
 
7846
\Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1}
 
7847
>>>
 
7848
 
 
7849
\<ams book\><<<
 
7850
\ConfigureMark{appendix}{\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}%
 
7851
   \appendixname \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}}
 
7852
\Configure{appendix}{}{}
 
7853
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="appendixHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
7854
     \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}}
 
7855
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
7856
\Configure{appendixTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1}
 
7857
\Configure{likechapter}{}{}
 
7858
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="likechapterHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
7859
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
7860
\Configure{likechapterTITLE+}{#1}
 
7861
>>>
 
7862
 
 
7863
 
 
7864
\<ams art,proc\><<<
 
7865
\Configure{endsection}
 
7866
     {part}
 
7867
\Configure{endsubsection}
 
7868
   {section,part}
 
7869
\Configure{endsubsubsection}
 
7870
   {subsection,section,part}
 
7871
\Configure{endparagraph}
 
7872
   {subsubsection,subsection,section,part}
 
7873
>>>
 
7874
 
 
7875
 
 
7876
 
 
7877
\<ams book\><<<
 
7878
\Configure{endpart}{likepart}
 
7879
\Configure{endlikepart}{endpart}
 
7880
\Configure{endchapter}{likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
7881
\Configure{endlikechapter}{chapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
7882
\Configure{endappendix}{chapter,likechapter,part,likepart}
 
7883
\Configure{endsection}
 
7884
   {chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
7885
\Configure{endsubsection}
 
7886
   {section,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
7887
\Configure{endsubsubsection}
 
7888
   {subsection,section,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
7889
\Configure{endparagraph}
 
7890
   {subsubsection,subsection,section,chapter,likechapter,%
 
7891
    appendix,part,likepart}
 
7892
>>>
 
7893
 
 
7894
 
 
7895
 
 
7896
 
 
7897
 
 
7898
 
 
7899
 
 
7900
 
 
7901
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7902
\subsection{Tocs at Cut Points}
 
7903
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7904
 
 
7905
 
 
7906
\<ams art,proc\><<<
 
7907
\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
7908
  |<toc article,report options 1|>
 
7909
\fi
 
7910
>>>
 
7911
 
 
7912
\<ams book\><<<
 
7913
\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
7914
   |<toc book options 1|>
 
7915
\fi
 
7916
>>>
 
7917
 
 
7918
 
 
7919
 
 
7920
 
 
7921
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7922
\section{amsppt.sty}
 
7923
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
7924
 
 
7925
 
 
7926
 
 
7927
\<configure html4 amsppt\><<<
 
7928
\ifx \EnditemitemList\:UnDef
 
7929
    \Configure{itemitem}
 
7930
   {}{}
 
7931
   {\par{\Configure{HtmlPar}{\Tg<p class="itemitem">}
 
7932
                            {\Tg<p class="itemitem">} {}{}%
 
7933
         \:xhtml{\Configure{HtmlPar}{\EndP\Tg<div class="itemitem">}
 
7934
                            {\EndP\Tg<div class="itemitem">}
 
7935
                            {\Tg</div>}{\Tg</div>}}%
 
7936
         \noindent}}
 
7937
   {}
 
7938
   \Css{.itemitem {margin-left: 5em; text-indent: -2em;
 
7939
                margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;}}
 
7940
\fi
 
7941
|<32,4 amsppt|>
 
7942
|<4 amsppt|>
 
7943
>>>
 
7944
 
 
7945
 
 
7946
 
 
7947
 
 
7948
 
 
7949
\<4 amsppt\><<<
 
7950
\Configure{title}
 
7951
   {\IgnorePar\par\HCode{<div\Hnewline class="title">}}
 
7952
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\IgnorePar}
 
7953
\Css{div.title {margin-top: 0.5em;
 
7954
                font-weight: bold; text-align:center;}}
 
7955
 
 
7956
\Configure{author}
 
7957
   {\IgnorePar\par\HCode{<div\Hnewline class="author">}}
 
7958
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\IgnorePar}
 
7959
\Css{div.author {text-align:center}}
 
7960
 
 
7961
\Configure{affil}
 
7962
   {\IgnorePar\par\HCode{<div\Hnewline class="affil">}}
 
7963
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\IgnorePar}
 
7964
\Css{.affil {text-align:center}}
 
7965
 
 
7966
\Configure{date}
 
7967
   {\IgnorePar\par\HCode{<div\Hnewline class="date">}}
 
7968
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\IgnorePar
 
7969
      \append:def\c:footnote{ }%
 
7970
   }
 
7971
\Css{.date {text-align:center}}
 
7972
 
 
7973
\Configure{abstract}
 
7974
   {\IgnorePar\par
 
7975
    \HCode{<div\Hnewline class="abstract">}\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\par}
 
7976
   {}
 
7977
   {}
 
7978
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\IgnorePar}
 
7979
\Css{.abstract, .subjclass, .thanks, .keywords
 
7980
   {margin-left:5\%; margin-right:5\%;}}
 
7981
 
 
7982
\Configure{subjclass}
 
7983
   {\ifx \m:top\:Undef
 
7984
       \let\m:top|=\relax \Css{.subjclass {margin-top:1em; }}%
 
7985
    \fi  \Tg<div class="subjclass">} 
 
7986
   {\Tg</div>}
 
7987
\Configure{thanks}
 
7988
   {\ifx \m:top\:Undef
 
7989
       \let\m:top|=\relax \Css{.thanks {margin-top:1em; }}%
 
7990
    \fi  \Tg<div class="thanks">}
 
7991
   {\Tg</div>}
 
7992
\Configure{keywords}
 
7993
   {\ifx \m:top\:Undef
 
7994
       \let\m:top|=\relax \Css{.keywords {margin-top:1em; }}%
 
7995
    \fi  \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg<div class="keywords">}
 
7996
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\Tg</div>}
 
7997
>>>
 
7998
 
 
7999
\<32 amsppt, 32,4 vanilla\><<<
 
8000
\Configure{title}
 
8001
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="title">}\begingroup\bf}
 
8002
   {\endgroup\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}}
 
8003
\Css{div.title {margin-top: 0.5em;}}
 
8004
\Configure{author}
 
8005
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<br\xml:empty><center>}\IgnorePar\par}
 
8006
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</center>}}
 
8007
 
 
8008
>>>
 
8009
 
 
8010
\<32,4 amsppt\><<<
 
8011
\Configure{specialhead}{}{}
 
8012
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h1 class="amsspecialheadHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
8013
   {\HCode{</h1>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
8014
\ConfigureToc{specialhead}
 
8015
   {\HCode{<center>}\ignorespaces}{ }
 
8016
   {}{\HCode{</center>}}
 
8017
\Configure{head}{}{}
 
8018
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="amsheadHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
8019
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
8020
\ConfigureToc{head}
 
8021
   {\ignorespaces}{ }{}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
8022
\Configure{subhead}{}{}
 
8023
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h3 class="amssubheadHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
8024
   {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
8025
\ConfigureToc{subhead} 
 
8026
   {\:nbsp\:nbsp\:nbsp\:nbsp\ignorespaces} { }
 
8027
   {} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
8028
\Configure{subsubhead}{}{}
 
8029
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h4 class="amssubsubheadHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
8030
   {\HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
8031
\ConfigureToc{subsubhead}
 
8032
  {\:nbsp\:nbsp\:nbsp\:nbsp\:nbsp%
 
8033
       \:nbsp\:nbsp\:nbsp\ignorespaces} { } {} {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
8034
\Configure{block}
 
8035
   {\IgnorePar\EndP
 
8036
       \HCode{<table cellpadding="15"><tr><td>}\IgnorePar\par}
 
8037
   {\IgnorePar\HCode{</td></tr></table>}\IgnorePar\par}
 
8038
|<amsppt captions|>
 
8039
\Configure{roster}
 
8040
    {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<table>}\let\end:item|=\empty}
 
8041
    {\IgnorePar\end:item\HCode{</table>}\IgnorePar\par} 
 
8042
    {\IgnorePar\end:item \HCode{<tr valign="top"><td>}
 
8043
                        \def\end:item{\EndP\HCode{</td></tr>}}}
 
8044
    {\:nbsp\EndP\HCode{</td><td>}\ShowPar}
 
8045
    {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<table>}\let\end:iitem|=\empty}
 
8046
    {\IgnorePar\end:iitem\HCode{</table>}\IgnorePar\par}
 
8047
    {\IgnorePar\end:iitem\HCode{<tr valign="top"><td>}}
 
8048
    {\HCode{</td><td>}
 
8049
      \def\end:iitem{\EndP\HCode{</td></tr>}}}
 
8050
|<bib in amsppt.sty|>
 
8051
>>>
 
8052
 
 
8053
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8054
\section{amstex.tex}
 
8055
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8056
 
 
8057
\<amstex.tex m:env\><<<
 
8058
|<amsmath / amstex1 m:env|>
 
8059
>>>
 
8060
 
 
8061
\<NO\><<<
 
8062
\def\m:env#1{\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<center><table class="#1"
 
8063
   border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15"><tr><td>}}
 
8064
\def\endm:env{\HCode
 
8065
  {</td></tr></table></center>}\IgnorePar}
 
8066
>>>
 
8067
 
 
8068
\<amsmath / amstex1 m:env\><<<
 
8069
\def\m:env#1{\relax\ifmmode\else\par\fi\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
8070
  \HCode{<center class="#1"><table class="#1"\Hnewline
 
8071
   border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15"><tr><td>}}
 
8072
\def\endm:env{\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
8073
   \HCode{</td></tr></table></center>}\IgnorePar
 
8074
   \ifmmode\else\par\fi}
 
8075
>>>
 
8076
 
 
8077
 
 
8078
\<shared amstex.tex matrix 4.0t\><<<
 
8079
\Configure{linebreak}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
8080
|<amstex.tex m:env|>
 
8081
>>>
 
8082
 
 
8083
\<configure html4-math amstex\><<<
 
8084
\Configure{pmatrix}
 
8085
   {\bgroup\m:env{pmatrix}}
 
8086
   {\endm:env\egroup}
 
8087
\Configure{smallmatrix}
 
8088
    {\bgroup\m:env{smallmatrix}\Picture+{}}
 
8089
    {\EndPicture\endm:env\egroup}
 
8090
    {}{} {}{}
 
8091
\Configure{bmatrix}
 
8092
   {\bgroup\m:env{bmatrix}}
 
8093
   {\endm:env\egroup}
 
8094
\Configure{vmatrix}{\bgroup\m:env{vmatrix}}{\endm:env\egroup}
 
8095
\Configure{Vmatrix}{\bgroup\m:env{Vmatrix}}{\endm:env\egroup}
 
8096
\Configure{aligned}
 
8097
  {\bgroup\m:env{aligned}\Picture+{}}
 
8098
  {\EndPicture\endm:env\egroup}
 
8099
  {}{}{}{}
 
8100
\Configure{xalignat}
 
8101
  {\bgroup\m:env{xalignat}}
 
8102
  {\endm:env\egroup}
 
8103
  {}{}{}{}
 
8104
\Configure{xxalignat}
 
8105
  {\bgroup\m:env{xxalignat}}
 
8106
  {\endm:env\egroup}
 
8107
  {}{}{}{}
 
8108
\Configure{multline}
 
8109
  {\bgroup\m:env{multline}\Picture+{}\vtop\bgroup$$}
 
8110
  {$$\egroup\EndPicture\endm:env\egroup}
 
8111
  {}{}
 
8112
\Configure{alignedat}
 
8113
  {\bgroup\m:env{alignedat}\Picture+{}}
 
8114
  {\EndPicture\endm:env\egroup}
 
8115
  {}{}{}{}
 
8116
\Configure{gathered}
 
8117
  {\bgroup\m:env{gathered}\Picture+{}}
 
8118
  {\EndPicture\endm:env\egroup}
 
8119
  {}{}{}{}
 
8120
>>>
 
8121
 
 
8122
% \Configure{topaligned}{\m:env{topaligned}}{\endm:env}
 
8123
% \Configure{botaligned}{\m:env{botaligned}}{\endm:env}
 
8124
 
 
8125
\<configure html4-math amstex\><<<
 
8126
|<shared amstex.tex matrix 4.0t|>
 
8127
|<tabular amstex.tex matrix 4.0t|>
 
8128
|<tabular amstex.tex align 4.0t|>
 
8129
|<nonpic amstex.tex cases 4.0t|>
 
8130
\:CheckOption{pic-matrix} \if:Option
 
8131
   \Configure{matrix}
 
8132
      {\m:env{matrix}\Picture+{}}  {\EndPicture\endm:env}
 
8133
      {}{} {}{}
 
8134
\else
 
8135
   \Log:Note{for pictorial matrix,
 
8136
                      use the command line option `pic-matrix'}
 
8137
\fi
 
8138
\:CheckOption{pic-align}  \if:Option
 
8139
   \Configure{align}
 
8140
       {\m:env{align}\Picture+{}} \EndPicture{\endm:env}
 
8141
       {} {} {} {}
 
8142
\else
 
8143
   \Log:Note{for pictorial align,
 
8144
                      use the command line option `pic-align'}
 
8145
   \Configure{align}
 
8146
      {\HCode{<table\Hnewline class="align">}}  {\HCode{</table>}}
 
8147
      {\HCode{<tr\Hnewline>}}   {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
8148
      {\HCode{<td>}}   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
8149
\fi
 
8150
\:CheckOption{pic-cases}  \if:Option
 
8151
   \Configure{cases}
 
8152
       {\m:env{cases}\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture\endm:env}
 
8153
\else
 
8154
   \Log:Note{for pictorial cases,
 
8155
                      use the command line option `pic-cases'}
 
8156
\fi
 
8157
\Configure{alignat}
 
8158
  {\bgroup\m:env{alignat}\Picture+{}}
 
8159
  {\EndPicture\endm:env \egroup}
 
8160
  {}{} {}{}
 
8161
\Configure{gather}
 
8162
  {\bgroup\m:env{gather}\Picture+{}}
 
8163
  {\EndPicture\endm:env\egroup}
 
8164
  {}{} {}{}
 
8165
|<32,4 picmath amstex.tex|>
 
8166
>>>
 
8167
 
 
8168
\<32,4 picmath amstex.tex\><<<
 
8169
\Configure{frac}{\Picture+{ align="middle"}}{\EndPicture}
 
8170
\Configure{dfrac}{\Picture+{ align="middle"}}{\EndPicture}
 
8171
\Configure{tfrac}{\Picture+{ align="middle"}}{\EndPicture}
 
8172
\Configure{binom}{\Picture+{ align="middle"}}{\EndPicture}
 
8173
\Configure{dbinom}{\Picture+{ align="middle"}}{\EndPicture}
 
8174
\Configure{tbinom}{\Picture+{ align="middle"}}{\EndPicture}
 
8175
\Configure{boxed}{\Picture+{ align="middle"}}{\EndPicture}
 
8176
>>>
 
8177
 
 
8178
\<tabular amstex.tex matrix 4.0t\><<<
 
8179
\Configure{matrix}
 
8180
   {\HCode{<table\Hnewline class="matrix">}}  {\HCode{</table>}}
 
8181
   {\HCode{<tr\Hnewline>}}   {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
8182
   {\HCode{<td>}}   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
8183
\Configure{cases}{\m:env{cases}}{\endm:env}
 
8184
>>>
 
8185
 
 
8186
 
 
8187
 
 
8188
\section{amsthm.sty}
 
8189
 
 
8190
\<configure html4 amsthm\><<<
 
8191
\ConfigureEnv{proof}{\par\leavevmode}{\par\ShowPar}{}{}
 
8192
|<shared ams thm/cls|>
 
8193
>>>
 
8194
 
 
8195
 
 
8196
 
 
8197
 
 
8198
 
 
8199
 
 
8200
\section{amsmath}
 
8201
 
 
8202
%\Configure{equation}
 
8203
%  {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
8204
%           \HCode{<\tbl:XV{equation}><tr><td>}\IgnorePar
 
8205
%  }
 
8206
%  {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</td><td width="5\%">}}
 
8207
%  {\end:TTT}
 
8208
 
 
8209
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8210
\Configure{equation}
 
8211
  {\ifmmode\else\par \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
8212
           \HCode{<\tbl:XV{equation}><tr><td>}\IgnorePar
 
8213
  }
 
8214
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\HCode{</td><td width="5\%">}}
 
8215
  {\end:TTT\ifmmode\else |<try inline par|>\fi}
 
8216
\Css{.equation td{text-align:center; }}
 
8217
>>>
 
8218
 
 
8219
Equations in amsmath.sty are defined in term of gather, and 
 
8220
gather is a one parameter macro.  Unlike laktex where the body is
 
8221
read within the environment, in gather it is read at the \verb'\begin{equation}' point under the conditions that exist there.
 
8222
 
 
8223
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8224
\Configure{substack}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
8225
>>>
 
8226
 
 
8227
 
 
8228
 
 
8229
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8230
|<amsmath / amstex1 m:env|>
 
8231
>>>
 
8232
 
 
8233
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8234
\:CheckOption{pic-align}  \if:Option
 
8235
   |<amsmath pic-align css|>
 
8236
\else
 
8237
    |<amsmath align css|>
 
8238
\fi
 
8239
\:tempc{align}{align}
 
8240
\:tempc{alignat}{alignat}
 
8241
\:tempc{xalignat}{xalignat}
 
8242
\:tempc{xxalignat}{xxalignat}
 
8243
\:tempc{flalign}{flalign}
 
8244
\:tempc{align*}{align-star}
 
8245
\:tempc{alignat*}{alignat-star}
 
8246
\:tempc{xalignat*}{xalignat-star}
 
8247
\:tempc{flalign*}{flalign-star}
 
8248
>>>
 
8249
 
 
8250
\<amsmath align css\><<<
 
8251
\def\:tempc#1#2{%
 
8252
   \Configure{#1}
 
8253
   {\IgnorePar\EndP  \HCode{<table\Hnewline class="#2">}}
 
8254
   {\HCode{</table>}}  {\HCode{<tr>}}   {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
8255
   {\HCode{<td\Hnewline
 
8256
      class="align-\ifnum \HCol>\maxfields@ label\else 
 
8257
         \ifodd\HCol\space  odd\else     even\fi 
 
8258
       \fi">}}
 
8259
   {\HCode{</td>}}}
 
8260
\Css{table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, 
 
8261
     table.flalign, table.align-star, table.alignat-star,
 
8262
     table.xalignat-star,  table.flalign-star
 
8263
   {width:100\%; white-space: nowrap;}}
 
8264
\Css{td.align-label { width:5\%;  }}
 
8265
\Css{td.align-odd { text-align:right; padding-right:0.3em;}}
 
8266
\Css{td.align-even { text-align:left; padding-right:0.6em;}}
 
8267
>>>
 
8268
 
 
8269
\<amsmath pic-align css\><<<
 
8270
\def\:tempc#1#2{%
 
8271
   \ConfigureEnv{#1}
 
8272
     {\par\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="align">}\Picture*[pict]{}}
 
8273
     {\EndPicture\EndP\HCode{</div>}\par}
 
8274
     {} {}}
 
8275
\Css{div.align {text-align: center;}}
 
8276
>>>
 
8277
 
 
8278
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8279
\Configure{split}
 
8280
   {\HCode{<table\Hnewline  class="split"><tr><td>}} 
 
8281
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</td></tr></table>}}
 
8282
   {\HCode{<br\Hnewline class="split-tr"\xml:empty>}} {}
 
8283
   {\HCode{<br\Hnewline class="split-td"\xml:empty>}} {}
 
8284
\Configure{smallmatrix}
 
8285
   {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
8286
    \HCode{<table\Hnewline class="smallmatrix">}}   {\HCode{</table>}}
 
8287
   {\HCode{<tr>}}                                   {\HCode{</tr>}} 
 
8288
   {\HCode{<td\Hnewline>}}                          {\HCode{</td>}}
 
8289
>>>
 
8290
 
 
8291
 
 
8292
 
 
8293
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8294
\ConfigureEnv{gather*}{\m:env{gather*}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8295
\ConfigureEnv{gathered}{\m:env{gathered}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8296
\ConfigureEnv{matrix}{\m:env{matrix}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8297
\ConfigureEnv{quotation}{\m:env{quotation}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8298
\Configure{equations}{*}{}
 
8299
>>>
 
8300
 
 
8301
 
 
8302
A `\verb'\begin{multline}...\end{multline}' is not a standard environment
 
8303
in the sense that the environment as a whole is read in one piece and
 
8304
then processed, instead of reading it piecewise and process it as it
 
8305
goes.  That is, we have a behavior similar to that in verbatim
 
8306
environments. The behavior is due to multline being implemented in
 
8307
terms of \verb'\gather@#1{..}'.  Hence, for the picture environment, we
 
8308
need to change early the catcodes of `\verb'_' and `\verb'^'.
 
8309
 
 
8310
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8311
\ConfigureEnv{multline}
 
8312
  {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
8313
    \HCode{<\tbl:XV{multline}><tr><td>}\Picture*{}\ExtractHLabel
 
8314
  }
 
8315
  {\EndPicture |<put HLabel|>\end:TTT}
 
8316
  {}{}
 
8317
  {}{}
 
8318
\ConfigureEnv{multline*}
 
8319
  {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
8320
    \HCode{<\tbl:XV{multline-star}><tr><td>}\Picture*{}%
 
8321
  }
 
8322
  {\EndPicture \end:TTT}
 
8323
  {}{}
 
8324
|<extract amsmath labels|>
 
8325
>>>
 
8326
 
 
8327
\<extract amsmath labels\><<<
 
8328
\def\ExtractHLabel{%
 
8329
   \def\tagform@##1{{%
 
8330
      \ifx \:HLabel\:UnDef \let\:HLabel=\empty \fi
 
8331
      \def\tagform@####1{\expandafter\let\csname ####1\endcsname\def}%
 
8332
      \:HLabel
 
8333
      \expandafter\ifx\csname ##1\endcsname\relax
 
8334
        \let\tagform@=\relax
 
8335
        \let\HCode=\relax
 
8336
        \edef\:temp{\noexpand\append:def\noexpand
 
8337
                        \:HLabel{\HCode{<br />}\tagform@{##1}\HCode{<br />}}}%
 
8338
        \:temp
 
8339
        \global\let\:HLabel=\:HLabel
 
8340
      \fi
 
8341
   }}}
 
8342
\def\PutHLabel{\:HLabel}
 
8343
>>>
 
8344
 
 
8345
\<put HLabel\><<<
 
8346
\ifx \:HLabel\:Undef \else
 
8347
   \HCode{</td><td width="5\%">}\PutHLabel
 
8348
   \global\let\:HLabel\:Undef
 
8349
\fi
 
8350
>>>
 
8351
 
 
8352
 
 
8353
 
 
8354
 
 
8355
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8356
\ConfigureEnv{gather}
 
8357
  {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
8358
    \HCode{<\tbl:XV{gather}><tr><td 
 
8359
       class="gather1">}\Picture*{}\ExtractHLabel
 
8360
  }
 
8361
  {\EndPicture |<put HLabel|>\end:TTT}
 
8362
  {}{}
 
8363
\ConfigureEnv{gather*}
 
8364
  {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
8365
    \HCode{<\tbl:XV{gather-star}><tr><td>}\Picture*{}%
 
8366
  }
 
8367
  {\EndPicture \end:TTT}
 
8368
  {}{}
 
8369
\Css{td.gather-star, td.gather1 {text-align:center; }}
 
8370
>>>
 
8371
 
 
8372
 
 
8373
 
 
8374
 
 
8375
 
 
8376
\<mathml: plain, amsmath, amstex1\><<<
 
8377
\def\underarrow@#1#2#3{%
 
8378
      \Tg<|.munder>\Tg<|.mrow\Hnewline>#1\Tg</|.mrow>%
 
8379
                 \Tg<|.mrow\Hnewline>#2\Tg</|.mrow>%
 
8380
      \Tg</|.munder>}%
 
8381
 
 
8382
\def\overarrow@#1#2#3{%
 
8383
      \Tg<|.mover>\Tg<|.mrow
 
8384
           class="fill">#1\Tg</|.mrow>%
 
8385
      \Tg<|.mrow\Hnewline>{#2#3}\Tg</|.mrow>%
 
8386
      \Tg</|.mover>}%
 
8387
>>>
 
8388
 
 
8389
\<mathml: plain, fontmath, amsmath, amstex1\><<<
 
8390
\def\overrightarrow{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\rightarrow}}
 
8391
\def\overleftarrow{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\leftarrow}}
 
8392
\def\overleftrightarrow{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\leftrightarrow}}
 
8393
 
 
8394
\def\underrightarrow{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\rightarrow}}
 
8395
\def\underleftarrow{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\leftarrow}}
 
8396
\def\underleftrightarrow{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\leftrightarrow}}
 
8397
>>>
 
8398
 
 
8399
 
 
8400
\<mathml: plain, fontmath, amsmath, amstex1NO\><<<
 
8401
\def\overrightarrow{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\rightarrow}}
 
8402
\def\overleftarrow{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\leftarrow}}
 
8403
\def\overleftrightarrow{\mathpalette{\overarrow@\leftrightarrow}}
 
8404
 
 
8405
\def\underrightarrow{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\rightarrow}}
 
8406
\def\underleftarrow{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\leftarrow}}
 
8407
\def\underleftrightarrow{\mathpalette{\underarrow@\leftrightarrow}}
 
8408
>>>
 
8409
 
 
8410
 The \verb'\HCode{}' in \verb'\sideset' is for catching superscripts and subscripts
 
8411
 
 
8412
 
 
8413
\<32,4 picmath amsmath,amstex1\><<<
 
8414
|<32,4 picmath: plain, fontmath, amsmath, amstex1|>
 
8415
>>>
 
8416
 
 
8417
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8418
|<32,4 picmath amsmath,amstex1|>
 
8419
>>>
 
8420
 
 
8421
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8422
\Configure{overset} {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{}}} {\EndPicture}
 
8423
\Configure{underset} {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{}}} {\EndPicture}
 
8424
>>>
 
8425
 
 
8426
 
 
8427
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8428
\Configure{xrightarrow} {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{}}} {\EndPicture}
 
8429
\Configure{xleftarrow} {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{}}} {\EndPicture}
 
8430
\Configure{genfrac}
 
8431
  {\Picture+{}\bgroup} {}{}{}{}{\egroup\EndPicture}
 
8432
>>>
 
8433
 
 
8434
\section{amstex.sty (amstex1)}
 
8435
 
 
8436
\<configure html4 amstex1\><<<
 
8437
\ConfigureEnv{aligned}{\m:env{aligned}}{\endm:env}{}{}
 
8438
|<amsmath / amstex1 m:env|>
 
8439
>>>
 
8440
 
 
8441
 
 
8442
\<configure html4-math amstex1\><<<
 
8443
|<32,4 picmath amsmath,amstex1|>
 
8444
\ConfigureEnv{equation*}{\m:env{equation*}}{\endm:env}{}{}
 
8445
\ConfigureEnv{equation}{\m:env{equation}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8446
\Configure{eqn}{\HCode{</td><td>}}
 
8447
\ConfigureEnv{align}{\m:env{align}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8448
\ConfigureEnv{align*}{\m:env{align*}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8449
\ConfigureEnv{alignat}{\m:env{alignat}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8450
\ConfigureEnv{alignat*}{\m:env{alignat*}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8451
\ConfigureEnv{xalignat}{\m:env{xalignat}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8452
\ConfigureEnv{xxalignat}{\m:env{xxalignat}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8453
\ConfigureEnv{xalignat*}{\m:env{xalignat*}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8454
\ConfigureEnv{aligned}{\m:env{aligned}}{\endm:env}{}{}
 
8455
\ConfigureEnv{alignedat}{\m:env{alignedat}}{\endm:env}{}{}
 
8456
\ConfigureEnv{gather}{\m:env{gather}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8457
\ConfigureEnv{gather*}{\m:env{gather*}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8458
\ConfigureEnv{gathered}{\m:env{gathered}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8459
\ConfigureEnv{matrix}{\m:env{matrix}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8460
\ConfigureEnv{multline}{\m:env{multline}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8461
\ConfigureEnv{multline*}{\m:env{multline*}}{\endm:env}{}{}   
 
8462
\ConfigureEnv{pmatrix}{\m:env{pmatrix}}{\endm:env}{}{}
 
8463
\ConfigureEnv{bmatrix}{\m:env{bmatrix}}{\endm:env}{}{}
 
8464
\ConfigureEnv{vmatrix}{\m:env{vmatrix}}{\endm:env}{}{}
 
8465
\ConfigureEnv{Vmatrix}{\m:env{Vmatrix}}{\endm:env}{}{}
 
8466
\Configure{gather}{\Picture*{}}{\EndPicture}
 
8467
>>>
 
8468
 
 
8469
 
 
8470
 
 
8471
 
 
8472
 
 
8473
\<config amstex1 pic-math utilities\><<<
 
8474
\Configure{aligned}
 
8475
   {\Picture*{}}{\EndPicture} {}{}{}{}
 
8476
>>>
 
8477
 
 
8478
\<configure html4-math amstex1\><<<
 
8479
\Configure{dotsc}                 {\pic:sym{dotsc}}
 
8480
\Configure{dotso}                 {\pic:sym{dotso}}
 
8481
>>>
 
8482
 
 
8483
 
 
8484
 
 
8485
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8486
\Configure{intertext}
 
8487
    {\IgnorePar \ifinalign@   
 
8488
        \HCode{</td></tr><tr><td colspan="\HCol"
 
8489
                                            class="intertext">}%
 
8490
     \else \ifingather@
 
8491
        \HCode{<tr><td colspan="\HCol" class="intertext">}%
 
8492
     \fi\fi
 
8493
    }
 
8494
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP\ifinalign@ 
 
8495
        \HCode{</td></tr><tr><td>}%
 
8496
     \else \ifingather@
 
8497
         \HCode{</td></tr>}%
 
8498
     \fi\fi
 
8499
    }
 
8500
>>>
 
8501
 
 
8502
 
 
8503
 
 
8504
\<configure html4-math amsmath\><<<
 
8505
\Configure{@begin}
 
8506
  {split}
 
8507
  {\ifx \EndPicture \:UnDef \else \let\tagform@=\:gobble \fi}
 
8508
>>>
 
8509
 
 
8510
 
 
8511
 
 
8512
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8513
\section{amscd}
 
8514
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8515
 
 
8516
\<configure html4 amscd\><<<
 
8517
\ConfigureEnv{CD}
 
8518
   {\Picture*{ class="CD"}$} {$\EndPicture} {}{}
 
8519
\Css{.CD {text-align:center}}
 
8520
>>>
 
8521
 
 
8522
 
 
8523
 
 
8524
 
 
8525
 
 
8526
 
 
8527
 
 
8528
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8529
\section{Memoir}
 
8530
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8531
 
 
8532
\<configure html4 memoir\><<<
 
8533
\Configure{poemline}
 
8534
   {\HCode{<span class="poemline">}} {\HCode{</span>}}
 
8535
\Css{.poemline {text-align:right; width:6em;}}
 
8536
>>>
 
8537
 
 
8538
 
 
8539
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8540
\section{Elsvier Articles (elsart)}
 
8541
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8542
 
 
8543
\<configure html4 elsart\><<<
 
8544
|<32,4 elsart|>
 
8545
\Configure{abstract}
 
8546
  {\HCode{<\tbl:XV{abstract}><tr><td\Hnewline>}\par\ShowPar}
 
8547
  {}
 
8548
  {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</td></tr></table>}}
 
8549
\Configure{keyword}
 
8550
  {\HCode{<\tbl:XV{keyword}><tr><td\Hnewline>}}
 
8551
  {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</td></tr></table>}}
 
8552
\ConfigureEnv{abstract}
 
8553
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}
 
8554
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}
 
8555
   {}{}
 
8556
\ConfigureEnv{keyword}
 
8557
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}
 
8558
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP}
 
8559
   {}{}
 
8560
>>>
 
8561
 
 
8562
 
 
8563
\<32,4 elsart\><<<
 
8564
\ConfigureEnv{frontmatter}
 
8565
  {\EndP\IgnorePar
 
8566
   \HCode{<\tbl:XV{frontmatter}><tr><td><div 
 
8567
       class="frontmatter"\Hnewline>}}
 
8568
  {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}\end:TTT\IgnorePar}
 
8569
  {}{}
 
8570
\Css{div.frontmatter {text-align:center;}}
 
8571
>>>
 
8572
 
 
8573
 
 
8574
 
 
8575
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8576
\section{American Psychological Association (APA)}
 
8577
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8578
 
 
8579
\<configure html4 apa\><<<
 
8580
|<apa maketitle|>
 
8581
|<apa abstract|>
 
8582
|<apa captions|>
 
8583
\Configure{note}
 
8584
   {\HCode{<div class="note">}\bgroup
 
8585
    |<apa maketitle br cr|>%
 
8586
   }
 
8587
   {\egroup \HCode{</div>}}
 
8588
\Css{div.note{text-align:left; margin-top:1em; }}
 
8589
>>>
 
8590
 
 
8591
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8592
\section{JHEP}
 
8593
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8594
 
 
8595
\<configure html4 JHEP\><<<
 
8596
|<latex shared part config|>
 
8597
|<latex shared section config|>
 
8598
|<latex shared subsection config|>
 
8599
|<latex shared subsubsection config|>
 
8600
|<acm paragraph config|>
 
8601
\Css{.sectionHead, .partHead{text-transform:uppercase}}
 
8602
\Css{.subsubsectionHead, .likesubsubsectionHead {font-style: italic;}}
 
8603
>>>
 
8604
 
 
8605
\<configure html4 JHEP\><<<
 
8606
\Configure{abstract}
 
8607
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
8608
    \HCode{<div class="abstract">}\IgnoreIndent}  
 
8609
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
8610
\Configure{accepted}
 
8611
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="accepted">}}  
 
8612
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
8613
\Configure{author}
 
8614
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
8615
    \HCode{<div class="author">}\par \ShowPar}  
 
8616
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
8617
\Configure{conference}
 
8618
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="conference">}}  
 
8619
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
8620
\Configure{dedicated}
 
8621
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="dedicated">}}  
 
8622
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
8623
\Configure{keywords}
 
8624
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="keywords">}}  
 
8625
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
8626
\Configure{preprint}
 
8627
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="preprint">}}  
 
8628
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
8629
\Configure{received}
 
8630
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="received">}}  
 
8631
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
8632
\Configure{title}
 
8633
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="title">}}  
 
8634
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
8635
\Css{.abstract{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}}
 
8636
\Css{.accepted{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; text-align:right;}}
 
8637
\Css{div.author{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em;}}
 
8638
\Css{.conference{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}}
 
8639
\Css{.dedicated{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}}
 
8640
\Css{.keywords{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}}
 
8641
\Css{.preprint{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}}
 
8642
\Css{.received{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; text-align:right;}}
 
8643
\Css{.title{margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;}}
 
8644
>>>
 
8645
 
 
8646
\<configure html4 JHEP\><<<
 
8647
|<config bibitem|>
 
8648
|<thebib config|>
 
8649
|<JHEP maketitle footnote|>
 
8650
>>>
 
8651
 
 
8652
\<JHEP thanks author date and\><<<
 
8653
\Configure{thanks} 
 
8654
   {\HCode{<div class="thanks">}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
8655
|<thank for thanks|>
 
8656
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:80\%;
 
8657
                font-style:italic; }}
 
8658
>>>
 
8659
 
 
8660
 
 
8661
\<JHEP end-thanks author date and\><<<
 
8662
\Configure{thanks} 
 
8663
   {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar
 
8664
     \ifvoid\fn:box\else  \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi}
 
8665
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP }
 
8666
|<thanks for thanks EndP|>
 
8667
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:80\%;
 
8668
                font-style:italic; }}
 
8669
>>>
 
8670
 
 
8671
 
 
8672
 
 
8673
 
 
8674
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8675
\section{acm-proc-article-sp}
 
8676
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8677
 
 
8678
 
 
8679
\<configure html4 acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
 
8680
|<config bibitem|>
 
8681
|<acm-proc-article-sp thebib config|>
 
8682
|<config captions|>
 
8683
|<acm proof|>
 
8684
>>>
 
8685
 
 
8686
 
 
8687
 
 
8688
\<configure html4 acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
 
8689
\Configure{qed}
 
8690
  {\Picture+[Q.E.D.]{}\o:qed:\EndPicture
 
8691
   \SavePicture\qed:sym[Q.E.D.]}
 
8692
>>>
 
8693
 
 
8694
\<configure html4 acm-proc-article-sp\><<<
 
8695
|<latex shared part config|>
 
8696
|<latex shared section config|>
 
8697
|<latex shared subsection config|>
 
8698
|<latex shared subsubsection config|>
 
8699
|<acm paragraph config|>
 
8700
\Css{.sectionHead, .partHead{text-transform:uppercase}}
 
8701
\Css{.subsubsectionHead, .likesubsubsectionHead {font-style: italic;}}
 
8702
>>>
 
8703
 
 
8704
\<acm paragraph config\><<<
 
8705
\ConfigureMark{paragraph}
 
8706
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth  \expandafter\:gobble
 
8707
    \else
 
8708
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\theparagraph\space
 
8709
       \HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
8710
\Configure{paragraph}{}{}
 
8711
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP
 
8712
    \bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h5 class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
8713
    \TitleMark\space \HtmlParOff}
 
8714
   {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup}
 
8715
\Configure{likeparagraph}{}{}
 
8716
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP
 
8717
    \bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h5 class="likeparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
8718
    \HtmlParOff}
 
8719
   {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup}
 
8720
\Css{.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead  { font-style:italic; }}
 
8721
>>>
 
8722
 
 
8723
 
 
8724
 
 
8725
 
 
8726
 
 
8727
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8728
\section{scrbook}
 
8729
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8730
 
 
8731
\<configure html4 scrbook\><<<
 
8732
|<scr article,report,book|>
 
8733
|<scr report,book|>
 
8734
|<shared bib env|>
 
8735
|<thebib config|>
 
8736
|<description 4|>
 
8737
\def\:SPAN#1#2{\HCode{<span class="#1">}#2\HCode{</span>}}
 
8738
\def\:tempa{
 
8739
   \CutAt{part}
 
8740
   \CutAt{likepart}
 
8741
   |<cut toc scr: part|>%
 
8742
}
 
8743
\def\:tempb{
 
8744
   |<tocat scr: part|>
 
8745
   \CutAt{chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part}
 
8746
   \CutAt{likechapter,addchap,appendix,part}
 
8747
   \CutAt{addchap,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
8748
   \CutAt{appendix,chapter,likechapter,addchap,part}
 
8749
   |<tocat: ch|>%
 
8750
}
 
8751
\def\:tempc{
 
8752
   |<tocat scr: ch|>%
 
8753
   \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part}
 
8754
   \CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part}
 
8755
   |<cut toc: sec|>%
 
8756
}
 
8757
\def\:tempd{
 
8758
   |<tocat scr: section|>%
 
8759
   |<tocat scr: subsection|>%
 
8760
   |<cut toc: subsec|>%
 
8761
}
 
8762
 
 
8763
\:CheckOption{4}     \if:Option
 
8764
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
8765
                          \:tempa \:tempc \:tempd
 
8766
    \else                 \:tempa \:tempb \:tempc \:tempd  \fi
 
8767
\else\:CheckOption{3}     \if:Option
 
8768
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
8769
                          \:tempa \:tempc  \:tempd
 
8770
    \else                 \:tempa \:tempb  \:tempc  \fi
 
8771
\else\:CheckOption{2}     \if:Option
 
8772
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax  \:tempa \:tempc
 
8773
    \else                 \:tempa \:tempb    \fi
 
8774
\else\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
8775
    \:tempa
 
8776
\else
 
8777
    \Log:Note{for sectioning pagination,
 
8778
          use the command line option `1', `2', or `3'}%
 
8779
\fi \fi \fi \fi
 
8780
 
 
8781
\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
8782
   |<toc scrbook options 1|>
 
8783
\fi
 
8784
 
 
8785
|<scrbook end units|>
 
8786
\ifx \part\:UnDef \else
 
8787
   |<latex shared part config|>
 
8788
\fi
 
8789
 
 
8790
|<config lists of figures and tables|> 
 
8791
 
 
8792
\Configure{paragraph}{}{}
 
8793
  {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf}
 
8794
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
8795
\Configure{likeparagraph}{}{}
 
8796
  {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="likeparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
8797
  {\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
8798
\Css{.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead
 
8799
   { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}}
 
8800
 
 
8801
\ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{\thesubparagraph}
 
8802
\Configure{subparagraph}{}{}
 
8803
  {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf
 
8804
   \TitleMark\space}
 
8805
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
8806
\Configure{likesubparagraph}{}{}
 
8807
  {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="likesubparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf}
 
8808
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
8809
\Css{.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead
 
8810
   { font-weight: bold;}}
 
8811
\ConfigureEnv{picture}
 
8812
   {\bgroup\ifvmode \Configure{HtmlPar}
 
8813
      {\EndP\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->%
 
8814
}\HCode{<p
 
8815
            class="center">}}%
 
8816
      {\EndP\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->%
 
8817
}\HCode{<p
 
8818
            class="center">}}%
 
8819
      {\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}}{\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}} \ShowPar\leavevmode
 
8820
    \fi}
 
8821
   {\egroup}{}{}
 
8822
 
 
8823
\ConfigureEnv{quote}
 
8824
   {}{}
 
8825
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="quote">}}
 
8826
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar\ShowIndent}
 
8827
\Css{.quote  {margin-bottom:0.25em;
 
8828
           margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }}
 
8829
|<book-report-article index|>
 
8830
|<scr reprt/book captions|>
 
8831
 
 
8832
\ConfigureEnv{verse}
 
8833
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg<div class="verse">}
 
8834
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg</div>}
 
8835
   {}{}
 
8836
\ConfigureList{verse}
 
8837
   {}{}
 
8838
   {\parindent=\z@}  {\par}
 
8839
\Css{.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}}
 
8840
|<base font size|>
 
8841
 
 
8842
\ConfigureEnv{quotation}
 
8843
   {}{}
 
8844
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="quotation">}}
 
8845
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
8846
\Css{.quotation  {margin-bottom:0.25em;
 
8847
           margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }}
 
8848
 
 
8849
\Configure{listof}{}{}{}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}{}
 
8850
 
 
8851
 
 
8852
 
 
8853
|<latex shared part config|>
 
8854
 
 
8855
>>>
 
8856
 
 
8857
\<scrbook end-thanks author date and\><<<
 
8858
\Configure{thanks author date and}
 
8859
   {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar
 
8860
     \ifvoid\fn:box\else  \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi}
 
8861
   {\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP }
 
8862
   {\HCode{<div class="author" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
8863
   {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
8864
   {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}}
 
8865
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
8866
|<thanks for thanks p|>
 
8867
\Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}}
 
8868
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:80\%;
 
8869
                font-style:italic; }}
 
8870
>>>
 
8871
 
 
8872
 
 
8873
 
 
8874
\<scrbook thanks author date and\><<<
 
8875
\Configure{thanks author date and}
 
8876
   {\HCode{<div class="thanks">}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
8877
   {\HCode{<div class="author">}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
8878
   {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
8879
   {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}}
 
8880
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
8881
|<thank for thanks|>
 
8882
\Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}}
 
8883
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:80\%;
 
8884
                font-style:italic; }}
 
8885
 
 
8886
>>>
 
8887
 
 
8888
 
 
8889
\<scr report,book\><<<
 
8890
\ConfigureMark{section}
 
8891
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble
 
8892
    \else
 
8893
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\thesection\HCode{</span>}\fi }
 
8894
\Configure{section}{}{}
 
8895
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
8896
    \HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark.~~\HtmlParOff}
 
8897
   {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
8898
\Configure{sectionTITLE+}{\thesection\space#1}
 
8899
\Configure{likesection}{}{}
 
8900
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
8901
    \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="likesectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff}
 
8902
   {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
8903
\Configure{likesectionTITLE+}{#1}
 
8904
>>>
 
8905
 
 
8906
 
 
8907
 
 
8908
\<scr report,book\><<<
 
8909
|<shared h5 subsubsection|>
 
8910
\ConfigureMark{appendix}{\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}%
 
8911
   \thechapter\HCode{</span>}}
 
8912
\Configure{appendix}{}{}
 
8913
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="appendixHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark{}.~~}
 
8914
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
8915
\Configure{appendixTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1}
 
8916
\Configure{likechapter}{}{}
 
8917
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="likechapterHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
8918
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
8919
\Configure{likechapterTITLE+}{#1}
 
8920
\Configure{addchap}{}{}
 
8921
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="addchapHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
8922
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\par}
 
8923
>>>
 
8924
 
 
8925
\<configure html4 scrbook\><<<
 
8926
\ConfigureMark{chapter}
 
8927
   {\if@mainmatter
 
8928
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\thechapter\HCode{</span>}.~~\fi}
 
8929
\Configure{chapter}{}{}
 
8930
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark{}}
 
8931
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
8932
\Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\if@mainmatter\thechapter\space\fi#1}
 
8933
\renewcommand\thechapter {\if@mainmatter\@arabic\c@chapter\fi}
 
8934
>>>
 
8935
 
 
8936
\<configure html4 scrreprt\><<<
 
8937
\ConfigureMark{chapter}
 
8938
   {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\thechapter\HCode{</span>}.~~}
 
8939
\Configure{chapter}{}{}
 
8940
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark{}}
 
8941
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\par}
 
8942
\Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1}
 
8943
>>>
 
8944
 
 
8945
\<scr article,report,book\><<<
 
8946
\ConfigureMark{minisec}{}
 
8947
\Configure{minisec}{}{}
 
8948
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP
 
8949
    \bgroup \IgnorePar\HCode{<h5 class="minisecHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
8950
    \TitleMark\space \HtmlParOff}
 
8951
   {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent\egroup\par\ShowPar}
 
8952
>>>
 
8953
 
 
8954
\<scrbook end units\><<<
 
8955
\Configure{endlikeparagraph}
 
8956
   {paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,%
 
8957
    likesubsection,section,%
 
8958
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
8959
\Configure{endsubparagraph}
 
8960
   {likesubparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
8961
    subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
8962
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
8963
\Configure{endlikesubparagraph}
 
8964
   {subparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
8965
    subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
8966
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
8967
\Configure{endsection}
 
8968
     {likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
8969
\Configure{endlikesection}
 
8970
     {section,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
8971
\Configure{endsubsection}
 
8972
   {likesubsection,section,likesection,chapter,%
 
8973
      likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
8974
\Configure{endlikesubsection}
 
8975
   {subsection,section,likesection,chapter,%
 
8976
      likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
8977
\Configure{endsubsubsection}
 
8978
   {likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
8979
      likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
8980
\Configure{endlikesubsubsection}
 
8981
   {subsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
8982
      likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
8983
\Configure{endparagraph}
 
8984
   {likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,%
 
8985
    likesubsection,section,%
 
8986
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
8987
\Configure{endchapter}{likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
8988
\Configure{endlikechapter}{chapter,appendix,part,likeparaddchap,addchap}
 
8989
\Configure{endaddchap}{chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
8990
\Configure{endappendix}{chapter,likechapter,addchap,part,likepart}
 
8991
>>>
 
8992
 
 
8993
 
 
8994
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8995
\section{scrreprt}
 
8996
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
8997
 
 
8998
 
 
8999
 
 
9000
 
 
9001
\<configure html4 scrreprt\><<<
 
9002
\def\:SPAN#1#2{\HCode{<span class="#1">}#2\HCode{</span>}}
 
9003
 
 
9004
|<shared bib env|>
 
9005
|<thebib config|>
 
9006
 
 
9007
\ifx \part\:UnDef \else
 
9008
   |<latex shared part config|>
 
9009
\fi
 
9010
 
 
9011
|<config lists of figures and tables|> 
 
9012
\ConfigureEnv{picture}
 
9013
   {\bgroup\ifvmode \Configure{HtmlPar}
 
9014
      {\EndP\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->%
 
9015
}\HCode{<p
 
9016
            class="center">}}%
 
9017
      {\EndP\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->%
 
9018
}\HCode{<p
 
9019
            class="center">}}%
 
9020
      {\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}}{\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}} \ShowPar\leavevmode
 
9021
    \fi}
 
9022
   {\egroup}{}{}
 
9023
 
 
9024
\ConfigureEnv{quote}
 
9025
   {}{}
 
9026
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="quote">}}
 
9027
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar\ShowIndent}
 
9028
\Css{.quote  {margin-bottom:0.25em;
 
9029
           margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }}
 
9030
|<book-report-article index|>
 
9031
|<scr reprt/book captions|>
 
9032
 
 
9033
\ConfigureEnv{verse}
 
9034
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg<div class="verse">}
 
9035
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg</div>}
 
9036
   {}{}
 
9037
\ConfigureList{verse}
 
9038
   {}{}
 
9039
   {\parindent=\z@}  {\par}
 
9040
\Css{.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}}
 
9041
|<base font size|>
 
9042
 
 
9043
\ConfigureEnv{quotation}
 
9044
   {}{}
 
9045
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="quotation">}}
 
9046
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
9047
\Css{.quotation  {margin-bottom:0.25em;
 
9048
           margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }}
 
9049
 
 
9050
\Configure{listof}{}{}{}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}{}
 
9051
 
 
9052
 
 
9053
|<latex shared part config|>
 
9054
 
 
9055
\ConfigureEnv{abstract}{\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode
 
9056
   {<\tbl:XV{abstract}><tr><td\Hnewline>}}
 
9057
   {\EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}{}{}
 
9058
\Css{.abstract p {margin-left:5\%; margin-right:5\%;}}
 
9059
 
 
9060
\def\:tempa{
 
9061
   \CutAt{part}
 
9062
   \CutAt{likepart}
 
9063
   |<cut toc scr: part|>%      
 
9064
}
 
9065
\def\:tempb{
 
9066
   |<tocat scr: part|>%
 
9067
   \CutAt{chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part}
 
9068
   \CutAt{likechapter,addchap,appendix,part}
 
9069
   \CutAt{addchap,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
9070
   \CutAt{appendix,chapter,likechapter,addchap,part}
 
9071
   |<tocat: ch|>%
 
9072
}
 
9073
\def\:tempc{
 
9074
   |<tocat scr: ch|>%
 
9075
   \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part}
 
9076
   \CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part}
 
9077
   |<cut toc: sec|>%
 
9078
}
 
9079
\def\:tempd{
 
9080
   |<tocat scr: section|>%
 
9081
   |<tocat scr: subsection|>%
 
9082
   |<cut toc: subsec|>%
 
9083
}
 
9084
 
 
9085
\:CheckOption{4}     \if:Option
 
9086
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
9087
                          \:tempa \:tempc \:tempd
 
9088
    \else                 \:tempa \:tempb \:tempc \:tempd  \fi
 
9089
\else\:CheckOption{3}     \if:Option
 
9090
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
9091
                          \:tempa \:tempc  \:tempd
 
9092
    \else                 \:tempa \:tempb  \:tempc  \fi
 
9093
\else\:CheckOption{2}     \if:Option
 
9094
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax  \:tempa \:tempc
 
9095
    \else                 \:tempa \:tempb    \fi
 
9096
\else\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
9097
    \:tempa
 
9098
\else
 
9099
    \Log:Note{for sectioning pagination,
 
9100
          use the command line option `1', `2', or `3'}%
 
9101
\fi \fi \fi \fi
 
9102
 
 
9103
\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
9104
  |<toc article,report options 1|>
 
9105
\fi
 
9106
|<scrreprt end units|>
 
9107
\Configure{addchapTITLE+}{#1}
 
9108
\def\tocaddchap#1#2#3{\par\:SPAN{addchapToc}{#2}\par}%  
 
9109
>>>
 
9110
 
 
9111
 
 
9112
\<scrreprt end-thanks author date and\><<<
 
9113
\Configure{thanks author date and}
 
9114
   {\SaveEndP\global\setbox\fn:box=\vtop\bgroup\ShowPar
 
9115
     \ifvoid\fn:box\else  \csname unvbox\endcsname\fn:box\fi}
 
9116
   {\EndP\egroup\RecallEndP }
 
9117
   {\HCode{<div class="author" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
9118
   {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
9119
   {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}}
 
9120
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
9121
|<thanks for thanks p|>
 
9122
\Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}}
 
9123
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:80\%;
 
9124
                font-style:italic; }}
 
9125
>>>
 
9126
 
 
9127
\<scrreprt thanks author date and\><<<
 
9128
\Configure{thanks author date and}
 
9129
   {\HCode{<div class="thanks">}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
9130
   {\HCode{<div class="author" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
9131
   {\HCode{<div class="date" >}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
9132
   {\HCode{<br class="and"\xml:empty>}}
 
9133
   {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}
 
9134
|<thank for thanks|>
 
9135
\Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}}
 
9136
\Css{div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10\%; font-size:80\%;
 
9137
                font-style:italic; }}
 
9138
>>>
 
9139
 
 
9140
\<configure html4 scrartcl\><<<
 
9141
|<scr article,report,book|>
 
9142
>>>
 
9143
 
 
9144
\<configure html4 scrreprt\><<<
 
9145
|<scr article,report,book|>
 
9146
|<scr report,book|>
 
9147
|<description 4|>
 
9148
\Configure{paragraph}{}{}
 
9149
  {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf}
 
9150
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
9151
\Configure{likeparagraph}{}{}
 
9152
  {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="likeparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
9153
  {\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
9154
\Css{.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead
 
9155
   { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}}
 
9156
 
 
9157
\ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{\thesubparagraph}
 
9158
\Configure{subparagraph}{}{}
 
9159
  {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf
 
9160
   \TitleMark\space}
 
9161
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
9162
\Configure{likesubparagraph}{}{}
 
9163
  {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="likesubparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf}
 
9164
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
9165
\Css{.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead
 
9166
   { font-weight: bold;}}
 
9167
>>>
 
9168
 
 
9169
\<scrreprt end units\><<<
 
9170
\Configure{endlikeparagraph}
 
9171
   {paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,%
 
9172
    likesubsection,section,%
 
9173
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9174
\Configure{endsubparagraph}
 
9175
   {likesubparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
9176
    subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
9177
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9178
\Configure{endlikesubparagraph}
 
9179
   {subparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
9180
    subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
9181
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9182
 
 
9183
\Configure{endsection}
 
9184
     {likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9185
\Configure{endlikesection}
 
9186
     {section,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9187
 
 
9188
\Configure{endsubsection}
 
9189
   {likesubsection,section,likesection,chapter,%
 
9190
      likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9191
\Configure{endlikesubsection}
 
9192
   {subsection,section,likesection,chapter,%
 
9193
      likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9194
\Configure{endsubsubsection}
 
9195
   {likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
9196
      likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9197
\Configure{endlikesubsubsection}
 
9198
   {subsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
9199
      likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9200
\Configure{endparagraph}
 
9201
   {likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,%
 
9202
    likesubsection,section,%
 
9203
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,addchap,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9204
 
 
9205
\Configure{endaddchap}{likechapter,appendix,part,likepart,chapter}
 
9206
\Configure{endchapter}{likechapter,appendix,part,likepart,addchap}
 
9207
\Configure{endlikechapter}{chapter,appendix,part,likepart,addchap}
 
9208
\Configure{endappendix}{chapter,likechapter,part,likepart,addchap}
 
9209
>>>
 
9210
 
 
9211
 
 
9212
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9213
\section{Res}
 
9214
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9215
 
 
9216
\<configure html4 res\><<<   
 
9217
\ConfigureEnv{resume}
 
9218
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
9219
     \HCode{<div class="resume">}\let\endHR=\empty}
 
9220
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
9221
     \HCode{\endHR</div>}}    
 
9222
    {} {}
 
9223
\def\c:secnumdepth{-1}
 
9224
 
 
9225
\Configure{overlapped-section}
 
9226
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar }
 
9227
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar  \HCode{</div>}}
 
9228
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
9229
    \HCode{<h4 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff}
 
9230
   {\HCode{</h4>}%
 
9231
    \HCode{<div class="section">}%
 
9232
    \HtmlParOn \ShowPar \IgnoreIndent \csname par\endcsname}
 
9233
 
 
9234
\ConfigureEnv{tabbing}
 
9235
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<table class="tabbing">}}
 
9236
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</table>}\par\ShowPar}
 
9237
    {} {}
 
9238
 
 
9239
\Configure{tabbing}
 
9240
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{<tr>}}
 
9241
    {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
9242
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{<td class="tabbing">}}
 
9243
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</td>}}
 
9244
 
 
9245
\Css{table.tabbing {width:100\%; margin-top:1em;}}
 
9246
\Css{td.tabbing {width:33\%;}}
 
9247
\Css{div.section {margin-left:3em;}}
 
9248
>>>
 
9249
 
 
9250
 
 
9251
\<configure html4 res\><<<   
 
9252
\Configure{centeraddresses}
 
9253
   {} {}
 
9254
   {\HCode{<table class="center-addresses"><tr><td class="first-address">}}
 
9255
   {\HCode{</td><td class="second-address">}}
 
9256
   {\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}
 
9257
\Css{.center-addresses {width:100\%}}
 
9258
>>>
 
9259
 
 
9260
\<configure html4 res\><<<   
 
9261
\Configure{linename}
 
9262
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
9263
    \HCode{<div class="linename">}}
 
9264
   {\HCode{</div><hr />}\par}
 
9265
\Configure{lineaddress}
 
9266
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
9267
    \HCode{<div class="line-address">}}
 
9268
   {\HCode{<br />}}
 
9269
   {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9270
\Css{.line-address {text-align:right;}}
 
9271
>>>
 
9272
 
 
9273
\<configure html4 res\><<<
 
9274
\Configure{boxed-section}
 
9275
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
9276
    \HCode{<table class="section"><tr><td class="section">}\par
 
9277
   }
 
9278
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
9279
    \HCode{</td></tr></table>}\par}
 
9280
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HtmlParOff}
 
9281
   {\HCode{</td><td class="section-body">}\HtmlParOn\par\ShowPar}
 
9282
\Css{table.section td{ vertical-align:top;}}
 
9283
\Css{td.section {padding-right:2em; width:20\%;}}
 
9284
\Css{table.section {margin-top:1em;}}
 
9285
>>>
 
9286
 
 
9287
\<configure html4 res\><<<
 
9288
\ConfigureEnv{position}
 
9289
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
9290
    \HCode{<div class="position">}}
 
9291
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
9292
   {}{}
 
9293
\Css{.position table {width:100\%;}}
 
9294
>>>
 
9295
 
 
9296
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9297
\section{aa}
 
9298
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9299
 
 
9300
\<configure html4 aa\><<<   
 
9301
   |<makeketitle config 4.0t|>
 
9302
    |<configure aa 3.2/4.0t|>
 
9303
|<latex shared part config|>
 
9304
|<latex config div 4.0t|>
 
9305
|<latex shared div config|>
 
9306
|<shared bib env|>
 
9307
\ifx \part\:UnDef \else
 
9308
   |<latex shared part config|>
 
9309
\fi
 
9310
>>>
 
9311
 
 
9312
\subsection{Sizes of Fonts}
 
9313
 
 
9314
pages should honor the base font sizes the
 
9315
readers choose for their browsers. Hence, under this assumption, all
 
9316
tex4ht should do is just assure appropriate relative dimensions for
 
9317
fonts of other sizes. To meet this end, I modified latex.4ht to
 
9318
automatically include
 
9319
 
 
9320
   \verb'{\Configure{Needs}{Font\string_Size: #1}\Needs{1...}}'
 
9321
 
 
9322
when options 11pt and 12pt are listed in \verb'\documentclass'.
 
9323
\<article,report,book\><<<
 
9324
|<base font size|>
 
9325
>>>
 
9326
>
 
9327
 
 
9328
\<base font size\><<<
 
9329
{\Configure{Needs}{Font\string_Size: #1}\ifcase  \@ptsize
 
9330
   \or \Needs{11}\or \Needs{12}\else \fi}
 
9331
>>>
 
9332
 
 
9333
 
 
9334
\<ams art,proc,book\><<<
 
9335
|<base font size|>
 
9336
>>>
 
9337
 
 
9338
 
 
9339
 
 
9340
 
 
9341
 
 
9342
 
 
9343
 
 
9344
\<latex config div 4.0t\><<<
 
9345
|<latex shared section config|>
 
9346
|<latex shared subsection config|>
 
9347
|<latex shared subsubsection config|>
 
9348
|<latex shared paragraph config|>
 
9349
>>>
 
9350
 
 
9351
 
 
9352
 
 
9353
% \Css{.titlemark{margin-right:0.7em;}} abuses NS 4.7
 
9354
 
 
9355
\<latex shared section config\><<<
 
9356
\ConfigureMark{section}
 
9357
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble
 
9358
    \else
 
9359
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\@seccntformat{section}%
 
9360
       \HCode{</span>}\fi }
 
9361
\Configure{section}{}{}
 
9362
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
9363
    \HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
9364
   {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn\ShowPar \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
9365
\Configure{sectionTITLE+}{\thesection\space#1}
 
9366
\Configure{likesection}{}{}
 
9367
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
9368
    \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="likesectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff}
 
9369
   {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
9370
\Configure{likesectionTITLE+}{#1}
 
9371
>>>
 
9372
% \def\HCode{<#1>}{\HCode{<#1>}}
 
9373
 
 
9374
 
 
9375
 
 
9376
\<latex shared subsection config\><<<
 
9377
|<shared h5 subsubsection|>
 
9378
|<shared h4 subsection|>
 
9379
>>>
 
9380
 
 
9381
 
 
9382
\<latex shared paragraph config\><<<
 
9383
\Configure{paragraph}{}{}
 
9384
  {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf}
 
9385
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
9386
\Configure{likeparagraph}{}{}
 
9387
  {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="likeparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
9388
  {\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
9389
\Css{.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead
 
9390
   { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}}
 
9391
>>>
 
9392
 
 
9393
\<latex config div 4.0t\><<<
 
9394
\ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{}
 
9395
\Configure{subparagraph}{}{}
 
9396
  {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf
 
9397
   \TitleMark\space}
 
9398
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
9399
\Configure{likesubparagraph}{}{}
 
9400
  {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="likesubparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf}
 
9401
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
9402
\Css{.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead
 
9403
   { font-weight: bold;}}
 
9404
>>>
 
9405
 
 
9406
\<32,4 latex\><<<
 
9407
\ConfigureEnv{picture}
 
9408
   {\bgroup\ifvmode \Configure{HtmlPar}
 
9409
      {\EndP\HCode{|<show input line no|>}\HCode{<p
 
9410
            class="center">}}%
 
9411
      {\EndP\HCode{|<show input line no|>}\HCode{<p
 
9412
            class="center">}}%
 
9413
      {\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}}{\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}} \ShowPar\leavevmode
 
9414
    \fi}
 
9415
   {\egroup}{}{}
 
9416
>>>
 
9417
 
 
9418
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9419
\subsection{ltxguide}
 
9420
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9421
 
 
9422
\<configure html4 ltxguide\><<<
 
9423
\Configure{m}
 
9424
   {\HCode{\string&\#x2329;}}
 
9425
   {\HCode{\string&\#x232A;}}
 
9426
>>>
 
9427
 
 
9428
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9429
\section{Polish: mwart.cls, mwrep.cls, mwbk.cls}
 
9430
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9431
 
 
9432
\<configure html4 mwart\><<<
 
9433
|<mwcls divs|>
 
9434
|<mwcls tocs|>
 
9435
|<mwart tocs|>
 
9436
|<cut and toc at for options 1, 2, 3|> |%should be after mw ... tocs|%
 
9437
|<mwcls configs|>
 
9438
>>>
 
9439
 
 
9440
 
 
9441
\<configure html4 mwrep\><<<
 
9442
|<mwcls divs|>
 
9443
|<mw rep/bk divs|>
 
9444
|<mwcls tocs|>
 
9445
|<mw rep/bk tocs|>
 
9446
|<cut and toc at for options 1, 2, 3|> |%should be after mw ... tocs|%
 
9447
|<mwcls configs|>
 
9448
>>>
 
9449
 
 
9450
\<configure html4 mwbk\><<<
 
9451
|<mwcls divs|>
 
9452
|<mw rep/bk divs|>
 
9453
|<mwcls tocs|>
 
9454
|<mw rep/bk tocs|>
 
9455
|<cut and toc at for options 1, 2, 3|> |%should be after mw ... tocs|%
 
9456
|<mwcls configs|>
 
9457
>>>
 
9458
 
 
9459
\<mwcls configs\><<<
 
9460
|<mwcls index|>
 
9461
|<config captions|>
 
9462
|<shared bib env|>
 
9463
|<thebib config|>
 
9464
\def\:SPAN#1#2{\HCode{<span class="#1">}#2\HCode{</span>}}
 
9465
|<config lists of figures and tables|> 
 
9466
\ConfigureList{description}%
 
9467
   {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="description">}%
 
9468
      \PushMacro\end:itm
 
9469
\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
9470
   {\PopMacro\end:itm \global\let\end:itm \end:itm
 
9471
\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}
 
9472
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt
 
9473
        class="description">}\bgroup \bf}
 
9474
   {\egroup\EndP\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="description">}}
 
9475
 
 
9476
\ConfigureEnv{quote}
 
9477
   {}{}
 
9478
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="quote">}}
 
9479
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar\ShowIndent}
 
9480
\Css{.quote  {margin-bottom:0.25em;
 
9481
           margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }}
 
9482
 
 
9483
\ConfigureEnv{verse}
 
9484
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg<div class="verse">}
 
9485
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg</div>}
 
9486
   {}{}
 
9487
\ConfigureList{verse}
 
9488
   {}{}
 
9489
   {\parindent=\z@}  {\par}
 
9490
\Css{.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}}
 
9491
 
 
9492
{\Configure{Needs}{Font\string_Size: #1}\ifcase  \@ptsize
 
9493
   \or \Needs{11}\or \Needs{12}\else \fi}
 
9494
 
 
9495
\ConfigureEnv{quotation}
 
9496
   {}{}
 
9497
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="quotation">}}
 
9498
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
9499
\Css{.quotation  {margin-bottom:0.25em;
 
9500
           margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }}
 
9501
 
 
9502
\Configure{listof}{}{}{}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}{}
 
9503
 
 
9504
\ConfigureEnv{abstract}
 
9505
   {\IgnorePar\EndP
 
9506
    \HCode{<\tbl:XV{abstract}><tr><td\Hnewline>}\par\ShowPar}
 
9507
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}{}{}
 
9508
\Css{.abstract p {margin-left:5\%; margin-right:5\%;}}
 
9509
>>> 
 
9510
 
 
9511
 
 
9512
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
9513
\ConfigureMark{part}
 
9514
   {\ifHeadingNumbered \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\partname
 
9515
      \space \HeadingNumber \HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
9516
\Configure{part}{}{}
 
9517
   {\NoFonts\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
9518
    \HCode{<h1 class="partHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark
 
9519
    \HCode{<br />}\HtmlParOff}
 
9520
   {\HCode{</h1>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
9521
\Configure{partTITLE+}{\thepart\space #1}
 
9522
\Css{h1.partHead{text-align: left}}
 
9523
>>>
 
9524
 
 
9525
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
9526
\Configure{likepart}{}{}
 
9527
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h1 class="likepartHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
9528
   {\HCode{</h1>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9529
\Configure{likepartTITLE+}{#1}
 
9530
>>>
 
9531
 
 
9532
\<mw rep/bk divs\><<<
 
9533
\ConfigureMark{chapter}
 
9534
   {\ifHeadingNumbered \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\mw@seccntformat
 
9535
    \HeadingNumber \HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
9536
\Configure{chapter}{}{}
 
9537
   {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
9538
    \HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\HtmlParOff}
 
9539
   {\HCode{</h2>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
9540
\Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\thesection\space#1}
 
9541
>>>
 
9542
 
 
9543
\<mw rep/bk divs\><<<
 
9544
\Configure{likechapter}{}{}
 
9545
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
9546
    \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="likechapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff}
 
9547
   {\HCode{</h2>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
9548
\Configure{likechapterTITLE+}{#1}
 
9549
>>>
 
9550
 
 
9551
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
9552
\ConfigureMark{section}
 
9553
   {\ifHeadingNumbered \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\mw@seccntformat
 
9554
    \HeadingNumber \HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
9555
\Configure{section}{}{}
 
9556
   {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
9557
    \HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\HtmlParOff}
 
9558
   {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
9559
\Configure{sectionTITLE+}{\thesection\space#1}
 
9560
>>>
 
9561
 
 
9562
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
9563
\Configure{likesection}{}{}
 
9564
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
9565
    \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="likesectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff}
 
9566
   {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
9567
\Configure{likesectionTITLE+}{#1}
 
9568
>>>
 
9569
 
 
9570
 
 
9571
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
9572
\Configure{paragraph}{}{}
 
9573
  {\par\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span 
 
9574
      class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf}
 
9575
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
9576
\Css{.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead
 
9577
   { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}}
 
9578
>>>
 
9579
 
 
9580
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
9581
\Configure{likeparagraph}{}{}
 
9582
  {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="likeparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
9583
  {\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
9584
>>>
 
9585
 
 
9586
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
9587
\ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{}
 
9588
\Configure{subparagraph}{}{}
 
9589
  {\par\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent 
 
9590
   \HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf
 
9591
   \TitleMark\space}
 
9592
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
9593
\Css{.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead
 
9594
   { font-weight: bold;}}
 
9595
>>>
 
9596
 
 
9597
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
9598
\Configure{likesubparagraph}{}{}
 
9599
  {\par\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent 
 
9600
   \HCode{<span class="likesubparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf}
 
9601
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
9602
>>>
 
9603
 
 
9604
\<mwcls divs\><<<
 
9605
\Configure{endpart}{likepart}
 
9606
\Configure{endlikepart}{endpart}
 
9607
\Configure{endsection}
 
9608
   {likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9609
\Configure{endlikesection}
 
9610
   {section,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9611
\Configure{endsubsection}
 
9612
   {likesubsection,section,likesection,chapter,%
 
9613
      likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9614
\Configure{endlikesubsection}
 
9615
   {subsection,section,likesection,chapter,%
 
9616
      likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9617
\Configure{endsubsubsection}
 
9618
   {likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
9619
      likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9620
\Configure{endlikesubsubsection}
 
9621
   {subsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
9622
      likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9623
\Configure{endparagraph}
 
9624
   {likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,%
 
9625
      likesubsection,section,%
 
9626
      likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9627
\Configure{endlikeparagraph}
 
9628
   {paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,%
 
9629
    likesubsection,section,%
 
9630
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9631
\Configure{endsubparagraph}
 
9632
   {likesubparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
9633
    subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
9634
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9635
\Configure{endlikesubparagraph}
 
9636
   {subparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
9637
    subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
9638
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
9639
>>>
 
9640
 
 
9641
 
 
9642
 
 
9643
 
 
9644
 
 
9645
\<mwcls tocs\><<<
 
9646
\ConfigureToc{part}
 
9647
  {\HCode{<div class="partToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9648
  {\HCode{</span>}. }
 
9649
  {}
 
9650
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9651
\ConfigureToc{likepart}
 
9652
  {\HCode{<div class="likepartToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9653
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
9654
  {}
 
9655
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9656
\ConfigureToc{section}
 
9657
  {\HCode{<div class="sectionToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9658
  {\HCode{</span>}. }
 
9659
  {}
 
9660
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9661
\ConfigureToc{likesection}
 
9662
  {\HCode{<div class="likesectionToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9663
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
9664
  {}
 
9665
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9666
\ConfigureToc{subsection}
 
9667
  {\HCode{<div class="subsectionToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9668
  {\HCode{</span>}. }
 
9669
  {}
 
9670
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9671
\ConfigureToc{likesubsection}
 
9672
  {\HCode{<div class="likesubsectionToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9673
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
9674
  {}
 
9675
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9676
\ConfigureToc{subsubsection}
 
9677
  {\HCode{<div class="subsubsectionToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9678
  {\HCode{</span>}. }
 
9679
  {}
 
9680
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9681
\ConfigureToc{likesubsubsection}
 
9682
  {\HCode{<div class="likesubsubsectionToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9683
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
9684
  {}
 
9685
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9686
\ConfigureToc{paragraph}
 
9687
  {\HCode{<div class="paragraphToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9688
  {\HCode{</span>}. }
 
9689
  {}
 
9690
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9691
\ConfigureToc{likeparagraph}
 
9692
  {\HCode{<div class="likeparagraphToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9693
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
9694
  {}
 
9695
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9696
\ConfigureToc{subparagraph}
 
9697
  {\HCode{<div class="subparagraphToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9698
  {\HCode{</span>}. }
 
9699
  {}
 
9700
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9701
\ConfigureToc{likesubparagraph}
 
9702
  {\HCode{<div class="likesubparagraphToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9703
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
9704
  {}
 
9705
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9706
>>>
 
9707
 
 
9708
\<mw rep/bk tocs\><<<
 
9709
\ConfigureToc{chapter}
 
9710
  {\HCode{<div class="chapterToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9711
  {\HCode{</span>}. }
 
9712
  {}
 
9713
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9714
\ConfigureToc{likechapter}
 
9715
  {\HCode{<div class="likechapterToc"><span class="mark">}}
 
9716
  {\HCode{</span>}}
 
9717
  {}
 
9718
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
9719
>>>
 
9720
 
 
9721
 
 
9722
\<mwcls tocs\><<<
 
9723
\Css{.partToc a, .partToc, .likepartToc a, .likepartToc
 
9724
        {line-height: 200\%; font-weight:bold; font-size:110\%;}}
 
9725
\Css{.partToc, .likepartToc{text-align:center;margin-bottom:0.25em;
 
9726
           margin-top:0.25em;}}
 
9727
>>>
 
9728
 
 
9729
\<mwart tocs\><<<
 
9730
\Css{.sectionToc, .likesectionToc            {white-space: nowrap;}}
 
9731
\Css{.subsectionToc, .likesubsectionToc      
 
9732
                            {margin-left:1em; white-space: nowrap;}}
 
9733
\Css{.subsubsectionToc, .likesubsubsectionToc
 
9734
                            {margin-left:2em; white-space: nowrap;}}
 
9735
\Css{.paragraphToc, .likeparagraphToc        
 
9736
                            {margin-left:3em; white-space: nowrap;}}
 
9737
\Css{.subparagraphToc, .likesubparagraphToc  
 
9738
                            {margin-left:4em; white-space: nowrap;}}
 
9739
>>>
 
9740
 
 
9741
\<mw rep/bk tocs\><<<
 
9742
\Css{.chapterToc, .likechapterToc            {white-space: nowrap;}}
 
9743
\Css{.sectionToc, .likesectionToc
 
9744
                            {margin-left:1em; white-space: nowrap;}}
 
9745
\Css{.subsectionToc, .likesubsectionToc      
 
9746
                            {margin-left:2em; white-space: nowrap;}}
 
9747
\Css{.subsubsectionToc, .likesubsubsectionToc
 
9748
                            {margin-left:3em; white-space: nowrap;}}
 
9749
\Css{.paragraphToc, .likeparagraphToc        
 
9750
                            {margin-left:4em; white-space: nowrap;}}
 
9751
\Css{.subparagraphToc, .likesubparagraphToc  
 
9752
                            {margin-left:5em; white-space: nowrap;}}
 
9753
>>>
 
9754
 
 
9755
 
 
9756
 
 
9757
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9758
\section{texinfo}
 
9759
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9760
 
 
9761
 
 
9762
\<configure html4 texinfo\><<<
 
9763
\Configure{group}
 
9764
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="group">}}
 
9765
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
9766
\Css{div.obeylines-v  div.group  p { margin-top:0; margin-bottom:0; }}
 
9767
\Configure{multitable}
 
9768
   {\IgnorePar \EndP\HCode{<table\Hnewline class="multitable">}\IgnorePar}
 
9769
   {\HCode{</table>}}
 
9770
   {\HCode{<tr>}}
 
9771
   {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
9772
   {\HCode{<td \Hnewline class="multitabl\the\colcount">}}
 
9773
   {\IgnorePar \EndP\HCode{</td>}}
 
9774
\Css{.multitable td{padding-left:1em; padding-right:1em;}}
 
9775
>>>
 
9776
 
 
9777
 
 
9778
\<configure html4 texinfo\><<<
 
9779
\Configure{example}
 
9780
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="example">}}
 
9781
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
9782
\Css{div.example { margin-left:2em; }}
 
9783
\Configure{smallexample}
 
9784
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="smallexample">}}
 
9785
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
9786
\Css{div.smallexample { margin-left:2em; }}
 
9787
>>>
 
9788
 
 
9789
 
 
9790
\<configure html4 texinfo\><<<
 
9791
\ConfigureMark{chapter}{\the\chapno}
 
9792
\Configure{chapter}{}{}
 
9793
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space}
 
9794
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9795
\ConfigureMark{appendix}{\appendixletter}
 
9796
\Configure{appendix}{}{}
 
9797
   {\IgnorePar\EndP
 
9798
    \HCode{<h2 class="appendixHead"\a:LRdir>}Appendix \TitleMark\space}
 
9799
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9800
\Configure{unnumbered}{}{}
 
9801
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="unnumberedHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
9802
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9803
\ConfigureMark{numberedsec}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
 
9804
\Configure{numberedsec}{}{}
 
9805
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h3 
 
9806
       class="numberedsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space}
 
9807
   {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9808
\ConfigureMark{appendixsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}
 
9809
\Configure{appendixsec}{}{}
 
9810
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h3 
 
9811
       class="appendixsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space}
 
9812
   {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9813
\Configure{unnumberedsec}{}{}
 
9814
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h3 class="unnumberedsecHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
9815
   {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9816
\ConfigureMark{numberedsubsec}{\the\chapno.\the\secno .\the\subsecno}
 
9817
\Configure{numberedsubsec}{}{}
 
9818
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h4 
 
9819
       class="numberedsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space}
 
9820
   {\HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9821
\ConfigureMark{appendixsubsec}{\appendixletter .\the\secno.\the\subsecno}
 
9822
\Configure{appendixsubsec}{}{}
 
9823
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h4 
 
9824
     class="appendixsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space}
 
9825
   {\HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9826
\ConfigureMark{appendixsubsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno
 
9827
                                        .\the\subsecno}
 
9828
\Configure{appendixsubsec}{}{}
 
9829
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h4 
 
9830
       class="appendixsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space}
 
9831
   {\HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9832
\Configure{unnumberedsubsec}{}{}
 
9833
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h4 class="unnumberedsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
9834
   {\HCode{</h4>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9835
\ConfigureMark{numberedsubsubsec}{\the\chapno.\the\secno
 
9836
                      .\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}
 
9837
\Configure{numberedsubsubsec}{}{}
 
9838
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h5 
 
9839
       class="numberedsubsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space}
 
9840
   {\HCode{</h5>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9841
\ConfigureMark{appendixsubsubsec}{\appendixletter
 
9842
             .\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}
 
9843
\Configure{appendixsubsubsec}{}{}
 
9844
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h5 
 
9845
     class="appendixsubsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space}
 
9846
   {\HCode{</h5>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9847
\ConfigureMark{appendixsubsubsec}{\appendixletter.\the\secno
 
9848
                                  .\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}
 
9849
\Configure{appendixsubsubsec}{}{}
 
9850
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h5 
 
9851
       class="appendixsubsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space}
 
9852
   {\HCode{</h5>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9853
\Configure{unnumberedsubsubsec}{}{}
 
9854
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h5 class="unnumberedsubsubsecHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
9855
   {\HCode{</h5>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
9856
>>>
 
9857
 
 
9858
\<configure html4 texinfo\><<<
 
9859
\ConfigureToc{chapter}
 
9860
    {\Tg<span class="chapterToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9861
\ConfigureToc{appendix}
 
9862
    {\Tg<span class="appendixToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9863
\ConfigureToc{unnumbered}
 
9864
    {\Tg<span class="unnumberedToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9865
\ConfigureToc{numberedsec}
 
9866
    {\Tg<span class="numberedsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9867
\ConfigureToc{appendixsec}
 
9868
    {\Tg<span class="appendixsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9869
\ConfigureToc{unnumberedsec}
 
9870
    {\Tg<span class="unnumberedsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9871
\ConfigureToc{numberedsubsec}
 
9872
    {\Tg<span class="numberedsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9873
\ConfigureToc{appendixsubsec}
 
9874
    {\Tg<span class="appendixsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9875
\ConfigureToc{appendixsubsec}
 
9876
    {\Tg<span class="appendixsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9877
\ConfigureToc{unnumberedsubsec}
 
9878
    {\Tg<span class="unnumberedsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9879
\ConfigureToc{numberedsubsubsec}
 
9880
    {\Tg<span class="numberedsubsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9881
\ConfigureToc{appendixsubsubsec}
 
9882
    {\Tg<span class="appendixsubsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9883
\ConfigureToc{appendixsubsubsec}
 
9884
    {\Tg<span class="appendixsubsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9885
\ConfigureToc{unnumberedsubsubsec}
 
9886
    {\Tg<span class="unnumberedsubsubsecToc">}{ }{}{\Tg</span>\Tg<br />}
 
9887
>>>
 
9888
 
 
9889
 
 
9890
 
 
9891
\<configure html4 texinfo\><<<
 
9892
\Configure{enumerate}
 
9893
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<ol\space class="enumerate"\Hnewline>}}
 
9894
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</li></ol>}\ShowPar}
 
9895
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\ifnum \itemno>1 \Tg</li>\fi\DeleteMark}
 
9896
   {\HCode{<li class="enumerate">}}
 
9897
\Configure{itemize}
 
9898
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<ul\space\a:LRdir class="itemize"\Hnewline>}}
 
9899
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</li></ul>}\ShowPar}
 
9900
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\ifnum \itemno>1 \Tg</li>\fi\DeleteMark}
 
9901
   {\HCode{<li class="itemize">}}
 
9902
\Configure{table}%
 
9903
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="description">}%
 
9904
    |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm|=\empty}
 
9905
   {|<recall end:itm|>\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}}
 
9906
   {\IgnorePar\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt
 
9907
        class="description">}\bgroup \bf}
 
9908
   {\egroup\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="description">}}
 
9909
>>>
 
9910
 
 
9911
\<configure html4 texinfo\><<<
 
9912
\Configure{titlepage}
 
9913
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="titlepage">}} 
 
9914
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
9915
\Configure{title}
 
9916
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="title">}}  
 
9917
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
9918
\Configure{subtitle}
 
9919
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="subtitle">}}
 
9920
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
9921
\Configure{author}
 
9922
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="author">}}
 
9923
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
9924
>>>
 
9925
 
 
9926
 
 
9927
 
 
9928
 
 
9929
 
 
9930
 
 
9931
 
 
9932
 
 
9933
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9934
\chapter{Accents, encodings, and Languages}
 
9935
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9936
 
 
9937
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9938
\section{Outline}
 
9939
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9940
 
 
9941
 
 
9942
\Link[http://lycos.basistech.com/info/standards/ISO-8859.txt]{}{}iso
 
9943
 text\EndLink,
 
9944
\Link[http://titus.uni-frankfurt.de/unicode/iso8859/iso8859.htm]{}{}titus glyphs\EndLink,
 
9945
satto glyphs:
 
9946
\Link[http://www.satto.co.yu/podrska/iso/iso8859-1.htm]{}{}1\EndLink{}
 
9947
\Link[http://www.satto.co.yu/podrska/iso/iso8859-2.htm]{}{}2\EndLink{} ...,
 
9948
microsoft glyphs:
 
9949
\Link[http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/iso/28591.htm]{}{}1\EndLink{}
 
9950
\Link[http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/iso/28592.htm]{}{}2\EndLink{} ...
 
9951
 
 
9952
 
 
9953
 
 
9954
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
9955
\ifOption{charset=iso-8859-7}
 
9956
   {|<T1 greek ldf iso-8859-7|>}
 
9957
   {}
 
9958
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option
 
9959
\else
 
9960
   |<T1 old iso-8859-1 accents|>
 
9961
\fi
 
9962
\let\^^_|=\v
 
9963
>>>
 
9964
 
 
9965
 
 
9966
\<old plain,latex accents\><<<
 
9967
|<old iso-8859-1 accents|>
 
9968
|<OT1 old iso-8859-1 accents|>
 
9969
|<optional iso-8859-2 accents|>
 
9970
>>>
 
9971
 
 
9972
\<babel accents\><<<
 
9973
|<optional iso-8859-2 accents|>
 
9974
>>>
 
9975
 
 
9976
 
 
9977
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9978
\section{Group Configurations}
 
9979
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9980
 
 
9981
 
 
9982
 
 
9983
 
 
9984
 
 
9985
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9986
\section{8859-1}
 
9987
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
9988
 
 
9989
\<acute codes\><<<
 
9990
A{00C1}C{0106}D{010E}E{00C9}G{01F4}I{00CD}L{0139}N{0143}%
 
9991
O{00D3}R{0154}S{015A}U{00DA}Y{00DD}Z{0179}a{00E1}c{0107}%
 
9992
d{010F}e{00E9}g{01F5}i{00ED}l{013A}n{0144}o{00F3}r{0155}%
 
9993
s{015B}u{00FA}y{00FD}z{017A}j{FFFD}J{FFDD}\i{00ED}\j{FFFD}%
 
9994
>>>
 
9995
 
 
9996
\<add acute codes\><<<
 
9997
   {A}{\add:acc{00C1}}
 
9998
     {C}{\add:acc{0106}}
 
9999
     {D}{\add:acc{010E}}
 
10000
     {E}{\add:acc{00C9}}
 
10001
     {G}{\add:acc{01F4}}
 
10002
     {I}{\add:acc{00CD}}
 
10003
     {L}{\add:acc{0139}}
 
10004
     {N}{\add:acc{0143}}
 
10005
     {O}{\add:acc{00D3}}
 
10006
     {R}{\add:acc{0154}}
 
10007
     {S}{\add:acc{015A}}
 
10008
     {U}{\add:acc{00DA}}
 
10009
     {Y}{\add:acc{00DD}}
 
10010
     {Z}{\add:acc{0179}}
 
10011
     {a}{\add:acc{00E1}}
 
10012
     {c}{\add:acc{0107}}
 
10013
     {d}{\add:acc{010F}}
 
10014
     {e}{\add:acc{00E9}}
 
10015
     {g}{\add:acc{01F5}}
 
10016
     {i}{\add:acc{00ED}}
 
10017
     {l}{\add:acc{013A}}
 
10018
     {n}{\add:acc{0144}}
 
10019
     {o}{\add:acc{00F3}}
 
10020
     {r}{\add:acc{0155}}
 
10021
     {s}{\add:acc{015B}}
 
10022
     {u}{\add:acc{00FA}}
 
10023
     {y}{\add:acc{00FD}}
 
10024
     {z}{\add:acc{017A}}
 
10025
     {j}{\add:acc{FFFD}}
 
10026
     {J}{\add:acc{FFDD}}
 
10027
     {\i}{\add:acc{00ED}}
 
10028
     {\j}{\add:acc{FFFD}}      
 
10029
>>>
 
10030
 
 
10031
\<acute iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10032
|<acute codes|>%
 
10033
>>>
 
10034
 
 
10035
\<acute iso-8859-2\><<<
 
10036
|<acute codes|>%
 
10037
>>>
 
10038
 
 
10039
 
 
10040
\<double acute code\><<<
 
10041
o{0151}O{0150}U{0170}u{0171}%
 
10042
>>>
 
10043
 
 
10044
\<add double acute code\><<<
 
10045
   {o}{\add:acc{0151}}
 
10046
     {O}{\add:acc{0150}}
 
10047
     {U}{\add:acc{0170}}
 
10048
     {u}{\add:acc{0171}}
 
10049
>>>
 
10050
 
 
10051
\<double acute iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10052
|<double acute code|>%
 
10053
>>>
 
10054
 
 
10055
\<double acute iso-8859-2\><<<
 
10056
|<double acute code|>%
 
10057
>>>
 
10058
 
 
10059
 
 
10060
 
 
10061
 
 
10062
 
 
10063
 
 
10064
 
 
10065
 
 
10066
\<cedilla codes\><<<
 
10067
K{0136}k{0137}L{013B}l{013C}N{0145}n{0146}%
 
10068
R{0156}r{0157}S{015E}s{015F}T{0162}t{0163}%
 
10069
E{0228}e{0229}D{1E10}d{1E11}H{1E28}h{1E29}%
 
10070
C{00C7}c{00E7}G{0122}g{0123}%
 
10071
>>>
 
10072
 
 
10073
\<add cedilla codes\><<<
 
10074
     {K}{\add:acc{0136}}
 
10075
     {k}{\add:acc{0137}}
 
10076
     {L}{\add:acc{013B}}
 
10077
     {l}{\add:acc{013C}}
 
10078
     {N}{\add:acc{0145}}
 
10079
     {n}{\add:acc{0146}}
 
10080
     {R}{\add:acc{0156}}
 
10081
     {r}{\add:acc{0157}}
 
10082
     {S}{\add:acc{015E}}
 
10083
     {s}{\add:acc{015F}}
 
10084
     {T}{\add:acc{0162}}
 
10085
     {t}{\add:acc{0163}}
 
10086
     {E}{\add:acc{0228}}
 
10087
     {e}{\add:acc{0229}}
 
10088
     {D}{\add:acc{1E10}}
 
10089
     {d}{\add:acc{1E11}}
 
10090
     {H}{\add:acc{1E28}}
 
10091
     {h}{\add:acc{1E29}}
 
10092
     {C}{\add:acc{00C7}}
 
10093
     {c}{\add:acc{00E7}}
 
10094
     {G}{\add:acc{0122}}
 
10095
     {g}{\add:acc{0123}}
 
10096
>>>
 
10097
 
 
10098
 
 
10099
\<cedilla iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10100
|<cedilla codes|>%
 
10101
>>>
 
10102
 
 
10103
 
 
10104
\<cedilla iso-8859-2\><<<
 
10105
|<cedilla codes|>%
 
10106
>>>
 
10107
 
 
10108
 
 
10109
 
 
10110
 
 
10111
\<dot above codes\><<<
 
10112
C{010A}c{010B}E{0116}e{0117}G{0120}g{0121}%
 
10113
I{0130}Z{017B}z{017C}A{0226}a{0227}O{022E}%
 
10114
o{022F}B{1E02}b{1E03}D{1E0A}d{1E0B}F{1E1E}%
 
10115
f{1E1F}H{1E22}h{1E23}M{1E40}m{1E41}N{1E44}%
 
10116
n{1E45}P{1E56}p{1E57}R{1E58}r{1E59}S{1E60}%
 
10117
s{1E61}T{1E6A}t{1E6B}W{1E86}w{1E87}X{1E8A}%
 
10118
x{1E8B}Y{1E8E}y{1E8F}%
 
10119
>>>
 
10120
 
 
10121
\<add dot above codes\><<<
 
10122
     {C}{\add:acc{010A}}
 
10123
     {c}{\add:acc{010B}}
 
10124
     {E}{\add:acc{0116}}
 
10125
     {e}{\add:acc{0117}}
 
10126
     {G}{\add:acc{0120}}
 
10127
     {g}{\add:acc{0121}}
 
10128
     {I}{\add:acc{0130}}
 
10129
     {Z}{\add:acc{017B}}
 
10130
     {z}{\add:acc{017C}}
 
10131
     {A}{\add:acc{0226}}
 
10132
     {a}{\add:acc{0227}}
 
10133
     {O}{\add:acc{022E}}
 
10134
     {o}{\add:acc{022F}}
 
10135
     {B}{\add:acc{1E02}}
 
10136
     {b}{\add:acc{1E03}}
 
10137
     {D}{\add:acc{1E0A}}
 
10138
     {d}{\add:acc{1E0B}}
 
10139
     {F}{\add:acc{1E1E}}
 
10140
     {f}{\add:acc{1E1F}}
 
10141
     {H}{\add:acc{1E22}}
 
10142
     {h}{\add:acc{1E23}}
 
10143
     {M}{\add:acc{1E40}}
 
10144
     {m}{\add:acc{1E41}}
 
10145
     {N}{\add:acc{1E44}}
 
10146
     {n}{\add:acc{1E45}}
 
10147
     {P}{\add:acc{1E56}}
 
10148
     {p}{\add:acc{1E57}}
 
10149
     {R}{\add:acc{1E58}}
 
10150
     {r}{\add:acc{1E59}}
 
10151
     {S}{\add:acc{1E60}}
 
10152
     {s}{\add:acc{1E61}}
 
10153
     {T}{\add:acc{1E6A}}
 
10154
     {t}{\add:acc{1E6B}}
 
10155
     {W}{\add:acc{1E86}}
 
10156
     {w}{\add:acc{1E87}}
 
10157
     {X}{\add:acc{1E8A}}
 
10158
     {x}{\add:acc{1E8B}}
 
10159
     {Y}{\add:acc{1E8E}}
 
10160
     {y}{\add:acc{1E8F}}
 
10161
>>>
 
10162
 
 
10163
\<dot above iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10164
|<dot above codes|>%
 
10165
>>>
 
10166
 
 
10167
\<dot iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10168
|<dot above codes|>%
 
10169
>>>
 
10170
 
 
10171
\<dot above iso-8859-2\><<<
 
10172
|<dot above codes|>%
 
10173
>>>
 
10174
 
 
10175
 
 
10176
 
 
10177
 
 
10178
\<breve codes\><<<
 
10179
g{011F}I{012C}i{012D}O{014E}o{014F}%
 
10180
U{016C}u{016D}A{0102}a{0103}E{0114}%
 
10181
e{0115}G{011E}\i{012D}%
 
10182
>>>
 
10183
 
 
10184
\<add breve codes\><<<
 
10185
   {g}{\add:acc{011F}}
 
10186
     {I}{\add:acc{012C}}
 
10187
     {i}{\add:acc{012D}}
 
10188
     {O}{\add:acc{014E}}
 
10189
     {o}{\add:acc{014F}}
 
10190
     {U}{\add:acc{016C}}
 
10191
     {u}{\add:acc{016D}}
 
10192
     {A}{\add:acc{0102}}
 
10193
     {a}{\add:acc{0103}}
 
10194
     {E}{\add:acc{0114}}
 
10195
     {e}{\add:acc{0115}}
 
10196
     {G}{\add:acc{011E}}
 
10197
     {\i}{\add:acc{012D}}
 
10198
     {y}{y\add:acc{0306}}
 
10199
>>>
 
10200
 
 
10201
 
 
10202
\<breve iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10203
|<breve codes|>%
 
10204
>>>
 
10205
 
 
10206
\<breve iso-8859-2\><<<
 
10207
|<breve codes|>%
 
10208
>>>
 
10209
 
 
10210
 
 
10211
 
 
10212
 
 
10213
 
 
10214
 
 
10215
 
 
10216
\<caron codes\><<<
 
10217
C{010C}c{010D}D{010E}d{010F}%
 
10218
E{011A}e{011B}L{013D}l{013E}N{0147}n{0148}R{0158}r{0159}%
 
10219
S{0160}s{0161}T{0164}t{0165}Z{017D}z{017E}A{01CD}a{01CE}I{01CF}%
 
10220
i{01D0}O{01D1}o{01D2}U{01D3}u{01D4}G{01E6}g{01E7}K{01E8}k{01E9}%
 
10221
j{01F0}H{021E}h{021F}\i{01D0}\j{01F0}%
 
10222
>>>
 
10223
 
 
10224
\<add caron codes\><<<
 
10225
   {C}{\add:acc{010C}}
 
10226
     {c}{\add:acc{010D}}
 
10227
     {D}{\add:acc{010E}}
 
10228
     {d}{\add:acc{010F}}
 
10229
     {E}{\add:acc{011A}}
 
10230
     {e}{\add:acc{011B}}
 
10231
     {L}{\add:acc{013D}}
 
10232
     {l}{\add:acc{013E}}
 
10233
     {N}{\add:acc{0147}}
 
10234
     {n}{\add:acc{0148}}
 
10235
     {R}{\add:acc{0158}}
 
10236
     {r}{\add:acc{0159}}
 
10237
     {S}{\add:acc{0160}}
 
10238
     {s}{\add:acc{0161}}
 
10239
     {T}{\add:acc{0164}}
 
10240
     {t}{\add:acc{0165}}
 
10241
     {Z}{\add:acc{017D}}
 
10242
     {z}{\add:acc{017E}}
 
10243
     {A}{\add:acc{01CD}}
 
10244
     {a}{\add:acc{01CE}}
 
10245
     {I}{\add:acc{01CF}}
 
10246
     {i}{\add:acc{01D0}}
 
10247
     {O}{\add:acc{01D1}}
 
10248
     {o}{\add:acc{01D2}}
 
10249
     {U}{\add:acc{01D3}}
 
10250
     {u}{\add:acc{01D4}}
 
10251
     {G}{\add:acc{01E6}}
 
10252
     {g}{\add:acc{01E7}}
 
10253
     {K}{\add:acc{01E8}}
 
10254
     {k}{\add:acc{01E9}}
 
10255
     {j}{\add:acc{01F0}}
 
10256
     {H}{\add:acc{021E}}
 
10257
     {h}{\add:acc{021F}}
 
10258
     {\i}{\add:acc{01D0}}
 
10259
     {\j}{\add:acc{01F0}}
 
10260
>>>
 
10261
 
10262
 
 
10263
 
 
10264
\<caron iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10265
|<caron codes|>%
 
10266
>>>
 
10267
 
 
10268
\<caron iso-8859-2\><<<
 
10269
|<caron codes|>%
 
10270
>>>
 
10271
 
 
10272
\<check iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10273
|<caron codes|>%
 
10274
>>>
 
10275
 
 
10276
 
 
10277
 
 
10278
 
 
10279
 
 
10280
 
 
10281
 
 
10282
\<ring codes\><<<
 
10283
A{00C5}a{00E5}U{016E}u{016F}%
 
10284
>>>
 
10285
 
 
10286
\<add ring codes\><<<
 
10287
   {A}{\add:acc{00C5}}
 
10288
     {a}{\add:acc{00E5}}
 
10289
     {U}{\add:acc{016E}}
 
10290
     {u}{\add:acc{016F}}
 
10291
>>>
 
10292
 
 
10293
 
 
10294
\<ring iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10295
|<ring codes|>%
 
10296
>>>
 
10297
 
 
10298
\<ring iso-8859-2\><<<
 
10299
|<ring codes|>%
 
10300
>>>
 
10301
 
 
10302
 
 
10303
 
 
10304
 
 
10305
 
 
10306
 
 
10307
 
 
10308
 
 
10309
 
 
10310
 
 
10311
 
 
10312
 
 
10313
 
 
10314
 
 
10315
\<diaeresis codes\><<<
 
10316
H{1E26}h{1E27}W{1E84}w{1E85}X{1E8C}x{1E8D}%
 
10317
t{1E97}A{00C4}E{00CB}I{00CF}O{00D6}U{00DC}%
 
10318
a{00E4}e{00EB}i{00EF}o{00F6}u{00FC}y{00FF}%
 
10319
Y{0178}\i{00EF}%
 
10320
>>>
 
10321
 
 
10322
\<add diaeresis codes\><<<
 
10323
     {H}{\add:acc{1E26}}
 
10324
     {h}{\add:acc{1E27}}
 
10325
     {W}{\add:acc{1E84}}
 
10326
     {w}{\add:acc{1E85}}
 
10327
     {X}{\add:acc{1E8C}}
 
10328
     {x}{\add:acc{1E8D}}
 
10329
     {t}{\add:acc{1E97}}
 
10330
     {A}{\add:acc{00C4}}
 
10331
     {E}{\add:acc{00CB}}
 
10332
     {I}{\add:acc{00CF}}
 
10333
     {O}{\add:acc{00D6}}
 
10334
     {U}{\add:acc{00DC}}
 
10335
     {a}{\add:acc{00E4}}
 
10336
     {e}{\add:acc{00EB}}
 
10337
     {i}{\add:acc{00EF}}
 
10338
     {o}{\add:acc{00F6}}
 
10339
     {u}{\add:acc{00FC}}
 
10340
     {y}{\add:acc{00FF}}
 
10341
     {Y}{\add:acc{0178}}
 
10342
     {\i}{\add:acc{00EF}}
 
10343
     {m}{m\add:acc{0308}}
 
10344
>>>
 
10345
 
 
10346
 
 
10347
 
 
10348
\<diaeresis iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10349
|<diaeresis codes|>%
 
10350
>>>
 
10351
 
 
10352
\<diaeresis iso-8859-2\><<<
 
10353
|<diaeresis codes|>%
 
10354
>>>
 
10355
 
 
10356
 
 
10357
 
 
10358
 
 
10359
 
 
10360
 
 
10361
 
 
10362
\<circumflex codes\><<<
 
10363
A{00C2}E{00CA}I{00CE}O{00D4}U{00DB}a{00E2}e{00EA}%
 
10364
i{00EE}o{00F4}u{00FB}C{0108}c{0109}G{011C}g{011D}%
 
10365
H{0124}h{0125}J{0134}j{0135}S{015C}s{015D}W{0174}%
 
10366
w{0175}Y{0176}y{0177}Z{1E90}z{1E91}\i{00EE}\j{0135}%
 
10367
>>>
 
10368
 
 
10369
\<add circumflex codes\><<<
 
10370
   {A}{\add:acc{00C2}}
 
10371
     {E}{\add:acc{00CA}}
 
10372
     {I}{\add:acc{00CE}}
 
10373
     {O}{\add:acc{00D4}}
 
10374
     {U}{\add:acc{00DB}}
 
10375
     {a}{\add:acc{00E2}}
 
10376
     {e}{\add:acc{00EA}}
 
10377
     {i}{\add:acc{00EE}}
 
10378
     {o}{\add:acc{00F4}}
 
10379
     {u}{\add:acc{00FB}}
 
10380
     {C}{\add:acc{0108}}
 
10381
     {c}{\add:acc{0109}}
 
10382
     {G}{\add:acc{011C}}
 
10383
     {g}{\add:acc{011D}}
 
10384
     {H}{\add:acc{0124}}
 
10385
     {h}{\add:acc{0125}}
 
10386
     {J}{\add:acc{0134}}
 
10387
     {j}{\add:acc{0135}}
 
10388
     {S}{\add:acc{015C}}
 
10389
     {s}{\add:acc{015D}}
 
10390
     {W}{\add:acc{0174}}
 
10391
     {w}{\add:acc{0175}}
 
10392
     {Y}{\add:acc{0176}}
 
10393
     {y}{\add:acc{0177}}
 
10394
     {Z}{\add:acc{1E90}}
 
10395
     {z}{\add:acc{1E91}}
 
10396
     {\i}{\add:acc{00EE}}
 
10397
     {\j}{\add:acc{0135}}
 
10398
>>>
 
10399
 
 
10400
 
 
10401
 
 
10402
\<circumflex iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10403
|<circumflex codes|>%
 
10404
>>>
 
10405
 
 
10406
\<circumflex iso-8859-2\><<<
 
10407
|<circumflex codes|>%
 
10408
>>>
 
10409
 
 
10410
 
 
10411
\<grave codes\><<<
 
10412
A{00C0}E{00C8}I{00CC}N{01F8}O{00D2}U{00D9}W{1E80}%
 
10413
Y{1EF2}a{00E0}e{00E8}i{00EC}n{01F9}o{00F2}u{00F9}%
 
10414
w{1E81}y{1EF3}\i{00EC}%
 
10415
>>>
 
10416
 
 
10417
 
 
10418
\<add grave codes\><<<
 
10419
{A}{\add:acc{00C0}}
 
10420
  {E}{\add:acc{00C8}}
 
10421
  {I}{\add:acc{00CC}}
 
10422
  {N}{\add:acc{01F8}}
 
10423
  {O}{\add:acc{00D2}}
 
10424
  {U}{\add:acc{00D9}}
 
10425
  {W}{\add:acc{1E80}}
 
10426
  {Y}{\add:acc{1EF2}}
 
10427
  {a}{\add:acc{00E0}}
 
10428
  {e}{\add:acc{00E8}}
 
10429
  {i}{\add:acc{00EC}}
 
10430
  {n}{\add:acc{01F9}}
 
10431
  {o}{\add:acc{00F2}}
 
10432
  {u}{\add:acc{00F9}}
 
10433
  {w}{\add:acc{1E81}}
 
10434
  {y}{\add:acc{1EF3}}
 
10435
  {\i}{\add:acc{00EC}}
 
10436
>>>
 
10437
 
 
10438
\<grave iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10439
|<grave codes|>%
 
10440
>>>
 
10441
 
 
10442
\<grave iso-8859-2\><<<
 
10443
|<grave codes|>%
 
10444
>>>
 
10445
 
 
10446
 
 
10447
 
 
10448
\<tilde codes\><<<
 
10449
A{00C3}N{00D1}O{00D5}a{00E3}n{00F1}o{00F5}I{0128}%
 
10450
i{0129}U{0168}u{0169}V{1E7C}v{1E7D}E{1EBC}e{1EBD}%
 
10451
Y{1EF8}y{1EF9}\i{0129}%
 
10452
>>>
 
10453
 
 
10454
\<add tilde codes\><<<
 
10455
     {A}{\add:acc{00C3}}
 
10456
     {N}{\add:acc{00D1}}
 
10457
     {O}{\add:acc{00D5}}
 
10458
     {a}{\add:acc{00E3}}
 
10459
     {n}{\add:acc{00F1}}
 
10460
     {o}{\add:acc{00F5}}
 
10461
     {I}{\add:acc{0128}}
 
10462
     {i}{\add:acc{0129}}
 
10463
     {U}{\add:acc{0168}}
 
10464
     {u}{\add:acc{0169}}
 
10465
     {V}{\add:acc{1E7C}}
 
10466
     {v}{\add:acc{1E7D}}
 
10467
     {E}{\add:acc{1EBC}}
 
10468
     {e}{\add:acc{1EBD}}
 
10469
     {Y}{\add:acc{1EF8}}
 
10470
     {y}{\add:acc{1EF9}}
 
10471
     {\i}{\add:acc{0129}}
 
10472
>>>
 
10473
 
 
10474
\<tilde iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10475
|<tilde codes|>%
 
10476
>>>
 
10477
 
 
10478
 
 
10479
\<tilde iso-8859-2\><<<
 
10480
|<tilde codes|>%
 
10481
>>>
 
10482
 
 
10483
 
 
10484
 
 
10485
 
 
10486
 
 
10487
 
 
10488
 
 
10489
 
 
10490
 
 
10491
 
 
10492
 
 
10493
 
 
10494
 
 
10495
 
 
10496
 
 
10497
 
 
10498
\<vec iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10499
>>>
 
10500
 
 
10501
 
 
10502
 
 
10503
 
 
10504
 
 
10505
 
 
10506
 
 
10507
 
 
10508
 
 
10509
 
 
10510
 
 
10511
 
 
10512
 
 
10513
\<old iso-8859-1 accents\><<<
 
10514
\Configure{accent}\widetilde\widetilde{{}{}} 
 
10515
   {\a:accents{widetilde}{#1}} {\b:accents{widetilde}{#1}{#2}}
 
10516
\Configure{accent}\widehat\widehat{{}{}} 
 
10517
   {\a:accents{widehat}{#1}} {\b:accents{widehat}{#1}{#2}}
 
10518
>>>
 
10519
 
 
10520
\verb'\vec', \verb'\widetilde', and \verb'\widehat' are for math mode.
 
10521
\verb'\b', \verb'\c', \verb'\d', \verb'\t', and \verb'\H' are for text mode.
 
10522
 
 
10523
 
 
10524
 
 
10525
 
 
10526
 
 
10527
 
 
10528
\<bar iso-8859-1\><<<
 
10529
>>>
 
10530
 
 
10531
 
 
10532
 
 
10533
 
 
10534
 
 
10535
 
 
10536
 
 
10537
 
 
10538
 
 
10539
 
 
10540
NOT USED!!!!!
 
10541
 
 
10542
 
 
10543
\<bar below codes\><<<
 
10544
B{1E06}b{1E07}%
 
10545
D{1E0E}d{1E0F}K{1E34}k{1E35}L{1E3A}l{1E3B}N{1E48}n{1E49}%
 
10546
R{1E5E}r{1E5F}T{1E6E}t{1E6F}Z{1E94}z{1E95}h{1E96}%
 
10547
>>>
 
10548
 
 
10549
 
 
10550
 
 
10551
 
 
10552
\<dot below codes\><<<
 
10553
A{1EA0}a{1Ea1}B{1E04}b{1E05}D{1E0C}d{1E0D}%
 
10554
E{1EB8}e{1EB9}H{1E24}h{1E25}I{1ECA}i{1ECB}%
 
10555
K{1E32}k{1E33}L{1E36}l{1E37}M{1E42}m{1E43}%
 
10556
N{1E46}n{1E47}O{1ECC}o{1ECD}R{1E5A}r{1E5B}%
 
10557
S{1E62}s{1E63}T{1E6C}t{1E6D}U{1EE4}u{1EE5}%
 
10558
V{1E7E}v{1E7F}W{1E88}w{1E89}Y{1EF4}y{1EF5}%
 
10559
>>>
 
10560
 
 
10561
 
 
10562
 
 
10563
 
 
10564
\<macron codes\><<<
 
10565
A{0100}a{0101}E{0112}%
 
10566
e{0113}I{012A}i{012B}O{014C}o{014D}U{016A}u{016B}Y{0232}%
 
10567
y{0233}G{1E20}g{1E21}%
 
10568
>>>
 
10569
 
 
10570
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
10571
\section{T1 8859-1}
 
10572
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
10573
 
 
10574
\<T1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<<
 
10575
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\`\expandafter\endcsname
 
10576
   \csname T1\string\`\endcsname{|<grave iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10577
   {\a:accents{grave}{#1}}   {\b:accents{grave}{#1}{#2}}
 
10578
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\'\expandafter\endcsname
 
10579
   \csname T1\string\'\endcsname{|<acute iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10580
   {\a:accents{acute}{#1}}   {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}}
 
10581
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\^\expandafter\endcsname
 
10582
   \csname T1\string\^\endcsname{|<circumflex iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10583
   {\a:accents{circ}{#1}}   {\b:accents{circ}{#1}{#2}}
 
10584
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\~\expandafter\endcsname
 
10585
   \csname T1\string\~\endcsname{|<tilde iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10586
   {\a:accents{tilde}{#1}}   {\b:accents{tilde}{#1}{#2}}
 
10587
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\"\expandafter\endcsname
 
10588
   \csname T1\string\"\endcsname{|<diaeresis iso-8859-1|>{}{34}}
 
10589
   {\a:accents{uml}{#1}}     {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}}
 
10590
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10591
   \csname T1\string\r\endcsname}%
 
10592
   \csname T1\string\r\endcsname{|<ring iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10593
   {\a:accents{ring}{#1}}   {\b:accents{ring}{#1}{#2}}
 
10594
>>>
 
10595
 
 
10596
 
 
10597
 
 
10598
\<T1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<<
 
10599
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10600
   \csname T1\string\c\endcsname}%
 
10601
   \csname T1\string\c\endcsname{|<cedilla iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10602
   {\a:accents{cedil}{#1}}     {\b:accents{cedil}{#1}{#2}}
 
10603
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10604
   \csname T1\string\t\endcsname}%
 
10605
   \csname T1\string\t\endcsname{{}{}}
 
10606
   {\a:accents{udot}{#1}}     {\b:accents{udot}{#1}{#2}}
 
10607
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10608
   \csname T1\string\H\endcsname}%
 
10609
   \csname T1\string\H\endcsname{{}{}} 
 
10610
   {\a:accents{Huml}{#1}} {\b:accents{Huml}{#1}{#2}}
 
10611
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10612
   \csname T1\string\b\endcsname}%
 
10613
   \csname T1\string\b\endcsname{{}{}}
 
10614
   {\a:accents{b}{#1}}     {\b:accents{b}{#1}{#2}}
 
10615
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10616
   \csname T1\string\d\endcsname}%
 
10617
   \csname T1\string\d\endcsname{{}{}}
 
10618
   {\a:accents{d}{#1}}     {\b:accents{d}{#1}{#2}}
 
10619
>>>
 
10620
 
 
10621
 
 
10622
 
 
10623
\<T1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<<
 
10624
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\.\expandafter\endcsname
 
10625
   \csname T1\string\.\endcsname
 
10626
   {|<dot iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10627
   {\a:accents{dot}{#1}} {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}}
 
10628
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\u\expandafter\endcsname
 
10629
   \csname T1\string\u\endcsname
 
10630
   {|<breve iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10631
   {\a:accents{breve}{#1}} {\b:accents{breve}{#1}{#2}}
 
10632
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\vec\expandafter\endcsname
 
10633
   \csname T1\string\vec\endcsname
 
10634
   {|<vec iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10635
   {\a:accents{vec}{#1}} {\b:accents{vec}{#1}{#2}}
 
10636
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\v\expandafter\endcsname
 
10637
   \csname T1\string\v\endcsname
 
10638
   {|<check iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10639
   {\a:accents{check}{#1}} {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} 
 
10640
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\=\expandafter\endcsname
 
10641
   \csname T1\string\=\endcsname
 
10642
   {|<bar iso-8859-1|>{}{}}  
 
10643
   {\a:accents{bar}{#1}} {\b:accents{bar}{#1}{#2}}
 
10644
>>>
 
10645
 
 
10646
 
 
10647
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
10648
\section{T1 on Empty Base}
 
10649
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
10650
 
 
10651
\<latex accents\><<<
 
10652
\Configure{add accent}{T1:2}
 
10653
  {}{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&\#x005E;}x}
 
10654
  {}{}
 
10655
>>>
 
10656
 
 
10657
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
10658
\section{OT1 8859-1}
 
10659
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
10660
 
 
10661
\<OT1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<<
 
10662
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\`\endcsname
 
10663
   \grave{|<grave iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10664
   {\a:accents{grave}{#1}}   {\b:accents{grave}{#1}{#2}}
 
10665
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\'\endcsname
 
10666
   \acute{|<acute iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10667
   {\a:accents{acute}{#1}}   {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}}
 
10668
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\^\endcsname
 
10669
   \hat{|<circumflex iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10670
   {\a:accents{circ}{#1}}   {\b:accents{circ}{#1}{#2}}
 
10671
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\~\endcsname
 
10672
   \tilde{|<tilde iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10673
   {\a:accents{tilde}{#1}}   {\b:accents{tilde}{#1}{#2}}
 
10674
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname
 
10675
           OT1\string\"\expandafter\endcsname
 
10676
   \csname OT1\string\"\endcsname{|<diaeresis iso-8859-1|>{}{34}}
 
10677
   {\a:accents{uml}{#1}}     {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}}
 
10678
\Configure{accent}\ddot\ddot{|<diaeresis iso-8859-1|>{}{34}}
 
10679
   {\a:accents{uml}{#1}}     {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}}
 
10680
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\r\endcsname
 
10681
   \mathring{|<ring iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10682
   {\a:accents{ring}{#1}}   {\b:accents{ring}{#1}{#2}}
 
10683
>>>
 
10684
 
 
10685
 
 
10686
 
 
10687
 
 
10688
 
 
10689
 
 
10690
 
 
10691
 
 
10692
The following are also placed under accents configuration.
 
10693
 
 
10694
\<OT1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<<
 
10695
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10696
   \csname OT1\string\c\endcsname}%
 
10697
   \csname OT1\string\c\endcsname{|<cedilla iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10698
   {\a:accents{cedil}{#1}}     {\b:accents{cedil}{#1}{#2}}
 
10699
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10700
   \csname OT1\string\t\endcsname}%
 
10701
   \csname OT1\string\t\endcsname{{}{}}
 
10702
   {\a:accents{udot}{#1}}     {\b:accents{udot}{#1}{#2}}
 
10703
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10704
   \csname OT1\string\H\endcsname}%
 
10705
   \csname OT1\string\H\endcsname{{}{}}
 
10706
   {\a:accents{Huml}{#1}} {\b:accents{Huml}{#1}{#2}}
 
10707
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10708
   \csname OT1\string\b\endcsname}%
 
10709
   \csname OT1\string\b\endcsname{{}{}}
 
10710
   {\a:accents{b}{#1}}     {\b:accents{b}{#1}{#2}}
 
10711
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10712
   \csname OT1\string\d\endcsname}%
 
10713
   \csname OT1\string\d\endcsname{{}{}}
 
10714
   {\a:accents{d}{#1}}     {\b:accents{d}{#1}{#2}}
 
10715
>>>
 
10716
 
 
10717
 
 
10718
 
 
10719
The following originally have been defined to be parameter-less.
 
10720
 
 
10721
\<OT1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<<
 
10722
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\.\endcsname
 
10723
   \dot{|<dot iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10724
   {\a:accents{dot}{#1}} {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}}
 
10725
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\u\endcsname
 
10726
   \breve{|<breve iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10727
   {\a:accents{breve}{#1}} {\b:accents{breve}{#1}{#2}}
 
10728
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\vec\endcsname
 
10729
   \vec{|<vec iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10730
   {\a:accents{vec}{#1}} {\b:accents{vec}{#1}{#2}}
 
10731
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\v\endcsname
 
10732
   \check{|<check iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10733
   {\a:accents{check}{#1}} {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} 
 
10734
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\=\endcsname
 
10735
   \bar{|<bar iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
10736
   {\a:accents{bar}{#1}} {\b:accents{bar}{#1}{#2}}
 
10737
>>>
 
10738
 
 
10739
\<OT1 old iso-8859-1 accents\><<<
 
10740
|<ot1enc.def unicode|>
 
10741
>>>
 
10742
 
 
10743
\<ot1enc.def unicode\><<<
 
10744
\expandafter\def
 
10745
   \csname OT1\string\l\endcsname{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x0142;}x}
 
10746
\expandafter\def
 
10747
   \csname OT1\string\L\endcsname{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x0141;}x}
 
10748
>>>
 
10749
 
 
10750
 
 
10751
\<configure html4 plain\><<<
 
10752
\Configure{l}{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x0142;}x}
 
10753
\Configure{L}{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x0141;}x}
 
10754
>>>
 
10755
 
 
10756
 
 
10757
 
 
10758
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
10759
\section{8859-2}
 
10760
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
10761
 
 
10762
 
 
10763
 
 
10764
\<optional iso-8859-2 accents\><<<
 
10765
\def\:temp{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
10766
\ifx \a:charset\:UnDef
 
10767
      \ifx  \A:charset\:temp \let\:temp=\def \fi
 
10768
\else \ifx  \a:charset\:temp \let\:temp=\def \fi
 
10769
\fi
 
10770
\ifx \:temp\def
 
10771
   \:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else
 
10772
      |<old iso-8859-2 accents|>
 
10773
\fi \fi
 
10774
>>>
 
10775
 
 
10776
\<old iso-8859-2 accents\><<<
 
10777
|<T1 old iso-8859-2 accents|>
 
10778
>>>
 
10779
 
 
10780
 
 
10781
 
 
10782
 
 
10783
 
 
10784
 
 
10785
 
 
10786
 
 
10787
 
 
10788
 
 
10789
 
 
10790
% d{239}
 
10791
 
 
10792
 
 
10793
 
 
10794
 
 
10795
 
 
10796
 
 
10797
 
 
10798
 
 
10799
 
 
10800
 
 
10801
 
 
10802
 
 
10803
 
 
10804
 
 
10805
 
 
10806
 
 
10807
 
 
10808
 
 
10809
 
 
10810
 
 
10811
 
 
10812
 
 
10813
 
 
10814
 
 
10815
\<old iso-8859-2 accents\><<<
 
10816
\Configure{accent}\`\grave{|<grave iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10817
   {\a:accents{grave}{#1}}   {\b:accents{grave}{#1}{#2}}
 
10818
\Configure{accent}\'\acute{|<acute iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10819
   {\a:accents{acute}{#1}}   {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}}
 
10820
\Configure{accent}\^\hat{|<circumflex iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10821
   {\a:accents{hat}{#1}}   {\b:accents{hat}{#1}{#2}}
 
10822
\Configure{accent}\~\tilde{|<tilde iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10823
   {\a:accents{tilde}{#1}}   {\b:accents{tilde}{#1}{#2}}
 
10824
\Configure{accent}\"\ddot{|<diaeresis iso-8859-2|>{}{34}}
 
10825
   {\a:accents{uml}{#1}}   {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}}
 
10826
>>>
 
10827
 
 
10828
 
 
10829
 
 
10830
 
 
10831
 
 
10832
The following are also placed under accents configuration.
 
10833
 
 
10834
\<old iso-8859-2 accents\><<<
 
10835
\Configure{accent}\c\c{|<cedilla iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10836
   {\a:accents{cedil}{#1}}     {\b:accents{cedil}{#1}{#2}}
 
10837
\Configure{accent}\t\t{{}{}}
 
10838
   {\a:accents{udot}{#1}}     {\b:accents{udot}{#1}{#2}}
 
10839
\Configure{accent}\H\H{|<double acute iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10840
   {\a:accents{Huml}{#1}}     {\b:accents{Huml}{#1}{#2}}
 
10841
\Configure{accent}\b\b{{}{}}
 
10842
   {\a:accents{b}{#1}}     {\b:accents{b}{#1}{#2}}
 
10843
\Configure{accent}\d\d{{}{}}
 
10844
   {\a:accents{d}{#1}}     {\b:accents{d}{#1}{#2}}
 
10845
>>>
 
10846
 
 
10847
The following originally have been defined to be parameter-less.
 
10848
 
 
10849
\<old iso-8859-2 accents\><<<
 
10850
\Configure{accent}\.\.{|<dot above iso-8859-2|>{}{}}  
 
10851
   {\a:accents{dot}{#1}}      {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}}
 
10852
\Configure{accent}\dot\dot{|<dot above iso-8859-2|>{}{}}  
 
10853
   {\a:accents{dot}{#1}}      {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}}
 
10854
\Configure{accent}\u\breve{|<breve iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10855
   {\a:accents{breve}{#1}}      {\b:accents{breve}{#1}{#2}}
 
10856
\Configure{accent}\vec\vec{{}{}}
 
10857
   {\a:accents{vec}{#1}}      {\b:accents{vec}{#1}{#2}}
 
10858
\Configure{accent}\v\v{|<caron iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10859
   {\a:accents{check}{#1}}      {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} 
 
10860
\Configure{accent}\check\check{|<caron iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10861
   {\a:accents{check}{#1}}      {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} 
 
10862
\Configure{accent}\=\bar{{}{}} 
 
10863
   {\a:accents{bar}{#1}}      {\b:accents{bar}{#1}{#2}}
 
10864
>>>
 
10865
 
 
10866
 
 
10867
\<old 8859-2 accents\><<<
 
10868
\Configure{accent}\widetilde\widetilde{{}{}} 
 
10869
   {\a:accents{widetilde}{#1}} {\b:accents{widetilde}{#1}{#2}}
 
10870
\Configure{accent}\widehat\widehat{{}{}} 
 
10871
   {\a:accents{widehat}{#1}} {\b:accents{widehat}{#1}{#2}}
 
10872
>>>
 
10873
 
 
10874
\verb'\vec', \verb'\widetilde', and \verb'\widehat' are for math mode.
 
10875
\verb'\b', \verb'\c', \verb'\d', \verb'\t', and \verb'\H' are for text mode.
 
10876
 
 
10877
 
 
10878
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
10879
\section{T1 8859-2}
 
10880
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
10881
 
 
10882
 
 
10883
\<T1 old iso-8859-2 accents\><<<
 
10884
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\`\expandafter\endcsname
 
10885
   \csname T1\string\`\endcsname{|<grave iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10886
   {\a:accents{grave}{#1}}   {\b:accents{grave}{#1}{#2}}
 
10887
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\'\expandafter\endcsname
 
10888
   \csname T1\string\'\endcsname{|<acute iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10889
   {\a:accents{acute}{#1}}   {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}}
 
10890
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\^\expandafter\endcsname
 
10891
   \csname T1\string\^\endcsname{|<circumflex iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10892
   {\a:accents{circ}{#1}}   {\b:accents{circ}{#1}{#2}}
 
10893
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\~\expandafter\endcsname
 
10894
   \csname T1\string\~\endcsname{|<tilde iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10895
   {\a:accents{tilde}{#1}}   {\b:accents{tilde}{#1}{#2}}
 
10896
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\"\expandafter\endcsname
 
10897
   \csname T1\string\"\endcsname{|<diaeresis iso-8859-2|>{}{34}}
 
10898
   {\a:accents{uml}{#1}}     {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}}
 
10899
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10900
   \csname T1\string\r\endcsname}%
 
10901
   \csname T1\string\r\endcsname{|<ring iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10902
   {\a:accents{ring}{#1}}   {\b:accents{ring}{#1}{#2}}
 
10903
>>>
 
10904
 
 
10905
 
 
10906
 
 
10907
 
 
10908
 
 
10909
 
 
10910
\<T1 old iso-8859-2 accents\><<<
 
10911
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10912
   \csname T1\string\c\endcsname}%
 
10913
   \csname T1\string\c\endcsname{|<cedilla iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10914
   {\a:accents{cedil}{#1}}     {\b:accents{cedil}{#1}{#2}}
 
10915
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10916
   \csname T1\string\t\endcsname}%
 
10917
   \csname T1\string\t\endcsname{{}{}}
 
10918
   {\a:accents{udot}{#1}}     {\b:accents{udot}{#1}{#2}}
 
10919
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10920
   \csname T1\string\H\endcsname}%
 
10921
   \csname T1\string\H\endcsname{|<double acute iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10922
   {\a:accents{Huml}{#1}}{\b:accents{Huml}{#1}{#2}}
 
10923
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10924
   \csname T1\string\b\endcsname}%
 
10925
   \csname T1\string\b\endcsname{{}{}}
 
10926
   {\a:accents{b}{#1}}     {\b:accents{b}{#1}{#2}}
 
10927
\expand:after{\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}%
 
10928
   \csname T1\string\d\endcsname}%
 
10929
   \csname T1\string\d\endcsname{{}{}}
 
10930
   {\a:accents{d}{#1}}     {\b:accents{d}{#1}{#2}}
 
10931
>>>
 
10932
 
 
10933
 
 
10934
 
 
10935
\<T1 old iso-8859-2 accents\><<<
 
10936
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\.\expandafter\endcsname
 
10937
   \csname T1\string\.\endcsname
 
10938
   {|<dot iso-8859-2|>{}{}} 
 
10939
   {\a:accents{dot}{#1}}{\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}}
 
10940
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\u\expandafter\endcsname
 
10941
   \csname T1\string\u\endcsname
 
10942
   {|<breve iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10943
   {\a:accents{breve}{#1}}{\b:accents{breve}{#1}{#2}}
 
10944
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\vec\expandafter\endcsname
 
10945
   \csname T1\string\vec\endcsname
 
10946
   {|<vec iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10947
   {\a:accents{vec}{#1}}{\b:accents{vec}{#1}{#2}}
 
10948
\expandafter\let\csname T1\string\v\endcsname\:UnDef
 
10949
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\v\expandafter\endcsname
 
10950
   \csname T1\string\v\endcsname
 
10951
   {|<caron iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10952
   {\a:accents{check}{#1}}{\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} 
 
10953
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\=\expandafter\endcsname
 
10954
   \csname T1\string\=\endcsname
 
10955
   {|<bar iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
10956
   {\a:accents{bar}{#1}}{\b:accents{bar}{#1}{#2}}
 
10957
>>>
 
10958
 
 
10959
 
 
10960
 
 
10961
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
10962
\section{T1, OT1 8859-7}
 
10963
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
10964
 
 
10965
 
 
10966
 
 
10967
\<T1 greek ldf iso-8859-7\><<<
 
10968
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname T1\string\'\expandafter\endcsname
 
10969
   \csname T1\string\'\endcsname
 
10970
   {|<acute iso-8859-7|>{}{}}
 
10971
   {\a:accents{acute}{#1}}   {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}}
 
10972
>>>
 
10973
 
 
10974
\<greek ldf iso-8859-7\><<<
 
10975
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname OT1\string\'\endcsname
 
10976
   \acute{|<acute iso-8859-7|>{}{}}
 
10977
   {\a:accents{acute}{#1}}   {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}}
 
10978
>>>
 
10979
 
 
10980
\<acute iso-8859-7\><<<
 
10981
A{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00C1;}A}%
 
10982
E{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00C9;}E}%
 
10983
I{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00CD;}I}%
 
10984
O{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00D3;}O}%
 
10985
U{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00DA;}U}%
 
10986
Y{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00DD;}Y}%
 
10987
a{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00E1;}a}%
 
10988
e{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00E9;}e}%
 
10989
i{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00ED;}i}%
 
10990
\i{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00ED;}i}%
 
10991
o{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00F3;}o}%
 
10992
u{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00FA;}u}%
 
10993
y{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00FD;}y}%
 
10994
{\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc a}{\ht:special{t4ht@220}a}%
 
10995
{\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc e}{\ht:special{t4ht@221}e}%
 
10996
{\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc h}{\ht:special{t4ht@222}h}%
 
10997
{\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc i}{\ht:special{t4ht@223}i}%
 
10998
{\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc o}{\ht:special{t4ht@252}o}%
 
10999
{\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc u}{\ht:special{t4ht@253}u}%
 
11000
{\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc w}{\ht:special{t4ht@254}w}%
 
11001
>>>
 
11002
 
 
11003
 
 
11004
 
 
11005
 
 
11006
 
 
11007
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11008
\section{LaTeX Encodings}
 
11009
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11010
 
 
11011
 
 
11012
 
 
11013
\<32,4 plain,latex\><<<
 
11014
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else 
 
11015
  \Configure{accents}
 
11016
    {\expandafter\ifx \csname #1-num\endcsname\relax
 
11017
       \ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x#2;}x%
 
11018
     \else
 
11019
       \ht:special{t4ht@+\string&\#x#2;}X%
 
11020
     \fi
 
11021
    }
 
11022
    {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{#1}}#2{#3}\EndPicture}
 
11023
    \expandafter\let\csname ring-num\endcsname=\def
 
11024
\fi
 
11025
>>>
 
11026
 
 
11027
\<32,4 latexPRE-CSS\><<<
 
11028
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else 
 
11029
   \Configure{textscaccent}
 
11030
      {\Tg<small class="small-caps">}{\Tg</small>}
 
11031
\fi
 
11032
>>>
 
11033
 
 
11034
\<latex ltoutenc\><<<
 
11035
\Configure{textcircled}
 
11036
   {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc c}       
 
11037
   {\leavevmode \special{t4ht@+\string&\#x00A9;}c}
 
11038
   {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc \scshape r}
 
11039
   {\leavevmode \special{t4ht@+\string&\#x00AE;}r}
 
11040
   {}
 
11041
>>>
 
11042
 
 
11043
\<latex accents\><<<
 
11044
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option
 
11045
   |<new accents|>
 
11046
\else
 
11047
   |<old plain,latex accents|>
 
11048
\fi
 
11049
\let\^^_|=\v
 
11050
>>>
 
11051
 
 
11052
\<latex accents\><<<
 
11053
\Configure{@TITLE}{|<env for titles|>}
 
11054
>>>
 
11055
 
 
11056
\<env for titles\><<<
 
11057
\let\"=\:same \let\~=\:same \let\^=\:same
 
11058
\PictureOff
 
11059
>>>
 
11060
 
 
11061
 
 
11062
 
 
11063
 
 
11064
\<0,32,4 latex\><<<
 
11065
|<latex accents|>
 
11066
\let\@acci|=\' \let\@accii|=\` \let\@acciii|=\=       
 
11067
>>>
 
11068
 
 
11069
\<new accents\><<<
 
11070
\:CheckOption{accent-}     \if:Option
 
11071
  \Configure{HAccent}\acute{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11072
  \Configure{HAccent}\bar{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11073
  \Configure{HAccent}\breve{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11074
  \Configure{HAccent}\check{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11075
  \Configure{HAccent}\ddot{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11076
  \Configure{HAccent}\dot{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11077
  \Configure{HAccent}\grave{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11078
  \Configure{HAccent}\hat{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11079
  \Configure{HAccent}\tilde{AOaoNn{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11080
  \Configure{HAccent}\vec{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11081
  \Configure{HAccent}\widehat{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11082
  \Configure{HAccent}\widetilde{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11083
\fi
 
11084
\:CheckOption{mathaccent-}     \if:Option
 
11085
  \Configure{HAccent}\"{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11086
  \Configure{HAccent}\'{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11087
  \Configure{HAccent}\.{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11088
  \Configure{HAccent}\={}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11089
  \Configure{HAccent}\H{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11090
  \Configure{HAccent}\^{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11091
  \Configure{HAccent}\`{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11092
  \Configure{HAccent}\b{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11093
  \Configure{HAccent}\c{Cc{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11094
  \Configure{HAccent}\d{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11095
  \Configure{HAccent}\t{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11096
  \Configure{HAccent}\u{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11097
  \Configure{HAccent}\v{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11098
  \Configure{HAccent}\~{AOaoNn{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11099
\fi
 
11100
>>>
 
11101
 
 
11102
\<new accents\><<<
 
11103
\Configure{accent}{*}
 
11104
   {<!--tex4ht:accent\Hnewline font="}{" char="}{" type="}{"-->}
 
11105
   {<!--tex4ht:end accent-->}
 
11106
\Configure{mathaccent}{*}
 
11107
   {<!--tex4ht:mathaccent\Hnewline font="}{" char="}{" type="}{"-->}
 
11108
   {<!--tex4ht:end mathaccent-->}
 
11109
\Configure{accented}{*}
 
11110
   {<!--tex4ht:accented\Hnewline font="}{" char="}{" type="}{"-->}
 
11111
   {<!--tex4ht:end accented-->}
 
11112
\Configure{accenting}{*}
 
11113
   {<!--tex4ht:accenting\Hnewline-->}
 
11114
   {<!--tex4ht:end accenting-->}
 
11115
>>>
 
11116
 
 
11117
 
 
11118
 
 
11119
 
 
11120
 
 
11121
 
 
11122
 
 
11123
\<0,32,4 plain\><<<
 
11124
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option
 
11125
   |<new plain accents|>
 
11126
\else
 
11127
   |<old plain accents|>
 
11128
   \Configure{accents}
 
11129
      {\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x#2;}x}
 
11130
      {\Picture+{ \:Picture:{#1}}#2{#3}\EndPicture}
 
11131
\fi
 
11132
\let\^^_|=\v
 
11133
>>>
 
11134
 
 
11135
 
 
11136
 
 
11137
\<new plain accents\><<<
 
11138
\:CheckOption{accent-}     \if:Option
 
11139
  \Configure{HAccent}\acute{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11140
  \Configure{HAccent}\bar{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11141
  \Configure{HAccent}\breve{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11142
  \Configure{HAccent}\check{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11143
  \Configure{HAccent}\ddot{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11144
  \Configure{HAccent}\dot{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11145
  \Configure{HAccent}\grave{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11146
  \Configure{HAccent}\hat{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11147
  \Configure{HAccent}\tilde{AOaoNn{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11148
  \Configure{HAccent}\vec{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11149
  \Configure{HAccent}\widehat{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11150
  \Configure{HAccent}\widetilde{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11151
\fi
 
11152
\:CheckOption{mathaccent-}     \if:Option
 
11153
  \Configure{HAccent}\"{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11154
  \Configure{HAccent}\'{AEIOUYaeiouy{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11155
  \Configure{HAccent}\.{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11156
  \Configure{HAccent}\={}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11157
  \Configure{HAccent}\H{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11158
  \Configure{HAccent}\^{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11159
  \Configure{HAccent}\`{AEIOUaeiou{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11160
  \Configure{HAccent}\b{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11161
  \Configure{HAccent}\c{Cc{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11162
  \Configure{HAccent}\d{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11163
  \Configure{HAccent}\t{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11164
  \Configure{HAccent}\u{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11165
  \Configure{HAccent}\v{}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11166
  \Configure{HAccent}\~{AOaoNn{}}{\Picture+{}}{\EndPicture}
 
11167
\fi
 
11168
>>>
 
11169
 
 
11170
\<new plain accents\><<<
 
11171
\Configure{accent}{*}
 
11172
   {<!--tex4ht:accent\Hnewline font="}{" char="}{" type="}{"-->}
 
11173
   {<!--tex4ht:end accent-->}
 
11174
\Configure{mathaccent}{*}
 
11175
   {<!--tex4ht:mathaccent\Hnewline font="}{" char="}{" type="}{"-->}
 
11176
   {<!--tex4ht:end mathaccent-->}
 
11177
\Configure{accented}{*}
 
11178
   {<!--tex4ht:accented\Hnewline font="}{" char="}{" type="}{"-->}
 
11179
   {<!--tex4ht:end accented-->}
 
11180
\Configure{accenting}{*}
 
11181
   {<!--tex4ht:accenting\Hnewline-->}
 
11182
   {<!--tex4ht:end accenting-->}
 
11183
>>>
 
11184
 
 
11185
 
 
11186
 
 
11187
 
 
11188
 
 
11189
\<old plain accents\><<<
 
11190
\Configure{accent}\`\grave{|<grave codes|>{}{}}
 
11191
   {\a:accents{grave}{#1}}   {\b:accents{grave}{#1}{#2}}
 
11192
\Configure{accent}\'\acute{|<acute codes|>{}{}}
 
11193
   {\a:accents{acute}{#1}}   {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}}
 
11194
\Configure{accent}\^\hat{|<circumflex codes|>{}{}}
 
11195
   {\a:accents{circ}{#1}}   {\b:accents{hat}{#1}{#2}}
 
11196
\Configure{accent}\~\tilde{|<tilde codes|>{}{}}
 
11197
   {\a:accents{tilde}{#1}}   {\b:accents{tilde}{#1}{#2}}
 
11198
\Configure{accent}\"\ddot{|<diaeresis codes|>{}{34}}
 
11199
   {\a:accents{uml}{#1}}     {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}}
 
11200
>>>
 
11201
 
 
11202
The following are also placed under accents configuration.
 
11203
 
 
11204
\<old plain accents\><<<
 
11205
\Configure{accent}\c\c{C{C}c{c}{}{}}
 
11206
   {\a:accents{cedil}{#1}}     {\b:accents{cedil}{#1}{#2}}
 
11207
\Configure{accent}\t\t{{}{}}
 
11208
   {\a:accents{udot}{#1}}     {\b:accents{udot}{#1}{#2}}
 
11209
\Configure{accent}\H\H{{}{}}
 
11210
    {\a:accents{Huml}{#1}} {\b:accents{Huml}{#1}{#2}}
 
11211
\Configure{accent}\b\b{{}{}}
 
11212
    {\a:accents{b}{#1}} {\b:accents{b}{#1}{#2}}
 
11213
\Configure{accent}\d\d{{}{}}
 
11214
    {\a:accents{d}{#1}} {\b:accents{d}{#1}{#2}}
 
11215
>>>
 
11216
 
 
11217
The following originally have been defined to be parameter-less.
 
11218
 
 
11219
\<old plain accents\><<<
 
11220
\Configure{accent}\.\.{{}{}} 
 
11221
   {\a:accents{dot}{#1}} {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}}
 
11222
\Configure{accent}\dot\dot{{}{}}
 
11223
   {\a:accents{dot}{#1}} {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}}
 
11224
\Configure{accent}\u\breve{{}{}}{\a:accents{breve}{#1}}
 
11225
   {\b:accents{breve}{#1}{#2}}
 
11226
\Configure{accent}\vec\vec{{}{}}{\a:accents{vec}{#1}}
 
11227
   {\b:accents{vec}{#1}{#2}}
 
11228
\Configure{accent}\v\v{{}{}}{\a:accents{check}{#1}}
 
11229
   {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} 
 
11230
\Configure{accent}\check\check{{}{}}{\a:accents{check}{#1}}
 
11231
   {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}} 
 
11232
\Configure{accent}\=\bar{{}{}}
 
11233
   {\a:accents{bar}{#1}} {\b:accents{bar}{#1}{#2}}
 
11234
>>>
 
11235
%  \= macron
 
11236
 
 
11237
\<old plain accents\><<<
 
11238
\Configure{accent}\widetilde\widetilde{{}{}} 
 
11239
   {\a:accents{widetilde}{#1}} {\b:accents{widetilde}{#1}{#2}}
 
11240
\Configure{accent}\widehat\widehat{{}{}} 
 
11241
   {\a:accents{widehat}{#1}} {\b:accents{widehat}{#1}{#2}}
 
11242
>>>
 
11243
\verb'\vec', \verb'\widetilde', and \verb'\widehat' are for math mode.
 
11244
\verb'\b', \verb'\c', \verb'\d', \verb'\t', and \verb'\H' are for text mode.
 
11245
 
 
11246
 
 
11247
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11248
\section{AMS Encodings}
 
11249
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11250
 
 
11251
 
 
11252
 
 
11253
 
 
11254
\<ams 2000 art + book + proc\><<<
 
11255
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4#5{%
 
11256
  \expandafter\ifx \csname #1mathaccentV\endcsname\relax
 
11257
     \o:mathaccentV:{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
 
11258
  \else  \csname #1mathaccentV\endcsname{#5}\fi}
 
11259
\HLet\mathaccentV\:tempc
 
11260
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else
 
11261
   |<ams 2000 iso-8859-1 accents|>
 
11262
\fi
 
11263
\def\:temp{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
11264
\ifx \a:charset\:UnDef
 
11265
      \ifx  \A:charset\:temp \let\:temp=\def \fi
 
11266
\else \ifx  \a:charset\:temp \let\:temp=\def \fi
 
11267
\fi
 
11268
\ifx \:temp\def
 
11269
   \:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else
 
11270
      |<old ams 2000 iso-8859-2 accents|>
 
11271
\fi \fi
 
11272
>>>
 
11273
 
 
11274
 
 
11275
\<ams 2000 iso-8859-1 accents\><<<
 
11276
\HRestore\grave
 
11277
\expandafter\let\csname gravemathaccentV\endcsname=\grave
 
11278
\expandafter\let\csname GRAVEmathaccentV\endcsname=\grave
 
11279
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname
 
11280
           gravemathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname
 
11281
   \csname GRAVEmathaccentV\endcsname{|<grave iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
11282
   {\a:accents{grave}{#1}}   {\b:accents{grave}{#1}{#2}}
 
11283
\HRestore\acute
 
11284
\expandafter\let\csname acutemathaccentV\endcsname=\acute
 
11285
\expandafter\let\csname ACUTEmathaccentV\endcsname=\acute
 
11286
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname 
 
11287
           acutemathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname
 
11288
   \csname ACUTEmathaccentV\endcsname{|<acute iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
11289
   {\a:accents{acute}{#1}}   {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}}
 
11290
\HRestore\hat
 
11291
\expandafter\let\csname hatmathaccentV\endcsname=\hat
 
11292
\expandafter\let\csname HATmathaccentV\endcsname=\hat
 
11293
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname
 
11294
           hatmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname
 
11295
   \csname HATmathaccentV\endcsname{|<hat iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
11296
   {\a:accents{hat}{#1}}   {\b:accents{hat}{#1}{#2}}
 
11297
\HRestore\tilde
 
11298
\expandafter\let\csname tildemathaccentV\endcsname=\tilde
 
11299
\expandafter\let\csname TILDEmathaccentV\endcsname=\tilde
 
11300
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname
 
11301
           tildemathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname
 
11302
   \csname TILDEmathaccentV\endcsname{|<tilde iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
11303
   {\a:accents{tilde}{#1}}   {\b:accents{tilde}{#1}{#2}}
 
11304
\HRestore\ddot
 
11305
\expandafter\let\csname DDOTmathaccentV\endcsname=\ddot
 
11306
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname
 
11307
           DDOTmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname
 
11308
   \csname DDOTmathaccentV\endcsname{|<ddot iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
11309
   {\a:accents{ddot}{#1}}   {\b:accents{ddot}{#1}{#2}}
 
11310
\expandafter\let\csname ddotmathaccentV\endcsname=\ddot
 
11311
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname
 
11312
           ddotmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname
 
11313
   \csname ddotmathaccentv\endcsname{|<ddot iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
11314
   {\a:accents{ddot}{#1}}   {\b:accents{ddot}{#1}{#2}}
 
11315
\HRestore\check
 
11316
\expandafter\let\csname checkmathaccentV\endcsname=\check
 
11317
\expandafter\let\csname CHECKmathaccentV\endcsname=\check
 
11318
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname
 
11319
           checkmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname
 
11320
   \csname CHECKmathaccentV\endcsname{|<check iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
11321
   {\a:accents{check}{#1}}   {\b:accents{check}{#1}{#2}}
 
11322
\HRestore\dot
 
11323
\expandafter\let\csname dotmathaccentV\endcsname=\dot
 
11324
\expandafter\let\csname DOTmathaccentV\endcsname=\dot
 
11325
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname
 
11326
           dotmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname
 
11327
   \csname DOTmathaccentV\endcsname{|<dot iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
11328
   {\a:accents{dot}{#1}}   {\b:accents{dot}{#1}{#2}}
 
11329
\HRestore\breve
 
11330
\expandafter\let\csname brevemathaccentV\endcsname=\breve
 
11331
\expandafter\let\csname BREVEmathaccentV\endcsname=\breve
 
11332
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname
 
11333
           brevemathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname
 
11334
   \csname BREVEmathaccentV\endcsname{|<breve iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
11335
   {\a:accents{breve}{#1}}   {\b:accents{breve}{#1}{#2}}
 
11336
\HRestore\bar
 
11337
\expandafter\let\csname barmathaccentV\endcsname=\bar
 
11338
\expandafter\let\csname BARmathaccentV\endcsname=\bar
 
11339
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname
 
11340
           barmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname
 
11341
   \csname BARmathaccentV\endcsname{|<bar iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
11342
   {\a:accents{bar}{#1}}   {\b:accents{bar}{#1}{#2}}
 
11343
\HRestore\vec
 
11344
\expandafter\let\csname vecmathaccentV\endcsname=\vec
 
11345
\expandafter\let\csname VECmathaccentV\endcsname=\vec
 
11346
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname
 
11347
           vecmathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname
 
11348
   \csname VECmathaccentV\endcsname{|<vec iso-8859-1|>{}{}}
 
11349
   {\a:accents{vec}{#1}}   {\b:accents{vec}{#1}{#2}}
 
11350
>>>
 
11351
 
 
11352
\<old ams 2000 iso-8859-2 accents\><<<
 
11353
\HRestore\acute
 
11354
\expandafter\let\csname acutemathaccentV\endcsname=\acute
 
11355
\expandafter\let\csname ACUTEmathaccentV\endcsname=\acute
 
11356
\expand:after{\Configure{accent}}\csname 
 
11357
           acutemathaccentV\expandafter\endcsname
 
11358
   \csname ACUTEmathaccentV\endcsname{|<acute iso-8859-2|>{}{}}
 
11359
   {\a:accents{acute}{#1}}   {\b:accents{acute}{#1}{#2}}
 
11360
>>>
 
11361
 
 
11362
The upper case is needed for cases like 
 
11363
 
 
11364
\begin{verbatim}
 
11365
\documentclass[12pt]{amsart}
 
11366
\begin{document}
 
11367
\title{BUDOWA J''ADER ATOM{O}W PIERWIASTK{O}W}
 
11368
\author{Rafa''l ``Raba--P{o}''lg''l{o}wek\'o$\acute{o}$}
 
11369
\def\datename{Wersja z}
 
11370
\date{\today}
 
11371
\maketitle
 
11372
\end{document}
 
11373
\end{verbatim}
 
11374
 
 
11375
 
 
11376
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11377
\section{ot4enc}
 
11378
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11379
 
 
11380
\<configure html4 ot4enc\><<<
 
11381
\def\add:acc#1{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&\#x#1;}x}
 
11382
\Configure{add accent}{OT4:18} %\`
 
11383
  |<add grave codes|>  {}{} 
 
11384
\Configure{add accent}{OT4:127} %\"
 
11385
  |<add diaeresis codes|>  {}{}
 
11386
\Configure{add accent}{OT4:19} %\'
 
11387
  |<add acute codes|>  {}{}
 
11388
\Configure{add accent}{OT4:95} %\.
 
11389
  |<add dot above codes|>  {}{}
 
11390
\Configure{add accent}{OT4:22} %\=
 
11391
     {}{}
 
11392
\Configure{add accent}{OT4:94} %\^
 
11393
  |<add circumflex codes|>  {}{}
 
11394
\Configure{add accent}{OT4:126} %\~
 
11395
  |<add tilde codes|>  {}{}
 
11396
\Configure{add accent}{OT4:125} %\H
 
11397
  |<add double acute code|>  {}{}
 
11398
\Configure{add accent}{OT4:21} %\u
 
11399
  |<add breve codes|>  {}{}
 
11400
\Configure{add accent}{OT4:20} %\v
 
11401
  |<add caron codes|>  {}{}
 
11402
\Configure{add accent}{OT4:23} %\r
 
11403
  |<add ring codes|>   {}{}
 
11404
\Configure{add accent}{OT4:24} %\c
 
11405
  |<add cedilla codes|>  {}{}
 
11406
>>>
 
11407
 
 
11408
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11409
\section{pd1enc}
 
11410
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11411
 
 
11412
\<configure html4 pd1enc\><<<
 
11413
\def\add:acc#1{\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&\#x#1;}x}
 
11414
\Configure{add accent}{PD1:96} %\`
 
11415
  |<add grave codes|>  {}{} 
 
11416
\Configure{add accent}{PD1:168} %\"
 
11417
  |<add diaeresis codes|>  {}{}
 
11418
\Configure{add accent}{PD1:180} %\'
 
11419
  |<add acute codes|>  {}{}
 
11420
\Configure{add accent}{PD1:27} %\.
 
11421
  |<add dot above codes|>  {}{}
 
11422
\Configure{add accent}{PD1:26} %\^
 
11423
  |<add circumflex codes|>  {}{}
 
11424
\Configure{add accent}{PD1:31} %\~
 
11425
  |<add tilde codes|>  {}{}
 
11426
\Configure{add accent}{PD1:24} %\u
 
11427
  |<add breve codes|>  {}{}
 
11428
\Configure{add accent}{PD1:20} %\v
 
11429
  |<add caron codes|>  {}{}
 
11430
\Configure{add accent}{PD1:21} %\r
 
11431
  |<add ring codes|>   {}{}
 
11432
\Configure{add accent}{PD1:184} %\c
 
11433
  |<add cedilla codes|>  {}{}
 
11434
>>>
 
11435
 
 
11436
% \Configure{add accent}{PD1:22} %\=     {}{}
 
11437
 
 
11438
% \Configure{add accent}{PD1:125} %\H
 
11439
%  |<add double acute code|>  {}{}
 
11440
 
 
11441
 
 
11442
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11443
\section{Languages}
 
11444
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11445
 
 
11446
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11447
\subsection{Babel}
 
11448
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11449
 
 
11450
 
 
11451
\<babel.def\><<<
 
11452
|<quotedblbase|>
 
11453
>>>
 
11454
 
 
11455
 
 
11456
\<babel macros\><<<
 
11457
|<babel.def|>
 
11458
>>>
 
11459
 
 
11460
 
 
11461
 
 
11462
 
 
11463
\<config tex4ht\><<<
 
11464
\NewConfigure{charset}[1]{\def\a:charset{#1}}
 
11465
\def\:temp#1charset=#2,#3|<par del|>{%
 
11466
   \if !#2!%
 
11467
     \Log:Note{for alternative charset, use
 
11468
          the command line option `charset=...'}
 
11469
   \else \Configure{charset}{charset=#2}\fi}
 
11470
\expandafter\:temp\Preamble ,charset=,|<par del|>
 
11471
>>>
 
11472
 
 
11473
 
 
11474
 
 
11475
 
 
11476
\<configure html4 CJK\><<<
 
11477
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11478
|<simplified chinese (mainland)|>
 
11479
|<traditional chinese (taiwanese)|>
 
11480
|<japanese charset|>
 
11481
|<korean charset|>
 
11482
\Configure{CJKbold}{\HCode{<b>}}{\HCode{</b>}}
 
11483
>>>
 
11484
 
 
11485
 
 
11486
 
 
11487
The following are from CJK.enc
 
11488
\begin{verbatim}
 
11489
% CEF:          CEFX    C80
 
11490
%               CEFY    C81
 
11491
\end{verbatim}
 
11492
 
 
11493
 
 
11494
\<traditional chinese (taiwanese)\><<<
 
11495
\Configure{CJK.enc}{Bg5}{\def\A:charset{charset=big5}}
 
11496
\Configure{CJK.enc}{Bg5pmC}{\def\A:charset{charset=big5}}
 
11497
\Configure{CJK.enc}{Bg5+}{\def\A:charset{charset=big5}}
 
11498
>>>
 
11499
 
 
11500
 
 
11501
GB2312 (1980) has been superceded by GBK (circa 1993?) and GB18030 (2000).
 
11502
 
 
11503
\<simplified chinese (mainland)\><<<
 
11504
\Configure{CJK.enc}{GBpmC}{\def\A:charset{charset=gbk}}
 
11505
\Configure{CJK.enc}{GBK}{\def\A:charset{charset=gbk}}
 
11506
\Configure{CJK.enc}{GBt}{\def\A:charset{charset=gbk}}
 
11507
\Configure{CJK.enc}{GBtpmC}{\def\A:charset{charset=gbk}}
 
11508
\Configure{CJK.enc}{CNS1-7}{\def\A:charset{charset=gbk}}
 
11509
>>>
 
11510
 
 
11511
 
 
11512
\<japanese charset\><<<
 
11513
\Configure{CJK.enc}{JIS}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}}
 
11514
\Configure{CJK.enc}{JISpmC}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}}
 
11515
\Configure{CJK.enc}{JISdnp}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}}
 
11516
\Configure{CJK.enc}{JISwn}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}}
 
11517
\Configure{CJK.enc}{JIS2}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}}
 
11518
\Configure{CJK.enc}{JIS2dnp}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}}
 
11519
\Configure{CJK.enc}{SJIS}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-jp}}
 
11520
>>>
 
11521
 
 
11522
\<korean charset\><<<
 
11523
\Configure{CJK.enc}{KS}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-kr}}
 
11524
\Configure{CJK.enc}{KSpmC}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-kr}}
 
11525
\Configure{CJK.enc}{KSHL}{\def\A:charset{charset=iso-2022-kr}}
 
11526
>>>
 
11527
 
 
11528
 
 
11529
 
 
11530
 
 
11531
 
 
11532
\<configure html4 hebtex\><<<
 
11533
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-8}
 
11534
\Configure{arabtext}
 
11535
   {\ifhmode \let\end:arabtex=\empty \IgnorePar
 
11536
    \else
 
11537
         \HCode{<div align="right"><table class="arabtex"><tr><td\Hnewline
 
11538
              style="white-space:nowrap;" align="right">}%
 
11539
         \def\end:arabtex{\HCode{</td></tr></table></div>}}%
 
11540
    \fi
 
11541
    \global\let\start:arab=\relax}
 
11542
   {\end:arabtex}
 
11543
   {\ifx \start:arab\relax \global\let\start:arab=\empty
 
11544
    \else \Tg<br />\fi}
 
11545
   {}
 
11546
\:CheckOption{nikud}     \if:Option
 
11547
   \Configure{chireq}{\char5 }
 
11548
   \Configure{cholem}{\char3 }
 
11549
   \Configure{chpatach}{\char1\char7 }
 
11550
   \Configure{chqames}{\char2\char7 }
 
11551
   \Configure{chsegol}{\char3\char7 }
 
11552
   \Configure{dagesh}{\char46 }
 
11553
   \Configure{meteg}{\char44 }
 
11554
   \Configure{patachf}{\char1 }
 
11555
   \Configure{patach}{\char1 }
 
11556
   \Configure{qameschat}{\char6\char7 }
 
11557
   \Configure{qames}{\char6 }
 
11558
   \Configure{qibbus}{\HCode{<!--qibbus-->}}
 
11559
   \Configure{rdot}{\HCode{<!--rdot-->}}
 
11560
   \Configure{segol}{\char3 }
 
11561
   \Configure{sere}{\char9 }
 
11562
   \Configure{shindot}{\HCode{<!--shindot-->}}
 
11563
   \Configure{shwa}{\char7 }
 
11564
   \Configure{sindot}{\HCode{<!--sindot-->}}
 
11565
\else
 
11566
   \Log:Note{for hebrew vowels, use
 
11567
        the command line option `nikud'}
 
11568
   \Configure{chireq}{\HCode{<!--chireq-->}}
 
11569
   \Configure{cholem}{\HCode{<!--cholem-->}}
 
11570
   \Configure{chpatach}{\HCode{<!--chpatach-->}}
 
11571
   \Configure{chqames}{\HCode{<!--chqames-->}}
 
11572
   \Configure{chsegol}{\HCode{<!--chsegol-->}}
 
11573
   \Configure{dagesh}{\HCode{<!--dagesh-->}}
 
11574
   \Configure{meteg}{\HCode{<!--meteg-->}}
 
11575
   \Configure{patachf}{\HCode{<!--patachf-->}}
 
11576
   \Configure{patach}{\HCode{<!--patach-->}}
 
11577
   \Configure{qameschat}{\HCode{<!--qameschat-->}}
 
11578
   \Configure{qames}{\HCode{<!--qames-->}}
 
11579
   \Configure{qibbus}{\HCode{<!--qibbus-->}}
 
11580
   \Configure{rdot}{\HCode{<!--rdot-->}}
 
11581
   \Configure{segol}{\HCode{<!--segol-->}}
 
11582
   \Configure{sere}{\HCode{<!--sere-->}}
 
11583
   \Configure{shindot}{\HCode{<!--shindot-->}}
 
11584
   \Configure{shwa}{\HCode{<!--shwa-->}}
 
11585
   \Configure{sindot}{\HCode{<!--sindot-->}}
 
11586
\fi
 
11587
>>>
 
11588
 
 
11589
 
 
11590
\<configure html4 abidir\><<<
 
11591
\:CheckOption{pic-RL}\if:Option
 
11592
   \Configure{RL}
 
11593
      {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP \def\RL:tag{div}\else \def\RL:tag{span}\fi
 
11594
       \HCode{<\RL:tag\space class="pic-RL">}\Picture*{}} 
 
11595
      {\EndPicture\HCode{</\RL:tag>}}
 
11596
      {}  {} {} {}
 
11597
   \Css{div.pic-RL{text-align:right;}}
 
11598
\else 
 
11599
   \Log:Note{for pictorial RL, use
 
11600
             the command line option `pic-RL'}
 
11601
   \Configure{RL}
 
11602
      {\HCode{<span class="RL">}} {\HCode{</span>}}
 
11603
      {}  {\HCode{<br />}} {} {}
 
11604
 
 
11605
\fi
 
11606
>>>
 
11607
 
 
11608
% \:CheckOption{RL2LR}\if:Option
 
11609
%    \Configure{RL}
 
11610
%       {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="RL" 
 
11611
%           dir="rtl" >}}
 
11612
%       {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
11613
%       {}  {} {} {}
 
11614
% \else
 
11615
%    \Configure{RL}
 
11616
%       {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="RL" 
 
11617
%           dir="rtl" >}}
 
11618
%       {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
11619
%       {}  {\HCode{<br />}} {} {}
 
11620
% \fi 
 
11621
 
 
11622
 
 
11623
\<configure html4-uni babel\><<<
 
11624
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}%
 
11625
>>>
 
11626
 
 
11627
 
 
11628
\<configure html4-uni austrian\><<<
 
11629
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11630
>>>
 
11631
 
 
11632
\<configure html4-uni catalan\><<<
 
11633
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11634
>>>
 
11635
 
 
11636
\<configure html4-uni croatian\><<<
 
11637
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11638
>>>
 
11639
\<configure html4-uni czech\><<<
 
11640
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11641
>>>
 
11642
\<configure html4-uni danish\><<<
 
11643
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11644
>>>
 
11645
\<configure html4-uni dutch\><<<
 
11646
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11647
>>>
 
11648
\<configure html4-uni english\><<<
 
11649
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11650
>>>
 
11651
\<configure html4-uni esperant\><<<
 
11652
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11653
>>>
 
11654
\<configure html4-uni estonian\><<<
 
11655
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11656
>>>
 
11657
\<configure html4-uni finnish\><<<
 
11658
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11659
>>>
 
11660
\<configure html4-uni francais\><<<
 
11661
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11662
>>>
 
11663
\<configure html4-uni galician\><<<
 
11664
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11665
>>>
 
11666
\<configure html4-uni germanb\><<<
 
11667
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11668
>>>
 
11669
\<configure html4-uni greek\><<<
 
11670
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11671
>>>
 
11672
\<configure html4-uni hebrew\><<<
 
11673
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11674
>>>
 
11675
\<configure html4-uni ngermanb\><<<
 
11676
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11677
>>>
 
11678
\<configure html4-uni norsk\><<<
 
11679
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11680
>>>
 
11681
\<configure html4-uni polish\><<<
 
11682
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11683
>>>
 
11684
\<configure html4-uni polski\><<<
 
11685
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11686
>>>
 
11687
\<configure html4-uni portuges\><<<
 
11688
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11689
>>>
 
11690
\<configure html4-uni romanian\><<<
 
11691
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11692
>>>
 
11693
 
 
11694
 
 
11695
\<configure html4-uni scottish\><<<
 
11696
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11697
>>>
 
11698
\<configure html4-uni slovak\><<<
 
11699
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11700
>>>
 
11701
\<configure html4-uni slovene\><<<
 
11702
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11703
>>>
 
11704
\<configure html4-uni spanish\><<<
 
11705
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11706
|<spanish configs|>
 
11707
>>>
 
11708
\<configure html4-uni swedish\><<<
 
11709
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11710
>>>
 
11711
\<configure html4-uni turkish\><<<
 
11712
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11713
>>>
 
11714
\<configure html4-uni ukraineb\><<<
 
11715
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11716
>>>
 
11717
\<configure html4-uni usorbian\><<<
 
11718
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11719
>>>
 
11720
\<configure html4-uni welsh\><<<
 
11721
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11722
>>>
 
11723
 
 
11724
\<configure html4-uni CJK\><<<
 
11725
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}  
 
11726
\Configure{CJKbold}{\HCode{<b>}}{\HCode{</b>}}
 
11727
>>>
 
11728
 
 
11729
\<configure html4-uni hebtex\><<<
 
11730
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11731
>>>
 
11732
 
 
11733
\<configure html4-uni exerquiz\><<<
 
11734
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}  
 
11735
>>>
 
11736
 
 
11737
\<configure html4 romanian\><<<
 
11738
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
11739
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else
 
11740
   |<old iso-8859-2 accents|>
 
11741
\fi
 
11742
>>>
 
11743
 
 
11744
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11745
\subsection{Umlaut}
 
11746
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11747
 
 
11748
\<configure html4 german\><<<
 
11749
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else
 
11750
   \Configure{accent}\grmn@OTumlaut
 
11751
      \grmn@OTumlaut{|<diaeresis codes|>{}{34}}
 
11752
   {\a:accents{uml}{#1}}     {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}}
 
11753
\fi
 
11754
>>>
 
11755
 
 
11756
\<babel.def\><<<
 
11757
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else
 
11758
   \Configure{accent}\lower@umlaut\lower@umlaut{|<diaeresis codes|>{}{34}}
 
11759
   {\a:accents{uml}{#1}}     {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}}
 
11760
\fi
 
11761
>>>
 
11762
 
 
11763
 
 
11764
 
 
11765
\<u mlaut\><<<
 
11766
\Configure{accent}\bbl@umlauta
 
11767
   \bbl@umlaute{|<diaeresis iso-8859-1|>{}{34}}
 
11768
   {\a:accents{uml}{#1}}     {\b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}}
 
11769
>>>
 
11770
 
 
11771
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11772
\subsection{Russian and Cyrillic}
 
11773
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11774
 
 
11775
 
 
11776
 
 
11777
\<configure html4 t2benc\><<<
 
11778
\def\:temp{charset=koi8-r}\ifx \A:charset\:temp \else
 
11779
   \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-5}
 
11780
\fi
 
11781
>>>
 
11782
 
 
11783
 
 
11784
 
 
11785
\<configure html4 koi8-r\><<<
 
11786
\def\A:charset{charset=koi8-r}
 
11787
>>>
 
11788
 
 
11789
 
 
11790
 
 
11791
\<set babel charset\><<<
 
11792
\def\:temp{charset=koi8-r}\ifx \A:charset\:temp \else
 
11793
   \a:temp{russian}{iso-8859-5}
 
11794
\fi
 
11795
>>>
 
11796
 
 
11797
\<configure html4-uni russianb\><<<
 
11798
\NewConfigure{dtd-lang}{1}  \Configure{dtd-lang}{RU}
 
11799
\def\A:charset{charset=utf-8}
 
11800
 
 
11801
\ifx \@begindocumenthook\:UnDef\else
 
11802
   \:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else
 
11803
         |<russian|>
 
11804
\fi\fi
 
11805
>>>
 
11806
 
 
11807
 
 
11808
 
 
11809
\<configure html4 russianb\><<<
 
11810
\NewConfigure{dtd-lang}{1}  \Configure{dtd-lang}{RU}
 
11811
\def\:temp{charset=koi8-r}\ifx \A:charset\:temp \else
 
11812
   \def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-5}
 
11813
\fi
 
11814
\ifx \@begindocumenthook\:UnDef\else
 
11815
   \:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else
 
11816
%      \def\:temp{russian}\ifx \languagename\:temp
 
11817
         |<russian|>
 
11818
%      \fi
 
11819
\fi\fi
 
11820
>>>
 
11821
 
 
11822
 
 
11823
We had also \verb'\append:def\@begindocumenthook{\HLet\"|=\ddot}' in
 
11824
babel. It gets russian and brazil into infinite loop.  Why it was
 
11825
inserted.
 
11826
 
 
11827
ERROR: The non ascii characters  might translate wrongly in the 4ht
 
11828
file (e.g., \verb'^^e5' for 00EB below). They also  not show in the
 
11829
documentation since a cmtt10 font is in use and it doesn't covet those
 
11830
symbols. The problem will probably vanish once the new accent approach
 
11831
will kick in.
 
11832
 
 
11833
 
 
11834
\<russian\><<<
 
11835
\Configure{accent}\"\ddot{|<diaeresis codes|>�{00EB}%
 
11836
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc A}{00C4}%
 
11837
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc E}{00CB}%
 
11838
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc I}{00CF}%
 
11839
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc O}{00D6}%
 
11840
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc U}{00DC}%
 
11841
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc Y}{0178}%
 
11842
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc a}{00E4}%
 
11843
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc e}{00EB}%
 
11844
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc i}{00EF}%
 
11845
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc \i}{00EF}%
 
11846
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc o}{00F6}%
 
11847
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc u}{00FC}%
 
11848
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc y}{00FF}%
 
11849
           {\@use@text@encoding \@curr@enc �}{00EB}%
 
11850
           {}{34}}
 
11851
   {\a:accents{uml}{#1}}    
 
11852
   {\def\:temp{>}\def\:tempa{#2}\ifx \:temp\:tempa\HCode{�}%
 
11853
    \else \def\:temp{<}\ifx \:temp\:tempa\HCode{�}%
 
11854
    \else \b:accents{uml}{#1}{#2}\fi\fi}
 
11855
>>> 
 
11856
 
 
11857
 
 
11858
 
 
11859
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11860
\chapter{Features}
 
11861
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11862
 
 
11863
 
 
11864
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11865
\section{Margin Comments}
 
11866
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11867
 
 
11868
 
 
11869
We need to consider cases like
 
11870
 \verb+\marginpar{ Consider: \par *one \par *two}+
 
11871
for margin pars.
 
11872
 
 
11873
 
 
11874
 
 
11875
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
11876
\Configure{marginpar}
 
11877
   {\ifvmode
 
11878
      \IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="marginpar">}%
 
11879
      \def\end:margp{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}%
 
11880
      \par
 
11881
    \else
 
11882
      \SaveEndP
 
11883
      \HCode{<span class="marginpar">}%
 
11884
      \bgroup
 
11885
         \Configure{HtmlPar}{\HCode{<br />}}{\HCode{<br />}}{}{}%
 
11886
      \def\end:margp{\egroup\HCode{</span>}\RecallEndP}%
 
11887
    \fi
 
11888
   }
 
11889
   {\end:margp}
 
11890
\Css{.marginpar {width:20\%; float:right; text-align:left;
 
11891
  margin-left:auto; margin-top:0.5em; font-size:85\%;
 
11892
  text-decoration:underline;}}
 
11893
\Css{.marginpar p{margin-top:0.4em; margin-bottom:0.4em;}}
 
11894
>>>
 
11895
 
 
11896
\verb'margin-left:auto'  instead of \verb'margin-left:1em'
 
11897
-- this makes margin paragraphs float correctly in  Netscape 4.06
 
11898
 browser
 
11899
 
 
11900
 
 
11901
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11902
\section{Pictures in Margins}
 
11903
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11904
 
 
11905
 
 
11906
 
 
11907
\<configure html4 picins\><<<
 
11908
\Css{.picins-dr, .picins-rd { float:right; 
 
11909
  padding: 2px; margin-left:5px; margin-bottom:3px;
 
11910
  border: 1px dashed black; 
 
11911
  }} 
 
11912
\Css{.picins-dl, .picins-ld, .picins-d { float:left; 
 
11913
  padding: 2px; margin-right:5px; margin-bottom:3px;
 
11914
  border: 1px dashed black; 
 
11915
  }} 
 
11916
\Css{.picins-fr, .picins-rf { float:right; 
 
11917
  padding: 2px; margin-left:5px; margin-bottom:3px;
 
11918
  border: 1px dashed black; 
 
11919
  }} 
 
11920
\Css{.picins-fl, .picins-lf, .picins-f { float:left; 
 
11921
  padding: 2px; margin-right:5px; margin-bottom:3px;
 
11922
  border: 1px solid black; 
 
11923
  }} 
 
11924
\Css{.picins-sr, .picins-rs { float:right; 
 
11925
  padding: 2px; margin-left:5px; margin-bottom:3px;
 
11926
  border-left: 1px solid black; 
 
11927
  border-top: 1px solid black; 
 
11928
  border-right: 4px solid black; 
 
11929
  border-bottom: 4px solid black; 
 
11930
  }} 
 
11931
\Css{.picins-sl, .picins-ls, .picins-s { float:left; 
 
11932
  padding: 2px; margin-right:5px; margin-bottom:3px;
 
11933
  border-left: 1px solid black; 
 
11934
  border-top: 1px solid black; 
 
11935
  border-right: 4px solid black; 
 
11936
  border-bottom: 4px solid black; 
 
11937
  }} 
 
11938
\Css{.picins-xr, .picins-rx { float:right; 
 
11939
  padding: 2px; margin-left:5px; margin-bottom:3px;
 
11940
  border-left: 1px solid black; 
 
11941
  border-top: 1px solid black; 
 
11942
  border-right: 1px double black; 
 
11943
  border-bottom: 1px double black; 
 
11944
  }} 
 
11945
\Css{.picins-xl, .picins-lx, .picins-x { float:left; 
 
11946
  padding: 2px; margin-right:5px; margin-bottom:3px;
 
11947
  border-left: 1px solid black; 
 
11948
  border-top: 1px solid black; 
 
11949
  border-right: 1px double black; 
 
11950
  border-bottom: 1px double black; 
 
11951
  }} 
 
11952
\Css{.picins-r { float:right; 
 
11953
  padding: 2px; margin-left:5px; margin-bottom:3px;
 
11954
  }} 
 
11955
\Css{.picins-l, .picins- { float:left; 
 
11956
  padding: 2px; margin-right:5px; margin-bottom:3px;
 
11957
  }} 
 
11958
>>>
 
11959
 
 
11960
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11961
\chapter{Style Files}
 
11962
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11963
 
 
11964
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11965
\subsection{MeX}
 
11966
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11967
 
 
11968
 
 
11969
\<configure html4 mex\><<<
 
11970
\def\MeX{\HCode{<span class="MeX">}MeX\HCode{</span>}}
 
11971
>>>
 
11972
 
 
11973
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11974
\subsection{eplain}
 
11975
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
11976
 
 
11977
 
 
11978
\<configure html4 eplain\><<<
 
11979
\Configure{columns}
 
11980
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
11981
    \HCode{<div class="columns"><!--cols=\NumColumns-->}}
 
11982
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
11983
\Css{div.columns { margin-left:2em; margin-right:2em; }}
 
11984
>>>
 
11985
 
 
11986
 
 
11987
\<configure html4 eplain\><<<
 
11988
\Configure{bibliography}
 
11989
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
11990
    \HCode{<div class="bibliography">}\par}
 
11991
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP  \HCode{</div>}\par}
 
11992
>>>
 
11993
 
 
11994
 
 
11995
 
 
11996
\<configure html4 eplain\><<<
 
11997
\Configure{makecolumns}
 
11998
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
11999
     \HCode{<table class="makecolumns"><tr><td>}%
 
12000
     \gdef\make:col{\gdef\make:col{\HCode{<br />}}}}
 
12001
    {\HCode{</td></tr></table>}}
 
12002
    {\HCode{</td><td>}%
 
12003
     \gdef\make:col{\gdef\make:col{\HCode{<br />}}}}
 
12004
    {\make:col}
 
12005
    {}
 
12006
\Css{table.makecolumns{width:100\%;}}
 
12007
\Css{table.makecolumns td {vertical-align:top;}}
 
12008
>>>
 
12009
 
 
12010
 
 
12011
\<configure html4 eplain\><<<
 
12012
\Configure{flushleft}
 
12013
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
12014
    \HCode{<div class="flushleft">}}
 
12015
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
12016
    \HCode{</div>}}
 
12017
   {\HCode{<br />}}
 
12018
\Configure{flushright}
 
12019
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
12020
    \HCode{<div class="flushright">}}
 
12021
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
12022
    \HCode{</div>}}
 
12023
   {\HCode{<br />}}
 
12024
\Configure{center}
 
12025
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
12026
    \HCode{<div class="center">}}
 
12027
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
12028
    \HCode{</div>}}
 
12029
   {\HCode{<br />}}
 
12030
\Css{div.center {text-align:center;}}
 
12031
\Css{div.flushright {text-align:right;}}
 
12032
\Css{div.flushleft {text-align:left;}}
 
12033
>>>
 
12034
 
 
12035
 
 
12036
 
 
12037
\<configure html4 eplain\><<<
 
12038
|<eplain dates|>
 
12039
\Configure{numberedlist}
 
12040
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
12041
    \HCode{<ol>}\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
12042
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \end:itm \HCode{</ol>}}
 
12043
   {\end:itm \def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\HCode{<li>}\special{t4ht@[}\IgnorePar}
 
12044
   {\special{t4ht@]}}
 
12045
\Configure{orderedlist}
 
12046
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
12047
    \HCode{<ol>}\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
12048
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \end:itm \HCode{</ol>}}
 
12049
   {\end:itm \def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\HCode{<li>}\special{t4ht@[}\IgnorePar}
 
12050
   {\special{t4ht@]}}
 
12051
\Configure{unorderedlist}
 
12052
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
12053
    \HCode{<ul>}\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
12054
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \end:itm \HCode{</ul>}}
 
12055
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
12056
    \end:itm \def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}%
 
12057
    \HCode{<li>}\special{t4ht@[}\IgnorePar}
 
12058
   {\special{t4ht@]}}
 
12059
>>>
 
12060
 
 
12061
\<configure html4 eplain\><<<
 
12062
\Configure{listing}
 
12063
   {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="listing">}\par
 
12064
    \Configure{HtmlPar}
 
12065
      {\EndP}
 
12066
      {\EndP}
 
12067
      {~\HCode{<br />}}
 
12068
      {~\HCode{<br />}}
 
12069
   }
 
12070
   {\HCode{</div>}\par}
 
12071
>>>
 
12072
 
 
12073
 
 
12074
\<configure html4-math eplain\><<<
 
12075
\Configure{PicDisplay}
 
12076
  {\edef\MathPar{\ifvmode par-\fi}\IgnorePar\endgraf\EndP
 
12077
   \HCode{<div class="\if@leftdisplays leftdisplay\else centereddisplay\fi">}}
 
12078
  {\HCode{</div>}}  {}  {class="\MathPar math-display" } 
 
12079
\Css{div.lsftdisplay {text-align:left;}}
 
12080
\Css{div.centereddisplay {text-align:center;}}
 
12081
>>>
 
12082
 
 
12083
 
 
12084
\<configure html4-math eplain\><<<
 
12085
\Configure{contents}
 
12086
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
12087
    \HCode{<div class="contents">}}
 
12088
   {\HCode{</div>}}
 
12089
\Configure{tocchapterentry}
 
12090
   {\HCode{<span class="tocchapterentry">}}
 
12091
   {\HCode{</span><span class="toc-num">}}
 
12092
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
12093
\Configure{tocsectionentry}
 
12094
   {\HCode{<span class="tocsectionentry">}}
 
12095
   {\HCode{</span><span class="toc-num">}}
 
12096
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
12097
\Configure{tocsubsectionentry}
 
12098
   {\HCode{<span class="tocsubsectionentry">}}
 
12099
   {\HCode{</span><span class="toc-num">}}
 
12100
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
12101
\Css{span.tocchapterentry{width:30em}}
 
12102
\Css{span.tocsectionentry{width:30em; padding-left:1.5em}}
 
12103
\Css{span.tocsectionentry{width:30em; padding-left:3em}}
 
12104
\Css{span.toc-num{width:6em; padding-left:2em}}
 
12105
>>>
 
12106
 
 
12107
 
 
12108
 
 
12109
\<eplain dates\><<<
 
12110
\Configure{monthname}
 
12111
   {\HCode{<span class="month">}}
 
12112
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
12113
\Configure{timestring}
 
12114
   {\HCode{<span class="time">}}
 
12115
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
12116
\Configure{timestamp}
 
12117
   {\HCode{<span class="timestamp">}}
 
12118
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
12119
\Configure{today}
 
12120
   {\HCode{<span class="today">}}
 
12121
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
12122
>>>
 
12123
 
 
12124
 
 
12125
 
 
12126
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12127
\section{Drawing Utilitis}
 
12128
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12129
 
 
12130
 
 
12131
 
 
12132
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12133
\subsection{Diagrams}
 
12134
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12135
 
 
12136
\<configure html4 epsf\><<<
 
12137
\Configure{epsfsetgraph}
 
12138
  {\Picture+[\PicName]{}}
 
12139
  {\EndPicture}
 
12140
>>>
 
12141
 
 
12142
 
 
12143
 
 
12144
 
 
12145
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12146
\subsection{Diagrams}
 
12147
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12148
 
 
12149
  \<configure html4 diagrams\><<<
 
12150
\ConfigureEnv{diagram}
 
12151
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \EndP
 
12152
      \Tg<div class="diagrams">\def\End:Diagrams{\Tg</div>}%
 
12153
    \else \let\End:Diagrams\empty
 
12154
    \fi }
 
12155
   {\End:Diagrams}
 
12156
   {}{}
 
12157
\Configure{diagram}
 
12158
   {\Picture*{}$} {$\EndPicture}
 
12159
\Css{.diagrams {text-align: center;}}
 
12160
>>>
 
12161
 
 
12162
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12163
\subsection{dratex}
 
12164
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12165
 
 
12166
  \<configure html4 dratex\><<<
 
12167
\Css{div.Draw{text-align:center}} 
 
12168
>>>>
 
12169
 
 
12170
 
 
12171
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12172
\subsection{pgf}
 
12173
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12174
 
 
12175
\<configure html4 pgf\><<<
 
12176
\ConfigureEnv{pgfpicture}
 
12177
   {\hbox\bgroup\Picture+[picture]{}}
 
12178
   {\EndPicture\egroup} 
 
12179
   {}{}
 
12180
>>>
 
12181
 
 
12182
 
 
12183
 
 
12184
 
 
12185
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12186
\subsection{psfig}
 
12187
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12188
 
 
12189
\<configure html4 psfig\><<<
 
12190
|<0,32,4 psfig|>
 
12191
>>>
 
12192
 
 
12193
\<0,32,4 psfig\><<<
 
12194
\Configure{psfig} {\Picture+[psfig]{}}{\EndPicture}
 
12195
>>>
 
12196
 
 
12197
 
 
12198
 
 
12199
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12200
\subsection{graphics}
 
12201
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12202
 
 
12203
\<configure html4 graphics\><<<
 
12204
\:CheckOption{graphics-} \if:Option
 
12205
   \Configure{graphics}
 
12206
     {\bgroup
 
12207
        \let\E:IMG=\e:IMG \let\e:IMG=\empty
 
12208
      \Picture+[\a:GraphicsAlt]{ class="graphics"}}
 
12209
     {\EndPicture
 
12210
         \E:IMG\HCode{<!--tex4ht:graphics 
 
12211
         \Hnewline  name="\PictureFile"  src="\Gin@base\Gin@ext"
 
12212
         \Hnewline -->}%
 
12213
      \egroup}
 
12214
\else
 
12215
   |<graphics quality|>
 
12216
   \Configure{graphics}
 
12217
     {\bgroup
 
12218
        \let\E:IMG=\e:IMG \let\e:IMG=\empty
 
12219
      \Picture+[\a:GraphicsAlt]{ class="graphics"}}
 
12220
     {\EndPicture        \ifx\noBoundingBox\UnDefined
 
12221
          |<pixels graphics width/height|>\fi
 
12222
         \E:IMG\HCode{<!--tex4ht:graphics 
 
12223
         \Hnewline  name="\PictureFile"  src="\Gin@base\Gin@ext"
 
12224
         \Hnewline -->}%
 
12225
      \egroup}
 
12226
\fi
 
12227
\Css{.figure img.graphics {margin-left:10\%;}}
 
12228
\Configure{graphics*}
 
12229
   {gif}
 
12230
   {\Picture[\a:GraphicsAlt]{\Gin@base.gif |<graphics dim|>}}
 
12231
\Configure{graphics*}
 
12232
   {png}
 
12233
   {\Picture[\a:GraphicsAlt]{\Gin@base.png |<graphics dim|>}}
 
12234
\Configure{graphics*}
 
12235
   {jpg}
 
12236
   {\Picture[\a:GraphicsAlt]{\Gin@base.jpg |<graphics dim|>}}
 
12237
\Configure{graphics*}
 
12238
   {jpeg}
 
12239
   {\Picture[\a:GraphicsAlt]{\Gin@base.jpeg |<graphics dim|>}}
 
12240
\NewConfigure{GraphicsAlt}{1}
 
12241
\Configure{GraphicsAlt}{PIC}
 
12242
|<includegraphics dim|>
 
12243
>>>
 
12244
 
 
12245
\<graphics quality\><<<
 
12246
\def\:temp#1graphics-#2,#3|<par del|>{\def\gr:density{#2}}
 
12247
\expandafter\:temp\Preamble,graphics-,|<par del|>
 
12248
\ifx \gr:density\empty 
 
12249
   \Log:Note{if included graphics are
 
12250
      of degraded quality, try the command line options
 
12251
      `graphics-num' or `graphics-'. The `num' should provide
 
12252
      the density of pixels in the bitmaps (e.g., 110).
 
12253
   }
 
12254
\else
 
12255
   \def\int:pt#1.#2|<par del|>{#1}
 
12256
\fi
 
12257
>>>
 
12258
 
 
12259
 
 
12260
 
 
12261
\<graphics dim\><<<
 
12262
\csname a:Gin-dim\endcsname
 
12263
>>>
 
12264
 
 
12265
 
 
12266
\<includegraphics dim\><<<
 
12267
\NewConfigure{Gin-dim}{1}
 
12268
\:CheckOption{Gin-dim} \if:Option
 
12269
   \Configure{Gin-dim}
 
12270
     {\ifx\noBoundingBox\UnDefined 
 
12271
        |<graphics width/height|>%
 
12272
      \else
 
12273
        |<graphicx width/height|>%
 
12274
      \fi
 
12275
      class="includegraphics"
 
12276
     }
 
12277
\else \:CheckOption{Gin-dim+} \if:Option
 
12278
   \Configure{Gin-dim}
 
12279
     {\ifx \Gin:ewidth\Gin@exclamation
 
12280
         \ifx \Gin:eheight\Gin@exclamation
 
12281
            \ifx\noBoundingBox\UnDefined 
 
12282
               |<graphics width/height|>%
 
12283
            \fi
 
12284
         \else
 
12285
            height="\Gin:eheight"
 
12286
         \fi
 
12287
      \else
 
12288
         width="\Gin:ewidth"
 
12289
         \ifx \Gin:eheight\Gin@exclamation \else
 
12290
            height="\Gin:eheight"
 
12291
         \fi
 
12292
      \fi
 
12293
      class="includegraphics"
 
12294
     }
 
12295
\else
 
12296
   \Log:Note{for key dimensions try the option
 
12297
       `Gin-dim'; for key dimensions when bounding box is unavailable 
 
12298
       try `Gin-dim+'; neither is recommended}
 
12299
   \Configure{Gin-dim}
 
12300
     {\ifx\noBoundingBox\UnDefined 
 
12301
        |<graphics width/height|>%
 
12302
      \fi
 
12303
     }
 
12304
\fi \fi
 
12305
>>>
 
12306
 
 
12307
\<pixels graphics width/height\><<<
 
12308
\ifx \gr:density\empty
 
12309
   \HCode{
 
12310
      width="\the\Gin@req@width"
 
12311
      height="\the\Gin@req@height"
 
12312
   }%
 
12313
\else
 
12314
   \bgroup
 
12315
     \divide\Gin@req@width by 72 
 
12316
     \multiply\Gin@req@width by \gr:density \relax   
 
12317
     \divide\Gin@req@height by 72 
 
12318
     \multiply\Gin@req@height by \gr:density \relax   
 
12319
     \HCode{
 
12320
        width="\expandafter\int:pt\the\Gin@req@width|<par del|>"
 
12321
        height="\expandafter\int:pt\the\Gin@req@height|<par del|>"
 
12322
     }%   
 
12323
   \egroup
 
12324
\fi
 
12325
>>>
 
12326
 
 
12327
 
 
12328
\<graphics width/height\><<<
 
12329
width="\the\Gin@req@width"
 
12330
height="\the\Gin@req@height"
 
12331
>>>
 
12332
 
 
12333
\<graphicx width/height\><<<
 
12334
\ifx \Gin:ewidth\Gin@exclamation \else
 
12335
   width="\Gin:ewidth"
 
12336
\fi
 
12337
\ifx \Gin:eheight\Gin@exclamation \else
 
12338
   height="\Gin:eheight"
 
12339
\fi
 
12340
>>>
 
12341
 
 
12342
 
 
12343
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12344
\subsection{xy}
 
12345
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12346
 
 
12347
\<configure html4 xy\><<<
 
12348
|<32,4 xy|>
 
12349
>>>
 
12350
 
 
12351
\<32,4 xy\><<<
 
12352
\Configure{xypic}
 
12353
   {\Picture*{}} {\EndPicture}
 
12354
>>>
 
12355
 
 
12356
 
 
12357
 
 
12358
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12359
\subsection{pstricks}
 
12360
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12361
 
 
12362
 
 
12363
\<configure html4 pst-all\><<<
 
12364
\ConfigureEnv{psmatrix}
 
12365
   {\Picture*{}}
 
12366
   {\EndPicture}
 
12367
   {}{}
 
12368
>>>
 
12369
         
 
12370
\<configure html4 pstricks\><<<
 
12371
\Configure{pspicture}
 
12372
   {\ifvmode \ifinner\else \vfill\break\fi
 
12373
    \leavevmode\fi
 
12374
    \bgroup 
 
12375
       \ifdim \pst@dimh<\z@ \pst@dimh=-\pst@dimh \fi
 
12376
       \HCode{<!--width="\ifdim \wd\pst@hbox=\z@  \the\pst@dimg
 
12377
                         \else\the\wd\pst@hbox\fi"  
 
12378
                 height="\ifdim \ht\pst@hbox=\z@ \the\pst@dimh
 
12379
                         \else \the\ht\pst@hbox\fi"-->}%
 
12380
     \egroup
 
12381
     \Picture+[\a:pspictureAlt]{ class="pspicture"}}
 
12382
   {\EndPicture}
 
12383
\NewConfigure{pspictureAlt}{1}
 
12384
\Configure{pspictureAlt}{PIC}
 
12385
>>>
 
12386
 
 
12387
 
 
12388
 
 
12389
 
 
12390
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12391
\subsection{pb-diagram}
 
12392
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12393
 
 
12394
\<configure html4 pb-diagram\><<<
 
12395
\ConfigureEnv{diagram}
 
12396
   {\Picture*{ class="pb-diagram"}$} {$\EndPicture} {}{}
 
12397
\Css{.pb-diagram {align:center}}
 
12398
>>>
 
12399
 
 
12400
 
 
12401
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12402
\subsection{pictex}
 
12403
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12404
 
 
12405
\<configure html4 pictex\><<<
 
12406
\Configure{pictex}
 
12407
   {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}\HCode{<div 
 
12408
    class="pictex">}}{\HCode{</div>}}{+[PICT]}
 
12409
\Css{div.pictex {text-align:center;}}
 
12410
>>>
 
12411
 
 
12412
 
 
12413
 
 
12414
 
 
12415
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12416
\section{Slides}
 
12417
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12418
 
 
12419
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12420
\subsection{Beamer}
 
12421
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12422
 
 
12423
 
 
12424
 
 
12425
 
 
12426
\<configure html4 beamer\><<<
 
12427
|<beamer slides|>
 
12428
|<beamer environments|>
 
12429
>>>
 
12430
 
 
12431
\<beamer environments\><<<
 
12432
\let\block:Name=\empty
 
12433
\ConfigureEnv{block}
 
12434
   {\par\IgnorePar\EndP 
 
12435
    \ifx \block:Name\empty \def\block:Name{block}\fi
 
12436
    \HCode{<div class="\block:Name">}\global\let\block:Name=\empty}
 
12437
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
12438
   {} {}
 
12439
\ConfigureEnv{alertblock}
 
12440
   {\par\IgnorePar\EndP 
 
12441
    \ifx \block:Name\empty \def\block:Name{alertblock}\fi
 
12442
    \HCode{<div class="\block:Name">}\global\let\block:Name=\empty}
 
12443
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
12444
   {} {}
 
12445
\ConfigureEnv{Problem}
 
12446
   {\def\block:Name{Problem}} {} {} {}
 
12447
\ConfigureEnv{Loesung}
 
12448
   {\def\block:Name{Loesung}} {} {} {}
 
12449
\ConfigureEnv{Definition}
 
12450
   {\def\block:Name{Definition}} {} {} {}
 
12451
\ConfigureEnv{Satz}
 
12452
   {\def\block:Name{Satz}} {} {} {}
 
12453
\ConfigureEnv{Beweis}
 
12454
   {\def\block:Name{Beweis}} {} {} {}
 
12455
\ConfigureEnv{Folgerung}
 
12456
   {\def\block:Name{Folgerung}} {} {} {}
 
12457
\ConfigureEnv{Lemma}
 
12458
   {\def\block:Name{Lemma}} {} {} {}
 
12459
\ConfigureEnv{Fakt}
 
12460
   {\def\block:Name{Fakt}} {} {} {}
 
12461
\ConfigureEnv{Theorem}
 
12462
   {\def\block:Name{Theorem}} {} {} {}
 
12463
\ConfigureEnv{Proof}
 
12464
   {\def\block:Name{Proof}} {} {} {}
 
12465
\ConfigureEnv{Corollary}
 
12466
   {\def\block:Name{Corollary}} {} {} {}
 
12467
\ConfigureEnv{Fact}
 
12468
   {\def\block:Name{Fact}} {} {} {}
 
12469
\ConfigureEnv{definition}
 
12470
   {\def\block:Name{definition}} {} {} {}
 
12471
\ConfigureEnv{definitions}
 
12472
   {\def\block:Name{definitions}} {} {} {}
 
12473
\ConfigureEnv{theorem}
 
12474
   {\def\block:Name{theorem}} {} {} {}
 
12475
\ConfigureEnv{proof}
 
12476
   {\def\block:Name{proof}} {} {} {}
 
12477
\ConfigureEnv{corollary}
 
12478
   {\def\block:Name{corollary}} {} {} {}
 
12479
\ConfigureEnv{fact}
 
12480
   {\def\block:Name{fact}} {} {} {}
 
12481
>>>
 
12482
 
 
12483
\<beamer environments\><<<
 
12484
\ConfigureEnv{exampleblock}
 
12485
   {\par\IgnorePar\EndP 
 
12486
    \ifx \block:Name\empty \def\block:Name{exampleblock}\fi
 
12487
    \HCode{<div class="\block:Name">}\global\let\block:Name=\empty}
 
12488
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
12489
   {} {}
 
12490
\ConfigureEnv{Beispiel}
 
12491
   {\def\block:Name{Beispiel}} {} {} {}
 
12492
\ConfigureEnv{Beispiele}
 
12493
   {\def\block:Name{Beispiele}} {} {} {}
 
12494
\ConfigureEnv{Example}
 
12495
   {\def\block:Name{Example}} {} {} {}
 
12496
\ConfigureEnv{Examples}
 
12497
   {\def\block:Name{Examples}} {} {} {}
 
12498
\ConfigureEnv{example}
 
12499
   {\def\block:Name{example}} {} {} {}
 
12500
\ConfigureEnv{examples}
 
12501
   {\def\block:Name{examples}} {} {} {}
 
12502
\Css{div.Example, div.examplblock, div.Beispiele,
 
12503
     div.Beispiel, div.Examples, div.example, div.examples{color:green;}}
 
12504
>>>
 
12505
 
 
12506
\<beamer slides\><<<
 
12507
\:CheckOption{1} \if:Option
 
12508
  \ConfigureEnv{slide}
 
12509
     {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
12510
      \ifnum \Slide:cnt>0 \HPage{}\fi
 
12511
      \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP  
 
12512
      |<beamer header|>%
 
12513
      \HCode{<div class="slide">}\par
 
12514
     }
 
12515
     {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
12516
      \HCode{</div>}\ifnum \Slide:cnt>1\relax \EndHPage{}\fi}
 
12517
     {} {}
 
12518
  \Css{div.slide {border-top:solid black 0.4pt;}}
 
12519
\else
 
12520
   \Log:Note{for pagination of slides,
 
12521
          use the command line option `1'}
 
12522
   \ConfigureEnv{slide}
 
12523
      {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP  
 
12524
       \HCode{<hr class="hidden" />}%
 
12525
       |<beamer header|>%
 
12526
       \HCode{<div class="slide">}\par
 
12527
      }
 
12528
      {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
12529
      {} {}
 
12530
   \Css{div.slide {border:solid black 0.4pt;}}
 
12531
\fi
 
12532
>>>
 
12533
 
 
12534
 
 
12535
 
 
12536
 
 
12537
 
 
12538
\<configure html4 beamer\><<<
 
12539
 
 
12540
\Configure{frametitle}
 
12541
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<h2 class="frametitle">}\bgroup
 
12542
    \Configure{HtmlPar}{ }{ }{}{}%
 
12543
   }
 
12544
   {\egroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</h2>}}
 
12545
 
 
12546
 
 
12547
 
 
12548
\Css{h1, h2, span.inst sup{font-size:100\%;}}
 
12549
 
 
12550
\ConfigureEnv{overlayarea}
 
12551
  {\bgroup
 
12552
    \ConfigureEnv{minipage}
 
12553
       {\bgroup \IgnorePar\EndP
 
12554
          \ConfigureEnv{minipage}
 
12555
             {\bgroup \IgnorePar\EndP
 
12556
              \HCode{<table class="minipage"><tr><td>}}
 
12557
             {\EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}\egroup }
 
12558
             {}{}%
 
12559
       }
 
12560
       {\EndP\egroup }
 
12561
       {}{}
 
12562
  }
 
12563
  {\egroup} {}{}
 
12564
>>>
 
12565
 
 
12566
 
 
12567
\<configure html4 beamer\><<<
 
12568
\Configure{sec@slide}
 
12569
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="hidden">}}
 
12570
    {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par
 
12571
     |<beamer cross links|>\par}
 
12572
\Css{.hidden {visibility:hidden;}}
 
12573
 
 
12574
\Css{table.columns {width:100\%;}}
 
12575
\Css{td.column {vertical-align:top;}}
 
12576
>>>
 
12577
 
 
12578
 
 
12579
\<configure html4 beamer\><<<
 
12580
\Configure{inst}
 
12581
   {\HCode{<span class="inst">}}
 
12582
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
12583
 
 
12584
\Configure{titlepage}
 
12585
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="titlepage">}%
 
12586
     \gHAdvance\Slide:cnt by 1     
 
12587
     \Link{}{sl1}\EndLink
 
12588
     |<beamer cross links|>%
 
12589
   }
 
12590
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
12591
\Configure{title}
 
12592
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<h1 class="title">}}
 
12593
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</h1>}}
 
12594
\Configure{author}
 
12595
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="author">}}
 
12596
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
12597
\Configure{institute}
 
12598
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="institute">}}
 
12599
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
12600
\Configure{date}
 
12601
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="date">}}
 
12602
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
12603
\Configure{andtitle}{\HCode{<br />}}
 
12604
\Css{div.titlepage {text-align:center;}}
 
12605
\Css{div.institute { margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top: 1em;}}
 
12606
>>>
 
12607
 
 
12608
 
 
12609
\<configure html4 beamer\><<<
 
12610
\ConfigureEnv{columns}
 
12611
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
12612
   \HCode{<table class="columns"><tr>}}
 
12613
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</tr></table>}}
 
12614
  {}{}
 
12615
 
 
12616
\ConfigureEnv{column}
 
12617
  {\bgroup
 
12618
    \ConfigureEnv{minipage}
 
12619
       {\bgroup \IgnorePar\EndP
 
12620
          \ConfigureEnv{minipage}
 
12621
             {\bgroup \IgnorePar\EndP
 
12622
              \HCode{<table class="minipage"><tr><td>}}
 
12623
             {\EndP\HCode{</td></tr></table>}\egroup }
 
12624
             {}{}%
 
12625
       }
 
12626
       {\EndP\egroup }
 
12627
       {}{}%   
 
12628
   \HCode{<td class="column">}%
 
12629
  }
 
12630
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP  \HCode{</td>}\egroup} 
 
12631
  {}{}
 
12632
>>>
 
12633
 
 
12634
 
 
12635
\<configure html4 beamer\><<<
 
12636
\ConfigureToc{toc}
 
12637
   {}
 
12638
   {\Configure{TocLink}
 
12639
       {\def\hyperlink########1########2{\Link{####2}{}########2\EndLink}####4}%
 
12640
    \leavevmode}
 
12641
   {}{\par}
 
12642
 
 
12643
%\Configure{TocLink}{\def\hyperlink##1##2{\Link{#2}{}##2\EndLink}#4} 
 
12644
\Configure{sectionshadedintoc}
 
12645
   {\HCode{<div class="sectionshadedintoc">}}
 
12646
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</div>}}
 
12647
\Configure{sectionintoc}
 
12648
   {\HCode{<div class="sectionintoc">}}
 
12649
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</div>}}
 
12650
\Configure{subsectionshadedintoc}
 
12651
   {\HCode{<div class="subsectionshadedintoc">}}
 
12652
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</div>}}
 
12653
\Configure{subsectionintoc}
 
12654
   {\HCode{<div class="subsectionintoc">}}
 
12655
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</div>}}
 
12656
 
 
12657
\Css{div.sectionintoc, div.sectionshadedintoc{ margin-top:1em; }}
 
12658
\Css{div.tableofcontents
 
12659
   { padding-left:1em; padding-right:1em; padding-bottom:1em; }}
 
12660
\Css{.tableofcontents div.subsectionintoc,
 
12661
     .tableofcontents div.subsectionshadedintoc{ margin-left:1em; }}
 
12662
 
 
12663
\Configure{tableofcontents}
 
12664
   {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="TableOfContents">}}{}
 
12665
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
12666
   {}{}
 
12667
>>>
 
12668
 
 
12669
 
 
12670
\<beamer cross links\><<<
 
12671
\slides:toc
 
12672
>>>
 
12673
 
 
12674
\<beamer header\><<<
 
12675
\gHAdvance\Slide:cnt by 1     
 
12676
\ifx \sec:name\empty 
 
12677
   \HCode{<div class="hidden">}\Link{}{sl\Slide:cnt}\EndLink
 
12678
   \HCode{</div>}%
 
12679
\else
 
12680
   \HCode{<div class="header">}\Link{}{sl\Slide:cnt}\EndLink
 
12681
      \sec:name
 
12682
      \ifx \subsec:name\empty \else \HCode{<br />}\subsec:name\fi
 
12683
   \HCode{</div>}%
 
12684
\fi
 
12685
>>>
 
12686
 
 
12687
\<configure html4 beamer\><<<
 
12688
\let\beamer:section=\@section
 
12689
\def\@section[#1]#2{\beamer:section[#1]{#2}%
 
12690
   \gHAdvance\:bookmarkN by 1
 
12691
   \def\sec:name{#2}\let\subsec:name=\empty}
 
12692
\append:defI\subsection{%
 
12693
   \gHAdvance\:bookmarkN by 1
 
12694
   \def\subsec:name{#1}}
 
12695
\HAssign\:bookmarkN=0 
 
12696
\let\sec:name=\empty
 
12697
\let\subsec:name=\empty
 
12698
\Css{div.header{ margin:0; text-align:right; font-size:70\%; }}
 
12699
>>>
 
12700
    
 
12701
 
 
12702
 
 
12703
 
 
12704
 
 
12705
\<configure html4 beamer\><<<
 
12706
\gHAssign\Slide:cnt=0
 
12707
\def\slides:toc{%
 
12708
   |<beamer bookmarks|>%
 
12709
   |<beamer toc frames|>%   
 
12710
   \gdef\slides:toc{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
12711
       \HCode{<p class="links">}|<set beamer cross links|>%
 
12712
       \HCode{</p>}\par}%
 
12713
   \slides:toc
 
12714
}
 
12715
\Css{p.links{ margin:0; float:right; text-align:right; 
 
12716
              font-size:70\%; }}
 
12717
>>>
 
12718
 
 
12719
 
 
12720
\<set beamer cross links\><<<
 
12721
\bgroup
 
12722
   \HAdvance\Slide:cnt by 1\relax
 
12723
   \ifTag{)Qsl\Slide:cnt}{\Link{sl\Slide:cnt}{}next\EndLink\HCode{<br />}}{}%
 
12724
\egroup
 
12725
\ifnum \Slide:cnt>1
 
12726
  \bgroup
 
12727
     \HAdvance\Slide:cnt by -1
 
12728
     \Link{sl\Slide:cnt}{}prev\EndLink\HCode{<br />}%
 
12729
     \ifnum \:bookmarkN>0\relax
 
12730
        \Link[ target="|<tex4ht-menu|>"
 
12731
             ]{tc-\:bookmarkN}{}toc\EndLink\HCode{<br />}%
 
12732
     \fi
 
12733
     \Link{sl1}{}top\EndLink\HCode{<br />}%
 
12734
     {\HAdvance\Slide:cnt by 1\relax \Slide:cnt}%
 
12735
  \egroup
 
12736
\else
 
12737
  \Link[ target="|<tex4ht-menu|>"]{bookmark}{}toc\EndLink
 
12738
\fi
 
12739
>>>
 
12740
 
 
12741
 
 
12742
 
 
12743
 
 
12744
 
 
12745
 
 
12746
 
 
12747
\<beamer bookmarks\><<<
 
12748
\:CheckOption{frames}\if:Option\else
 
12749
  \bgroup
 
12750
     \HPage{}{\beamer:bookmarks\tableofcontents}\EndHPage{}%
 
12751
  \egroup
 
12752
\fi
 
12753
>>>
 
12754
 
 
12755
 
 
12756
\<configure html4 beamer\><<<
 
12757
\:CheckOption{frames}\if:Option
 
12758
   \:CheckOption{ver}\if:Option
 
12759
      |<beamer ver frames|>
 
12760
   \else
 
12761
      \Log:Note{for vertically stacked frames,
 
12762
          use the command line options `frames' and `ver'}
 
12763
      |<beamer hor frames|>
 
12764
   \fi
 
12765
   \Css{body\#tex4ht-menu{ background-color:\#EEEEEE; }}
 
12766
\fi
 
12767
\def\beamer:bookmarks{%
 
12768
    \Link{}{bookmark}\EndLink
 
12769
    \HAssign\:bookmarkN=0 
 
12770
    |<beamer bookmark config|>%
 
12771
    \Configure{tableofcontents}
 
12772
       {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div class="bookmarks">}}{}
 
12773
       {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
12774
       {}{}
 
12775
     \let\std:tableofcontents\tableofcontents
 
12776
     \def\tableofcontents{\std:tableofcontents[section,subsection]}%
 
12777
  }
 
12778
>>>
 
12779
 
 
12780
 
 
12781
\<beamer bookmark config\><<<
 
12782
\:CheckOption{frames}\if:Option
 
12783
    \Configure{TocLink}
 
12784
       {\HAdvance\:bookmarkN by 1\relax
 
12785
        \Link{##2}{tc-\:bookmarkN}##4\ifvmode
 
12786
           \IgnorePar\fi \EndLink}
 
12787
\else
 
12788
    \Configure{TocLink}
 
12789
       {\HAdvance\:bookmarkN by 1\relax
 
12790
        \Link[ target="|<tex4ht-main|>"]{##2}{tc-\:bookmarkN}##4\ifvmode
 
12791
           \IgnorePar\fi \EndLink}
 
12792
\fi
 
12793
>>>
 
12794
 
 
12795
 
 
12796
 
 
12797
\<configure html4 beamer\><<<
 
12798
\ConfigureToc{section}
 
12799
   {}{\HCode{<div class="sectionintoc">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
12800
\ConfigureToc{subsection}
 
12801
   {}
 
12802
   {\HCode{<div class="subsectionintoc">}}
 
12803
   {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
12804
\Css{div.bookmarks {white-space: nowrap;}}
 
12805
\Css{div.bookmarks div.subsectionintoc a { text-decoration: none; 
 
12806
        font-size:80\%;}}
 
12807
>>>
 
12808
 
 
12809
 
 
12810
\<configure html4 beamer\><<<
 
12811
\Configure{alert}
 
12812
   {\HCode{<span class="alert">}}
 
12813
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
12814
\Css{span.alert {color:\#FF0000;}}
 
12815
\Hinclude{%
 
12816
  \Configure{HColor}{alert}{rgb(100\%,0\%,0\%)}% 
 
12817
  \Configure{HColor}{blockstructure}{rgb(20\%,20\%,70\%)}%
 
12818
  \Configure{HColor}{darkgreen}{rgb(15\%,60\%,15\%)}%
 
12819
  \Configure{HColor}{lightgray}{rgb(90\%,90\%,90\%)}%
 
12820
  \Configure{HColor}{shaded}{rgb(60\%,60\%,60\%)}%
 
12821
  \Configure{HColor}{structuremedium}{rgb(30\%,30\%,30\%)}%
 
12822
  \Configure{HColor}{structureshaded}{rgb(75\%,75\%,75\%)}%
 
12823
  \Configure{HColor}{structure}{rgb(0\%,0\%,0\%)}%
 
12824
}{color}
 
12825
>>>
 
12826
 
 
12827
The following is problematic when used on titles.
 
12828
 
 
12829
\begin{verbatim}
 
12830
\Configure{structure}
 
12831
   {\HCode{<span class="structure">}}
 
12832
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
12833
\Css{span.structure {color:\#000000;}}
 
12834
\end{verbatim}
 
12835
 
 
12836
 
 
12837
 
 
12838
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12839
\subsection{foils}
 
12840
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12841
 
 
12842
\<configure html4 foils\><<<
 
12843
|<32,4 foils|>
 
12844
>>>
 
12845
 
 
12846
\<32,4 foils\><<<
 
12847
\Configure{foilheads} {}{} 
 
12848
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h1 class="foilheadsHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
12849
   {\HCode{</h1>}\IgnorePar}
 
12850
\ConfigureEnv{Theorem}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{}
 
12851
\ConfigureEnv{Lemma}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{}
 
12852
\ConfigureEnv{Corollary}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{}
 
12853
\ConfigureEnv{Corollary*}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{}
 
12854
\ConfigureEnv{Proposition}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{}
 
12855
\ConfigureEnv{Definition}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{}
 
12856
\ConfigureEnv{Proof}{\par\leavevmode}{\ShowPar}{}{}
 
12857
|<foils bib|>
 
12858
\:CheckOption{1}  \if:Option 
 
12859
    \CutAt{foilheads}
 
12860
    |<foils toc 1|>%
 
12861
\else
 
12862
    \Log:Note{for pagination of slides, 
 
12863
          use the command line option `1'}
 
12864
\fi
 
12865
>>>
 
12866
 
 
12867
 
 
12868
 
 
12869
 
 
12870
 
 
12871
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12872
\subsection{slides}
 
12873
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12874
 
 
12875
\<configure html4 slides\><<<
 
12876
\:CheckOption{1} \if:Option
 
12877
   |<multi slides|>
 
12878
\else
 
12879
   \Log:Note{for pagination of slides, 
 
12880
          use the command line option `1'}
 
12881
   \ConfigureEnv{slide}
 
12882
     {\ifnum \c@slide=0
 
12883
        \IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr />}\fi}
 
12884
     {\rightline{\a:slidename}%
 
12885
      \IgnorePar\EndP\par\HCode{<hr />}}
 
12886
     {}{}
 
12887
\fi
 
12888
>>>
 
12889
 
 
12890
\<multi slides\><<<
 
12891
\ConfigureEnv{slide}
 
12892
   {\ifnum \c@slide=0 \EndP\ShowPar\else\IgnorePar\fi}
 
12893
   {}
 
12894
   {}{}
 
12895
\CutAt{slide}
 
12896
\Configure{crosslinks}{[}{] }{next}{prev}{}{}{}{up}
 
12897
\Configure{crosslinks+}
 
12898
   {}{}
 
12899
   {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{<div
 
12900
         class="crosslinks"><p class="noindent">}%
 
12901
    {\advance\c@slide by -1 \the\c@slide}: }
 
12902
   {\HCode{</p></div>}\par}
 
12903
\Css{.crosslinks{text-align:right;font-size:80\%;}}
 
12904
>>>
 
12905
 
 
12906
\<configure html4 slides\><<<
 
12907
|<quote 4|>
 
12908
|<quotations|>
 
12909
|<description 4|>
 
12910
\ConfigureEnv{verse}
 
12911
   {\Tg<div class="verse">}
 
12912
   {\Tg</div>}
 
12913
   {}{}
 
12914
\ConfigureEnv{note}
 
12915
   {\Tg<div class="note">}
 
12916
   {\Tg</div>}
 
12917
   {}{}
 
12918
\ConfigureEnv{titlepage}
 
12919
   {\Tg<div class="titlepage">}
 
12920
   {\Tg</div>}
 
12921
   {}{}
 
12922
>>>
 
12923
 
 
12924
 
 
12925
\<configure html4 slides\><<<
 
12926
\Configure{maketitle}
 
12927
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP |<title for TITLE|>%
 
12928
    \vtop\bgroup \IgnorePar \EndP \HCode{<div  class="maketitle">}}
 
12929
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\egroup}
 
12930
   {\NoFonts\IgnorePar\HCode{<h2 class="titleHead"\a:LRdir>}\IgnorePar}
 
12931
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\EndNoFonts}
 
12932
\Css{h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}}
 
12933
\Css{div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; text-align:center; }}
 
12934
\Configure{author date}
 
12935
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="author" >}}
 
12936
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
12937
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="date">}}
 
12938
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
12939
\Css{div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}}
 
12940
>>>
 
12941
 
 
12942
 
 
12943
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12944
\subsection{Prosper}
 
12945
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
12946
 
 
12947
 
 
12948
 
 
12949
 
 
12950
\<configure html4 prosper\><<<
 
12951
|<prosper maketitle|>
 
12952
|<prosper lists|>
 
12953
>>>
 
12954
 
 
12955
 
 
12956
 
 
12957
\<configure html4 prosper\><<<
 
12958
\Configure{slidetitle}
 
12959
   {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
12960
    \HCode{<h2 class="slidetitle">} }
 
12961
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</h2>}\EndNoFonts}
 
12962
\Css{h2.slidetitle {text-align:center;}}
 
12963
>>>
 
12964
 
 
12965
\<configure html4 prosper\><<<
 
12966
\Configure{Subtitle}
 
12967
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
12968
    \HCode{<div class="Subtitle">}}
 
12969
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} 
 
12970
\Configure{email}
 
12971
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
12972
    \HCode{<div class="email">}\Link[mailto:\@email]{}{}}
 
12973
   {\EndLink \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} 
 
12974
\Configure{institution}
 
12975
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
12976
    \HCode{<div class="institution">}}
 
12977
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}} 
 
12978
\Css{div.email, div.institution {text-align:center;}}
 
12979
>>>
 
12980
 
 
12981
 
 
12982
\<configure html4 prosper\><<<
 
12983
\:CheckOption{1} \if:Option
 
12984
   |<paginated prosper|>
 
12985
\else
 
12986
   \Log:Note{for pagination of slides,
 
12987
          use the command line option `1'}
 
12988
   |<non paginated prosper|>
 
12989
\fi
 
12990
\:CheckOption{nolayers} \if:Option
 
12991
    \def\itemstep{\itemize}
 
12992
    \def\enditemstep{\enditemize}
 
12993
    \let\overlays=\:gobble
 
12994
\else
 
12995
   \Log:Note{to remove overlays of slides,
 
12996
       use the command line option `nolayers'}
 
12997
\fi
 
12998
>>>
 
12999
 
 
13000
 
 
13001
\<non paginated prosper\><<<
 
13002
\ConfigureEnv{slide}
 
13003
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{<hr />}\par}  
 
13004
  {\rightline{\bgroup
 
13005
     \ifx \slide\SlideNormal \advance\c@slide by -1 \fi
 
13006
     \ifnum \c@slide>0
 
13007
         \the\c@slide 
 
13008
         \ifx \slide\SlideOverlay .\the\c@overlaysCount\fi
 
13009
     \fi
 
13010
   \egroup
 
13011
  }}{}{}
 
13012
>>>
 
13013
 
 
13014
 
 
13015
\<paginated prosper\><<<
 
13016
\HAssign\Slide:cnt=0
 
13017
\ConfigureEnv{slide}
 
13018
  {\ifnum \Slide:cnt>0
 
13019
      \ifnum \Slide:cnt>1
 
13020
         \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi  
 
13021
      \fi  |<start prosper page|>%
 
13022
  }
 
13023
  {\ifnum \Slide:cnt=1
 
13024
   \else |<end prosper page|>\fi
 
13025
  }
 
13026
  {}{}
 
13027
>>>
 
13028
 
 
13029
 
 
13030
 
 
13031
\<start prosper page\><<<
 
13032
\ifnum \Slide:cnt=1
 
13033
    \IgnorePar   \par\EndP \HCode{<hr />}\par
 
13034
\fi
 
13035
\noindent
 
13036
\HPage{\the\c@slide
 
13037
       \ifx \slide\SlideOverlay .\the\c@overlaysCount\fi
 
13038
   }\fi
 
13039
\gHAdvance\Slide:cnt by 1
 
13040
\Tag{f-\Slide:cnt}{\FileName}%
 
13041
>>>
 
13042
 
 
13043
 
 
13044
\<end prosper page\><<<
 
13045
\rightline{|<foot paginated prosper|>}%
 
13046
\EndHPage{}~~
 
13047
>>>   
 
13048
 
 
13049
 
 
13050
\<foot paginated prosper\><<<
 
13051
\bgroup
 
13052
   \ifx \slide\SlideNormal \advance\c@slide by -1 \fi
 
13053
   \the\c@slide
 
13054
\egroup
 
13055
\ifx \slide\SlideOverlay .\the\c@overlaysCount\fi,
 
13056
\bgroup
 
13057
   \HAdvance\Slide:cnt by 1
 
13058
   \ifTag{f-\Slide:cnt}{\Link
 
13059
             [\LikeRef{f-\Slide:cnt}]{}{}next\EndLink, }{}%
 
13060
\egroup
 
13061
\bgroup
 
13062
\ifnum \Slide:cnt>1 
 
13063
    \HAdvance\Slide:cnt by -1
 
13064
    \Link[\LikeRef{f-\Slide:cnt}]{}{}prev\EndLink,
 
13065
\fi
 
13066
\egroup
 
13067
\Link[\LikeRef{f-1}]{}{}up\EndLink%
 
13068
\ifTag{prosperTOC}{%
 
13069
   \edef\:temp{\FileName}\edef\:tempa{\LikeRef{prosperTOC}}%
 
13070
   \ifx \:temp\:tempa \else, 
 
13071
         \Link[\LikeRef{prosperTOC}]{}{}toc\EndLink}{}\fi
 
13072
>>>
 
13073
 
 
13074
\<paginated prosper\><<<    
 
13075
\Configure{tableofcontents}
 
13076
   {\ifx \prosperTOCtag\:UnDef
 
13077
       \global\let\prosperTOCtag\def
 
13078
       \Tag{prosperTOC}{\FileName}%
 
13079
    \fi
 
13080
    \IgnorePar\EndP
 
13081
    \HCode{<div class="tableofcontents">}\IgnorePar}
 
13082
   {}
 
13083
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
13084
   {\HCode{<br />}}   {}
 
13085
>>>
 
13086
 
 
13087
FROM MANUAL: 
 
13088
When translated into PDF files, \texttt{prosper} slides benefit from
 
13089
additional possibilities such as transition effects between slides and
 
13090
incremental display of a slide with several animation effects. The
 
13091
currently supported transitions are:
 
13092
\begin{itemize}
 
13093
\item {Split}: two lines sweep across the screen revealing the
 
13094
  new slide;
 
13095
\item {Blinds}: multiple lines, evenly distributed across the
 
13096
  screen, appear and synchronously sweep in the same direction to
 
13097
  reveal the new slide;
 
13098
\item {Box}: a box sweeps from the center, revealing the new slide;
 
13099
\item {Wipe}: a single line sweeps across the screen from one
 
13100
  edge to the other, revealing the new slide;
 
13101
\item {Dissolve}: the old page image dissolves to reveal the new slide;
 
13102
\item {Glitter}: similar to \texttt{Dissolve}, except the
 
13103
  effect sweeps across the image in a wide band moving from one side
 
13104
  of the screen to the other;
 
13105
\item {Replace}: the effect is simply to replace the old page
 
13106
  with the new page.
 
13107
\end{itemize}
 
13108
 
 
13109
 
 
13110
 
 
13111
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13112
\subsection{seminar}
 
13113
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13114
 
 
13115
 
 
13116
 
 
13117
 
 
13118
 
 
13119
 
 
13120
\<configure html4 seminar\><<<
 
13121
\ConfigureEnv{slide}
 
13122
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{<hr />}\par}  
 
13123
  {\rightline{\the\c@slide}}{}{}
 
13124
>>>
 
13125
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13126
\subsection{slidesec}
 
13127
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13128
 
 
13129
\<configure html4 slidesec\><<<
 
13130
   \ConfigureToc{slidesection}
 
13131
      {\HCode{<span class="tocslidesection">}}{\ }{}{\HCode
 
13132
           {</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
13133
>>>
 
13134
 
 
13135
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13136
\section{Lit Prog and Verbatim}
 
13137
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13138
 
 
13139
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13140
\subsection{ProTex}
 
13141
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13142
 
 
13143
\<configure html4 ProTex\><<<
 
13144
\def\NAME:{ id=}
 
13145
\:CheckProtexOption{[[]]}\if:Option
 
13146
   |<frame protex code|>
 
13147
\fi
 
13148
>>>
 
13149
 
 
13150
\<frame protex code\><<<
 
13151
\Configure{FrameCode}
 
13152
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi  \EndP
 
13153
    |<lynx separator|>%
 
13154
        \HCode{<div class="ShowCode">\ifx \:test\:minus  
 
13155
                 \else<div class="head">\fi}\par\IgnorePar}
 
13156
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
13157
        \HCode{</div></div>}}
 
13158
\Configure{ShowCode}
 
13159
   {\HCode{\ifx \:test\:minus  \else </div>\fi
 
13160
       \html:src<div class="body"><span class="ShowCode"
 
13161
        style="font-family:monospace;white-space:nowrap;"
 
13162
     >\html:invisible}%
 
13163
     \nobreak
 
13164
   }
 
13165
   {\special{t4ht=\html:src</span>%
 
13166
           \ifx \:test\:minus \else
 
13167
              </div><div class="tail">\html:BackTitle\fi}}
 
13168
   {\HCode{<br />\html:invisible}}
 
13169
   {\HCode{<i>}}
 
13170
   {\HCode{</i>}}
 
13171
   {|<nbsp|>}
 
13172
\Css{div.ShowCode{background-color:\#EEEEEE; border: 1px white solid;}} 
 
13173
\Css{div.ShowCode div.head{background-color:\#E0E0E0;}} 
 
13174
\Css{div.ShowCode div.tail{background-color:\#E0E0E0;}} 
 
13175
>>>
 
13176
 
 
13177
\<nbsp\><<<
 
13178
\leavevmode\special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x00A0;}x%
 
13179
>>>
 
13180
 
 
13181
\<lynx separator\><<<
 
13182
\ifx \par:end\empty \HCode{<p></p>}\fi
 
13183
>>>
 
13184
 
 
13185
 
 
13186
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13187
\subsection{moreverb}
 
13188
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13189
 
 
13190
\<configure html4 moreverb\><<<
 
13191
|<moreverb.sty config 4.0t|>
 
13192
>>>
 
13193
 
 
13194
\<moreverb.sty config 4.0t\><<<
 
13195
\ConfigureEnv{verbatimtab}
 
13196
   {\env:verb{verbatim}}
 
13197
   {\endenv:verb}{}{}
 
13198
\Configure{verbatimtab}
 
13199
   {\HAdvance\Verb:N by 1 \ifnum \Verb:N>1 \:nbsp \HCode{<br />}\fi}
 
13200
   {\a:sp}
 
13201
\ConfigureEnv{boxedverbatim}
 
13202
   {\env:verb{boxedverbatim}}{\endenv:verb}{}{}
 
13203
\ConfigureEnv{boxedverbatim*}
 
13204
   {\env:verb{boxedverbatim}}{\endenv:verb}{}{}
 
13205
>>>
 
13206
 
 
13207
\<moreverb.sty config 4.0t\><<<
 
13208
\ConfigureEnv{boxedverbatim}
 
13209
   {\env:verB{boxedverbatim}}{\endenv:verb}{}{}
 
13210
\ConfigureEnv{boxedverbatim*}
 
13211
   {\env:verB{boxedverbatim}}{\endenv:verb}{}{}
 
13212
\def\env:verB#1{\IgnorePar\HCode{<table  \Hnewline
 
13213
   class="#1"><tr class="#1"><td \Hnewline
 
13214
   class="#1"><pre class="#1">}\EndNoFonts}
 
13215
\Css{ pre.boxedverbatim{border:solid 1px; padding-right:1em;} }
 
13216
\Css{table.boxedverbatim {text-align:center;}}
 
13217
>>>
 
13218
 
 
13219
 
 
13220
\<moreverb.sty config 4.0t\><<<
 
13221
\Configure{listinginput}
 
13222
   {\HCode{<div class="listinginput">}}
 
13223
   {\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}}
 
13224
\Css{.listinginput p{ margin-bottom:0em; margin-top:0em; }}
 
13225
>>>
 
13226
 
 
13227
 
 
13228
\<moreverb.sty config 4.0t\><<<
 
13229
\Configure{verbatimtabinput}
 
13230
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
13231
    \HCode{<div class="verbatimtabinput"\a:LRdir>}}
 
13232
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
13233
>>>
 
13234
 
 
13235
 
 
13236
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13237
\subsection{fancyvrb}
 
13238
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13239
 
 
13240
\<configure html4 fancyvrb\><<<
 
13241
|<fancyvrb.sty config 4.0t|>
 
13242
>>>
 
13243
 
 
13244
\<fancyvrb.sty config 4.0t\><<<
 
13245
\HAssign\fancyvrbNo|=0
 
13246
\Configure{fancyvrb}
 
13247
   {\IgnorePar \EndP \gHAdvance\fancyvrbNo by 1
 
13248
    \HCode{<div class="fancyvrb" id="fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo">}}
 
13249
   {\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
13250
   {\HCode{<br class="fancyvrb"\xml:empty>}} {}
 
13251
   {\ \ }{}
 
13252
\Css{P.fancyvrb {white-space: nowrap; margin:0em;}}
 
13253
>>>
 
13254
 
 
13255
 
 
13256
 
 
13257
The following is harmful at the start of section 1.1 in
 
13258
listings.dtx.
 
13259
 
 
13260
\begin{verbatim}
 
13261
\ConfigureEnv{verbatim}{\HAssign\Verb:N=0\relax}{\empty}{}{}
 
13262
\ConfigureEnv{verbatim*}{\HAssign\Verb:N=0\relax}{\empty}{}{}
 
13263
\end{verbatim}
 
13264
 
 
13265
 
 
13266
 
 
13267
 
 
13268
 
 
13269
\<fancyvrb.sty config 4.0t\><<<
 
13270
\Configure{fancyvrbcolor}
 
13271
  {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { color: \HColor; }}}
 
13272
  {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { background-color: \HColor;}}}
 
13273
  {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { border-color: \HColor;}}}
 
13274
>>>
 
13275
 
 
13276
\<fancyvrb.sty config 4.0t\><<<
 
13277
\Configure{fancyvrbframe}
 
13278
   {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { border-top: solid \HSize; }}}
 
13279
   {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { border-left: solid \HSize; }}}
 
13280
   {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { border-bottom: solid \HSize; }}}
 
13281
   {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo { border-right: solid \HSize; }}}
 
13282
   {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo {border-width:\HSize;}}}
 
13283
   {\Css{div\#fancyvrb\fancyvrbNo {padding:\HSize;}}}
 
13284
>>>
 
13285
 
 
13286
\<fancyvrb.sty config 4.0t\><<<
 
13287
\Configure{BVerbatimInput}
 
13288
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP 
 
13289
    \gHAssign\HRow=0
 
13290
    \HCode{<div class="BVerbatimInput">}}
 
13291
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
13292
   {\gHAdvance\HRow by 1 \ifnum \HRow>1 \HCode{<br />}\fi}{}
 
13293
>>>
 
13294
 
 
13295
 
 
13296
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13297
\subsection{Listings}
 
13298
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13299
 
 
13300
\<configure html4 listings\><<<
 
13301
\Configure{lstinline}
 
13302
   {\HCode{<span class="lstinline">}}
 
13303
   {\HCode{</span}}
 
13304
>>>
 
13305
 
 
13306
\<configure html4 listings\><<<
 
13307
\Log:Note{to ensure proper alignments use
 
13308
   fixed size fonts (see listings.dtx)}
 
13309
\Configure{listings}
 
13310
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
13311
    {\everypar{}\leavevmode}\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->}%
 
13312
     \HCode{<pre class="listings">}%
 
13313
   }
 
13314
   {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}\HCode{</pre>}}
 
13315
   {}{}
 
13316
>>>
 
13317
 
 
13318
\<configure html4 listings\><<<
 
13319
\ConfigureEnv{lstlisting}
 
13320
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP  
 
13321
    \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->}%
 
13322
    \HCode{<div class="lstlisting">}%
 
13323
    \bgroup \special{t4ht@(}%
 
13324
       \Configure{listings}
 
13325
         {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}}
 
13326
         {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}}
 
13327
         {|<nbsp|>\HCode{<br />}}{}%
 
13328
   }
 
13329
   {\special{t4ht@)}\egroup
 
13330
    \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par}
 
13331
   {} {}
 
13332
>>>
 
13333
 
 
13334
\<configure html4 listings\><<<
 
13335
\Configure{lstinputlisting}
 
13336
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
13337
    \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno-->}%
 
13338
    \HCode{<div class="lstinputlisting">}%
 
13339
    \bgroup \tt \special{t4ht@(}%
 
13340
       \Configure{listings}
 
13341
         {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}}
 
13342
         {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}}
 
13343
         {|<nbsp|>\HCode{<br />}} 
 
13344
         {}%
 
13345
   }
 
13346
   {\special{t4ht@)}\egroup
 
13347
    \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP  \HCode{</div>}\par}
 
13348
\Css{div.lstinputlisting{
 
13349
   font-family: monospace;
 
13350
   white-space: nowrap;
 
13351
}}
 
13352
>>>
 
13353
 
 
13354
 
 
13355
 
 
13356
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13357
\subsection{Verbatim}
 
13358
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13359
 
 
13360
 
 
13361
 
 
13362
 
 
13363
 
 
13364
\<configure html4 verbatim\><<<
 
13365
\Configure{verbatiminput}
 
13366
  {\HAssign\Verb:N=0 \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
13367
   \HCode{<div class="verbatiminput"\a:LRdir>}}
 
13368
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
13369
\Css{div.verbatiminput
 
13370
       {font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; }}
 
13371
>>>
 
13372
 
 
13373
 
 
13374
 
 
13375
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13376
\subsection{mdwlist}
 
13377
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13378
 
 
13379
\<configure html4 sverb\><<<
 
13380
\HAssign\demoN=0
 
13381
\Configure{demo}
 
13382
   {\HAdvance\demoN by 1
 
13383
    \ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP
 
13384
    \ifnum \demoN=1       
 
13385
       \HCode{<table class="demo"><tr>}%
 
13386
    \fi
 
13387
    \HCode{<td>}%
 
13388
   }
 
13389
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP
 
13390
    \HCode{</td>}
 
13391
    \ifnum \demoN=2
 
13392
        \HAssign\demoN=0
 
13393
        \HCode{</tr></table>}%
 
13394
    \fi    
 
13395
   }
 
13396
>>>
 
13397
 
 
13398
 
 
13399
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13400
\subsection{verbatimlisting}
 
13401
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13402
 
 
13403
 
 
13404
\<configure html4 verbatimlisting\><<<
 
13405
\Configure{verbatimlisting}
 
13406
  {\ifvmode \EndP\fi \EndP\HCode{<div class="verbatimlisting"\a:LRdir>}} 
 
13407
  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
13408
  {\ifnum \c@lineno > 1 \HCode{<br />}\fi
 
13409
   \ifnum \c@lineno<10 ~\fi
 
13410
   \ifnum \c@lineno<100 ~\fi
 
13411
   \ifnum \c@lineno<1000 ~\fi
 
13412
  }
 
13413
  {}
 
13414
>>>
 
13415
 
 
13416
 
 
13417
 
 
13418
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13419
\subsection{doc}
 
13420
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13421
 
 
13422
\<configure html4 doc\><<<
 
13423
\ConfigureEnv{macrocode}
 
13424
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\HCode{<pre class="macrocode">}}
 
13425
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \HCode{</pre>}\par\else \HCode{</pre>}\fi}
 
13426
  {}{}
 
13427
>>>
 
13428
 
 
13429
 
 
13430
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13431
\section{Boxes and Multiple columns}
 
13432
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13433
 
 
13434
 
 
13435
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13436
\subsection{fancybox}
 
13437
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13438
 
 
13439
 
 
13440
 
 
13441
 
 
13442
 
 
13443
 
 
13444
 
 
13445
 
 
13446
 
 
13447
 
 
13448
 
 
13449
\<configure html4 fancybox\><<<
 
13450
  \Configure{ovalbox}
 
13451
     {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP 
 
13452
               \HCode{<div class="ovalbox">}%
 
13453
               \def\end:bx{\HCode{</div>}\par}%
 
13454
      \else
 
13455
               \HCode{<span class="ovalbox">}%
 
13456
               \def\end:bx{\HCode{</span>}}%
 
13457
      \fi}
 
13458
     {\end:bx}
 
13459
  \Css{.ovalbox {
 
13460
          padding-left:3pt;
 
13461
          padding-right:3pt;
 
13462
          border:solid thin;
 
13463
      }}
 
13464
>>>
 
13465
 
 
13466
\<configure html4 fancybox\><<<
 
13467
  \Configure{Ovalbox}
 
13468
     {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP 
 
13469
               \HCode{<div class="Ovalbox-thick">}%
 
13470
               \def\end:bx{\HCode{</div>}\par}%
 
13471
      \else
 
13472
               \HCode{<span class="Ovalbox-thick">}%
 
13473
               \def\end:bx{\HCode{</span>}}%
 
13474
      \fi}
 
13475
     {\end:bx}
 
13476
  \Css{.Ovalbox-thick {
 
13477
          padding-left:3pt;
 
13478
          padding-right:3pt;
 
13479
          border:solid thick;
 
13480
      }}
 
13481
>>>
 
13482
 
 
13483
 
 
13484
IE doesn't distinguish between upper and lower case characters in css
 
13485
 
 
13486
 
 
13487
 
 
13488
\<configure html4 fancybox\><<<
 
13489
  \Configure{shadowbox}
 
13490
     {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP 
 
13491
               \HCode{<div class="shadowbox">}%
 
13492
               \def\end:bx{\HCode{</div>}\par}%
 
13493
      \else
 
13494
               \HCode{<span class="shadowbox">}%
 
13495
               \def\end:bx{\HCode{</span>}}%
 
13496
      \fi}
 
13497
     {\end:bx}
 
13498
  \Css{.shadowbox {
 
13499
          padding-left:3pt;
 
13500
          padding-right:3pt;
 
13501
          border:solid thin; 
 
13502
          border-right:solid thick; 
 
13503
          border-bottom:solid thick;
 
13504
      }}
 
13505
>>>
 
13506
 
 
13507
 
 
13508
 
 
13509
 
 
13510
\<configure html4 fancybox\><<<
 
13511
  \Configure{doublebox}
 
13512
     {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\EndP 
 
13513
               \HCode{<div class="doublebox">}%
 
13514
               \def\end:bx{\HCode{</div>}\par}%
 
13515
      \else
 
13516
               \HCode{<span class="doublebox">}%
 
13517
               \def\end:bx{\HCode{</span>}}%
 
13518
      \fi}
 
13519
     {\end:bx}
 
13520
  \Css{.doublebox {
 
13521
          padding-left:3pt;
 
13522
          padding-right:3pt;
 
13523
          border-style:double;
 
13524
          border:solid thick;
 
13525
      }}
 
13526
>>>
 
13527
 
 
13528
 
 
13529
 
 
13530
 
 
13531
 
 
13532
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13533
\subsection{boxedminipage}
 
13534
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13535
 
 
13536
\<configure html4 boxedminipage\><<<
 
13537
\ConfigureEnv{boxedminipage}
 
13538
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \EndP 
 
13539
       \def\after:bmp{\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par\ShowPar}%
 
13540
       \HCode{<div class="boxedminipage">}%
 
13541
       \expandafter\everymath\expandafter{\expandafter
 
13542
                                 \everymath\expandafter{\the\everymath}}%
 
13543
    \else \def\after:bmp{\HCode{</span>}}% 
 
13544
       \HCode{<span class="boxedminipage">}%
 
13545
    \fi 
 
13546
    \bgroup \fboxrule=\z@}
 
13547
   {\egroup \after:bmp}
 
13548
   {}{}
 
13549
\Css{div.boxedminipage{border : 1px solid; 
 
13550
   margin-top:1pt; margin-bottom:1pt;}}
 
13551
>>>
 
13552
 
 
13553
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13554
\subsection{Multicol}
 
13555
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13556
 
 
13557
\<configure html4 multicol\><<<
 
13558
\HAssign\MultiCols=0
 
13559
\ConfigureEnv{multicols}
 
13560
   {\par\IgnorePar\EndP
 
13561
    \gHAdvance\MultiCols by 1\relax
 
13562
    \HCode{<table class="multicols"
 
13563
                     id="multicols-\MultiCols"><tr><td class="multicol-1">}%
 
13564
    \let\sv:HCol=\HCol
 
13565
    \bgroup  \gHAssign\HCol=1\relax
 
13566
   }
 
13567
   {\egroup
 
13568
    \global\let\HCol=\sv:HCol
 
13569
    \ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP
 
13570
    \HCode{</td></tr></table>}\par
 
13571
   }
 
13572
   {}{}
 
13573
\Configure{columnbreak}
 
13574
   {\gHAdvance\HCol by 1\relax
 
13575
    \par \IgnorePar \EndP
 
13576
    \HCode{</td><td class="multicol-\HCol">}}
 
13577
\Css{table.multicols {
 
13578
   width:100\%; margin-left:1em; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em;
 
13579
}}
 
13580
>>>
 
13581
 
 
13582
 
 
13583
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13584
\section{array.sty}
 
13585
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13586
 
 
13587
\<configure html4 array\><<<
 
13588
|<html latex array/tabular Config 4.0t|>
 
13589
>>>
 
13590
 
 
13591
 
 
13592
\<configure html4-math array\><<<
 
13593
|<math html latex array/tabular|>
 
13594
>>>
 
13595
 
 
13596
 
 
13597
 
 
13598
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13599
\section{algorithmic}
 
13600
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13601
 
 
13602
\<configure html4 algorithmic\><<<
 
13603
\ConfigureEnv{algorithmic}
 
13604
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
13605
    \HCode{<div class="algorithmic">}%
 
13606
    \bgroup 
 
13607
      \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}}
 
13608
   {\egroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \HCode{</div>}}
 
13609
   {}{}
 
13610
\Configure{ALCitem}
 
13611
   {\HCode{\ifnum \c@ALC@line>1 <br />\fi <span class="ALCitem">}}
 
13612
   {\HCode{</span><span style="width:\the\ALC@tlm ;">&nbsp;</span>}}
 
13613
\Css{.ALCitem {width:2em; text-align:right;}}
 
13614
>>>
 
13615
 
 
13616
 
 
13617
\<configure html4 algorithmic\><<<
 
13618
\ConfigureEnv{ALC@for}
 
13619
   {\HCode{<span class="for-body">}} 
 
13620
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
13621
   {}{}
 
13622
\ConfigureEnv{ALC@whl}
 
13623
   {\HCode{<span class="while-body">}} 
 
13624
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
13625
   {}{}
 
13626
\ConfigureEnv{ALC@loop}
 
13627
   {\HCode{<span class="loop-body">}} 
 
13628
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
13629
   {}{}
 
13630
\ConfigureEnv{ALC@rpt}
 
13631
   {\HCode{<span class="repeat-body">}} 
 
13632
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
13633
   {}{}
 
13634
\Configure{ALCif}
 
13635
   {\HCode{<span class="if-body">}} 
 
13636
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
13637
   {\HCode{<span class="else-body">}} 
 
13638
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
13639
\Configure{algorithmiccomment}
 
13640
   {\HCode{<span class="ALC-comment">}} 
 
13641
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
13642
   {}{}  
 
13643
>>>
 
13644
 
 
13645
 
 
13646
 
 
13647
 
 
13648
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13649
\section{Bibliography}
 
13650
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13651
 
 
13652
 
 
13653
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13654
\subsection{jurabib}
 
13655
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13656
 
 
13657
\<configure html4 jurabib\><<<
 
13658
\Configure{jblink}{\Link}{\EndLink}
 
13659
\Configure{jbanchor}{\Link}{\EndLink}
 
13660
>>>
 
13661
 
 
13662
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13663
\subsection{Harvard}
 
13664
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13665
 
 
13666
\<configure html4 harvard\><<<
 
13667
\Configure{harvardyear}
 
13668
   {\HCode{<span class="bib-year">}}
 
13669
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
13670
>>>
 
13671
 
 
13672
 
 
13673
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13674
\section{Text Decoration}
 
13675
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13676
 
 
13677
 
 
13678
 
 
13679
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13680
\subsection{color}
 
13681
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13682
 
 
13683
\<configure html4 color\><<<
 
13684
\Configure{HColor}{red}{\#FF0000}
 
13685
\Configure{HColor}{rgb 1 0 0}{\#FF0000}
 
13686
\Configure{HColor}{blue}{\#0000FF}
 
13687
\Configure{HColor}{rgb 0 0 1}{\#0000FF}
 
13688
\Configure{HColor}{green}{\#00FF00}
 
13689
\Configure{HColor}{rgb 0 1 0}{\#00FF00}
 
13690
\Configure{HColor}{white}{\#FFFFFF}
 
13691
\Configure{HColor}{gray 1}{\#FFFFFF}
 
13692
\Configure{HColor}{rgb 1 1 1}{\#FFFFFF}
 
13693
\Configure{HColor}{black}{\#000000}
 
13694
\Configure{HColor}{gray 0}{\#000000}
 
13695
\Configure{HColor}{rgb 0 0 0}{\#000000}
 
13696
\Configure{HColor}{cyan}{\#00FFFF}
 
13697
\Configure{HColor}{cmyk 1 0 0 0}{\#00FFFF}
 
13698
\Configure{HColor}{magenta}{\#FF00FF}
 
13699
\Configure{HColor}{cmyk 0 1 0 0}{\#FF00FF}
 
13700
\Configure{HColor}{yellow}{\#FFFF00}
 
13701
\Configure{HColor}{cmyk 0 0 1 0}{\#FFFF00}
 
13702
\Configure{color}{\:gobble}
 
13703
|<color.sty config 4.0t|>
 
13704
>>>
 
13705
 
 
13706
 
 
13707
 
 
13708
 
 
13709
 
 
13710
% \Configure{pagecolor}
 
13711
%   {\Configure{color}
 
13712
%       {\Configure{SetHColor}{\Css{body {background-color:\HColor}}}}}
 
13713
 
 
13714
 
 
13715
 
 
13716
\<configure html4 color\><<<
 
13717
\Configure{HColor:gray}{%
 
13718
   \int:of\:tempa{255}{#1}%
 
13719
   \Configure{HColor}{}{rgb(\:tempa,\:tempa,\:tempa)}%
 
13720
}
 
13721
\Configure{HColor:rgb}{%
 
13722
   \int:of\:tempa{255}{#1}%
 
13723
   \int:of\:tempb{255}{#2}%
 
13724
   \int:of\:tempc{255}{#3}%
 
13725
   \Configure{HColor}{}{rgb(\:tempa,\:tempb,\:tempc)}%
 
13726
}
 
13727
\Configure{HColor:cmyk}{%
 
13728
   \int:of\:Cyan{255}{#1}%
 
13729
   \int:of\:Magenta{255}{#2}%
 
13730
   \int:of\:Yellow{255}{#3}%
 
13731
   \int:of\:Black{255}{#4}%
 
13732
   \:cmyk\:tempa\:Cyan
 
13733
   \:cmyk\:tempb\:Magenta
 
13734
   \:cmyk\:tempc\:Yellow
 
13735
   \Configure{HColor}{}{rgb(\:tempa,\:tempb,\:tempc)}%
 
13736
}
 
13737
|<HColor util|>
 
13738
>>>
 
13739
 
 
13740
 
 
13741
\<HColor util\><<<
 
13742
\def\int:of#1#2#3{%
 
13743
   \tmp:dim=#3pt \tmp:dim=#2\tmp:dim
 
13744
   \edef\:temp{\tmp:cnt\the\tmp:dim//}%
 
13745
   \def#1##1//{}\afterassignment#1\:temp
 
13746
   \edef#1{\the\tmp:cnt}%
 
13747
}
 
13748
>>>
 
13749
 
 
13750
 
 
13751
\begin{verbatim}
 
13752
cmyk -> gray
 
13753
(1 - 0.299c - 0.587m - 0.114y)(1 - k) 
 
13754
 
 
13755
cmyk -> rgb
 
13756
Red   = 1-minimum(1,Cyan   *(1-Black)+Black)
 
13757
Green = 1-minimum(1,Magenta*(1-Black)+Black)
 
13758
Blue  = 1-minimum(1,Yellow *(1-Black)+Black)
 
13759
\end{verbatim}
 
13760
 
 
13761
 
 
13762
 
 
13763
\<HColor util\><<<
 
13764
\def\:cmyk#1#2{%
 
13765
   \tmp:cnt=255 \advance\tmp:cnt by -\:Black
 
13766
   \multiply\tmp:cnt by#2 \advance\tmp:cnt by \:Black 
 
13767
   \advance\tmp:cnt by -255 \tmp:cnt=-\tmp:cnt
 
13768
   \ifnum \tmp:cnt<0 \tmp:cnt=0 \fi
 
13769
   \edef#1{\the\tmp:cnt}%
 
13770
}
 
13771
>>>
 
13772
 
 
13773
 
 
13774
 
 
13775
 
 
13776
\<color.sty config 4.0t\><<<
 
13777
\HAssign\textcolorN=0
 
13778
\Configure{textcolor}
 
13779
   {\gHAdvance\textcolorN by 1
 
13780
    \Configure{color}%
 
13781
      {\Configure{SetHColor}
 
13782
           {\Css{span\#textcolor\textcolorN{color:\HColor}}}}%
 
13783
    \HCode{<span id="textcolor\textcolorN">}}%
 
13784
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
13785
>>>
 
13786
 
 
13787
\<color.sty config 4.0t\><<<
 
13788
\Configure{colorbox}
 
13789
    {\bgroup
 
13790
     \gHAdvance\textcolorN by 1
 
13791
     \ifvmode \let\v:colorbox\def \IgnorePar \EndP
 
13792
     \else \let\v:colorbox=\relax \fi
 
13793
     |<colorbox background|>%
 
13794
     \HCode{<\ifx \v:colorbox\def div\else span\fi \Hnewline
 
13795
                  class="colorbox" id="colorbox\textcolorN">}}%
 
13796
    {\ifx \v:colorbox\def \EndP\HCode{</div>}\par
 
13797
     \else \HCode{</span>}\fi 
 
13798
     \egroup
 
13799
    }
 
13800
>>>
 
13801
 
 
13802
 
 
13803
\<colorbox background\><<<
 
13804
\let\A:color=\a:color
 
13805
\Configure{color}%
 
13806
  {\let\a:color=\A:color
 
13807
   \Configure{SetHColor}
 
13808
       {\Css{\ifx \v:colorbox\def div\else span\fi
 
13809
             \#colorbox\textcolorN{background-color:\HColor;}}}}%
 
13810
>>>
 
13811
 
 
13812
 
 
13813
\<\><<<
 
13814
\Configure{fcolorbox}
 
13815
   {\gHAdvance\textcolorN by 1
 
13816
    \let\A:color=\a:color
 
13817
    \Configure{color}%
 
13818
        {\Configure{SetHColor}{\Css{\#colorbox\textcolorN{border: 
 
13819
                                  solid 1px \HColor;}}}}%
 
13820
     \Configure{fbox}{\leavevmode
 
13821
              \gHAdvance\textcolorN by -1  \let\a:color=\A:color}{}}
 
13822
    {}
 
13823
>>>
 
13824
 
 
13825
 
 
13826
\<color.sty config 4.0t\><<<
 
13827
\Configure{fcolorbox}
 
13828
   {\bgroup\gHAdvance\textcolorN by 1
 
13829
     \ifvmode \let\v:colorbox\def \IgnorePar \EndP 
 
13830
     \else \let\v:colorbox=\relax \fi
 
13831
     \HCode{<\ifx \v:colorbox\def div\else span\fi \Hnewline
 
13832
                  class="colorbox" id="colorbox\textcolorN">}%    
 
13833
    |<fcolorbox border|>%
 
13834
    \Configure{fbox}{\leavevmode }{}%
 
13835
}
 
13836
{\ifx \v:colorbox\def \EndP\HCode{</div>}\par
 
13837
 \else \HCode{</span>}\fi  \egroup}
 
13838
>>>
 
13839
 
 
13840
\<fcolorbox border\><<<
 
13841
\let\A:color=\a:color
 
13842
\Configure{color}%
 
13843
    {|<fcolor background|>%
 
13844
     \Configure{SetHColor}{%
 
13845
         \Css{\#colorbox\textcolorN{border: solid 1px  \HColor;}}}%
 
13846
    }%
 
13847
>>>
 
13848
 
 
13849
\<fcolor background\><<<
 
13850
\Configure{color}%
 
13851
    {\let\a:color=\A:color
 
13852
     \Configure{SetHColor}{%           
 
13853
         \Css{\#colorbox\textcolorN{background-color: \HColor;}}%
 
13854
    }}%
 
13855
>>>
 
13856
 
 
13857
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13858
\subsection{colortbl.sty}
 
13859
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13860
 
 
13861
\<configure html4 colortbl\><<<
 
13862
\Configure{@classz}
 
13863
   {\let\begin:current@color|=\relax
 
13864
    \let\end:current@color|=\relax }
 
13865
   {%
 
13866
     \ifx \CT@column@color\relax \else 
 
13867
     \ifx \CT@column@color\empty \else{%
 
13868
         \def\CT@color{\@ifnextchar[\color:ii\color:i}%
 
13869
         \CT@column@color|<par del|>%
 
13870
         \edef\:temp{\noexpand\add:color
 
13871
            {background-color}{\:temp}{\ar:cnt}}\:temp
 
13872
     }\fi \fi
 
13873
   }
 
13874
   {\begin:current@color}
 
13875
   {\end:current@color}
 
13876
\Configure{rowcolor}{\row:clr}
 
13877
\def\row:clr#1{{%
 
13878
%  \HAdvance\HRow by 1
 
13879
  \add:color{background-color}{#1}{\HRow-}}}
 
13880
\Configure{text-colortbl}
 
13881
  {\add:color{color}{\current@color}{\HRow-\HCol}}
 
13882
\Configure{cell-colortbl}
 
13883
   {\add:color{background-color}{\current@color}{\HRow-\HCol}}
 
13884
\def\add:color#1#2#3{%
 
13885
  \Configure{SetHColor}{\Css{ \#TBL-\TableNo-#3{ #1:\HColor }}}{#2}}
 
13886
>>>
 
13887
 
 
13888
 
 
13889
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13890
\subsection{Soul}
 
13891
%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13892
 
 
13893
\<configure html4 soul\><<<
 
13894
\Configure{textcaps}
 
13895
   {\HCode{<span class="textcaps">}}
 
13896
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
13897
\Configure{texthl}
 
13898
   {\HCode{<span class="texthl">}\bgroup 
 
13899
     \ifx\sethlcolor\:gobble\else |<soul color|>\fi}
 
13900
   {\egroup \HCode{</span>}}
 
13901
\Configure{textso}
 
13902
   {\HCode{<span class="textso">}}
 
13903
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
13904
\Configure{textst}
 
13905
   {\HCode{<span class="textst">}\bgroup 
 
13906
     \ifx\setstcolor\:gobble\else |<soul color|>\fi}
 
13907
   {\egroup \HCode{</span>}}
 
13908
\Configure{textul}
 
13909
   {\HCode{<span class="textul">}\bgroup 
 
13910
     \ifx\setulcolor\:gobble\else |<soul color|>\fi}
 
13911
   {\egroup \HCode{</span>}}
 
13912
\Css{span.textso{letter-spacing: 0.3em; word-spacing: 0.3em}}
 
13913
\Css{span.textul{text-decoration:underline}}
 
13914
\Css{span.textst{text-decoration:line-through}}
 
13915
\Css{span.textcaps{font-variant:small-caps}}
 
13916
>>>
 
13917
 
 
13918
\<soul color\><<<
 
13919
\Configure{textcolor} 
 
13920
   {\gHAdvance\textcolorN by 1 
 
13921
    \Configure{color}% 
 
13922
      {\Configure{SetHColor} 
 
13923
           {\Css{span\#textcolor\textcolorN{background-color:\HColor}}}}% 
 
13924
    \HCode{<span id="textcolor\textcolorN">}}% 
 
13925
   {\HCode{</span>}}%
 
13926
>>>
 
13927
 
 
13928
 
 
13929
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13930
\section{verse}
 
13931
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13932
 
 
13933
\<configure html4 verse\><<<
 
13934
\Configure{poemtitle}
 
13935
   {\par\IgnorePar\EndP     
 
13936
       \HCode{<div class="poemtitle"><span class="poemtitlemark">}}
 
13937
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
13938
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par}
 
13939
\Configure{likepoemtitle}
 
13940
   {\par\IgnorePar\EndP  \HCode{<div class="likepoemtitle">}}
 
13941
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par}
 
13942
\Css{.poemtitle, likepoemtitle {margin-left:2em; margin-bottom:0.5em;}}
 
13943
>>>
 
13944
 
 
13945
 
 
13946
 
 
13947
\<configure html4 verse\><<<
 
13948
\ConfigureEnv{verse}
 
13949
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP
 
13950
    \HCode{<div class="verse">}%
 
13951
    \bgroup
 
13952
       \Configure{hspace}
 
13953
          {\HCode{<span style="margin-right:\the\tmp:dim">}\:nbsp}
 
13954
          {\HCode{</span>}} {}
 
13955
       \let\end:verseln\empty
 
13956
   }
 
13957
   {\egroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
13958
   {}{}
 
13959
 
 
13960
\ConfigureList{verse}
 
13961
   {} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \end:verseln}
 
13962
   {\parindent=\z@}  {}
 
13963
 
 
13964
\Configure{verseline}
 
13965
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \end:verseln  
 
13966
    \HCode{<div class="verseline">}\def\end:verseln{\HCode{</div>}}}
 
13967
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \end:verseln
 
13968
    \HCode{<div class="skip-verseline">}%
 
13969
    \def\end:verseln{\HCode{</div>}}}  
 
13970
 
 
13971
\Configure{flagverse}
 
13972
   {\HCode{<span class="flagverse">}\bgroup \setlength{\vleftskip}{0em}}
 
13973
   {\egroup \HCode{</span>}\ignorespaces}
 
13974
 
 
13975
\Css{.skip-verseline {margin-top: 1em;}}
 
13976
\Css{.skip-verseline, .verseline {white-space: nowrap;}}
 
13977
\Css{.flagverse {float:right; font-size:85\%;
 
13978
                   text-decoration:underline;}}
 
13979
>>>
 
13980
 
 
13981
 
 
13982
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13983
\section{OpenOffice writer}
 
13984
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
13985
 
 
13986
\<configure html4 writer\><<<
 
13987
\Configure{WriterEnv}
 
13988
   {%
 
13989
     \ConfigureEnv{#1}
 
13990
        {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="#1">}}
 
13991
        {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
13992
        {}{}%
 
13993
   }
 
13994
   {%
 
13995
       \tmp:dim=\parindent 
 
13996
       \divide\tmp:dim by \ten:Em\relax
 
13997
       \tmp:dim=10\tmp:dim
 
13998
     \Css{div.#1 {text-indent:\expandafter\x:Em \the\tmp:dim em;}}%
 
13999
       \tmp:dim=\leftskip
 
14000
       \divide\tmp:dim by \ten:Em\relax
 
14001
       \tmp:dim=10\tmp:dim
 
14002
     \Css{div.#1 {margin-left:\expandafter\x:Em \the\tmp:dim em;}}%
 
14003
       \tmp:dim=\rightskip
 
14004
       \divide\tmp:dim by \ten:Em\relax
 
14005
       \tmp:dim=10\tmp:dim
 
14006
     \Css{div.#1 {margin-right:\expandafter\x:Em \the\tmp:dim em;}}%
 
14007
     \Css{div.#1 {margin-top:0.75em;
 
14008
                  margin-bottom:0.75em;
 
14009
         }}%
 
14010
}
 
14011
|<10 em constant|>
 
14012
>>>
 
14013
 
 
14014
\<10 em constant\><<<
 
14015
{
 
14016
  \def\x:Em{%
 
14017
    \catcode`\p=12
 
14018
    \catcode`\t=12
 
14019
    \gdef\x:Em}
 
14020
  \x:Em#1pt{#1}
 
14021
}
 
14022
\tmp:dim=10em
 
14023
\edef\ten:Em#1.#2//{#1}
 
14024
\edef\ten:Em{\expandafter\ten:Em \the\tmp:dim//}
 
14025
>>>
 
14026
 
 
14027
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14028
\section{manmac}
 
14029
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14030
 
 
14031
\<configure html4 manmac\><<<
 
14032
\Configure{chapter}
 
14033
   {\IgnorePar\EndP
 
14034
    \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><div class="chapter">}\IgnorePar    }
 
14035
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div><!--end chapter-->}\par\ShowPar}
 
14036
   {\HCode{<div class="chapterTitle">}\par \ShowPar \noindent
 
14037
    \let\sv:rightline=\rightline \let\rightline=\hbox }
 
14038
   {\IgnorePar\EndP  \let\rightline=\sv:rightline
 
14039
    \HCode{</div><!--end chapter title-->}\par\ShowPar}
 
14040
\Configure{titlepage}
 
14041
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP
 
14042
    \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><div class="titlepage">}\par}
 
14043
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div><!--end titlepage-->}\par\ShowPar}
 
14044
>>>
 
14045
 
 
14046
\<configure html4 manmac\><<<
 
14047
\Configure{mathdemo}
 
14048
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
14049
    \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><table class="mathdemo">}}
 
14050
   {\HCode{</table>}\par\ShowPar}
 
14051
   {\HCode{<tr>}}
 
14052
   {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
14053
   {\HCode{<td>}}
 
14054
   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
14055
\Css{table.mathdemo{margin-left:2em}}
 
14056
\Configure{longdisplaymathdemo}
 
14057
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
14058
    \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><table class="longdisplaymathdemo">}}
 
14059
   {\HCode{</table>}\par\ShowPar}
 
14060
   {\HCode{<tr>}}
 
14061
   {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
14062
   {\HCode{<td>}}
 
14063
   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
14064
\Css{table.longdisplaymathdemo{margin-left:2em}}
 
14065
\Configure{longmathdemo}
 
14066
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
14067
    \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><table class="longmathdemo">}}
 
14068
   {\HCode{</table>}\par\ShowPar}
 
14069
   {\HCode{<tr>}}
 
14070
   {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
14071
   {\HCode{<td>}}
 
14072
   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
14073
\Css{table.longmathdemo{margin-left:2em}}
 
14074
\Configure{displaymathdemo}
 
14075
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
14076
    \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><table class="displaymathdemo">}}
 
14077
   {\HCode{</table>}\par\ShowPar}
 
14078
   {\HCode{<tr>}}
 
14079
   {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
14080
   {\HCode{<td>}}
 
14081
   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
14082
\Css{table.displaymathdemo{margin-left:2em}}
 
14083
>>>
 
14084
 
 
14085
 
 
14086
\<configure html4 manmac\><<<
 
14087
\Configure{exercise}
 
14088
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP 
 
14089
   \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><h5 class="exercise">}%
 
14090
   \bgroup \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}}
 
14091
  {\egroup\HCode{</h5>}\IgnoreIndent\par}
 
14092
 
 
14093
\Configure{manmac-display}
 
14094
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
14095
    \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><table class="manmac-display">}}
 
14096
   {\HCode{</table>}\IgnoreIndent\par}
 
14097
   {\HCode{<tr>}}
 
14098
   {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
14099
   {\HCode{<td>}\ShowPar}
 
14100
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP \HCode{</td>}}
 
14101
 
 
14102
\Configure{ttenv}
 
14103
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
14104
    \HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><div class="ttenv">}}
 
14105
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par\noindent}
 
14106
>>>
 
14107
 
 
14108
 
 
14109
 
 
14110
\<configure html4 manmac\><<<
 
14111
\Configure{sampleglue}
 
14112
   {\HCode{<table class="sampleglue">}}
 
14113
   {\HCode{</table>}}
 
14114
   {\HCode{<tr>}}
 
14115
   {\HCode{</tr>}}
 
14116
   {\HCode{<td>}}
 
14117
   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
14118
>>>
 
14119
 
 
14120
\<configure html4 manmac\><<<
 
14121
\Configure{danger}
 
14122
   {\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><!--danger-->}}
 
14123
   {\HCode{<!--end danger-->}}
 
14124
\Configure{ddanger}
 
14125
   {\HCode{<!--l. \the\inputlineno--><!--ddanger-->}}
 
14126
   {\HCode{<!--end ddanger-->}}
 
14127
>>>
 
14128
 
 
14129
 
 
14130
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14131
\section{?????}
 
14132
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14133
 
 
14134
 
 
14135
 
 
14136
 
 
14137
 
 
14138
\<0,32,4 preambles\><<<
 
14139
|<hook utility|>
 
14140
|<cascade style sheets|>
 
14141
\Configure{Preamble}
 
14142
   {|<default cascade style sheets|>} {}
 
14143
>>>
 
14144
 
 
14145
\<default cascade style sheets\><<<
 
14146
{\ifdim \lastskip>\z@ \unskip\fi  \IgnorePar\parindent\z@
 
14147
\leavevmode}%
 
14148
\immediate\write-1{--- file \aa:CssFile\space ---}%
 
14149
\ht:special{t4ht>\aa:CssFile}\ht:special{t4ht=\Hnewline /* css.sty */}%
 
14150
\ht:special{t4ht<\aa:CssFile}%
 
14151
>>>
 
14152
 
 
14153
 
 
14154
 
 
14155
\verb'\special' are like \verb'\hbox', and they so they may introduve empty lines in
 
14156
vertical mode. That might be a problem if we don't want empty lines at
 
14157
the start of the files. Hence, in latex we give them special treatment.
 
14158
 
 
14159
\<cascade style sheets\><<<
 
14160
\ScriptCommand{\CssFile}{%
 
14161
    \immediate\write-1{--- file \aa:CssFile\space ---}%
 
14162
    \def\FontSize##1##2{\:Context{##1}\ht:special{t4ht;\%##2}\%}%
 
14163
    \def\FontName##1{\:Context{##1}\ht:special{t4ht;=}}%
 
14164
    \def\:Context##1{\ht:special{t4ht>\jobname.tmp}##1\ht:special
 
14165
       {t4ht>\aa:CssFile}}%
 
14166
    \ht:special{t4ht>\jobname.tmp}\ht:special{t4ht>\aa:CssFile}%
 
14167
    \bgroup \everypar{}\NoFonts  \bb:CssFile \hfil\break}
 
14168
  {\egroup \EndNoFonts
 
14169
    \ht:special{t4ht<\aa:CssFile}\ht:special{t4ht<\jobname.tmp}}
 
14170
\let\Css:File|=\CssFile
 
14171
\def\CssFile{\futurelet\:temp\Css:Fl}
 
14172
\def\Css:Fl{\ifx [\:temp  \expandafter\Css:fl
 
14173
   \else \expand:after{\Css:File \space}\fi}
 
14174
\def\Css:fl[#1]{\Css:File\space \css:files #1,,|<par del|>}
 
14175
\def\css:files#1,#2|<par del|>{\def\:temp{#1}\ifx \:temp\empty
 
14176
   \else \def\:temp{\in:css#1.|<par del|>\css:files#2,,|<par del|>}\fi
 
14177
   \:temp }
 
14178
\def\in:css#1.#2|<par del|>{\def\:temp{#2}\ifx \:temp\empty
 
14179
      \inc:ss#1.css|<par del|>
 
14180
   \else \inc:ss#1.#2|<par del|>\fi}
 
14181
\def\inc:ss#1.|<par del|>{|<input css file|> }
 
14182
\NewConfigure{CssFile}[2]{\def\aa:CssFile{#1}\def\bb:CssFile{#2}}
 
14183
>>>
 
14184
 
 
14185
 
 
14186
\<input css file\><<<
 
14187
     \immediate\openin15=#1
 
14188
     \ifeof15 \immediate\closein15
 
14189
        \:warning{Missing file: #1}%
 
14190
     \else \immediate\closein15     \input #1 \fi
 
14191
>>>
 
14192
 
 
14193
 
 
14194
\verb'\CssFile[file-name,filename.ext,..]...\EndCssFile'.
 
14195
 
 
14196
Default file, just in case the user doesn't provide one. If
 
14197
the user does, the following file will be overwritten.
 
14198
 
 
14199
Can't use below \verb'\a:CssFile' and \verb'\b:CssFile', because
 
14200
\verb'\ScriptFile{\CssFile}' also needs them.
 
14201
 
 
14202
\verb'\Css' changes its definition upon reachin \verb'\CssFile'.  The 
 
14203
first definition is needed within the sty files, and the info is
 
14204
sent to the lg file (where else it can be sent?).
 
14205
 
 
14206
 
 
14207
\<cascade style sheets\><<<
 
14208
\def\Css#1{{\def\:temp{\Configure{Needs}}%
 
14209
   \expandafter\:temp\expandafter{\aa:Css}\Needs{#1}}}
 
14210
>>>
 
14211
 
 
14212
\<cascade style sheets-DISABLE\><<<
 
14213
\let\send:css|=\Css
 
14214
\ScriptCommand{\Css}{\HCode{<style
 
14215
   type="text/css">\Hnewline}\NoFonts}{\EndNoFonts\HCode{</style>}}
 
14216
\let\loc:css|=\Css
 
14217
\def\Css{\futurelet\:temp\:Css}
 
14218
\def\:Css{\ifx \:temp\bgroup \expandafter\send:css
 
14219
   \else \expandafter\loc:css\fi}
 
14220
>>>
 
14221
 
 
14222
 
 
14223
\<hook utility\><<<
 
14224
\:CheckOption{hooks++} \if:Option
 
14225
    \else \:CheckOption{hooks+}  
 
14226
          \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{hooks}\fi
 
14227
    \fi
 
14228
\if:Option
 
14229
   \Configure{hooks}
 
14230
      {\HCode{<strong class="hooks">&lt;}}{\HCode{&gt;</strong>}}{}{}  
 
14231
\fi
 
14232
>>>
 
14233
 
 
14234
 
 
14235
 
 
14236
 
 
14237
The following provides a faster version
 
14238
than \verb'\LinkCommand\Link{a,href,name,}' for the \verb'\Link'
 
14239
command
 
14240
 
 
14241
\<config tex4ht\><<<
 
14242
\Configure{Link}{a}{href=}{id=}{}
 
14243
>>>
 
14244
 
 
14245
 
 
14246
\section{Shared}
 
14247
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14248
 
 
14249
 
 
14250
\<config book-report-article\><<<
 
14251
|<makeketitle config 4.0t|>
 
14252
>>>
 
14253
 
 
14254
 
 
14255
 
 
14256
\<config book-report-article\><<<
 
14257
|<latex shared div config|>
 
14258
|<shared bib env|>
 
14259
\ifx \part\:UnDef \else
 
14260
   |<latex shared part config|>
 
14261
\fi
 
14262
|<config lists of figures and tables|>
 
14263
|<description 4|>
 
14264
>>>
 
14265
 
 
14266
 
 
14267
\<config lists of figures and tables\><<<
 
14268
\ConfigureToc{lof}
 
14269
  {\HCode{<span class="lofToc">}}{\ }{}{\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
14270
\ConfigureToc{lot}
 
14271
  {\HCode{<span class="lotToc">}}{\ }{}{\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
14272
>>>
 
14273
 
 
14274
\<config book-report-article\><<<
 
14275
|<thebib config|>
 
14276
|<latex config div 4.0t|>
 
14277
>>>
 
14278
 
 
14279
 
 
14280
\<32,4 latex\><<<
 
14281
|<config bibitem|>
 
14282
>>>
 
14283
 
 
14284
 
 
14285
 
 
14286
 
 
14287
 
 
14288
 
 
14289
\<config book-report-article\><<<
 
14290
|<quote 4|>
 
14291
>>>
 
14292
 
 
14293
\<quote 4\><<<
 
14294
\ConfigureEnv{quote}
 
14295
   {}{}
 
14296
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="quote">}}
 
14297
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar\ShowIndent}
 
14298
\Css{.quote  {margin-bottom:0.25em;
 
14299
           margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }}
 
14300
>>>
 
14301
 
 
14302
 
 
14303
 
 
14304
\<config book-report-article\><<<
 
14305
\ConfigureEnv{verse}
 
14306
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg<div class="verse">}
 
14307
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi\EndP\Tg</div>}
 
14308
   {}{}
 
14309
\ConfigureList{verse}
 
14310
   {}{}
 
14311
   {\parindent=\z@}  {\par}
 
14312
\Css{.verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}}
 
14313
>>>
 
14314
 
 
14315
 
 
14316
\<config book-report-article\><<<
 
14317
|<maketitle 4|>
 
14318
>>>
 
14319
 
 
14320
 
 
14321
 
 
14322
\<config book-report-article\><<<
 
14323
|<article,report,book|>
 
14324
 
 
14325
>>>
 
14326
 
 
14327
 
 
14328
 
 
14329
 
 
14330
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14331
\section{lineno.sty}
 
14332
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14333
 
 
14334
\<configure html4 lineno\><<<
 
14335
\:warning{The line numbers are commented out. To reintroduce them, use
 
14336
    the \string\Configure{lineno}{...}{...} command}
 
14337
\Configure{lineno}
 
14338
    {\bgroup \let\LineNumber=\empty}
 
14339
    {\egroup}
 
14340
>>>
 
14341
 
 
14342
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14343
\section{epigraph.sty}
 
14344
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14345
 
 
14346
\<configure html4 epigraph\><<<
 
14347
\Configure{epigraphhead}
 
14348
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="epigraphhead">}}
 
14349
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
14350
 
 
14351
\Configure{epigraph}
 
14352
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="epigraph">}} 
 
14353
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="episource">}} 
 
14354
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div></div>}}
 
14355
 
 
14356
 
 
14357
\ConfigureEnv{epigraphs}
 
14358
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="epigraphs">}} 
 
14359
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
14360
 
 
14361
\Configure{qitem}
 
14362
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="qitem">}} 
 
14363
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="episource">}} 
 
14364
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div></div>}}
 
14365
 
 
14366
\Css{.epigraph, .epigraphhead, epigraphs {margin-left:60\%}}
 
14367
\Css{.epigraphhead .epigraph {margin-left:0\%}}
 
14368
 
 
14369
\Css{.episource {text-align:right}}
 
14370
\Configure{epirule} {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\Tg<hr />\par}
 
14371
 
 
14372
\Css{.epigraphs table { width:40\% ;}}
 
14373
\Css{.epigraphs table div .episource { text-align:right;  width:100\%;}}
 
14374
>>>
 
14375
 
 
14376
 
 
14377
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14378
\section{revtex (aps)}
 
14379
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14380
 
 
14381
\<configure html4 aps\><<<   
 
14382
\ifx \@authoraddress\:UnDef
 
14383
  |<revtex4 aps.rtx|>
 
14384
\else 
 
14385
  |<revtex3 aps.sty|>
 
14386
\fi
 
14387
>>>
 
14388
 
 
14389
\<revtex3 aps.sty\><<<
 
14390
|<revtex sections|>
 
14391
|<revtex title page|>
 
14392
|<shared bib env|>
 
14393
|<thebib config|>
 
14394
>>>
 
14395
 
 
14396
 
 
14397
\<revtex sections\><<<
 
14398
    \def\:SPAN#1#2{\HCode{<span class="#1">}#2\HCode{</span>}}
 
14399
>>>
 
14400
 
 
14401
 
 
14402
 
 
14403
 
 
14404
\<revtex sections\><<<
 
14405
\:CheckOption{4}     \if:Option
 
14406
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
14407
         \CutAt{part}
 
14408
\CutAt{likepart}
 
14409
|<cut toc: part|>
 
14410
 
 
14411
         \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14412
\CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14413
|<cut toc: sec|>%
 
14414
         \CutAt{subsection,section,likesection,%
 
14415
                  chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14416
\CutAt{likesubsection,section,likesection,%
 
14417
                  chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14418
       |<cut toc: subsec|>%
 
14419
       |<tocat: part|>%
 
14420
       |<tocat: section|>%
 
14421
    \else
 
14422
         \CutAt{part}
 
14423
\CutAt{likepart}
 
14424
|<cut toc: part|>
 
14425
 
 
14426
         \CutAt{chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14427
\CutAt{likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14428
\CutAt{appendix,chapter,likechapter,part}
 
14429
|<tocat: ch|>%
 
14430
 
 
14431
         \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14432
\CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14433
|<cut toc: sec|>%
 
14434
         \CutAt{subsection,section,likesection,%
 
14435
                  chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14436
\CutAt{likesubsection,section,likesection,%
 
14437
                  chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14438
      |<cut toc: subsec|>%
 
14439
      |<tocat: part|>%
 
14440
      |<tocat: ch|>%
 
14441
      |<tocat: section|>%
 
14442
    \fi
 
14443
\else\:CheckOption{3}     \if:Option
 
14444
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
14445
         \CutAt{part}
 
14446
\CutAt{likepart}
 
14447
|<cut toc: part|>
 
14448
 
 
14449
         \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14450
\CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14451
|<cut toc: sec|>%
 
14452
         \CutAt{subsection,section,likesection,%
 
14453
                  chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14454
\CutAt{likesubsection,section,likesection,%
 
14455
                  chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14456
      |<cut toc: subsec|>%
 
14457
      |<tocat: part|>%
 
14458
      |<tocat: section|>%
 
14459
    \else
 
14460
         \CutAt{part}
 
14461
\CutAt{likepart}
 
14462
|<cut toc: part|>
 
14463
 
 
14464
         \CutAt{chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14465
\CutAt{likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14466
\CutAt{appendix,chapter,likechapter,part}
 
14467
|<tocat: ch|>%
 
14468
 
 
14469
         \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14470
\CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14471
       |<cut toc: sec|>%
 
14472
       |<tocat: part|>%
 
14473
       |<tocat: ch|>%
 
14474
    \fi
 
14475
\else\:CheckOption{2}     \if:Option
 
14476
    \expandafter\ifx \csname @chapter\endcsname\relax
 
14477
         \CutAt{part}
 
14478
\CutAt{likepart}
 
14479
|<cut toc: part|>
 
14480
 
 
14481
         \CutAt{section,likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14482
\CutAt{likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14483
      |<cut toc: sec|>%
 
14484
      |<tocat: part|>%
 
14485
    \else
 
14486
         \CutAt{part}
 
14487
\CutAt{likepart}
 
14488
|<cut toc: part|>
 
14489
 
 
14490
         \CutAt{chapter,likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14491
\CutAt{likechapter,appendix,part}
 
14492
\CutAt{appendix,chapter,likechapter,part}
 
14493
       |<tocat: ch|>%
 
14494
       |<tocat: part|>%
 
14495
    \fi
 
14496
\else\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
14497
         \CutAt{part}
 
14498
\CutAt{likepart}
 
14499
|<cut toc: part|>
 
14500
 
 
14501
\else
 
14502
    \Log:Note{for automatic sectioning pagination,
 
14503
          use the command line option `1', `2', or `3'}%
 
14504
\fi \fi \fi \fi
 
14505
 
 
14506
\:CheckOption{1}     \if:Option
 
14507
  |<toc article,report options 1|>
 
14508
\fi
 
14509
|<shared h5 subsubsection|>
 
14510
\Configure{endlikesubsubsection}
 
14511
   {subsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
14512
      likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
14513
\Configure{endlikeparagraph}
 
14514
   {paragraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,%
 
14515
    likesubsection,section,%
 
14516
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
14517
\Configure{endsubparagraph}
 
14518
   {likesubparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
14519
    subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
14520
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
14521
\Configure{endlikesubparagraph}
 
14522
   {subparagraph,likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,%
 
14523
    subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
14524
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
14525
 
 
14526
\ifx \part\:UnDef \else
 
14527
   |<latex shared part config|>
 
14528
\fi
 
14529
 
 
14530
\Configure{endsection}
 
14531
     {likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
14532
\Configure{endlikesection}
 
14533
     {section,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
14534
\ConfigureMark{section}
 
14535
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth \expandafter\:gobble
 
14536
    \else
 
14537
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\thesection\HCode{</span>}\fi }
 
14538
\Configure{section}{}{}
 
14539
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
14540
    \HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark.\space\HtmlParOff}
 
14541
   {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \par}
 
14542
\Configure{sectionTITLE+}{\thesection\space#1}
 
14543
\Configure{likesection}{}{}
 
14544
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
14545
    \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="likesectionHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff}
 
14546
   {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
14547
\Configure{likesectionTITLE+}{#1}
 
14548
 
 
14549
\Css{h3.sectionHead, h3.likesectionHead {text-align:center;}}
 
14550
 
 
14551
\Configure{endsubsection}
 
14552
   {likesubsection,section,likesection,chapter,%
 
14553
      likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
14554
\Configure{endlikesubsection}
 
14555
   {subsection,section,likesection,chapter,%
 
14556
      likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
14557
|<shared h4 subsection|>
 
14558
 
 
14559
\Css{h4.subsectionHead {text-align:center;}}
 
14560
 
 
14561
\Configure{endsubsubsection}
 
14562
   {likesubsubsection,subsection,likesubsection,section,%
 
14563
      likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
14564
 
 
14565
\Configure{endparagraph}
 
14566
   {likeparagraph,subsubsection,likesubsubsection,subsection,%
 
14567
    likesubsection,section,%
 
14568
    likesection,chapter,likechapter,appendix,part,likepart}
 
14569
\Configure{paragraph}{}{}
 
14570
  {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf}
 
14571
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
14572
\Configure{likeparagraph}{}{}
 
14573
  {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\HCode{<span class="likeparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}}
 
14574
  {\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
14575
\Css{.paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead
 
14576
   { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}}
 
14577
 
 
14578
\ConfigureMark{subparagraph}{}
 
14579
\Configure{subparagraph}{}{}
 
14580
  {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="subparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf
 
14581
   \TitleMark\space}
 
14582
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
14583
\Configure{likesubparagraph}{}{}
 
14584
  {\ShowPar\HCode{<span class="likesubparagraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\bf}
 
14585
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
14586
\Css{.subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead
 
14587
   { font-weight: bold;}}
 
14588
>>>
 
14589
 
 
14590
 
 
14591
 
 
14592
 
 
14593
 
 
14594
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14595
\section{Spatial Math}
 
14596
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14597
 
 
14598
\<configure html4 longdiv\><<<
 
14599
\Configure{longdiv}
 
14600
  {\Configure{halign} 
 
14601
      {\HCode{<table class="longdiv">}}
 
14602
      {\HCode{</table>}}
 
14603
      {\HCode{<tr>}} 
 
14604
      {\HCode{</tr>\Hnewline}}
 
14605
      {\tmp:cnt=\HRow \divide\tmp:cnt by 2 \multiply\tmp:cnt by 2
 
14606
       \advance\tmp:cnt by -\HRow
 
14607
       \HCode{<td \ifnum\HCol=2 \ifnum\HRow=2 class="longdiv"\fi \fi>%
 
14608
              <span \ifnum \tmp:cnt=-1
 
14609
                 \ifnum \HRow>2 class="longdiv"\fi\fi >}%
 
14610
      }
 
14611
      {\HCode{</span></td>}}%
 
14612
  }
 
14613
  {}
 
14614
\Css{table.longdiv {text-align: right;}}
 
14615
\Css{td.longdiv {border-top:solid 1px black;
 
14616
                 border-left:solid 1px black;}}
 
14617
\Css{span.longdiv {text-decoration:underline;}}
 
14618
>>>
 
14619
 
 
14620
 
 
14621
 
 
14622
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14623
\section{lncse}
 
14624
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14625
 
 
14626
\<configure html4 lncse\><<<
 
14627
|<lncse chapter|>
 
14628
\Configure{paragraph}{}{}
 
14629
  {\ShowPar\IgnoreIndent
 
14630
   \HCode{<span class="paragraphHead"\a:LRdir>}\begingroup\it}
 
14631
  {\endgroup\HCode{</span>}\IgnorePar}
 
14632
>>>
 
14633
 
 
14634
 
 
14635
\<lncse chapter\><<<
 
14636
\ConfigureMark{chapter}
 
14637
   {\if@mainmatter
 
14638
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\chaptername
 
14639
     \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
14640
\Configure{chapter}{}{}
 
14641
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="chapterHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
14642
    \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}}
 
14643
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
14644
\Configure{chapterTITLE+}{\if@mainmatter\thechapter\space\fi#1}
 
14645
\renewcommand\thechapter {\if@mainmatter\@arabic\c@chapter\fi}
 
14646
 
 
14647
\ConfigureMark{appendix}{\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}%
 
14648
   \appendixname \ \thechapter\HCode{</span>}}
 
14649
\Configure{appendix}{}{}
 
14650
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="appendixHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
14651
     \TitleMark{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}}
 
14652
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
14653
\Configure{appendixTITLE+}{\thechapter\space#1}
 
14654
\Configure{likechapter}{}{}
 
14655
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="likechapterHead">}}
 
14656
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
14657
>>>
 
14658
 
 
14659
 
 
14660
 
 
14661
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14662
\section{babel.sty}
 
14663
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14664
 
 
14665
 
 
14666
 
 
14667
 
 
14668
 
 
14669
\<configure html4 babel\><<<
 
14670
|<babel macros|>
 
14671
|<babel char set|>
 
14672
|<babel accents|>
 
14673
|<u mlaut|>
 
14674
>>>
 
14675
 
 
14676
 
 
14677
 
 
14678
 
 
14679
 
 
14680
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14681
\subsection{Character Set}
 
14682
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
14683
 
 
14684
 
 
14685
\<babel char set\><<<
 
14686
\def\a:temp#1#2{%
 
14687
   \ifOption{charset=#2}{\def\a:charset{charset=#2}}{}%
 
14688
   \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \languagename\:tempa
 
14689
      \def\A:charset{#2}\ifx \A:charset\empty\else
 
14690
         \def\A:charset{charset=#2}%
 
14691
   \fi\fi}
 
14692
\a:temp{afrikaans}{iso-8859-1}
 
14693
\a:temp{arabic}{iso-8859-6}
 
14694
\a:temp{austrian}{iso-8859-1}
 
14695
\a:temp{brazilian}{iso-8859-1}
 
14696
\a:temp{brazil}{iso-8859-1}
 
14697
\a:temp{catalan}{iso-8859-1}
 
14698
\a:temp{croatian}{iso-8859-2}
 
14699
\a:temp{czech}{iso-8859-2}
 
14700
\a:temp{danish}{iso-8859-1}
 
14701
\a:temp{dutch}{iso-8859-1}
 
14702
\a:temp{esperanto}{iso-8859-3}
 
14703
\a:temp{estonian}{iso-8859-5}
 
14704
\a:temp{finnish}{iso-8859-1}
 
14705
\a:temp{francais}{iso-8859-1}
 
14706
\a:temp{frenchb}{iso-8859-1}
 
14707
\a:temp{french}{iso-8859-1}
 
14708
\a:temp{galician}{iso-8859-1}
 
14709
\a:temp{germanb}{iso-8859-1}
 
14710
\a:temp{german}{iso-8859-1}
 
14711
\a:temp{greek}{iso-8859-7}
 
14712
\a:temp{hebrew}{iso-8859-8}
 
14713
\a:temp{hungarian}{iso-8859-2}
 
14714
\a:temp{ngerman}{iso-8859-1}
 
14715
\a:temp{norsk}{iso-8859-1}
 
14716
\a:temp{nynorsk}{iso-8859-1}
 
14717
\a:temp{polish}{iso-8859-2}
 
14718
\a:temp{polski}{iso-8859-2}
 
14719
\a:temp{polutonikogreek}{iso-8859-7}
 
14720
\a:temp{portuges}{iso-8859-1}
 
14721
\a:temp{portuguese}{iso-8859-1}
 
14722
\a:temp{romanian}{iso-8859-2}
 
14723
\a:temp{scottish}{iso-8859-1}
 
14724
\a:temp{slovak}{iso-8859-2}
 
14725
\a:temp{slovene}{iso-8859-2}
 
14726
\a:temp{spanish}{iso-8859-1}
 
14727
\a:temp{swedish}{iso-8859-1}
 
14728
\a:temp{turkish}{iso-8859-9}
 
14729
\a:temp{ukrainian}{iso-8859-5}
 
14730
\a:temp{uppersorbian}{iso-8859-2}
 
14731
\a:temp{welsh}{iso-8859-1}
 
14732
|<set babel charset|>
 
14733
>>>
 
14734
 
 
14735
 
 
14736
 
 
14737
 
 
14738
 
 
14739
 
 
14740
 
 
14741
\<configure html4 german\><<<
 
14742
|<quotedblbase|>
 
14743
>>>
 
14744
 
 
14745
 
 
14746
 
 
14747
 
 
14748
 
 
14749
\<quotedblbase\><<<
 
14750
\Configure{quotedblbase}{\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+&{35}8222;}x}
 
14751
\Configure{quotesinglbase}{\leavevmode\ht:special{t4ht@+&{35}8218;}x}
 
14752
>>>
 
14753
 
 
14754
 
 
14755
% \HCode{&}\HChar{-35}\HCode{8222;}}
 
14756
 
 
14757
\<configure html4 austrian\><<<
 
14758
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14759
>>>
 
14760
\<configure html4 catalan\><<<
 
14761
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14762
>>>
 
14763
 
 
14764
\<configure html4 croatian\><<<
 
14765
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
14766
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else
 
14767
   |<old iso-8859-2 accents|>
 
14768
\fi
 
14769
>>>
 
14770
 
 
14771
 
 
14772
\<configure html4 latin2\><<<
 
14773
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
14774
>>>
 
14775
 
 
14776
 
 
14777
 
 
14778
 
 
14779
\<configure html4 czech\><<<
 
14780
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
14781
>>>
 
14782
\<configure html4 danish\><<<
 
14783
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14784
>>>
 
14785
\<configure html4 dutch\><<<
 
14786
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14787
>>>
 
14788
\<configure html4 english\><<<
 
14789
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14790
>>>
 
14791
\<configure html4 esperant\><<<
 
14792
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-3}
 
14793
>>>
 
14794
\<configure html4 estonian\><<<
 
14795
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-5}
 
14796
>>>
 
14797
\<configure html4 finnish\><<<
 
14798
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14799
>>>
 
14800
 
 
14801
\<configure html4 francais\><<<
 
14802
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14803
>>>
 
14804
 
 
14805
 
 
14806
\<configure html4 frenchb\><<<
 
14807
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14808
\Configure{@TITLE}{\Configure{frenchb-thinspace}{}{}}
 
14809
>>>
 
14810
 
 
14811
 
 
14812
 
 
14813
\<configure html4 frenchb\><<<
 
14814
\Configure{system-nbsp}
 
14815
   {\ht:special{t4ht@[unhskip}}
 
14816
   {\ht:special{t4ht@]unhskip}}
 
14817
>>>
 
14818
 
 
14819
\<configure html4 frenchb\><<<
 
14820
\ifx \tmp:bx\:UnDef \csname newbox\endcsname \tmp:bx \fi
 
14821
\Configure{frenchb-nbsp}
 
14822
   {\ht:special{t4ht@?unhskip}\HCode{<span class="frenchb-nbsp">}%
 
14823
    \HCode{&nbsp;}\setbox\tmp:bx=\hbox\bgroup}
 
14824
   {\egroup \HCode{</span>}}
 
14825
\Css{.frenchb-nbsp{font-size:75\%;}}
 
14826
>>>  
 
14827
 
 
14828
 
 
14829
\<configure html4 frenchb\><<<    
 
14830
\Configure{frenchb-thinspace}
 
14831
   {\ht:special{t4ht@?unhskip}\HCode{<span class="frenchb-thinspace">}%
 
14832
    \HCode{&nbsp;}\setbox\tmp:bx=\hbox\bgroup}
 
14833
   {\egroup \HCode{</span>}}
 
14834
\Css{.frenchb-thinspace{font-size:75\%;}}
 
14835
>>>
 
14836
 
 
14837
 
 
14838
 
 
14839
 
 
14840
\<configure html4 galician\><<<
 
14841
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14842
>>>
 
14843
\<configure html4 germanb\><<<
 
14844
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14845
>>>
 
14846
 
 
14847
\<configure html4 greek\><<<
 
14848
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-7}
 
14849
\ifOption{charset=iso-8859-7}
 
14850
   {|<greek ldf iso-8859-7|>}
 
14851
   {\Log:Note{for iso-8859-7 accents 
 
14852
          use the command line option `charset=iso-8859-7'}}
 
14853
\ifOption{sgreek}
 
14854
  {\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else 
 
14855
       |<greek ldf sgreek|>
 
14856
   \fi}
 
14857
  {\Log:Note{for Sgreek font
 
14858
          use the command line option `sgreek'}}
 
14859
\ifOption{oldgreek}
 
14860
  {\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else 
 
14861
       |<greek ldf Greek Old Face|>
 
14862
   \fi}
 
14863
  {\Log:Note{for Greek Old Face font
 
14864
          use the command line option `oldgreek'}}
 
14865
>>>
 
14866
 
 
14867
 
 
14868
 
 
14869
\<greek ldf sgreek\><<<
 
14870
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14871
\Configure{htf}{254}{+}{<font \Hnewline
 
14872
   face="}{}{}{}{}{Sgreek">}{</font>}
 
14873
\Configure{htf}{252}{+}{<font \Hnewline
 
14874
   face="}{}{}{}{}{Sgreek" class="small-caps">}{</font>}
 
14875
\Configure{htf-css}{252}{.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; }}  
 
14876
\Configure{accents}
 
14877
   {\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x#2;}x}
 
14878
   {\expandafter \ifx \csname \@curr@enc :#1\endcsname\relax
 
14879
       \Picture+{ \a:@Picture{#1}}#2{#3}\EndPicture
 
14880
    \else
 
14881
       \csname \@curr@enc :#1\endcsname {#3}%
 
14882
    \fi
 
14883
   }
 
14884
\def\LGR:acute#1{%
 
14885
  \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{237}%
 
14886
  \else #1\HCode{<font face="Sgreek">/</font>}\fi }
 
14887
\def\LGR:grave#1{%
 
14888
  \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{236}%
 
14889
  \else #1\HCode{<font face="Sgreek">\string\</font>}\fi}
 
14890
\def\LGR:circ#1{%
 
14891
  \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{238}%
 
14892
  \else #1\HCode{<font face="Sgreek">=</font>}\fi}
 
14893
\def\LGR:tilde#1{#1\HCode{<font face="Sgreek">@</font>}}
 
14894
\def\LGR:uml#1{%
 
14895
  \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{239}%
 
14896
  \else #1\HCode{<font face="Sgreek">+</font>}\fi}
 
14897
\def\LGR:gobble#1#2#3{#1}
 
14898
>>>
 
14899
 
 
14900
 
 
14901
The accented \''\i' arrives in the form of \''\@use@text@encoding
 
14902
\@curr@enc \i'.
 
14903
 
 
14904
 
 
14905
 
 
14906
\<greek ldf Greek Old Face\><<<
 
14907
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14908
\Configure{htf}{254}{+}{<font \Hnewline
 
14909
   face="}{}{}{}{}{Greek Old Face">}{</font>}
 
14910
\Configure{htf}{252}{+}{<font \Hnewline
 
14911
   face="}{}{}{}{}{Greek Old Face" class="small-caps">}{</font>}
 
14912
\Configure{htf-css}{252}{.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; }}  
 
14913
\Configure{accents}
 
14914
   {\ht:special{t4ht@+\string&{35}x#2;}x}
 
14915
   {\expandafter \ifx \csname \@curr@enc :#1\endcsname\relax
 
14916
       \Picture+{ \a:@Picture{#1}}#2{#3}\EndPicture
 
14917
    \else
 
14918
       \csname \@curr@enc :#1\endcsname {#3}%
 
14919
    \fi
 
14920
   }
 
14921
\def\LGR:acute#1{%
 
14922
  \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{237}%
 
14923
  \else 
 
14924
     \edef\:temp{\:gobbleII#1\empty\empty}%
 
14925
     \LGR:ch{i}{133}\LGR:ch{w}{232}\LGR:ch{u}{218}\LGR:ch{o}{210}%
 
14926
     \LGR:ch{h}{187}\LGR:ch{a}{163}\LGR:ch{e}{154}%
 
14927
     \ifx \:temp\empty\else #1\HChar{-180}\fi
 
14928
  \fi }
 
14929
\def\LGR:grave#1{%
 
14930
  \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{236}%
 
14931
  \else 
 
14932
     \edef\:temp{\:gobbleII#1\empty\empty}%
 
14933
     \LGR:ch{i}{136}\LGR:ch{235}{232}\LGR:ch{u}{221}\LGR:ch{o}{213}%
 
14934
     \LGR:ch{h}{190}\LGR:ch{a}{166}\LGR:ch{e}{157}%
 
14935
     \ifx \:temp\empty\else #1`\fi
 
14936
  \fi }
 
14937
\def\LGR:circ#1{%
 
14938
  \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{238}%
 
14939
  \else 
 
14940
     \edef\:temp{\:gobbleII#1\empty\empty}%
 
14941
     \LGR:ch{i}{139}\LGR:ch{w}{238}\LGR:ch{u}{224}\LGR:ch{o}{253}%
 
14942
     \LGR:ch{h}{193}\LGR:ch{a}{169}\LGR:ch{e}{252}%
 
14943
     \ifx \:temp\empty\else #1\string^\fi
 
14944
  \fi}
 
14945
\def\LGR:tilde#1{#1}
 
14946
\def\LGR:uml#1{%
 
14947
  \LGR:gobble\ifx #1\i \HChar{239}%
 
14948
  \else 
 
14949
     \edef\:temp{\:gobbleII#1\empty\empty}%
 
14950
     \LGR:ch{u}{227}\LGR:ch{i}{142}%
 
14951
     \ifx \:temp\empty\else  #1\HChar{168}\fi
 
14952
  \fi}
 
14953
\def\LGR:gobble#1#2#3{#1}
 
14954
\def\LGR:ch#1#2{\def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \:temp\:tempa 
 
14955
   \HCode{<font face="Greek Old Face">}\HChar{#2}\HCode{</font>}%
 
14956
   \let\:temp=\empty \fi }
 
14957
>>>
 
14958
 
 
14959
 
 
14960
 
 
14961
 
 
14962
 
 
14963
 
 
14964
 
 
14965
 
 
14966
 
 
14967
\<configure html4 hebrew\><<<
 
14968
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-8}
 
14969
>>>
 
14970
 
 
14971
\<configure html4 ngermanb\><<<
 
14972
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14973
>>>
 
14974
\<configure html4 norsk\><<<
 
14975
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14976
>>>
 
14977
\<configure html4 polish\><<<
 
14978
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
14979
>>>
 
14980
\<configure html4 polski\><<<
 
14981
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
14982
>>>
 
14983
\<configure html4 portuges\><<<
 
14984
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14985
>>>
 
14986
 
 
14987
 
 
14988
 
 
14989
\<configure html4 scottish\><<<
 
14990
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
14991
>>>
 
14992
 
 
14993
\<configure html4 slovak\><<<
 
14994
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
14995
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else
 
14996
   |<old iso-8859-2 accents|>
 
14997
\fi
 
14998
>>>
 
14999
 
 
15000
 
 
15001
\<configure html4 slovene\><<<
 
15002
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
15003
\:CheckOption{new-accents}     \if:Option \else
 
15004
   |<old iso-8859-2 accents|>
 
15005
\fi
 
15006
>>>
 
15007
 
 
15008
\<configure html4 spanish\><<<
 
15009
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
15010
|<spanish configs|>
 
15011
>>>
 
15012
 
 
15013
 
 
15014
\<spanish configs\><<<
 
15015
\Configure{spanish"a}
 
15016
   {\HCode{<sup><u>a</u></sup>}}
 
15017
\Configure{spanish"o}
 
15018
   {\HCode{<sup><u>o</u></sup>}}
 
15019
\Configure{@TITLE}{%
 
15020
   \Configure{spanish"a}{\HCode{&\#170;}}%
 
15021
   \Configure{spanish"o}{\HCode{&\#176;}}%
 
15022
}
 
15023
>>>
 
15024
 
 
15025
 
 
15026
\<configure html4 swedish\><<<
 
15027
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
15028
>>>
 
15029
\<configure html4 turkish\><<<
 
15030
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-9}
 
15031
>>>
 
15032
\<configure html4 ukraineb\><<<
 
15033
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-5}
 
15034
>>>
 
15035
\<configure html4 usorbian\><<<
 
15036
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
15037
>>>
 
15038
\<configure html4 welsh\><<<
 
15039
\def\A:charset{charset=iso-8859-1}
 
15040
>>>
 
15041
 
 
15042
 
 
15043
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
 
15044
\section{right to left babel}
 
15045
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
 
15046
 
 
15047
 
 
15048
tex4ht.sty indert  Rregion  and Lregion end hooks within
 
15049
\verb+\beginL/R+ and \verb+\endL/R+, mainly to void the 
 
15050
inverse produced by the elatex compiler.
 
15051
 
 
15052
\<configure html4 rlbabel\><<<
 
15053
\Configure{TITLE+}{\HCode{\jobname}}
 
15054
\Configure{Rregion} {\beginL} {\endL}
 
15055
\Configure{!P}{\a:LRdir} 
 
15056
\Configure{!BODY}{\a:LRdir} 
 
15057
\Configure{LRdir}{ |<dir ltr/rtl|> } 
 
15058
>>>
 
15059
 
 
15060
\<dir ltr/rtl\><<<
 
15061
dir="\if@rl rtl\else ltr\fi"
 
15062
>>>
 
15063
 
 
15064
 
 
15065
\<configure html4 rlbabel\><<<
 
15066
\Configure{moreL}
 
15067
  {\ifvmode \let\end:moreRL=\empty
 
15068
   \else\HCode{<span dir="ltr" >}\def\end:moreRL{\HCode{</span>}}\fi}
 
15069
  {\end:moreRL}
 
15070
\Configure{moreR}
 
15071
  {\ifvmode \let\end:moreRL=\empty 
 
15072
   \else\HCode{<span dir="rtl" >}\def\end:moreRL{\HCode{</span>}}\fi}
 
15073
  {\end:moreRL}
 
15074
>>>
 
15075
 
 
15076
 
 
15077
\<configure html4-math rlbabel\><<<
 
15078
\:CheckOption{pic-m} \if:Option
 
15079
\else
 
15080
   \Configure{$}
 
15081
      {\HCode{<span |<dir ltr/rtl|>>}}
 
15082
      {\HCode{</span>}}{}
 
15083
\fi
 
15084
>>>
 
15085
 
 
15086
 
 
15087
 
 
15088
% \def\HCode{<#1>}{\HCode{<#1 |<dir ltr/rtl|>>}}
 
15089
 
 
15090
\<configure html4-math rlbabel\><<<
 
15091
\Configure{[]} 
 
15092
   {\bgroup
 
15093
       \protect\nested:math
 
15094
       \PicDisplay 
 
15095
       $$\everymath{}\everydisplay{}}
 
15096
   {$$\EndPicDisplay \egroup
 
15097
    |<try inline par|>\if@rl \beginL\fi \beginR }
 
15098
>>>
 
15099
 
 
15100
Test data
 
15101
 
 
15102
\begin{verbatim}
 
15103
\def\providehyphenmins#1#2{}
 
15104
\documentclass[english,hebrew]{article}
 
15105
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
 
15106
 
 
15107
\makeatletter
 
15108
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% LyX specific LaTeX commands.
 
15109
%% Bold symbol macro for standard LaTeX users
 
15110
\newcommand{\boldsymbol}[1]{\mbox{\boldmath $#1$}}
 
15111
 
 
15112
 
 
15113
\usepackage{babel}
 
15114
\makeatother
 
15115
\begin{document}
 
15116
����� ������
 
15117
 \[F=ma\quad(\textrm{\L{Newton's 2nd Law}\R{������ }})\]
 
15118
 \[F=ma\quad(\mbox{Newton's 2nd Law ������} )\]
 
15119
 \R{\[F=ma\quad(\mbox{Newton's 2nd Law ������} )\]}
 
15120
���� ��� �����
 
15121
\end{document}
 
15122
 
 
15123
\end{verbatim}
 
15124
 
 
15125
 
 
15126
 
 
15127
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
15128
\section{Scientific Word}
 
15129
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
15130
 
 
15131
 
 
15132
% When \verb+\BOXEDSPECIAL+ is defined we don't want the
 
15133
% following configuration, because the frame may enclose 
 
15134
% a graphics-like file that we might not want to translate.
 
15135
 
15136
% \<configure html4 tcilatex\><<<
 
15137
% \ifx \BOXEDSPECIAL\:UnDef   
 
15138
%    \Configure{BOXTHEFRAME}
 
15139
%      {\Picture+[PICT]{}}  {\EndPicture}
 
15140
% \fi
 
15141
% >>>
 
15142
 
 
15143
\<configure html4 tcilatex\><<<
 
15144
\Configure{GRAPHICSPS}
 
15145
   {\Picture+[PICT]{}}  {\EndPicture}
 
15146
\Configure{GRAPHICSHP}
 
15147
   {\Picture+[PICT]{}}  {\EndPicture}
 
15148
\Configure{DFRAME}
 
15149
  {\EndP \IgnorePar\HCode{<div class="FRAME">}}
 
15150
  {\HCode{</div>}\par\ShowPar}
 
15151
\Configure{FFRAME}
 
15152
  {\EndP \IgnorePar\HCode{<div class="FRAME">}}
 
15153
  {\HCode{</div>}\par\ShowPar}
 
15154
\Configure{IFRAME}
 
15155
  {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi}  {}
 
15156
\Css{div.FRAME {text-align:center;}}
 
15157
\expandafter\ifx \csname @TCItagstar\endcsname\relax 
 
15158
   |<tcilatex 2.5|>
 
15159
\else
 
15160
   |<tcilatex 3.5|>
 
15161
\fi
 
15162
>>>
 
15163
 
 
15164
 
 
15165
 
 
15166
\<configure html4-math tcilatex\><<<
 
15167
\expandafter\ifx \csname @TCItagstar\endcsname\relax 
 
15168
   |<tcilatex 2.5 math|>
 
15169
\else
 
15170
   |<tcilatex 3.5 math|>
 
15171
   \ifx \@msidraft\:Undef
 
15172
      |<tcilatex 3.5 not 4.0 math|>
 
15173
\fi \fi
 
15174
>>>
 
15175
 
 
15176
\<tcilatex 3.5 not 4.0 math\><<<
 
15177
\Configure{dfrac}
 
15178
   {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {}
 
15179
   {} {\egroup\EndPicture}
 
15180
\Configure{tfrac}
 
15181
   {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {}
 
15182
   {} {\egroup\EndPicture}
 
15183
\Configure{binom}
 
15184
   {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {}
 
15185
   {} {\egroup\EndPicture}
 
15186
\Configure{tbinom}
 
15187
   {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {}
 
15188
   {} {\egroup\EndPicture}
 
15189
\Configure{dbinom}
 
15190
   {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {}
 
15191
   {} {\egroup\EndPicture}
 
15192
>>>
 
15193
 
 
15194
\<tcilatex 3.5 math\><<<
 
15195
\Configure{QATOP}
 
15196
   {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {}
 
15197
   {} {\egroup\EndPicture}
 
15198
\Configure{QDATOP}
 
15199
   {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {}
 
15200
   {} {\egroup\EndPicture}
 
15201
\Configure{QTATOP}
 
15202
   {\Picture+{ align="middle"}\bgroup} {}
 
15203
   {} {\egroup\EndPicture}
 
15204
>>>
 
15205
 
 
15206
 
 
15207
 
 
15208
 
 
15209
 
 
15210
 
 
15211
 
 
15212
\<configure html4 seslideb\><<<
 
15213
\ConfigureEnv{center}
 
15214
  {\IgnorePar \par \EndP \HCode{<div class="center"\Hnewline>}}
 
15215
  {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
15216
  {} {}
 
15217
{\Configure{Needs}{Font\string_Size: #1}%
 
15218
   \expandafter\Needs\expandafter{\csname normalsize@fsize\endcsname}}
 
15219
>>>
 
15220
 
 
15221
\<configure html4 seslideb\><<<
 
15222
\ConfigureToc{swSlide}
 
15223
   {} {\relax  }  {}  { }
 
15224
\:CheckOption{0}     
 
15225
   \if:Option  \else    \:CheckOption{1} \fi
 
15226
\if:Option 
 
15227
   \:CheckOption{1} \if:Option
 
15228
      \CutAt{swSlide} 
 
15229
      \Configure{crosslinks}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}{}
 
15230
   \fi
 
15231
   |<seslideb toc|>
 
15232
   |<seslideb page break|>
 
15233
\else
 
15234
   |<handle my missing sw fonts|>
 
15235
   \Log:Note{pagination may be obtained
 
15236
       through the option `0' or `1', at locations marked with
 
15237
       \noexpand\csname PageBreak\string\endcsname}
 
15238
\fi
 
15239
>>>
 
15240
 
 
15241
\<handle my missing sw fonts\><<<
 
15242
\Configure{swSlide}{}{}{\bgroup\bf}{\egroup}
 
15243
>>>
 
15244
 
 
15245
 
 
15246
 
 
15247
\<seslideb toc\><<<
 
15248
\def\:temp{%
 
15249
   \ifOption{1}{\par\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr />}\par}{}
 
15250
   \HAssign\TocN=1
 
15251
   \def\swTitle{\gHAdvance\TocN by 1 \TocN}\:TableOfContents[swSlide]
 
15252
   \let\swTitle=\relax 
 
15253
   \ifOption{0}{\par\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr />}\par}{}
 
15254
   \let\swSlide=\o:swSlide: \let\o:swSlide:=\empty \swSlide}
 
15255
\HLet\swSlide=\:temp   
 
15256
>>>
 
15257
 
 
15258
 
 
15259
\<seslideb page break\><<<
 
15260
\Configure{swSlide}
 
15261
  {\gHAdvance\swSlideN by 1 \Link{}{s-\swSlideN}\EndLink }
 
15262
  {\rightline{
 
15263
       {\HAdvance\swSlideN by -1 \Link{s-\swSlideN}{}\swSlideN\EndLink}
 
15264
       \Link[\jobname.html]{}{}\HCode{&lt;&gt;}\EndLink{}
 
15265
       {\HAdvance\swSlideN by 1 
 
15266
         \ifTag{)Qs-\swSlideN}{\Link{s-\swSlideN}{}\swSlideN\EndLink}{}}
 
15267
     }
 
15268
     \ifOption{0}{\par \IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr />}\par}{}
 
15269
   }
 
15270
   {\IgnorePar\bgroup \bf }
 
15271
   {\egroup \ShowPar\IgnoreIndent\par}
 
15272
\HAssign\swSlideN=1
 
15273
>>>
 
15274
 
 
15275
 
 
15276
 
 
15277
 
 
15278
 
 
15279
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
15280
\section{minitoc}
 
15281
 
 
15282
\<configure html4 minitoc\><<<
 
15283
   |<minitoc.sty Configure 4.0t|>
 
15284
>>>
 
15285
 
 
15286
\<minitoc.sty Configure 4.0t\><<<
 
15287
\Configure{minitoc}
 
15288
   {\Configure{tableofcontents}
 
15289
      {\HCode{<div class="minitoc"><hr\xml:empty>}\IgnorePar}{}
 
15290
      {\IgnorePar\HCode{<hr\xml:empty></div>}\ShowPar}
 
15291
      {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}}  {}
 
15292
   {\HCode{<div class="minitoc-\TocOption">}}  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
15293
\Configure{minilof}
 
15294
   {\Configure{tableofcontents}
 
15295
      {\HCode{<div class="minilof"><hr\xml:empty>}\IgnorePar}{}
 
15296
      {\IgnorePar\HCode{<hr\xml:empty></div>}\ShowPar}
 
15297
      {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}}  {}
 
15298
   {\HCode{<div class="minilof-\TocOption">}}  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
15299
\Configure{minilot}
 
15300
   {\Configure{tableofcontents}
 
15301
      {\HCode{<div class="minilot"><hr\xml:empty>}\IgnorePar}{}
 
15302
      {\IgnorePar\HCode{<hr\xml:empty></div>}\ShowPar}
 
15303
      {\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}}  {}
 
15304
   {\HCode{<div class="minilot-\TocOption">}}  {\HCode{</div>}}
 
15305
\Css{.minitoc-l,.minilot-l,.minilof-l
 
15306
   {text-align:left;margin-left:3em;}}
 
15307
\Css{.minitoc-c,.minilot-c,.minilof-c
 
15308
   {text-align:center;margin-left:3em;}}
 
15309
\Css{.minitoc-r,.minilot-r,.minilof-r
 
15310
   {text-align:right;margin-left:3em;}}
 
15311
\Css{DIV.minitoc,DIV.minilot,DIV.minilof{margin-left:3em;}}
 
15312
\Css{.minitoc .sectionToc { font-weight:bold;} }
 
15313
>>>
 
15314
 
 
15315
Only one of the following is needed for a given document!!!
 
15316
 
 
15317
\<minitoc.sty Configure 4.0t\><<<
 
15318
\Configure{parttoc}{}{}
 
15319
   {\HCode{<div class="parttoc-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}}
 
15320
\Configure{partlof}{}{}
 
15321
   {\HCode{<div class="partlof-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}}
 
15322
\Configure{partlot}{}{}
 
15323
   {\HCode{<div class="partlot-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}}
 
15324
\Css{.parttoc-l,.partlof-l,.partlot-l{text-align:left;}}
 
15325
\Css{.parttoc-c,.partlof-c,.partlot-c{text-align:center;}}
 
15326
\Css{.parttoc-r,.partlof-r,.partlot-r{text-align:right;}}
 
15327
>>>
 
15328
\<minitoc.sty Configure 4.0t\><<<
 
15329
\Configure{secttoc}{}{}
 
15330
   {\HCode{<div class="secttoc-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}}
 
15331
\Configure{sectlof}{}{}
 
15332
   {\HCode{<div class="sectlof-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}}
 
15333
\Configure{sectlot}{}{}
 
15334
   {\HCode{<div class="sectlot-\TocOption">}} {\HCode{</div>}}
 
15335
\Css{.secttoc-l,.sectlof-l,.sectlot-l{text-align:left;}}
 
15336
\Css{.secttoc-c,.sectlof-c,.sectlot-c{text-align:center;}}
 
15337
\Css{.secttoc-r,.sectlof-r,.sectlot-r{text-align:right;}}
 
15338
>>>
 
15339
 
 
15340
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
15341
\section{alltt.sty}
 
15342
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
15343
 
 
15344
\<configure html4 alltt\><<<
 
15345
\ConfigureEnv{alltt}
 
15346
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="alltt">}}
 
15347
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
15348
\Css{.alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; }}
 
15349
\Css{.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; }}
 
15350
>>>
 
15351
 
 
15352
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
15353
\section{url.sty}
 
15354
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
15355
 
 
15356
\<configure html4 url\><<<
 
15357
\:CheckOption{url-il2-pl} \if:Option
 
15358
\else \:CheckOption{url-enc} \fi
 
15359
\if:Option
 
15360
   \Configure{string-encoder}{url-encoder}
 
15361
%   \:CheckOption{url-il2-pl} \if:Option
 
15362
      |<il2-pl.tcx url encoder|>
 
15363
%   \else      
 
15364
      |<default url encoder WAIT|>
 
15365
%      \Log:Note{for il2-pl url encoding,
 
15366
%                        use the command line option 'url-il2-pl'}
 
15367
%   \fi
 
15368
   \Configure{url}%
 
15369
     {|<:temp = url encoded string|>%
 
15370
      \Link[\noexpand\the\tmp:toks \space
 
15371
               class="url"]{}{}{\let\UrlBigBreaks\empty
 
15372
                         \let\UrlBreaks\empty #1}\EndLink}
 
15373
   |<url encoded string utilities|>
 
15374
\else
 
15375
   \Log:Note{for URL encoding within href
 
15376
          use the command line option `url-enc'}
 
15377
   \Configure{url}%
 
15378
     {\tmp:toks{#1}\Link[\noexpand\the\tmp:toks\space
 
15379
               class="url"]{}{}{\let\UrlBigBreaks\empty
 
15380
                         \let\UrlBreaks\empty #1}\EndLink}
 
15381
\fi
 
15382
|<path config|>
 
15383
>>>
 
15384
 
 
15385
\<:temp = url encoded string\><<<
 
15386
\tmp:toks={}\set:spaces#1|<par del|>%
 
15387
\edef\:temp{\tmp:toks{\csname url-encoder\expandafter\endcsname
 
15388
                      \the\tmp:toks |<par del|>}}\:temp
 
15389
>>>
 
15390
 
 
15391
\<url encoded string utilities\><<<
 
15392
\def\set:spaces{\futurelet\:temp\set:spacesoo}
 
15393
\def\set:spacesoo{%
 
15394
   \expandafter\ifx \space\:temp 
 
15395
      \tmp:toks\expandafter{\the\tmp:toks{ }}%
 
15396
   \fi    
 
15397
   \set:spaceso
 
15398
 
15399
\def\set:spaceso#1#2|<par del|>{%
 
15400
   \tmp:toks\expandafter{\the\tmp:toks #1}%
 
15401
   \if :#2:\else \set:spaces#2|<par del|>\fi
 
15402
}
 
15403
>>>
 
15404
 
 
15405
\<default url encoder\><<<
 
15406
\Configure{url-encoder}
 
15407
     {%}{%25}
 
15408
     {&}{%26}
 
15409
     {'}{%27}
 
15410
     {<}{%3C}
 
15411
     {>}{%3E}
 
15412
     {_}{_}
 
15413
     {^}{^}
 
15414
     {}{}
 
15415
\Log:Note{current url encoding setting: \string\Configure{url-encoder}%
 
15416
     {\%}{\%25}%
 
15417
     {&}{\%26}%
 
15418
     {'}{\%27}%
 
15419
     {<}{\%3C}%
 
15420
     {>}{\%3E}%
 
15421
     {\string _}{\string _}%
 
15422
     {\string ^}{\string ^}%
 
15423
     {}{}}
 
15424
>>>
 
15425
 
 
15426
 
 
15427
 
 
15428
 
 
15429
\<il2-pl.tcx url encoder\><<<
 
15430
\Configure{url-encoder}
 
15431
      {%}{%25}
 
15432
      {&}{%26}
 
15433
      {'}{%27}
 
15434
      {<}{%3C}
 
15435
      {>}{%3E}
 
15436
      {_}{_}
 
15437
      {^}{^}
 
15438
      {�}{&#x0105;}
 
15439
      {�}{&#x0107;}
 
15440
      {�}{&#x0119;}
 
15441
      {�}{&#x0142;}
 
15442
      {�}{&#x00F3;}
 
15443
      {�}{&#x0144;}
 
15444
      {�}{&#x015B;}
 
15445
      {�}{&#x017A;}
 
15446
      {�}{&#x017C;}
 
15447
      {�}{&#x0104;}
 
15448
      {�}{&#x0106;}
 
15449
      {�}{&#x0118;}
 
15450
      {�}{&#x0141;}
 
15451
      {�}{&#x00D3;}
 
15452
      {�}{&#x0143;}
 
15453
      {�}{&#x015A;}
 
15454
      {�}{&#x0179;}
 
15455
      {�}{&#x017B;}
 
15456
      {}{}
 
15457
>>>
 
15458
 
 
15459
 
 
15460
\Link[http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2396.html]{}{}http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2396.html\EndLink
 
15461
 
 
15462
See issues in:
 
15463
 
 
15464
\begin{verbatim}
 
15465
\documentclass{article} 
 
15466
  \usepackage{url} 
 
15467
\begin{document} 
 
15468
 
 
15469
\url{a%b c&d} 
 
15470
 
 
15471
\url{a%25b+c&amp;d} 
 
15472
 
 
15473
\end{document} 
 
15474
\end{verbatim}
 
15475
 
 
15476
\<\><<<
 
15477
\expandafter\ifx\csname Url@OT1encSpecials\endcsname\relax
 
15478
   |<url.sty|>  
 
15479
\else
 
15480
   |<url-2004.sty|>  
 
15481
\fi
 
15482
>>>
 
15483
 
 
15484
\<url-2004.styNO\><<<
 
15485
 
 
15486
>>>
 
15487
 
 
15488
\<url.styNO\><<<
 
15489
\Configure{url}{\Link[#1 class="url"]{}{}{\let\UrlBigBreaks\empty
 
15490
                   \let\UrlBreaks\empty #1}\EndLink}
 
15491
>>>
 
15492
 
 
15493
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
15494
\section{Path.sty}
 
15495
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
15496
 
 
15497
\<path config\><<<
 
15498
\Configure{path}
 
15499
  {\HCode{<span class="path">}\bgroup
 
15500
   \Configure{obeylines}{}{}{}%
 
15501
  }
 
15502
  {\egroup\HCode{</span>}}
 
15503
>>>
 
15504
 
 
15505
\<configure html4 path\><<<
 
15506
|<path config|>
 
15507
>>>
 
15508
 
 
15509
 
 
15510
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
15511
\section{fontmath}
 
15512
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
15513
 
 
15514
 
 
15515
 
 
15516
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
15517
\:CheckOption{fonts} \if:Option
 
15518
  \Configure{textbf}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textbf">}}
 
15519
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15520
  \Configure{textit}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textit">}}
 
15521
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15522
  \Configure{textrm}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textrm">}}
 
15523
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15524
  \Configure{textup}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textup">}}
 
15525
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}  
 
15526
  \Configure{textsc}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textsc">}}
 
15527
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15528
  \Configure{textsf}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textsf">}}
 
15529
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}  
 
15530
  \Configure{textsl}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="textsl">}}
 
15531
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15532
  \Configure{texttt}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="texttt">}}
 
15533
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15534
  \Configure{emph}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="emph">}}
 
15535
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15536
  \Css{span.textbf { font-weight: bold; }}
 
15537
  \Css{span.textit { font-style: italic; }}
 
15538
  \Css{span.textrm { font-family: serif; }}
 
15539
  \Css{span.textsc { font-variant: small-caps; }}
 
15540
  \Css{span.textsf { font-family: sans-serif; }}
 
15541
  \Css{span.texttt { font-family: monospace; }}
 
15542
\else
 
15543
  \Log:Note{for tracing of latex font commands, 
 
15544
          use the command line option `fonts'}
 
15545
\fi
 
15546
>>>
 
15547
 
 
15548
\<configure html4-math fontmath\><<<
 
15549
\:CheckOption{fonts} \if:Option
 
15550
  \Configure{mathit}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathit">}}
 
15551
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15552
  \Configure{mathbf}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathbf">}}
 
15553
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15554
  \Configure{mathtt}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathtt">}}
 
15555
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15556
  \Configure{mathsf}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathsf">}}
 
15557
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15558
  \Configure{mathrm}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathrm">}}
 
15559
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15560
\fi
 
15561
>>>
 
15562
 
 
15563
 
 
15564
 
 
15565
 
 
15566
 
 
15567
 
 
15568
 
 
15569
 
 
15570
 
 
15571
\<configure html4-math amsfonts\><<<  
 
15572
\:CheckOption{fonts} \if:Option
 
15573
  \Configure{mathbb}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathbb">}}
 
15574
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15575
  \Configure{mathfrak}{\Protect\HCode{<span class="mathfrak">}}
 
15576
                    {\Protect\HCode{</span>}}
 
15577
\fi
 
15578
>>>
 
15579
 
 
15580
 
 
15581
 
 
15582
 
 
15583
 
 
15584
 
 
15585
\subsection{1: Large Operators}
 
15586
 
 
15587
\begin{verbatim}
 
15588
\mathchardef\coprod="1360
 
15589
\mathchardef\bigvee="1357
 
15590
\mathchardef\bigwedge="1356
 
15591
\mathchardef\biguplus="1355
 
15592
\mathchardef\bigcap="1354
 
15593
\mathchardef\bigcup="1353
 
15594
\mathchardef\intop="1352 \def\int{\intop\nolimits}
 
15595
\mathchardef\prod="1351
 
15596
\mathchardef\sum="1350
 
15597
\mathchardef\bigotimes="134E
 
15598
\mathchardef\bigoplus="134C
 
15599
\mathchardef\bigodot="134A
 
15600
\mathchardef\ointop="1348 \def\oint{\ointop\nolimits}
 
15601
\mathchardef\bigsqcup="1346
 
15602
\mathchardef\smallint="1273
 
15603
\end{verbatim}
 
15604
 
 
15605
 
 
15606
 
 
15607
\<plain tex classes\><<<
 
15608
\Configure{MathClass}{1}{}{}{}{
 
15609
   \mathchar"1360
 
15610
   \mathchar"1357
 
15611
   \mathchar"1356
 
15612
   \mathchar"1355
 
15613
   \mathchar"1354
 
15614
   \mathchar"1353
 
15615
   \mathchar"1352
 
15616
   \mathchar"1351
 
15617
   \mathchar"1350
 
15618
   \mathchar"134E
 
15619
   \mathchar"134C
 
15620
   \mathchar"134A
 
15621
   \mathchar"1348
 
15622
   \mathchar"1346
 
15623
   \mathchar"1273
 
15624
}
 
15625
>>>
 
15626
\subsection{2: Binary Operations}
 
15627
 
 
15628
\begin{verbatim}
 
15629
\mathchardef\triangleleft="212F
 
15630
\mathchardef\triangleright="212E
 
15631
\mathchardef\bigtriangleup="2234
 
15632
\mathchardef\bigtriangledown="2235
 
15633
\mathchardef\wedge="225E \let\land=\wedge
 
15634
\mathchardef\vee="225F \let\lor=\vee
 
15635
\mathchardef\cap="225C
 
15636
\mathchardef\cup="225B
 
15637
\mathchardef\ddagger="227A
 
15638
\mathchardef\dagger="2279
 
15639
\mathchardef\sqcap="2275
 
15640
\mathchardef\sqcup="2274
 
15641
\mathchardef\uplus="225D
 
15642
\mathchardef\amalg="2271
 
15643
\mathchardef\diamond="2205
 
15644
\mathchardef\bullet="220F
 
15645
\mathchardef\wr="226F
 
15646
\mathchardef\div="2204
 
15647
\mathchardef\odot="220C
 
15648
\mathchardef\oslash="220B
 
15649
\mathchardef\otimes="220A
 
15650
\mathchardef\ominus="2209
 
15651
\mathchardef\oplus="2208
 
15652
\mathchardef\mp="2207
 
15653
\mathchardef\pm="2206
 
15654
\mathchardef\circ="220E
 
15655
\mathchardef\bigcirc="220D
 
15656
\mathchardef\setminus="226E % for set difference A\setminus B
 
15657
\mathchardef\cdot="2201
 
15658
\mathchardef\ast="2203
 
15659
\mathchardef\times="2202
 
15660
\mathchardef\star="213F
 
15661
\mathcode`\*="2203 % \ast
 
15662
\mathcode`\+="202B
 
15663
\mathcode`\-="2200
 
15664
\end{verbatim}
 
15665
 
 
15666
\<plain tex classes\><<<
 
15667
\Configure{MathClass}{2}{}{}{}{
 
15668
*-+/
 
15669
\mathchar"212F
 
15670
\mathchar"212E
 
15671
\mathchar"2234
 
15672
\mathchar"2235
 
15673
\mathchar"225E 
 
15674
\mathchar"225F 
 
15675
\mathchar"225C
 
15676
\mathchar"225B
 
15677
\mathchar"227A
 
15678
\mathchar"2279
 
15679
\mathchar"2275
 
15680
\mathchar"2274
 
15681
\mathchar"225D
 
15682
\mathchar"2271
 
15683
\mathchar"2205
 
15684
\mathchar"220F
 
15685
\mathchar"226F
 
15686
\mathchar"2204
 
15687
\mathchar"220C
 
15688
\mathchar"220B
 
15689
\mathchar"220A
 
15690
\mathchar"2209
 
15691
\mathchar"2208
 
15692
\mathchar"2207
 
15693
\mathchar"2206
 
15694
\mathchar"220E
 
15695
\mathchar"220D
 
15696
\mathchar"226E 
 
15697
\mathchar"2201
 
15698
\mathchar"2203
 
15699
\mathchar"2202
 
15700
\mathchar"213F
 
15701
}
 
15702
>>>
 
15703
\subsection{3: Relational Operations}
 
15704
 
 
15705
The catcode is needed because 303A is \verb':'.
 
15706
 
 
15707
\<plain tex classes\><<<
 
15708
\Configure{MathClass}{3}{}{}{}{
 
15709
   \mathchar"3128
 
15710
   \mathchar"3129
 
15711
   \mathchar"312A
 
15712
   \mathchar"312B
 
15713
   \mathchar"315E
 
15714
   \mathchar"315F
 
15715
   \mathchar"3210
 
15716
   \mathchar"3211
 
15717
   \mathchar"3212
 
15718
   \mathchar"3213
 
15719
   \mathchar"3214
 
15720
   \mathchar"3215
 
15721
   \mathchar"3216
 
15722
   \mathchar"3217
 
15723
   \mathchar"3218
 
15724
   \mathchar"3219
 
15725
   \mathchar"321A
 
15726
   \mathchar"321B
 
15727
   \mathchar"321C
 
15728
   \mathchar"321D
 
15729
   \mathchar"321E
 
15730
   \mathchar"321F
 
15731
   \mathchar"3220
 
15732
   \mathchar"3221
 
15733
   \mathchar"3224
 
15734
   \mathchar"3227
 
15735
   \mathchar"3232
 
15736
   \mathchar"3233
 
15737
   \mathchar"3236
 
15738
   \mathchar"3237
 
15739
   \mathchar"323F
 
15740
   :=><
 
15741
   \mathchar"322F
 
15742
   \mathchar"3276
 
15743
   \mathchar"3277
 
15744
   \mathchar"326B
 
15745
   \mathchar"326A
 
15746
   \mathchar"3261
 
15747
   \mathchar"3260
 
15748
   \mathchar"3225
 
15749
   \mathchar"3226
 
15750
   \mathchar"322D
 
15751
   \mathchar"322E
 
15752
   \mathchar"322C
 
15753
   \mathchar"3228
 
15754
   \mathchar"3229
 
15755
}
 
15756
>>>
 
15757
 
 
15758
 
 
15759
 
 
15760
\begin{verbatim}
 
15761
\mathcode`\>="313E
 
15762
\mathcode`\<="313C
 
15763
\mathcode`\=="303D
 
15764
\mathcode`\:="303A
 
15765
\mathchardef\leq="3214 \let\le=\leq
 
15766
\mathchardef\geq="3215 \let\ge=\geq
 
15767
\mathchardef\succ="321F
 
15768
\mathchardef\prec="321E
 
15769
\mathchardef\approx="3219
 
15770
\mathchardef\succeq="3217
 
15771
\mathchardef\preceq="3216
 
15772
\mathchardef\supset="321B
 
15773
\mathchardef\set="321A
 
15774
\mathchardef\supseteq="3213
 
15775
\mathchardef\seteq="3212
 
15776
\mathchardef\in="3232
 
15777
\mathchardef\ni="3233 \let\owns=\ni
 
15778
\mathchardef\gg="321D
 
15779
\mathchardef\ll="321C
 
15780
\mathchardef\not="3236
 
15781
\mathchardef\leftrightarrow="3224
 
15782
\mathchardef\leftarrow="3220 \let\gets=\leftarrow
 
15783
\mathchardef\rightarrow="3221 \let\to=\rightarrow
 
15784
\mathchardef\mapstochar="3237 \def\mapsto{\mapstochar\rightarrow}
 
15785
\mathchardef\sim="3218
 
15786
\mathchardef\simeq="3227
 
15787
\mathchardef\perp="323F
 
15788
\mathchardef\equiv="3211
 
15789
\mathchardef\asymp="3210
 
15790
\mathchardef\smile="315E
 
15791
\mathchardef\frown="315F
 
15792
\mathchardef\leftharpoonup="3128
 
15793
\mathchardef\leftharpoondown="3129
 
15794
\mathchardef\rightharpoonup="312A
 
15795
\mathchardef\rightharpoondown="312B
 
15796
\mathchardef\propto="322F
 
15797
\mathchardef\sqsubseteq="3276
 
15798
\mathchardef\sqsupseteq="3277
 
15799
\mathchardef\parallel="326B
 
15800
\mathchardef\mid="326A
 
15801
\mathchardef\dashv="3261
 
15802
\mathchardef\vdash="3260
 
15803
\mathchardef\nearrow="3225
 
15804
\mathchardef\searrow="3226
 
15805
\mathchardef\nwarrow="322D
 
15806
\mathchardef\swarrow="322E
 
15807
\mathchardef\Leftrightarrow="322C
 
15808
\mathchardef\Leftarrow="3228
 
15809
\mathchardef\Rightarrow="3229
 
15810
\end{verbatim}
 
15811
\subsection{4/5: Delimiters}
 
15812
 
 
15813
\begin{verbatim}
 
15814
\mathcode`\(="4028
 
15815
\mathcode`\)="5029
 
15816
\mathcode`\[="405B
 
15817
\mathcode`\]="505D
 
15818
\mathcode`\{="4266
 
15819
\mathcode`\}="5267
 
15820
\delcode`\(="028300
 
15821
\delcode`\)="029301
 
15822
\delcode`\[="05B302
 
15823
\delcode`\]="05D303
 
15824
\def\lmoustache{\delimiter"437A340 } % top from (, bottom from )
 
15825
\def\rmoustache{\delimiter"537B341 } % top from ), bottom from (
 
15826
\def\lgroup{\delimiter"462833A } % extensible ( with sharper tips
 
15827
\def\rgroup{\delimiter"562933B } % extensible ) with sharper tips
 
15828
\def\backslash{\delimiter"26E30F } % for double coset G\backslash H
 
15829
\def\rangle{\delimiter"526930B }
 
15830
\def\langle{\delimiter"426830A }
 
15831
\def\rbrace{\delimiter"5267309 } \let\}=\rbrace
 
15832
\def\lbrace{\delimiter"4266308 } \let\{=\lbrace
 
15833
\def\rceil{\delimiter"5265307 }
 
15834
\def\lceil{\delimiter"4264306 }
 
15835
\def\rfloor{\delimiter"5263305 }
 
15836
\def\lfloor{\delimiter"4262304 }
 
15837
\def\arrowvert{\delimiter"26A33C } % arrow without arrowheads
 
15838
\def\Arrowvert{\delimiter"26B33D } % double arrow without arrowheads
 
15839
\def\bracevert{\delimiter"77C33E } % the vertical bar that extends braces
 
15840
\def\Vert{\delimiter"26B30D } \let\|=\Vert         How should these be treated?
 
15841
\def\vert{\delimiter"26A30C }                       "   "       "    "   "
 
15842
\def\uparrow{\delimiter"3222378 }
 
15843
\def\downarrow{\delimiter"3223379 }
 
15844
\def\updownarrow{\delimiter"326C33F }
 
15845
\def\Uparrow{\delimiter"322A37E }
 
15846
\def\Downarrow{\delimiter"322B37F }
 
15847
\def\Updownarrow{\delimiter"326D377 }
 
15848
\end{verbatim}
 
15849
 
 
15850
The comamnds \verb'\Configure{MathClass}{4}...'
 
15851
and \verb'\Configure{MathClass}{5}...'
 
15852
are for unmatched delimiters, and the comamnd
 
15853
\verb'\Configure{MathDelimiters}{(}{)}' is for matched ones.
 
15854
 
 
15855
 
 
15856
\<plain tex classes\><<<
 
15857
\Configure{MathClass}{4}{}{}{}{}
 
15858
\Configure{MathDelimiters}{(}{)}
 
15859
\Configure{MathDelimiters}{[}{]}
 
15860
\Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4262}{\mathchar"5263}
 
15861
\Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4264}{\mathchar"5265}
 
15862
\Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4266}{\mathchar"5267}
 
15863
\Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4268}{\mathchar"5269}
 
15864
\Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4300}{\mathchar"5301}
 
15865
\Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4302}{\mathchar"5303}
 
15866
\Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4304}{\mathchar"5305}
 
15867
\Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4306}{\mathchar"5307}
 
15868
\Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"4308}{\mathchar"5309} 
 
15869
\Configure{MathDelimiters}{\mathchar"430A}{\mathchar"530B}
 
15870
>>>
 
15871
 
 
15872
\begin{verbatim}
 
15873
\mathcode`\?="503F
 
15874
\end{verbatim}
 
15875
 
 
15876
 
 
15877
\subsection{6: Punctuation Marks}
 
15878
 
 
15879
\begin{verbatim}
 
15880
\mathchardef\ldotp="613A % ldot as a punctuation mark
 
15881
\mathchardef\cdotp="6201 % cdot as a punctuation mark
 
15882
\mathchardef\colon="603A % colon as a punctuation mark
 
15883
\mathcode`\;="603B
 
15884
\mathcode`\,="613B
 
15885
\end{verbatim}
 
15886
 
 
15887
 
 
15888
 
 
15889
\<plain tex classes\><<<
 
15890
\Configure{MathClass}{6}{}{}{}{
 
15891
\mathchar"613A 
 
15892
\mathchar"6201 
 
15893
\mathchar"603A 
 
15894
?; ,
 
15895
}
 
15896
>>>
 
15897
 
 
15898
 
 
15899
\subsection{Questions}
 
15900
 
 
15901
\begin{verbatim}
 
15902
\delcode`\<="26830A
 
15903
\delcode`\>="26930B
 
15904
\delcode`\|="26A30C
 
15905
\delcode`\\="26E30F
 
15906
 
 
15907
% N.B. { and } should NOT get delcodes; otherwise parameter grouping fails!
 
15908
 
 
15909
\def\mathhexbox#1#2#3{\leavevmode
 
15910
  \hbox{$\m@th \mathchar"#1#2#3$}}
 
15911
\def\dag{\mathhexbox279}
 
15912
\def\ddag{\mathhexbox27A}
 
15913
\def\S{\mathhexbox278}
 
15914
\def\P{\mathhexbox27B}
 
15915
\end{verbatim}
 
15916
 
 
15917
 
 
15918
\subsection{Type 4: Math Open}
 
15919
latex.ltx, fontmath.ltx, plain.tex
 
15920
 
 
15921
 
 
15922
 
 
15923
\section{fleqn.sty}
 
15924
 
 
15925
\<configure html4-math fleqn\><<<
 
15926
\Configure{equation}
 
15927
  {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
15928
           \HCode{<\tbl:XV{equation}><tr><td>}\IgnorePar
 
15929
   \Configure{$}{\PicMath}{\EndPicMath}{}%
 
15930
  }
 
15931
  {\IgnorePar\HCode{</td><td width="5\%">}}
 
15932
  {\end:TTT\IgnorePar\par}
 
15933
>>>
 
15934
\section{emulateapj.clo}
 
15935
 
 
15936
\<configure html4 emulateapj\><<<
 
15937
\Configure{slugcomment}
 
15938
   {\HCode{<div class="slugcomment">}}
 
15939
   {\HCode{</div>}}
 
15940
\Css{.slugcomment{text-align:center;font-size:80\%;
 
15941
                  font-style: italic;}}
 
15942
\Configure{subtitle}{\HCode{<div class="subtitle">}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
15943
\Configure{submitted}{}{\Tg<br\xml:empty>}
 
15944
\Configure{title}{\HCode{<h1 class="title">}}{\HCode{</h1>}}
 
15945
\Css{.title{text-align:center;}}
 
15946
\Configure{author}
 
15947
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="author">}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
15948
\Css{div.author{text-align:center;}}
 
15949
\Configure{affil}{\HCode{<div class="affil"><div>}}{\HCode{</div></div>}}
 
15950
\Css{.affil{text-align:center;}}
 
15951
\Css{.affil div{text-align:left;
 
15952
   margin-right:15pt;margin-left:15pt;}}
 
15953
\Configure{keywords}
 
15954
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="keywords"><div>}}
 
15955
   {\HCode{</div></div>}}
 
15956
\Css{.keywords{text-align:center;}}
 
15957
\Css{.keywords div{text-align:left; margin-right:15pt;margin-left:30pt;
 
15958
   text-indent:-15pt;}}
 
15959
\Configure{subjectheadings}
 
15960
   {\HCode{<div class="subjectheadings"><div>}}{\HCode{</div></div>}}
 
15961
\Css{.subjectheadings{text-align:center;}}
 
15962
\Css{.subjectheadings div{text-align:left;
 
15963
   margin-right:15pt;margin-left:15pt;}}
 
15964
 
 
15965
\Css{.abstract {margin-right:15pt;margin-left:15pt;}}
 
15966
\ConfigureMark{section}
 
15967
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth  \expandafter\:gobble
 
15968
    \else 
 
15969
       \HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\@seccntformat{section}%
 
15970
       \thesection\HCode{</span>}\fi}
 
15971
\Configure{section}{}{}
 
15972
   {\IgnorePar \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}
 
15973
    \TitleMark{. \space}}
 
15974
   {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent \par}
 
15975
\ConfigureEnv{references}
 
15976
  {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg<div class="references">}  
 
15977
  {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg</div>} {}{}
 
15978
\Css{.references p { margin: 0.35em; text-indent:-2em;margin-left:2em;}}
 
15979
>>>
 
15980
 
 
15981
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
15982
\section{vanilla}
 
15983
 
 
15984
\<configure html4 vanilla\><<<
 
15985
|<32 amsppt, 32,4 vanilla|>
 
15986
|<32,4 vanilla|>
 
15987
|<config vanilla.sty 4.0t|>
 
15988
>>>
 
15989
 
 
15990
 
 
15991
\<32,4 vanilla\><<<
 
15992
\Configure{matrix}
 
15993
   {\EndP\HCode{<center><table\Hnewline
 
15994
        border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15" class="matrix">}}
 
15995
   {\HCode{</table></center>}\IgnorePar}
 
15996
   {\HCode{<tr\Hnewline valign="top">}}{\HCode{</tr>}}
 
15997
   {\HCode{<td>}}   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
15998
\Configure{align}
 
15999
   {\EndP\HCode{<center><table\Hnewline
 
16000
        border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15" class="align">}}
 
16001
   {\HCode{</table></center>}\IgnorePar}
 
16002
   {\HCode{<tr\Hnewline valign="top">}}{\HCode{</tr>}}
 
16003
   {\HCode{<td>}}   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
16004
>>>
 
16005
\<config vanilla.sty 4.0t\><<<
 
16006
\Configure{heading}
 
16007
   {}{}{\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="heading">}}{\HCode{</h2>}}
 
16008
\ConfigureToc{heading}
 
16009
  {}{\HCode{<span class="heading">}}{}{\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
16010
\Configure{subheading}
 
16011
  {}{}{\EndP\HCode{<h3 class="subheading">}}{.\HCode{</h3>}}
 
16012
\ConfigureToc{subheading}
 
16013
  {}{\HCode{<span class="subheading">}}{}{\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
16014
\Configure{demo}
 
16015
    {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="demo"><span class="demo">}}
 
16016
    {\HCode{</span>}}    {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}}
 
16017
>>>
 
16018
 
 
16019
 
 
16020
\<config vanilla.sty 4.0t\><<<
 
16021
\Configure{aligned}
 
16022
   {\EndP\HCode{<center><table\Hnewline
 
16023
        border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="15" class="aligned">}}
 
16024
   {\HCode{</table></center>}\IgnorePar}
 
16025
   {\HCode{<tr\Hnewline valign="top">}}{\HCode{</tr>}}
 
16026
   {\HCode{<td>}}   {\HCode{</td>}}
 
16027
>>>
 
16028
 
 
16029
 
 
16030
 
 
16031
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
16032
\section{tugboat}
 
16033
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
16034
 
 
16035
 
 
16036
\<configure html4 tugboat\><<<
 
16037
\Configure{head}{}{} 
 
16038
   {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar 
 
16039
    \HCode{<h3 class="headHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff} 
 
16040
   {\HCode{</h3>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent \ShowPar \par} 
 
16041
\Configure{subhead}{}{} 
 
16042
   {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar 
 
16043
    \HCode{<h4 class="subheadHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff} 
 
16044
   {\HCode{</h4>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent \ShowPar \par} 
 
16045
\Configure{subsubhead}{}{} 
 
16046
   {\NoFonts \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar 
 
16047
    \HCode{<h5 class="subsubheadHead"\a:LRdir>}\HtmlParOff} 
 
16048
   {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \EndNoFonts \IgnoreIndent \ShowPar \par} 
 
16049
>>>
 
16050
 
 
16051
 
 
16052
\<configure html4 tugboat\><<<
 
16053
\Configure{figure}
 
16054
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="figure">}\par\ShowPar}  
 
16055
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par}  
 
16056
>>>
 
16057
 
 
16058
 
 
16059
\<configure html4 tugboat\><<<
 
16060
\Configure{verbatim}
 
16061
   {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}\EndP
 
16062
    \HCode{<div class="verbatim\:ruled">}\par\ShowPar}  
 
16063
   {{\everypar{}\leavevmode}\EndP \HCode{</div>}\par\ShowPar}  
 
16064
\Configure{verb}
 
16065
   {\HCode{<span class="verb">}}  
 
16066
   {\HCode{</span>}}  
 
16067
\Css{div.verbatim p, div.verbatim-ruled p {margin:0.2em}}
 
16068
\Css{div.verbatim-ruled { border-top: 1px solid black; 
 
16069
                          border-bottom: 1px solid black; }}
 
16070
>>>
 
16071
 
 
16072
 
 
16073
\<configure html4 tugboat\><<<
 
16074
\Configure{display-list}
 
16075
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="list"><!--cols: \the\@cols-->}\par\ShowPar}  
 
16076
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\par}  
 
16077
   {\HCode{<span class="listitem">}}
 
16078
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
16079
\Configure{inline-list}
 
16080
   {\HCode{<span class="list"><!--cols: \the\@cols-->}\par\ShowPar}  
 
16081
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</span>}\par}  
 
16082
   {\HCode{<span class="listitem">}}
 
16083
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
16084
\Css{div.list p span.listitem {text-indent:-3em; margin-right:1em;}} 
 
16085
\Css{div.list { margin-left:3em;}} 
 
16086
>>>
 
16087
 
 
16088
\<configure html4 tugboat\><<<
 
16089
\Configure{rtitle}
 
16090
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP  
 
16091
    \HCode{<div class="rtitle">}\IgnorePar}  
 
16092
   {\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar\par}
 
16093
\Configure{title} 
 
16094
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP 
 
16095
    \HCode{<h2 class="title">}\IgnorePar} 
 
16096
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\par} 
 
16097
\Configure{address} 
 
16098
   {\ifx\@addressstyle\@inlinestyle
 
16099
       \HCode{<span class="address">}%
 
16100
    \else
 
16101
       \ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP 
 
16102
       \HCode{<div class="address">}%
 
16103
    \fi } 
 
16104
   {\ifx\@addressstyle\@inlinestyle
 
16105
       \HCode{</span>}%
 
16106
    \else
 
16107
       \ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP 
 
16108
       \HCode{</div>}%
 
16109
    \fi } 
 
16110
\Configure{netaddress} 
 
16111
   {\HCode{<span class="netaddress">}} 
 
16112
   {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
16113
\Configure{author} 
 
16114
   {\HCode{<span class="author">}} 
 
16115
   {\HCode{</span>}} 
 
16116
\Configure{authorlist}
 
16117
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP 
 
16118
    \HCode{<div class="authorlist">}\IgnorePar} 
 
16119
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi  \EndP 
 
16120
    \HCode{</div>}\IgnoreIndent\par\ShowPar}    
 
16121
\Css{div.authorlist {margin-left:2em;}}
 
16122
|<tugboat cmn|>
 
16123
>>>
 
16124
 
 
16125
\<tugboat cmn\><<<
 
16126
\Configure{signature}
 
16127
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
16128
    \HCode{<div class="signature">}\par\ShowPar}  
 
16129
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}\ShowPar\par}  
 
16130
\Css{div.signature p{ margin-top:0.3em; margin-bottom:0.3em;}}
 
16131
\Css{div.signature { white-space:nowrap; margin-left:70\%;  }}
 
16132
\Configure{signaturemark}
 
16133
   {\HCode{<span class="signaturemark">} }  
 
16134
   {\HCode{</span>}}  
 
16135
\Css{span.signaturemark {margin-top:1.5em;}}
 
16136
>>>
 
16137
 
 
16138
 
 
16139
 
 
16140
\<tugboat cmn\><<<
 
16141
\Configure{issno}
 
16142
   {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="issno">}}}
 
16143
   {\hbox{\HCode{</span>}}}
 
16144
\Configure{volyr}
 
16145
   {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="volyr">}}}
 
16146
   {\hbox{\HCode{</span>}}}
 
16147
\Configure{volno}
 
16148
   {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="volno">}}}
 
16149
   {\hbox{\HCode{</span>}}}
 
16150
>>>
 
16151
 
 
16152
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
16153
\section{ltug boat/proc}
 
16154
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
16155
 
 
16156
\<configure html4 ltugboat\><<<
 
16157
|<quote 4|>
 
16158
\ConfigureEnv{verbatim}
 
16159
   {\par}{|<try inline par|>}{}{}
 
16160
\Configure{author}
 
16161
   {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="author">}}}
 
16162
   {\hbox{\HCode{</span>}}}
 
16163
\Configure{address}
 
16164
   {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="address">}}}
 
16165
   {\hbox{\HCode{</span>}}}
 
16166
\Configure{netaddress}
 
16167
   {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="netaddress">}}}
 
16168
   {\hbox{\HCode{</span>}}}
 
16169
\Configure{PersonalURL}
 
16170
   {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="PersonalURL">}}}
 
16171
   {\hbox{\HCode{</span>}}}
 
16172
\Configure{signaturemark}
 
16173
   {\hbox{\HCode{<span class="signaturemark">}}}
 
16174
   {\hbox{\HCode{</span> }}}
 
16175
>>>
 
16176
 
 
16177
 
 
16178
\<configure html4 ltugboat\><<<
 
16179
\Configure{makesignature}
 
16180
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP
 
16181
    \HCode{<div class="makesignature">}%
 
16182
    \bgroup     \Configure{HtmlPar}{}{}{}{}%
 
16183
       \Configure{rightline}{}{}%
 
16184
       \IgnorePar
 
16185
   }
 
16186
   {\egroup \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
16187
\Configure{signature}
 
16188
   {\def\||{\HCode{<br />}}%
 
16189
    \Configure{HtmlPar}
 
16190
       {}{\HCode{<br />}}
 
16191
       {}{\HCode{}}%
 
16192
   }
 
16193
\Css{.makesignature{margin-left:60\%; white-space: nowrap;}}
 
16194
>>>
 
16195
 
 
16196
 
 
16197
 
 
16198
 
 
16199
\<configure html4 ltugboat\><<<
 
16200
|<tug boat maketitle|>
 
16201
\Configure{titlex}
 
16202
   {\HCode{<div class="titlex">}}
 
16203
   {\HCode{</div>}}
 
16204
\Css{div.titlex p{margin-bottom:1em;}}
 
16205
|<ltugboat congig|>
 
16206
>>>
 
16207
 
 
16208
 
 
16209
\<ltugboat congig\><<<
 
16210
\Configure{sectitle}
 
16211
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi 
 
16212
    \EndP \HCode{<div class="sectitle">}%
 
16213
    \SaveEndP\bgroup\everypar{}}
 
16214
   {\egroup\RecallEndP \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
16215
>>>
 
16216
 
 
16217
 
 
16218
\<configure html4 ltugproc\><<<
 
16219
|<tug proc maketitle|>
 
16220
\ConfigureEnv{abstract}
 
16221
   {}{} {}{}
 
16222
\Configure{abstract}
 
16223
   {\bgroup
 
16224
    \HCode{<div class="abstract">}\IgnoreIndent\par}
 
16225
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}\egroup}
 
16226
\Css{div.abstract {margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; 
 
16227
                   text-align:left;}}
 
16228
\Css{div.maketitle div.centerline {margin-top:1em;}}
 
16229
>>>
 
16230
 
 
16231
\<configure html4 ltugproc\><<<
 
16232
\Configure{abstractHead}
 
16233
   {\bgroup
 
16234
      \Configure{centerline}{}{}
 
16235
      \NoFonts
 
16236
      \ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{<h3>}%
 
16237
   }
 
16238
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP \HCode{</h3>}%
 
16239
    \EndNoFonts \egroup}
 
16240
>>>
 
16241
 
 
16242
 
 
16243
 
 
16244
 
 
16245
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
16246
\section{tex4ht}
 
16247
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
16248
 
 
16249
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16250
|<config tex4ht|>
 
16251
|<title for hypertext page|>
 
16252
|<tex4ht doctype|>
 
16253
>>>
 
16254
   
 
16255
 
 
16256
\<config tex4ht\><<<
 
16257
\:CheckOption{NoFonts} \if:Option
 
16258
   \NoFonts
 
16259
\else
 
16260
   \Log:Note{to ignore CSS font decoration, use the `NoFonts'
 
16261
       command line option}
 
16262
\fi
 
16263
>>>
 
16264
 
 
16265
 
 
16266
 
 
16267
\<config tex4ht\><<<
 
16268
\Configure{HVerbatim+}{\z@}{\:nbsp}
 
16269
\:CheckOption{jpg} \if:Option
 
16270
   \Configure{Picture}{.jpg}  
 
16271
\else
 
16272
   \Log:Note{for jpg bitmaps, use the `jpg'
 
16273
       command line option}
 
16274
\fi
 
16275
\:CheckOption{gif} \if:Option 
 
16276
   \Configure{Picture}{.gif}  
 
16277
\else
 
16278
   \Log:Note{for gif bitmaps, use the `gif'
 
16279
       command line option}
 
16280
\fi
 
16281
>>>
 
16282
 
 
16283
 
 
16284
 
 
16285
 
 
16286
 
 
16287
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16288
|<tex4ht HTML|>
 
16289
>>>
 
16290
 
 
16291
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16292
\newif\ifHCond
 
16293
|<global HtmlPar|>
 
16294
\Css{p.noindent { text-indent: 0em }}
 
16295
\Css{p.nopar { text-indent: 0em; }}
 
16296
\Css{p.indent{ text-indent: 1.5em }}
 
16297
\NewConfigure{!P}[1]{\expandafter\concat:config\csname a:!P\endcsname{#1}}
 
16298
\expandafter\let\csname a:!P\endcsname|=\relax
 
16299
\Configure{!P}{}
 
16300
>>>
 
16301
 
 
16302
\<global HtmlPar\><<<
 
16303
\Configure{HtmlPar}
 
16304
  {\EndP\HCode{|<show input line no|><p \csname a:!P\endcsname
 
16305
         class="no\ifHCond par\else indent\fi">}}
 
16306
  {\EndP\HCode{|<show input line no|><p \csname a:!P\endcsname
 
16307
        class="\ifdim \parindent=\z@ no\fi indent">}}
 
16308
  {\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}}
 
16309
  {\:xhtml{\Tg</p>}}%
 
16310
>>>
 
16311
 
 
16312
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16313
\NewConfigure{!BODY}[1]{\expandafter\concat:config
 
16314
  \csname a:!BODY\endcsname{#1}}
 
16315
\expandafter\let\csname a:!BODY\endcsname|=\relax
 
16316
\Configure{!BODY}{}
 
16317
>>>
 
16318
 
 
16319
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16320
\NewConfigure{LRdir}[1]{\concat:config\a:LRdir{#1}}
 
16321
\let\a:LRdir|=\relax
 
16322
\Configure{LRdir}{}
 
16323
>>>
 
16324
 
 
16325
 
 
16326
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16327
\Configure{crosslinks+}
 
16328
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{|<show input line no|>%
 
16329
                          <div class="crosslinks"><p class="noindent">}}
 
16330
   {\HCode{</p></div>}\par\ShowPar}
 
16331
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{|<show input line no|>%
 
16332
                          <div class="crosslinks"><p class="noindent">}}
 
16333
   {\HCode{</p></div>}\par\ShowPar}
 
16334
\Css{@media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}}
 
16335
 
 
16336
\Configure{halignTR} 
 
16337
   {\HCode{ valign="baseline"}}
 
16338
\Configure{halignTBL} 
 
16339
% %   {t}{\HCode{ valign="top"}}
 
16340
% %   {b}{\HCode{ valign="baseline"}}
 
16341
% %   {c}{\HCode{ valign="middle"}}
 
16342
    {}
 
16343
 
 
16344
\Configure{halign}
 
16345
   {\EndP\halignTB{halign}}   {\HCode{</table>}}
 
16346
   \R:HA\r:HA\D:HA\d:HA
 
16347
\Configure{pic-halign}{}
 
16348
>>>
 
16349
 
 
16350
The following should be just under LaTeX.
 
16351
 
 
16352
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16353
\Configure{halignTD} {}{}
 
16354
   {<}{\HCode{ style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;"}}
 
16355
   {-}{\HCode{ style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;"}}
 
16356
   {>}{\HCode{ style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:right;"}}
 
16357
   {^}{\HCode{ valign="top" style="white-space:nowrap;"}}
 
16358
   {=}{\HCode{ valign="baseline" style="white-space:nowrap;"}}
 
16359
   {||}{\HCode{ valign="middle" style="white-space:nowrap;"}}
 
16360
   {_}{\HCode{ valign="bottom" style="white-space:nowrap;"}}
 
16361
   {p}{\HCode{ style="text-align:left;"}\Protect\a:HColWidth}
 
16362
   {m}{\HCode{ style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" valign="middle"}}
 
16363
   {b}{\HCode{ style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" valign="baseline"}}
 
16364
   {}
 
16365
\NewConfigure{HColWidth}{1}
 
16366
\Configure{HColWidth}{}
 
16367
>>>
 
16368
 
 
16369
 
 
16370
The following code allows width specifications of p-columns of tables
 
16371
through the command line option `p-width'.
 
16372
 
 
16373
The command line option activates a configuration similar to the
 
16374
following ones.
 
16375
 
 
16376
   \Configure{HColWidth}
 
16377
      {\HCode{ style="width:\HColWidth"}}
 
16378
 
 
16379
   \Configure{HColWidth}
 
16380
      {\HCode{ style="width:
 
16381
                      \ifnum \HCol=1 160\fi
 
16382
                      \ifnum \HCol=3 500\fi
 
16383
       "}}
 
16384
 
 
16385
Try the above examples with the following source under different font
 
16386
sizes in the browser.
 
16387
 
 
16388
   \begin{tabular}{p{2cm}cp{3cm}}
 
16389
   1 2 3 1 2 3 & x & 1 2 3 1 2 3
 
16390
   \end{tabular}
 
16391
 
 
16392
The configuration provided through the command line option `p-width'
 
16393
takes to some degree into account the size of fonts in use within the
 
16394
HTML displays.  Yet, not all browsers react properly to the size
 
16395
changes.
 
16396
 
 
16397
 
 
16398
 
 
16399
 
 
16400
 
 
16401
\<configure html4 latex\><<<
 
16402
\:CheckOption{p-width} \if:Option 
 
16403
  |<10 em constant|>
 
16404
  \Configure{HColWidth}
 
16405
     {\tmp:dim=\HColWidth \divide\tmp:dim by \ten:Em\relax
 
16406
      \tmp:dim=10\tmp:dim
 
16407
      \HCode{ style="width:\expandafter\x:Em \the\tmp:dim em;"}}
 
16408
\else
 
16409
   \Log:Note{for width specifications of tabular p entries, use
 
16410
       the `p-width' command line option or a configuration similar
 
16411
       to \string\Configure{HColWidth}{\string\HCode
 
16412
       { style="width:\string\HColWidth"}}}
 
16413
\fi
 
16414
>>>
 
16415
 
 
16416
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16417
|<img src dir|>
 
16418
\Configure{IMG}
 
16419
  {\ht:special{t4ht=<img\Hnewline src="|<a:imgdir|> }}
 
16420
  {\ht:special{t4ht=" alt="}}
 
16421
  {" }
 
16422
  {\ht:special{t4ht=" }}
 
16423
  {\ht:special{t4ht=\xml:empty>}}
 
16424
\Css{a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }}
 
16425
>>>
 
16426
 
 
16427
 
 
16428
 
 
16429
 
 
16430
A change from the \verb'-' in the \verb'%' patterns of c to, say \verb'@',
 
16431
requires a \verb'Font_hyphen: @' in the \verb'.lg' file for a match in the
 
16432
css output of t4ht.
 
16433
 
 
16434
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16435
\Configure{htf}{0}{+}{<span\Hnewline
 
16436
   class="}{\%s}{-\%s}{x-x-\%d}{}{">}{</span>}
 
16437
|<img src dir|>
 
16438
\Configure{htf}{1}{+}{<img\Hnewline
 
16439
   src="|<a:imgdir|> }{" alt="}{" class="}{\%s}{-\%d}{x-x-\%x}{" />}
 
16440
\Configure{htf}{3}{+}{<img\Hnewline
 
16441
   src="|<a:imgdir|> }{" alt="}{" class="\%s-}{\%s}{-\%d}{x-x-\%x}%
 
16442
   {" align="middle" />}
 
16443
>>>
 
16444
 
 
16445
 
 
16446
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16447
\Configure{htf}{4}{+}{<span\Hnewline
 
16448
   class="}{}{}{}{}{small-caps">}{</span>}
 
16449
\Configure{htf}{6}{+}{<u\Hnewline
 
16450
   class="}{}{}{}{}{underline">}{</u>}
 
16451
>>>
 
16452
 
 
16453
% \Configure{htf}{4}{+}{<span\Hnewline                               
 
16454
%    class="}{}{}{}{}{small-caps">}{</span>}
 
16455
% \Configure{htf}{6}{+}{<span\Hnewline                               
 
16456
%    class="}{}{}{}{}{underline">}{</span>}
 
16457
 
 
16458
 
 
16459
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16460
\Configure{htf}{8}{+}
 
16461
   {<sup class="htf"><strong>}{}{}{}{}{}{</strong></sup>}
 
16462
\Configure{htf}{10}{+}
 
16463
   {<span class="htf-cmbx">}{}{}{}{}{}{</span>}
 
16464
\Configure{htf}{12}{+}
 
16465
   {<span\Hnewline class="htf-calligraphy">}{}{}{}{}{}{</span>}
 
16466
\Configure{htf}{14}{+}
 
16467
   {<span\Hnewline class="htf-italic">}{}{}{}{}{}{</span>}
 
16468
\Configure{htf}{16}{+}
 
16469
   {<span\Hnewline class="htf-bold">}{}{}{}{}{}{</span>}
 
16470
\Configure{htf}{18}{+}
 
16471
   {<span\Hnewline class="htf-calligraphy-bold">}{}{}{}{}{}{</span>}
 
16472
\Configure{htf}{20}{+}
 
16473
   {<span\Hnewline class="htf-flip-hor">}{}{}{}{}{}{</span>}
 
16474
\Configure{htf-css}{4}{.small-caps{font-variant: small-caps; }}  
 
16475
\Configure{htf-css}{10}{.htf-cmbx {font-weight: bold; font-style:normal;}}
 
16476
\Configure{htf-css}{12}{.htf-calligraphy {font-family:cursive}}   
 
16477
\Configure{htf-css}{14}{.htf-italic {font-style: italic;}}
 
16478
\Configure{htf-css}{16}{.htf-bold {font-weight: bold;}}   
 
16479
\Configure{htf-css}{12}{.htf-calligraphy-bold {font-family:cursive ; 
 
16480
   font-weight: bold; }}   
 
16481
>>>
 
16482
 
 
16483
 
 
16484
 
 
16485
\verb'\Configure{htf}{0}{+}{<!--span  class="}{\%s}{-\%s}{--\%d}{}{"-->}{<!--/span-->}' caused netscape to
 
16486
loose spaces between comments.
 
16487
 
 
16488
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16489
\Configure{@Picture}{\:class}
 
16490
\def\:class#1{ class="#1"
 
16491
       \expandafter\ifx\csname a:@#1\endcsname\relax\else
 
16492
       \csname a:@#1\endcsname\fi}
 
16493
>>>
 
16494
 
 
16495
\<contribute to picmath of 4.0t\><<<
 
16496
\NewConfigure{@neq}{1}
 
16497
\Configure{@neq}{align="middle"}
 
16498
\NewConfigure{@buildrelover}{1}
 
16499
\Configure{@buildrelover}{align="middle"}
 
16500
\NewConfigure{@doteq}{1}
 
16501
\Configure{@doteq}{align="middle"}
 
16502
\NewConfigure{@underbrace}{1}
 
16503
\NewConfigure{@frac}{1}
 
16504
\Configure{@frac}{align="middle"}
 
16505
\NewConfigure{@left}{1}
 
16506
\Configure{@left}{align="middle"}
 
16507
>>>
 
16508
 
 
16509
 
 
16510
 
 
16511
 
 
16512
 
 
16513
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16514
\Css{center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }}
 
16515
\Css{td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }}
 
16516
>>>
 
16517
 
 
16518
\<configure html4 tex4ht\><<<
 
16519
\NewConfigure{Canvas}[4]{\ht:special{t4ht"%
 
16520
   *<span\Hnewline class="Canvas">%
 
16521
   *X<span style="position:relative;\Hnewline
 
16522
     width:\%.2f#4;"></span></span>%
 
16523
   **<span\Hnewline style="position:absolute; left:\%.2f#4;
 
16524
     top:\%.2f#4;"\Hnewline class="Canvas-xy"><span\Hnewline
 
16525
     class="Canvas-char">%
 
16526
   *</span></span>%
 
16527
   *<span class="Canvas-HR"\Hnewline style="position:absolute;
 
16528
     left:\%.2f#4;top:\%.2f#4;width:\%.2f#4;"
 
16529
     ><hr\Hnewline style="height:\%.2f#4;"></span>%
 
16530
   *#1*#2*#1*#2*#3}}
 
16531
\Configure{Canvas}{0.00000290646}{0.0}{0.5}{ex}
 
16532
\Css{.Canvas { position:relative; }}
 
16533
>>>
 
16534
 
 
16535
 
 
16536
 
 
16537
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
16538
\subsection{Subdirectories for Images}
 
16539
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
16540
 
 
16541
 
 
16542
\<a:imgdir\><<<
 
16543
\a:imgdir >>>
 
16544
 
 
16545
\<img src dir\><<<
 
16546
\ifx \a:imgdir\:UnDef
 
16547
   \let\a:imgdir=\empty
 
16548
   \catcode`\:=12
 
16549
      \expandafter
 
16550
      \def\csname :temp\endcsname#1imgdir:#2,#3|<par del|>{%
 
16551
         \if !#2!\else \expandafter
 
16552
                          \def\csname a:imgdir\endcsname{#2}\fi}
 
16553
      \expandafter\csname :temp\expandafter\endcsname
 
16554
         \Preamble ,imgdir:,|<par del|>%
 
16555
   \catcode`\:=11
 
16556
   \Log:Note{for addressing images in
 
16557
       a subdirectory,  use the command line option `imgdir:.../'}
 
16558
\fi
 
16559
>>>
 
16560
 
 
16561
A = instead of \verb+->+ works well on Windows NT but unfortunately
 
16562
 there's a problem with Windows 98. This OS insists on seeing = as a
 
16563
 delimiter and reports an error.
 
16564
 
 
16565
 
 
16566
 
 
16567
\<configure html4 tex4ht2\><<<
 
16568
\ifx \a:imgdir\empty\else
 
16569
   \let\GIF:NAME=\gif:name
 
16570
   \def\gif:name#1{%
 
16571
     \let\:temp=\GIF:NAME
 
16572
     \ifx \gif:nm\cond:imgs
 
16573
        \def\:next{\edef\:tempa{#1}\expandafter\I:images \:tempa/....}%
 
16574
     \else
 
16575
        \def\:next{\GIF:NAME{#1}}%
 
16576
      \fi \:next}
 
16577
 
 
16578
   \def\cond:imgs{\edef\gif:nm}
 
16579
 
 
16580
   \def\I:images#1/#2....{%
 
16581
      \edef\:next{\noexpand\:temp{\:tempa}}%
 
16582
      \if .#2.\else \edef\:next{\noexpand\no:images{\:tempa}}\fi
 
16583
      \:next}
 
16584
   \def\no:images#1{\let\a:imgdir=\empty \:temp{#1}}
 
16585
\fi
 
16586
>>>
 
16587
 
 
16588
Test file:
 
16589
 
 
16590
\begin{verbatim}
 
16591
\documentclass{article}
 
16592
\begin{document}
 
16593
\Picture{xx.png}
 
16594
\Picture{http://wwww.foo.goo/xx.png}
 
16595
 
 
16596
With image: $\left( x_{n}\right) \alpha_m$.
 
16597
 
 
16598
\end{document}
 
16599
\end{verbatim}
 
16600
 
 
16601
 
 
16602
 
 
16603
 
 
16604
 
 
16605
 
 
16606
 
 
16607
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
16608
\section{th4}
 
16609
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
16610
 
 
16611
\<configure html4 th4\><<<
 
16612
|<th4 for non-private use|>
 
16613
\:CheckOption{th4}\if:Option \else \expandafter\endinput\fi
 
16614
|<th4 sections|>
 
16615
|<th4 tocs|>
 
16616
|<th4 lists|>
 
16617
|<th4 tables|>
 
16618
|<th4 verbatim|>
 
16619
|<th4 columns|>
 
16620
|<th4 index|>
 
16621
>>>
 
16622
 
 
16623
 
 
16624
\<th4 for non-private use\><<<
 
16625
\:CheckOption{javascript}
 
16626
   \if:Option  \else\:CheckOption{th4}\fi
 
16627
\if:Option 
 
16628
   \Configure{JavaScript}
 
16629
      {\HCode{<script type="text/JavaScript" ><!--\Hnewline}}
 
16630
      {\HCode{//-->\Hnewline </script>}}
 
16631
\fi
 
16632
>>>
 
16633
 
 
16634
 
 
16635
\<th4 for non-private use\><<<
 
16636
\:CheckOption{draw} \if:Option \:CheckOption{th4} \if:Option 
 
16637
   \Configure{Fig}
 
16638
      {\ifx \AltFig\empty \Picture*{ \a:@Picture{Fig}}%
 
16639
       \else              \Picture*[\AltFig]{ \a:@Picture{Fig}}\fi} 
 
16640
      {\EndPicture}
 
16641
\fi \fi
 
16642
>>>
 
16643
 
 
16644
 
 
16645
\<th4 columns\><<<
 
16646
\Configure{Columns}
 
16647
  {\IgnorePar\EndP
 
16648
      \HCode{<table \Hnewline cellspacing="15"><tr valign="top">}}
 
16649
  {\HCode{</tr></table>}}
 
16650
  {\HCode{<td>}\ColMag{1.03}}
 
16651
  {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</td>}}
 
16652
>>>
 
16653
 
 
16654
\<th4 index\><<<
 
16655
\:CheckOption{index}\if:Option 
 
16656
   \Configure{index}
 
16657
     {\bgroup
 
16658
         \Configure{Columns}
 
16659
           {\IgnorePar\EndP
 
16660
               \HCode{<table \Hnewline class="index" width="100\%"
 
16661
                           cellspacing="15"><tr valign="top">}}
 
16662
           {\HCode{</tr></table>}}
 
16663
           {\HCode{<td>}\ColMag{1.1}}
 
16664
           {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</td>}}
 
16665
        \Columns{2}\IndexFonts} 
 
16666
     {\EndColumns \egroup}
 
16667
     {\bgroup\IgnorePar\EndP
 
16668
         \expandafter\ifx \csname prev:A\endcsname\relax
 
16669
            \else \hfil\break \Tg<br />\par\IgnorePar \fi \IndexSec}
 
16670
     {\egroup~~~~}
 
16671
     {\bgroup\hfil\break\Tg<br />~~~}{\egroup~~~~}
 
16672
     {~}{}
 
16673
   \def\Idx:ch{0}
 
16674
   \def\IndexSec#1{%
 
16675
      \tmp:cnt=`#1\relax
 
16676
      \ifnum \tmp:cnt>`Z\advance\tmp:cnt by -32 \fi
 
16677
      \ifnum \tmp:cnt<`A\else \ifnum \tmp:cnt>`Z \else
 
16678
          \ifnum \Idx:ch<\tmp:cnt
 
16679
          \bgroup
 
16680
            \Configure{centerline}
 
16681
               {\HCode{<div\Hnewline class="IndexSec">}}{\HCode{</div>}}
 
16682
             \leftline{\bf \char\tmp:cnt }%
 
16683
             \global\let\prev:A|=\:UnDef
 
16684
             \xdef\Idx:ch{\the\tmp:cnt}%
 
16685
          \egroup
 
16686
          \fi
 
16687
      \fi \fi #1%
 
16688
   }
 
16689
   \Css{.IndexSec {margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0.5em;}}
 
16690
\fi
 
16691
>>>
 
16692
 
 
16693
 
 
16694
\<th4 sections\><<< 
 
16695
\Configure{Part}{}{}{%
 
16696
  \html:rightskip
 
16697
  \bgroup
 
16698
     \html:rightskip  \ht:everypar{} 
 
16699
     \IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h1 class="PartHead">}\HtmlParOff}
 
16700
  {\HCode{</h1>}\HtmlParOn\IgnoreIndent \egroup\par\ShowPar   \IgnoreIndent}
 
16701
\Configure{LikeSection}{}{}
 
16702
  {\IgnorePar  \EndP\HCode{<h3 class="LikeSectionHead">}}
 
16703
  {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent
 
16704
    |<addr for Tag and Ref of Sec|>%
 
16705
    \par \IgnoreIndent
 
16706
  }
 
16707
\ConfigureMark{Section}
 
16708
  {\theSection}
 
16709
\Configure{Section}
 
16710
  {}{}
 
16711
  {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h3 class="SectionHead">}%
 
16712
   \gHAdvance\SectionCounter |by 1 \TitleMark\space
 
16713
  }{\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent
 
16714
     |<addr for Tag and Ref of Sec|>%
 
16715
     \par \IgnoreIndent
 
16716
  }
 
16717
\Configure{SubSection}
 
16718
  {}{}
 
16719
  {\par \IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h3 class="SubSectionHead">}}
 
16720
  {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent \ShowPar}
 
16721
>>>
 
16722
 
 
16723
 
 
16724
 
 
16725
\<th4 sections\><<<
 
16726
\ConfigureMark{Chapter}
 
16727
   {Chapter  \theChapterCounter}
 
16728
\Configure{Chapter}
 
16729
   {}{}   
 
16730
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="ChapterHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
16731
      \TitleMark{\HCode{<br />}}}
 
16732
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\IgnorePar}
 
16733
\ConfigureMark{Appendix}{Appendix  \theChapterCounter}
 
16734
\Configure{Appendix}
 
16735
   {}{}   
 
16736
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="AppendixHead"\a:LRdir>}%
 
16737
         \TitleMark {\HCode{<br />}}}
 
16738
   {\HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\IgnorePar}
 
16739
\Configure{LikeChapter}
 
16740
   {}{}   
 
16741
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<h2 class="LikeChapterHead"\a:LRdir>}\noindent
 
16742
     \bgroup \def\uppercase##1{##1}}
 
16743
   {\egroup \HCode{</h2>}\IgnoreIndent\IgnorePar }
 
16744
>>>
 
16745
 
 
16746
\<th4 sections\><<< 
 
16747
\Configure{+CutAt}{Chapter}{[}{] }
 
16748
\Configure{+CutAt}{Section}{[}{] }
 
16749
\Configure{+CutAt}{LikeSection}{[}{] }
 
16750
\Configure{+CutAt}{SubSection}{[}{] }
 
16751
>>>
 
16752
 
 
16753
 
 
16754
\<th4 tocs\><<< 
 
16755
\ConfigureToc{Chapter}
 
16756
  {\HCode{<span class="ChapterToc">}}
 
16757
  {~}
 
16758
  {}
 
16759
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
16760
\ConfigureToc{Section}
 
16761
  {\HCode{<span class="SectionToc">}~~~}
 
16762
  {~}
 
16763
  {}
 
16764
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
16765
\ConfigureToc{LikeSection}
 
16766
  {}
 
16767
  {\HCode{<span class="LikeSectionToc">}~~~}
 
16768
  {}
 
16769
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
16770
\ConfigureToc{SubSection}
 
16771
  {}
 
16772
  {\HCode{<span class="SubSectionToc">}~~~~~~}
 
16773
  {}
 
16774
  {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}
 
16775
>>>
 
16776
 
 
16777
 
 
16778
\<th4 verbatim\><<<
 
16779
\Configure{Verbatim}
 
16780
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi
 
16781
    \HAssign\Verb:N = 0
 
16782
    \EndP\HCode{<div class="Verbatim">}}
 
16783
   {\IgnorePar\HCode{</div>}\par\ShowPar}
 
16784
   {\HAdvance\Verb:N by 1 \ifnum \Verb:N>1 \HCode{<br />}\fi}
 
16785
   {\:nbsp}
 
16786
\Css{div.Verbatim { font-family: monospace; white-space: nowrap; }}  
 
16787
\Css{body .Verbatim { margin: 1em; }}
 
16788
>>>
 
16789
 
 
16790
\<th4 lists\><<<
 
16791
\Configure{buttonList+}
 
16792
    {\ifnum \ListCounter>1 \IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<hr\xml:empty>}\fi
 
16793
     \ShowPar\par\IgnoreIndent
 
16794
    }
 
16795
    {. #1\ShowPar} {\IgnorePar\EndP}  {\ListCounter}
 
16796
>>>
 
16797
 
 
16798
\<th4 lists\><<<
 
16799
\Configure{UList}
 
16800
  {\IgnorePar\EndP\def\:tempB{disc}%
 
16801
   \ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else \def\:tempB{square}\fi
 
16802
   \ifx\:tempA\:tempB \else \def\:tempB{circle}\fi
 
16803
   \hbox{\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<ul
 
16804
   \ifx\:tempA\:tempB type="\:tempA" \fi \:UL:>}}}
 
16805
  {\ht:everypar{}\EndP\HCode{</li></ul>}\ShowPar\par}
 
16806
  {\ifnum \ListCounter>1  \EndP\HCode{</li>}\fi \hfil\break \HCode{<li>}}
 
16807
\Configure{OList}
 
16808
  {\IgnorePar\EndP\hbox{\HCode{<ol 
 
16809
   \ifx \:temp\empty \else  type="\:temp" \fi 
 
16810
   \:OL:>}}}
 
16811
  {\ht:everypar{}\EndP
 
16812
   \HCode{\ifnum \ListCounter=0<li>\fi </li></ol>}\ShowPar\par}
 
16813
  {\ifnum \ListCounter>1  \EndP\HCode{</li>}\fi \hfil\break \HCode{<li>}}
 
16814
>>>
 
16815
 
 
16816
 
 
16817
\<th4 lists\><<< 
 
16818
\Configure{Item}{}{\par}%
 
16819
\Configure{DList}
 
16820
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<dl \:DL:>}}
 
16821
   {\ht:everypar{}\EndP\HCode{\End:dd</dl>}%
 
16822
    \ShowPar\par }
 
16823
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\ifnum \ListCounter>1  \HCode{</dd>}\fi
 
16824
    \HCode{<dt>}}
 
16825
   {\HCode{</dt><dd>}\ShowPar \def\End:dd{</dd>}\hfil\break}
 
16826
\Configure{buttonList}{}{}
 
16827
  {}{.\ #1 }{\ListCounter}
 
16828
>>>
 
16829
 
 
16830
 
 
16831
 
 
16832
\<th4 tables\><<< 
 
16833
\HAssign\TableNo=0
 
16834
\Configure{HTable}
 
16835
  {\gHAdvance\TableNo by 1
 
16836
   \ht:everypar{}\EndP\HCode{<table id="TBL-\TableNo"
 
16837
       \Hnewline\TABLE:\:HTable:>}%
 
16838
       \def\BR{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}}
 
16839
  {\HCode{</table>}}
 
16840
  {\HCode{<tr \:TR>}}{\HCode{</tr>}}
 
16841
  {\ht:everypar{}\HCode{<\TD:typ\TD:more\Hnewline>}}
 
16842
  {\ht:everypar{}\HCode{</\TD:typ>}}
 
16843
\let\:HTable:|=\empty
 
16844
\Configure{HTable+}
 
16845
   {B}{ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3pt" frame="border" border="1" }
 
16846
   {<}{ align="left" }
 
16847
   {>}{ align="right" }
 
16848
   {-}{ align="center" }
 
16849
   {^}{ valign="top" }
 
16850
   {||}{ valign="middle" }
 
16851
   {_}{ valign="bottom" }
 
16852
   {=}{ valign="baseline" }
 
16853
   {}{}
 
16854
>>>
 
16855
 
 
16856
 
 
16857
 
 
16858
 
 
16859
 
 
16860
 
 
16861
 
 
16862
 
 
16863
 
 
16864
 
 
16865
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
16866
\section{nicefrac}
 
16867
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
16868
 
 
16869
\<configure html4 nicefrac\><<<
 
16870
\Configure{nicefrac}
 
16871
  {\HCode{<sup class="nicefrac">}}
 
16872
  {\HCode{</sup>}/\HCode{<sub class="nicefrac">}}
 
16873
  {\HCode{</sub>}}
 
16874
>>>
 
16875
 
 
16876
 
 
16877
\<configure html4 bibtopic\><<<
 
16878
\ConfigureEnv{btSect}
 
16879
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{<div class="btSect">}} 
 
16880
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\HCode{</div>}} 
 
16881
   {}{}
 
16882
>>>
 
16883
 
 
16884
 
 
16885
 
 
16886
 
 
16887
 
 
16888
 
 
16889
 
 
16890
 
 
16891
\section{ntheorem}
 
16892
 
 
16893
\<configure html4 ntheorem\><<<
 
16894
|<32,4 ntheorem|>
 
16895
>>>
 
16896
 
 
16897
\<32,4 ntheorem\><<<
 
16898
\ConfigureEnv{Anmerkung}
 
16899
   {\HCode{<div class="Anmerkung">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16900
\ConfigureEnv{Beispiel}
 
16901
   {\HCode{<div class="Beispiel">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16902
\ConfigureEnv{Bemerkung}
 
16903
   {\HCode{<div class="Bemerkung">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16904
\ConfigureEnv{Beweis}
 
16905
   {\HCode{<div class="Beweis">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16906
\ConfigureEnv{Corollary}
 
16907
   {\HCode{<div class="Corollary">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16908
\ConfigureEnv{Definition}
 
16909
   {\HCode{<div class="Definition">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16910
\ConfigureEnv{Example}
 
16911
   {\HCode{<div class="Example">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16912
\ConfigureEnv{Korollar}
 
16913
   {\HCode{<div class="Korollar">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16914
\ConfigureEnv{Lemma}
 
16915
   {\HCode{<div class="Lemma">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16916
\ConfigureEnv{Proof}
 
16917
   {\HCode{<div class="Proof">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16918
\ConfigureEnv{Proposition}
 
16919
   {\HCode{<div class="Proposition">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16920
\ConfigureEnv{Remark}
 
16921
   {\HCode{<div class="Remark">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16922
\ConfigureEnv{Satz}
 
16923
   {\HCode{<div class="Satz">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16924
\ConfigureEnv{Theorem}
 
16925
   {\HCode{<div class="Theorem">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16926
\ConfigureEnv{anmerkung}
 
16927
   {\HCode{<div class="anmerkung">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16928
\ConfigureEnv{beispiel}
 
16929
   {\HCode{<div class="beispiel">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16930
\ConfigureEnv{bemerkung}
 
16931
   {\HCode{<div class="bemerkung">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16932
\ConfigureEnv{beweis}
 
16933
   {\HCode{<div class="beweis">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16934
\ConfigureEnv{corollary}
 
16935
   {\HCode{<div class="corollary">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16936
\ConfigureEnv{definition}
 
16937
   {\HCode{<div class="definition">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16938
\ConfigureEnv{example}
 
16939
   {\HCode{<div class="example">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16940
\ConfigureEnv{korollar}
 
16941
   {\HCode{<div class="korollar">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16942
\ConfigureEnv{lemma}
 
16943
   {\HCode{<div class="lemma">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16944
\ConfigureEnv{proof}
 
16945
   {\HCode{<div class="proof">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16946
\ConfigureEnv{proposition}
 
16947
   {\HCode{<div class="proposition">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16948
\ConfigureEnv{remark}
 
16949
   {\HCode{<div class="remark">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16950
\ConfigureEnv{satz}
 
16951
   {\HCode{<div class="satz">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16952
\ConfigureEnv{theorem}
 
16953
   {\HCode{<div class="theorem">}} {\HCode{</div>}} {}{}
 
16954
>>>
 
16955
 
 
16956
\section{hyperref}
 
16957
 
 
16958
\<config hyperref form 4\><<<
 
16959
\Configure{Form}
 
16960
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\leavevmode \Tg<form \Hnewline \Attributes>}
 
16961
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg</form>}
 
16962
>>>
 
16963
 
 
16964
\<configure html4 hyperref\><<<
 
16965
|<config hyperref form 4|>
 
16966
|<hyperref shared|>
 
16967
|<hyperref TextField|>
 
16968
|<hyperref multiline|>
 
16969
|<hyperref password|>
 
16970
|<hyperref radio|>
 
16971
|<hyperref on...|>
 
16972
\NewConfigure{::action}{1}
 
16973
\Configure{::action}
 
16974
   {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space action="\AttributeVal"}}
 
16975
\NewConfigure{::method}{1}
 
16976
\Configure{::method}
 
16977
   {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space method="\AttributeVal"}}
 
16978
\NewConfigure{PushButton::}{1}
 
16979
\Configure{PushButton::}
 
16980
   {\leavevmode\Tg<input type="button" \Attributes\space/>}
 
16981
\NewConfigure{Reset::}{1}
 
16982
\Configure{Reset::}
 
16983
  {\leavevmode\Tg<input type="reset" \Attributes\space/>}
 
16984
\NewConfigure{Submit::}{1}
 
16985
\Configure{Submit::}
 
16986
  {\leavevmode\Tg<input type="submit" \Attributes\space/>}
 
16987
\NewConfigure{CheckBox::}{2}
 
16988
\Configure{CheckBox::}
 
16989
  {\leavevmode\Tg<input type="checkbox" \Attributes\space/>}{}
 
16990
\NewConfigure{CheckBox::checked}{2}
 
16991
\Configure{CheckBox::checked}
 
16992
  {\leavevmode\Tg<input type="checkbox" checked="checked"
 
16993
      \Attributes\space/>}{}
 
16994
\HAssign\form:id=0
 
16995
>>>
 
16996
 
 
16997
\<hyperref shared\><<<
 
16998
\NewConfigure{::value}{1}
 
16999
\Configure{::value}
 
17000
   {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space value="\AttributeVal"}}
 
17001
\NewConfigure{::name}{1}
 
17002
\Configure{::name}
 
17003
   {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space name="\AttributeVal"}}
 
17004
\NewConfigure{::default}{1}
 
17005
\Configure{::default}
 
17006
   {\let\::default=\AttributeVal}
 
17007
\def\get:int#1.#2//{\tmp:cnt=#1 }
 
17008
>>>
 
17009
 
 
17010
\<\><<<
 
17011
\NewConfigure{::borderwidth}{1}
 
17012
\Configure{::borderwidth}
 
17013
   {\Css{div\#form-\form:id {border-width: \AttributeVal;
 
17014
                              border-style:solid;}}}
 
17015
\NewConfigure{::bordercolor}{1}
 
17016
\Configure{::bordercolor}
 
17017
   {\expandafter\get:colors\AttributeVal//%
 
17018
      \Css{div\#form-\form:id {border-color:\AttributeVal}}}
 
17019
\def\get:colors#1 #2 #3//{%
 
17020
   \get:color{#1}\edef\AttributeVal{\the\tmp:cnt\%}%
 
17021
   \get:color{#2}\edef\AttributeVal{\AttributeVal,
 
17022
        \the\tmp:cnt\%}%
 
17023
   \get:color{#3}\edef\AttributeVal{rgb(\AttributeVal,
 
17024
        \the\tmp:cnt\%)}%
 
17025
}
 
17026
\def\get:color#1{%
 
17027
   \tmp:dim=#1pt \multiply\tmp:dim by 100
 
17028
   \expandafter\get:int\the\tmp:dim//}
 
17029
>>>
 
17030
 
 
17031
 
 
17032
 
 
17033
\<hyperref on...\><<<
 
17034
\def\:tempc#1{%
 
17035
  \NewConfigure{::#1}{1}%
 
17036
  \Configure{::#1}%
 
17037
    {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space #1="\AttributeVal"}}}
 
17038
\:tempc{onclick}
 
17039
\:tempc{onblur}
 
17040
\:tempc{onchange}
 
17041
\:tempc{onclick}
 
17042
\:tempc{ondblclick}
 
17043
\:tempc{onfocus}
 
17044
\:tempc{onkeydown}
 
17045
\:tempc{onkeypress}
 
17046
\:tempc{onkeyup}
 
17047
\:tempc{onmousedown}
 
17048
\:tempc{onmousemove}
 
17049
\:tempc{onmouseout}
 
17050
\:tempc{onmouseover}
 
17051
\:tempc{onmouseup}
 
17052
\:tempc{onselect}
 
17053
>>>
 
17054
 
 
17055
\<hyperref TextField\><<<
 
17056
\NewConfigure{TextField::}{2}
 
17057
\Configure{TextField::}{}{ \Tg<input type="text" \Attributes />}
 
17058
\NewConfigure{TextField::width}{1}
 
17059
\Configure{TextField::width}
 
17060
   {\tmp:dim=\AttributeVal   \divide\tmp:dim by 6
 
17061
    \expandafter\get:int\the\tmp:dim//%
 
17062
    \edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space size="\the\tmp:cnt"}}
 
17063
\NewConfigure{TextField::default}{1}
 
17064
\Configure{TextField::default}
 
17065
   {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space value="\AttributeVal"}}
 
17066
>>>
 
17067
\<hyperref multiline\><<<
 
17068
\NewConfigure{TextField::multiline}{2}
 
17069
\Configure{TextField::multiline}
 
17070
  {}
 
17071
  { \Tg<textarea
 
17072
        \Attributes>\expandafter\set:ln\multiline:value,|<par del|>%
 
17073
  \global\let\multiline:value=\empty \Tg</textarea>}
 
17074
 
 
17075
\let\multiline:value=\empty
 
17076
\def\set:ln#1,#2|<par del|>{#1%
 
17077
  \def\:temp{#2}\ifx \:temp\empty \else
 
17078
     \hfil\break  \def\:temp{\set:ln#2|<par del|>}%
 
17079
  \fi \:temp}
 
17080
 
 
17081
\NewConfigure{multiline::value}{1}
 
17082
\Configure{multiline::value}
 
17083
  {\let\multiline:value=\AttributeVal}
 
17084
 
 
17085
\NewConfigure{multiline::width}{1}
 
17086
\Configure{multiline::width}
 
17087
   {\tmp:dim=\AttributeVal   \divide\tmp:dim by 6
 
17088
    \expandafter\get:int\the\tmp:dim//%
 
17089
    \edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space cols="\the\tmp:cnt"}}
 
17090
 
 
17091
\NewConfigure{multiline::height}{1}
 
17092
\Configure{multiline::height}
 
17093
   {\tmp:dim=\AttributeVal   \divide\tmp:dim by 6
 
17094
    \expandafter\get:int\the\tmp:dim//%
 
17095
    \edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space rows="\the\tmp:cnt"}}
 
17096
>>>
 
17097
 
 
17098
\<hyperref password\><<<
 
17099
\NewConfigure{TextField::password}{2}
 
17100
\Configure{TextField::password}
 
17101
  {}{\Tg<input type="password" \Attributes />}
 
17102
>>>
 
17103
 
 
17104
\<hyperref shared\><<<
 
17105
\def\Default:Checked#1{%
 
17106
   \ifx #1\Un:Def \let\:temp=\empty \else
 
17107
      \let\:temp=\relax
 
17108
      \let\:tempa=\relax
 
17109
      \edef\:temp{\def\:temp####1#1#1####2//{\def\:temp{####2}}%
 
17110
                      \:temp \AttributeVal #1=#1#1//%
 
17111
          \def\:tempa####1=####2//{\def\noexpand\AttributeVal{####1}}%
 
17112
              \:tempa\AttributeVal=//}%
 
17113
      \:temp
 
17114
   \fi
 
17115
}
 
17116
>>>
 
17117
 
 
17118
\<hyperref radio\><<<
 
17119
\NewConfigure{ChoiceMenu::radio}{5}
 
17120
\Configure{ChoiceMenu::radio}
 
17121
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\leavevmode
 
17122
      \Tg<div id="form-\form:id">\gHAdvance\form:id by 1 }
 
17123
   { }{\IgnorePar\EndP\Tg</div>}
 
17124
   {\Default:Checked\radio::default
 
17125
    \Tg<input\Hnewline type="radio" 
 
17126
            \ifx \:temp\empty\else checked="checked" \fi
 
17127
            \Attributes\space />}
 
17128
   {}
 
17129
\NewConfigure{radio::default}{1}
 
17130
\Configure{radio::default}
 
17131
   {\let\radio::default=\AttributeVal}
 
17132
>>>
 
17133
 
 
17134
\<hyperref radio\><<<
 
17135
\NewConfigure{ChoiceMenu::combo}{5}
 
17136
\Configure{ChoiceMenu::combo}
 
17137
   {}
 
17138
   {~\Tg<select\Hnewline \Attributes \Hnewline size="1">}
 
17139
   {\Tg</select>}
 
17140
   {\Tg<option \ifx\::default\AttributeVal selected="selected"\fi
 
17141
        \Hnewline>} 
 
17142
   {\Tg</option>}
 
17143
\NewConfigure{combo::default}{1}
 
17144
\Configure{combo::default}
 
17145
   {\let\combo::default=\AttributeVal}
 
17146
>>>
 
17147
 
 
17148
\<hyperref radio\><<<
 
17149
\NewConfigure{ChoiceMenu::popdown}{5}
 
17150
\Configure{ChoiceMenu::popdown}
 
17151
   {}{\HCode{\Hnewline <select \Attributes \Hnewline size="1">}}
 
17152
   {\Tg</select>}
 
17153
   {\Tg<option \ifx\::default\AttributeVal selected="selected"\fi
 
17154
        \Hnewline>} {\Tg</option>}
 
17155
>>>
 
17156
 
 
17157
The \verb'size="1"' makes the select a popout memnu
 
17158
\<hyperref radio\><<<
 
17159
\NewConfigure{ChoiceMenu::}{5}
 
17160
\Configure{ChoiceMenu::}
 
17161
   {}{\HCode{\Hnewline <select\Hnewline \Attributes>}}{\Tg</select>}
 
17162
   {\Tg<option \ifx\::default\AttributeVal selected="selected"\fi
 
17163
        \Hnewline>}  {\Tg</option>}
 
17164
\NewConfigure{::menulength}{1}
 
17165
\Configure{::menulength}
 
17166
   {\edef\Attributes{\Attributes\space size="\AttributeVal"}}
 
17167
>>>
 
17168
 
 
17169
 
 
17170
\<configure html4 hyperref\><<<
 
17171
\ifx \@baseurl\@empty \else
 
17172
   \Configure{@HEAD}
 
17173
      {\HCode{<base href="\:baseurl" />}}
 
17174
   \let\:baseurl\@baseurl
 
17175
   \let\@baseurl=\@empty
 
17176
\fi
 
17177
>>>
 
17178
 
 
17179
 
 
17180
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
17181
\section{web}
 
17182
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
17183
 
 
17184
\<configure html4 web\><<<
 
17185
\Configure{webversion} {\\} {}
 
17186
\Configure{webuniversity}
 
17187
   {\Tg<div class="webuniversity">} {\Tg</div>}
 
17188
\Css{div div.webuniversity {color : rgb(0\%,0\%,80\%); 
 
17189
        margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: center;}}
 
17190
 
 
17191
\Configure{maketitle}
 
17192
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\par\Tg<div class="maketitle">}
 
17193
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\par\Tg</div>}
 
17194
\Css{div.maketitle {text-align: center;
 
17195
      margin-left: 3em;   margin-right: 3em; }}
 
17196
 
 
17197
\Configure{HColor}{webgreen}{rgb(0\%,50\%,0\%)}
 
17198
\Configure{HColor}{webbrown}{rgb(60\%,0\%,0\%)}
 
17199
\Configure{HColor}{webyellow}{rgb(98\%,92\%,73\%)}
 
17200
\Configure{HColor}{webgray}{rgb(75.3\%,75.3\%,75.3\%)}
 
17201
\Configure{HColor}{webblue}{rgb(0\%,0\%,80\%)}
 
17202
>>>
 
17203
 
 
17204
\section{exerquiz}
 
17205
 
 
17206
\<configure html4 exerquiz\><<<
 
17207
|<32,4 exerquiz|>
 
17208
|<4 exerquiz|>
 
17209
>>>
 
17210
 
 
17211
\<32,4 exerquiz\><<<
 
17212
\Configure{Form}{}{}
 
17213
\Configure{@HEAD}{\input exerqz.4ht }
 
17214
\Css{.onClick {color:green;}}
 
17215
\Configure{TextField::}{}{%
 
17216
   \IgnorePar \EndP
 
17217
   \HCode{<form action="." name="form\quiz@total"><input
 
17218
       type="text"\Hnewline  \Attributes /></form>}%
 
17219
}
 
17220
\Configure{javascript}{JavaScript:}
 
17221
>>>
 
17222
 
 
17223
\<32,4 exerquiz\><<<
 
17224
\ifx \eq@sqrtmsg\:UnDef
 
17225
   \def\eq@sqrtmsg{"Right!"}
 
17226
\fi
 
17227
\ifx \eq@sqwgmsg\:UnDef
 
17228
   \def\eq@sqwgmsg{"Wrong!"}
 
17229
\fi
 
17230
\Configure{shortquiz}
 
17231
   {(\alph{quizno})}
 
17232
   {alert(\eq@sqrtmsg,3);}
 
17233
   {alert(\eq@sqwgmsg,3);}
 
17234
\Configure{quiz}
 
17235
   {(\alph{quizno})}
 
17236
   {qthis=this;
 
17237
     ProcessQuestion (\ANS,"\alph{quizno}",\thequestionno,
 
17238
      1,"\eq@bqlabel",\Quiz:N)}
 
17239
   {InitializeQuiz("\quiz@total",
 
17240
      \ifeq@nocorrections0\else1\fi,\Quiz:N,\LikeRef{ans-\Quiz:N},
 
17241
      "(",")")}
 
17242
   {QuizEnd("\:bqlabel",\thequestionno,"\quiz@total",\Quiz:N)}
 
17243
   {Corrections("\eq@RC","\eq@AC",\Quiz:N)}
 
17244
\Configure{quiz*}
 
17245
   {[]}
 
17246
   {qthis=this;
 
17247
     ProcessQuestion (\ANS,"[]",\thequestionno,
 
17248
      0,"\eq@bqlabel",\Quiz:N)}
 
17249
   {InitializeQuiz("\quiz@total",
 
17250
      \ifeq@nocorrections0\else1\fi,\Quiz:N,
 
17251
      \LikeRef{ans-\Quiz:N},"","")}
 
17252
>>>
 
17253
 
 
17254
\<-NOPE\><<<
 
17255
\Configure{quiz*}
 
17256
   {qthis=this;
 
17257
    ProcessQuestion(\ANS,"\alph{quizno}",\thequestionno,
 
17258
      0,"\eq@bqlabel",\Quiz:N)}
 
17259
>>>
 
17260
 
 
17261
 
 
17262
\<32,4 exerquiz\><<<
 
17263
\ConfigureEnv{shortquiz}
 
17264
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\leavevmode} {} {}{}
 
17265
\Configure{ReturnTo}{\begin{flushright}}{\end{flushright}}
 
17266
>>>
 
17267
 
 
17268
\<4 exerquiz\><<<
 
17269
\ConfigureList{questions}%
 
17270
   {\EndP\HCode{<ol type="1" class="questions"\Hnewline
 
17271
        >}|<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
17272
   {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</li></ol>}\ShowPar}
 
17273
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\DeleteMark}
 
17274
   {\HCode{<li class="questions">}\AnchorLabel}
 
17275
>>>
 
17276
 
 
17277
 
 
17278
 
 
17279
\<4 exerquiz\><<<
 
17280
\def\a:temp#1#2{%
 
17281
   \ifOption{#2}{\def\a:charset{#2}}{}
 
17282
   \def\:tempa{#1}\ifx \eqOutOf\:tempa
 
17283
      \def\A:charset{#2}\ifx \A:charset\empty\else
 
17284
          \def\A:charset{#2}%
 
17285
   \fi\fi}
 
17286
\a:temp{sur}{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
17287
\a:temp{von}{charset=iso-8859-2}
 
17288
>>>
 
17289
 
 
17290
 
 
17291
 
 
17292
\<exerqz\><<<
 
17293
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%  
 
17294
% exerqz.4ht                            |version %
 
17295
% Copyright (C) |CopyYear.1999.                          %
 
17296
%                      Donald P. Story & Eitan M. Gurari %
 
17297
|<TeX4ht copyright|>
 
17298
|<exerqz's vars|>
 
17299
|<predefined exerquiz javascript|>
 
17300
>>>
 
17301
 
 
17302
\<predefined exerquiz javascript\><<<
 
17303
\JavaScript-$
 
17304
var QuizInitialized;
 
17305
var EndQuizPushed;
 
17306
var CurrentQuizNo;
 
17307
var Responses;
 
17308
var ResponsesAddr;
 
17309
var Cor;
 
17310
var CorAddr;
 
17311
var qthis;
 
17312
var prev_notify;
 
17313
function InitializeQuiz(qtfield,mark,quizN,ansN,lbrc,rbrc) {
 
17314
  Score=0;
 
17315
  QuizInitialized=1;
 
17316
  CurrentQuizNo=quizN;
 
17317
  eval( 'document.form'+qtfield+'.'+qtfield+'.value="$eqScore";' )  
 
17318
  RightWrong=new Array();
 
17319
  |<hide sol|>
 
17320
  Responses=new Array();
 
17321
  ResponsesAddr=new Array();
 
17322
  |<hide cor|>  
 
17323
  Cor=new Array();
 
17324
  CorAddr=new Array();
 
17325
  EndQuizPushed=0;
 
17326
  for(var i=1; i<=ansN; i++){
 
17327
     RightWrong[i]=0;
 
17328
  }
 
17329
}
 
17330
\EndJavaScript
 
17331
>>>
 
17332
 
 
17333
\<show sol\><<<
 
17334
if( ResponsesAddr[probno] != null ){
 
17335
  if (notify == 0 ) {
 
17336
    ResponsesAddr[probno].value=Responses[probno];
 
17337
  } else {
 
17338
    ResponsesAddr[probno].value="("+Responses[probno]+")";
 
17339
} }
 
17340
qthis.value = "#";  ResponsesAddr[probno]=qthis;
 
17341
>>>
 
17342
 
 
17343
\<hide sol\><<<
 
17344
for(var i in Responses){
 
17345
  if (prev_notify == 0 ) {
 
17346
    ResponsesAddr[i].value=Responses[i];
 
17347
  } else {
 
17348
    ResponsesAddr[i].value="("+Responses[i]+")"; 
 
17349
} }
 
17350
>>>
 
17351
 
 
17352
% if( Responses != null ){
 
17353
\<record cor\><<<
 
17354
var k=Cor.length;
 
17355
eval('Cor[k]=thisform'+quizN+'.ans'+quizN+'x'+i+'.value');
 
17356
eval('CorAddr[k]=thisform'+quizN+'.ans'+quizN+'x'+i);
 
17357
>>>
 
17358
\<hide cor\><<<
 
17359
for(var i in Cor){
 
17360
  CorAddr[i].value=Cor[i];
 
17361
 
17362
>>>
 
17363
 
 
17364
% if( Cor != null ){
 
17365
 
 
17366
\<predefined exerquiz javascript\><<<
 
17367
\JavaScript
 
17368
function href(addr) { top.location.href=addr; }
 
17369
\EndJavaScript
 
17370
>>>
 
17371
 
 
17372
% function href(addr) { window.navigate(addr); }
 
17373
 
 
17374
 
 
17375
\<predefined exerquiz javascript\><<<
 
17376
\JavaScript
 
17377
function Corrections(lbl1,lbl2,quizN) {
 
17378
  if ( (EndQuizPushed == 1) && ( CurrentQuizNo == quizN ) ){
 
17379
    for(var i in RightWrong){
 
17380
      if( (RightWrong[i]==0) ){
 
17381
        |<record cor|>
 
17382
        eval('thisform'+quizN+'.ans'+quizN+'x'+i+'.value= "*"');
 
17383
  } }
 
17384
} } 
 
17385
\EndJavaScript
 
17386
>>>
 
17387
 
 
17388
\<32,4 exerquiz\><<<
 
17389
\immediate\write16{%
 
17390
***********************************************************\Hnewline
 
17391
The `\eq@CA' button fails under Netscape, \Hnewline
 
17392
due to a code of the following form.\Hnewline
 
17393
\Hnewline
 
17394
<html><head><title>?</title>\Hnewline
 
17395
<script\space type="text/JavaScript"\space ><!--\space \Hnewline
 
17396
\space \space \space function\space f()\space {\Hnewline
 
17397
\space \space \space \space \space formxx.inputxx.value="BBB";\Hnewline
 
17398
\space \space \space}\Hnewline
 
17399
//-->\space \Hnewline
 
17400
</script>\space \space </head>\space <body>\Hnewline
 
17401
\Hnewline
 
17402
<form\space id="formxx">\space \space \Hnewline
 
17403
\space \space \space <input\space type="text"\space 
 
17404
\space name="foo"\space id="inputxx"\space 
 
17405
\space value="AAA"\space />\Hnewline
 
17406
\space \space \space <input\space value="\eq@CA"\space 
 
17407
type="button"\space \space \space onClick="f()"\space />\Hnewline
 
17408
\space \space \space <input\space value="CLEAR"\space 
 
17409
type="reset"\space \space \space onClick="clear()"\space />\Hnewline
 
17410
</form>\Hnewline
 
17411
    \Hnewline
 
17412
</body> \Hnewline
 
17413
</html> \Hnewline
 
17414
\Hnewline
 
17415
If you know how to fix the function f() above for Netscape,\Hnewline
 
17416
without changing the id attribute names, please consider\Hnewline
 
17417
emailing the fix to gurari@cse.ohio-state.edu. Thanks\Hnewline
 
17418
***********************************************************}
 
17419
>>>
 
17420
\<predefined exerquiz javascript\><<<
 
17421
\JavaScript
 
17422
function LinkTo(addr) {
 
17423
}
 
17424
\EndJavaScript
 
17425
>>>
 
17426
 
 
17427
\<exerqz's vars\><<<
 
17428
\def\eqXInitQuizMsg{\hbox{%
 
17429
   \let\noexpand|=\string
 
17430
   \csname eq@InitQuizMsg\endcsname}}
 
17431
\expandafter\ifx \csname eq@InitQuizMsg\endcsname\relax
 
17432
    \expandafter\def\csname eq@InitQuizMsg\endcsname{
 
17433
        "You must initialize the Quiz! Click on "+bqlabel}
 
17434
\fi
 
17435
\def\eqXQuizTotalMsg{\hbox{%
 
17436
   \let\noexpand|=\string
 
17437
   \def\thequestionno{"+thequestionno+"}%
 
17438
   \csname eq@QuizTotalMsg\endcsname}}
 
17439
\expandafter\ifx \csname eq@QuizTotalMsg\endcsname\relax
 
17440
    \expandafter\def\csname eq@QuizTotalMsg\endcsname{"Score: '
 
17441
         +Score +' out of '+thequestionno+'"}
 
17442
\fi
 
17443
\def\eqXMadeChoice{\hbox{%
 
17444
   \let\noexpand|=\string
 
17445
   \csname eq@MadeChoice\endcsname}}
 
17446
\expandafter\ifx \csname eq@MadeChoice\endcsname\relax
 
17447
    \expandafter\def\csname eq@MadeChoice\endcsname{
 
17448
            "You have already made a choice. Your choice was ("
 
17449
            +Responses[probno]+")."
 
17450
            +" Do you want to change it?"}
 
17451
\fi
 
17452
\expandafter\ifx \csname eqScore\endcsname\relax
 
17453
    \def\eqScore{Score:}
 
17454
\fi
 
17455
>>>
 
17456
 
 
17457
The \verb'Wollen Sie dies \noexpand\344ndern?' is a problem because it
 
17458
takes the \verb'\344' into \verb'44'. A \verb'\string' will properly 
 
17459
produce \verb'\344'; hence, the above dirty trick.
 
17460
 
 
17461
\begin{verbatim}
 
17462
Doesn't IE escape in the way that Acrobat JavaScript does?
 
17463
 
 
17464
Another possibility is to use String.fromCharCode()
 
17465
 
 
17466
Convert Octal \344 to decimal 228, then use
 
17467
String.fromCharCode(228)
 
17468
 
 
17469
   
 
17470
          How to deliver browser specific content using JavaScript
 
17471
                                      
 
17472
 
 
17473
<SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript">
 
17474
<!--
 
17475
  if( -1 != navigator.userAgent.
 
17476
      indexOf ("AOL") )
 
17477
  {
 
17478
    // load America Online version
 
17479
    location.href="aol.htm";
 
17480
  }
 
17481
  else
 
17482
  if( -1 != navigator.userAgent.
 
17483
      indexOf ("MSIE") )
 
17484
  {
 
17485
    // load Microsoft Internet
 
17486
    // Explorer version
 
17487
    location.href="msie.htm";
 
17488
  }
 
17489
  else
 
17490
  if( -1 != navigator.userAgent.
 
17491
      indexOf ("Mozilla") )
 
17492
  {
 
17493
    // load Netscape version
 
17494
    location.href="netscape.htm";
 
17495
  }
 
17496
  else
 
17497
  {
 
17498
    // load other version
 
17499
    location.href="other.htm";
 
17500
  }
 
17501
-->
 
17502
</SCRIPT>
 
17503
 
 
17504
\end{verbatim}
 
17505
 
 
17506
\<predefined exerquiz javascript\><<<
 
17507
\JavaScript-$
 
17508
function QuizEnd(bqlabel,thequestionno,quiztotal,quizN){
 
17509
  if ((QuizInitialized !=1) |||| ( CurrentQuizNo!= quizN )){   
 
17510
     alert($eqXInitQuizMsg,3);
 
17511
  } else {
 
17512
     eval( 'document.form'+quiztotal+'.'+quiztotal+
 
17513
       '.value=$eqXQuizTotalMsg');
 
17514
         QuizInitialized=-1;
 
17515
         EndQuizPushed=1; 
 
17516
} }
 
17517
\EndJavaScript
 
17518
 
 
17519
\JavaScript-$
 
17520
function  ProcessQuestion
 
17521
  (key,letterresp,probno,notify,bqlabel,quizN) {
 
17522
    if ((QuizInitialized !=1) |||| ( CurrentQuizNo!= quizN )){   
 
17523
      alert($eqXInitQuizMsg,3);
 
17524
    } else {
 
17525
      |<function ProcUserResp(key,letterresp,probno,notify)|> 
 
17526
      prev_notify = notify;
 
17527
}   }
 
17528
\EndJavaScript
 
17529
>>>
 
17530
 
 
17531
\<function ProcUserResp(key,letterresp,probno,notify)\><<<
 
17532
if (Responses[probno] == null) {
 
17533
   if (key==1) {
 
17534
      Score++;
 
17535
      RightWrong[probno]=1;
 
17536
   }
 
17537
   else
 
17538
      RightWrong[probno]=0;
 
17539
   |<show sol|>
 
17540
   Responses[probno]=letterresp;
 
17541
}
 
17542
else {
 
17543
   if (notify==0)
 
17544
      User=true;
 
17545
   else
 
17546
      User=confirm($eqXMadeChoice);
 
17547
   if (User) {
 
17548
      if (RightWrong[probno]==1) {
 
17549
          if (key==0) {
 
17550
            Score -= 1;
 
17551
            RightWrong[probno]=0;
 
17552
            |<show sol|>
 
17553
            Responses[probno]=letterresp;
 
17554
         }
 
17555
      }
 
17556
      else {
 
17557
          if (key==1) {
 
17558
            Score++;
 
17559
            RightWrong[probno]=1;
 
17560
            |<show sol|>
 
17561
            Responses[probno]=letterresp;
 
17562
         }
 
17563
         else {
 
17564
            RightWrong[probno]=0;
 
17565
            |<show sol|>
 
17566
            Responses[probno]=letterresp;
 
17567
         }
 
17568
      }
 
17569
   }
 
17570
}
 
17571
>>>
 
17572
 
 
17573
 
 
17574
 
 
17575
 
 
17576
 
 
17577
 
 
17578
 
 
17579
 
 
17580
 
 
17581
 
 
17582
 
 
17583
\section{tex4ht}
 
17584
 
 
17585
\<title for hypertext page\><<<
 
17586
\Configure{TITLE+}{\HCode{\jobname.\:html}}
 
17587
>>>
 
17588
 
 
17589
\<0,32,4 latex\><<<
 
17590
\ifTag{TITLE+}{\Configure{TITLE+}{\LikeRef{TITLE+}}}{}
 
17591
>>>
 
17592
 
 
17593
Was \verb'\ifTag{TITLE+}{\Configure{TITLE+}{\HCode{\LikeRef{TITLE+}}}}{}',
 
17594
but the \verb'\HCode' leaves \verb'\Protect' in for the latter comamnds which arrive
 
17595
to the title--the original motivation for the \verb'\HCode' was to
 
17596
protect the title from undesirable tags. Something like \verb+H\`ello+ can
 
17597
send it.  It now sems to be more trouble than help.
 
17598
 
 
17599
 
 
17600
 
 
17601
 
 
17602
\<config tex4ht\><<<
 
17603
|<0,32,4 preambles|>
 
17604
\ifx \a:FontCss:\:UnDef
 
17605
   \Configure{FontCss}{Font\string_Css##1}
 
17606
                   {Font\string_Css\string_Plus\space##1}
 
17607
\fi
 
17608
\expandafter\ifx \csname aa:Css\endcsname\relax
 
17609
   \Configure{Css}{Css: ##1}
 
17610
\fi
 
17611
\:CheckOption{edit} \if:Option 
 
17612
   \Configure{edit}{\HCode{<strong>&lt;}}{\HCode{&gt;</strong>}}
 
17613
                {<strong>&lt;}{&gt;</strong>}
 
17614
\fi
 
17615
\:CheckOption{hooks++} \if:Option
 
17616
\else \:CheckOption{hooks+}  \if:Option
 
17617
\else \:CheckOption{hooks}  \if:Option
 
17618
\fi\fi\fi
 
17619
\if:Option
 
17620
   \Configure{hooks}
 
17621
      {\HCode{<strong class="hooks">&lt;}}{\HCode{&gt;</strong>}}{}{}  
 
17622
\fi
 
17623
\Configure{ExitHPage}{exit}{exit }{}
 
17624
\Configure{TocLink}{\Link{#2}{#3}#4\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi\EndLink}
 
17625
\Configure{MiniHalign}{\hlg:a}{\hlg:b}\hlg:c\hlg:d{\hlg:e}\hlg:f
 
17626
\:CheckOption{no-halign} \if:Option \else
 
17627
  \Configure{noalign-}{}{}
 
17628
\fi
 
17629
\Configure{PictureAlt*+}
 
17630
   {\let\sv:HtmlPar|=\HtmlPar   \let\HtmlPar|=\empty
 
17631
     |<postscript for /Picture|>%
 
17632
     |<tex halign and cr/crcr|>%
 
17633
     \NoFonts\csname PauseMathClass\endcsname \SUBOff \SUPOff
 
17634
     \let\HCode|=\:gobble     |%\offinterlineskip|%
 
17635
     \let\EndPicture|=\empty}
 
17636
   {\let\HCode|=\:HCode
 
17637
     \let\EndPicture|=\:UnDef \let\HtmlPar|=\sv:HtmlPar \SUBOn \SUPOn
 
17638
     \csname EndPauseMathClass\endcsname \EndNoFonts
 
17639
     |<tex4ht halign and cr/crcr|>%
 
17640
     |<delay postscript|>}
 
17641
>>>
 
17642
 
 
17643
 
 
17644
Was \verb+\SUBOff \SUPOff+. Any problems?
 
17645
 
 
17646
\<postscript for /Picture\><<<
 
17647
\def\PsCode##1{{\ht:special{\PsCodeSpecial##1}}}%
 
17648
>>>
 
17649
 
 
17650
\<tex halign and cr/crcr\><<<
 
17651
\iffalse{\fi   
 
17652
\let\sv:halign|=\halign
 
17653
\let\sv:cr|=\cr
 
17654
\let\sv:crcr|=\crcr
 
17655
\iffalse}\fi 
 
17656
\RecallTeXcr \let\halign |=\TeXhalign
 
17657
>>>
 
17658
 
 
17659
\<tex4ht halign and cr/crcr\><<<
 
17660
\iffalse{\fi   
 
17661
\let\halign|=\sv:halign
 
17662
\let\cr|=\sv:cr
 
17663
\let\crcr|=\sv:crcr
 
17664
\iffalse}\fi 
 
17665
>>>
 
17666
 
 
17667
\<delay postscript\><<<
 
17668
\let\PsCode|=\relax
 
17669
>>>
 
17670
 
 
17671
\<config tex4ht\><<<
 
17672
  \Configure{writetoc}{}
 
17673
>>>
 
17674
 
 
17675
\<config tex4ht\><<<
 
17676
\Configure{CutAtTITLE+}{}
 
17677
\Configure{HPageTITLE+}{}
 
17678
\Configure{AtBeginDocument} 
 
17679
  {\edef\recallcatcodes{%
 
17680
      \catcode`\noexpand\_|=\the\catcode`\_
 
17681
      \catcode`\noexpand\^|=\the\catcode`\^ }%
 
17682
   \catcode`\_=8\catcode`\^=7}
 
17683
  {\recallcatcodes}
 
17684
>>>
 
17685
 
 
17686
\<config tex4ht\><<<
 
17687
\Configure{crosslinks}{[}{]
 
17688
   }{next}{prev}{prev-|<tail|>}{front}{tail}{up}
 
17689
\:CheckOption{next}     \if:Option   
 
17690
   \Configure{next}
 
17691
     {\ShowPar\par\noindent \HCode{<span class="next">}[}
 
17692
     {]\HCode{</span>}}
 
17693
   \Css{@media print {span.next {visibility:hidden;}}}
 
17694
\fi
 
17695
 
 
17696
\Configure{halignTB}{\HCode{<table }}{\HCode{>}}
 
17697
\def\R:HA{\HCode{<tr \Hnewline}\halignTR\HCode{>}}
 
17698
\def\r:HA{\HCode{</tr>}}
 
17699
\def\D:HA{\SaveEndP \HCode{<td \ifnum \HMultispan>1 colspan="\HMultispan"\fi}%
 
17700
   \halignTD \HCode{\Hnewline>}\ShowPar\par}
 
17701
\def\d:HA{\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP\HCode{</td>}\RecallEndP}
 
17702
\Configure{HVerbatim+}{\z@}{\:nbsp}
 
17703
\Configure{CssFile}{\jobname.css}
 
17704
  {/* \aa:CssFile\space from \jobname.tex (TeX4ht, \:today) */}
 
17705
\Configure{Picture+}{}{}
 
17706
\Configure{Picture*}{}{}
 
17707
\Configure{Picture-alt}{[Picture]}
 
17708
\Configure{Needs}{l. 
 
17709
   \the\inputlineno\space--- needs --- #1 ---}
 
17710
\Configure{Needs-}{l.
 
17711
   \the\inputlineno\space--- needs --- #1 ---}
 
17712
|<yes css|>
 
17713
>>>
 
17714
 
 
17715
\<config tex4ht\><<<
 
17716
\Configure{moveright}{\leavevmode\endgraf }
 
17717
\Configure{HChar}{x}
 
17718
>>>
 
17719
 
 
17720
 
 
17721
\<yes css\><<<
 
17722
   \def\SPAN:#1{\HCode{<span class="#1">}}
 
17723
   \def\EndSPAN:{\HCode{</span>}} 
 
17724
   \def\DIV:#1{\HCode{<div class="#1">}}
 
17725
   \def\EndDIV:{\HCode{</div>}} 
 
17726
>>>
 
17727
 
 
17728
 
 
17729
 
 
17730
\section{Interpretation for the Entries}
 
17731
 
 
17732
 
 
17733
 
 
17734
 
 
17735
Use \verb'\ ', and not \verb'~', in style files, because some
 
17736
users redefine the latter macro.
 
17737
 
 
17738
\<html latex tocs\><<<
 
17739
\def\:SPAN#1#2{\HCode{<span class="#1">}#2\HCode{</span>}} 
 
17740
>>>
 
17741
 
 
17742
 
 
17743
\section{latin1.def}
 
17744
 
 
17745
 
 
17746
\<configure html4 latin1\><<<
 
17747
\def\HTitleText#1{%
 
17748
   \bgroup
 
17749
      \uccode`\~#1%
 
17750
      \uppercase{%
 
17751
   \egroup
 
17752
      \edef~{\string~}%
 
17753
   }%
 
17754
}
 
17755
\Configure{@TITLE}
 
17756
  {\DeclareInputText{168}{"}%
 
17757
   \HTitleText{209}%
 
17758
    \HTitleText{194}%
 
17759
    \HTitleText{210}%
 
17760
    \HTitleText{195}%
 
17761
    \HTitleText{211}%
 
17762
    \HTitleText{196}%
 
17763
    \HTitleText{212}%
 
17764
    \HTitleText{197}%
 
17765
    \HTitleText{213}%
 
17766
    \HTitleText{198}%
 
17767
    \HTitleText{214}%
 
17768
    \HTitleText{199}%
 
17769
    \HTitleText{215}%
 
17770
    \HTitleText{200}%
 
17771
    \HTitleText{216}%
 
17772
    \HTitleText{201}%
 
17773
    \HTitleText{217}%
 
17774
    \HTitleText{202}%
 
17775
    \HTitleText{218}%
 
17776
    \HTitleText{203}%
 
17777
    \HTitleText{219}%
 
17778
    \HTitleText{204}%
 
17779
    \HTitleText{220}%
 
17780
    \HTitleText{205}%
 
17781
    \HTitleText{221}%
 
17782
    \HTitleText{206}%
 
17783
    \HTitleText{222}%
 
17784
    \HTitleText{207}%
 
17785
    \HTitleText{223}%
 
17786
    \HTitleText{224}%
 
17787
    \HTitleText{240}%
 
17788
    \HTitleText{225}%
 
17789
    \HTitleText{241}%
 
17790
    \HTitleText{226}%
 
17791
    \HTitleText{242}%
 
17792
    \HTitleText{227}%
 
17793
    \HTitleText{243}%
 
17794
    \HTitleText{228}%
 
17795
    \HTitleText{244}%
 
17796
    \HTitleText{229}%
 
17797
    \HTitleText{245}%
 
17798
    \HTitleText{230}%
 
17799
    \HTitleText{246}%
 
17800
    \HTitleText{231}%
 
17801
    \HTitleText{247}%
 
17802
    \HTitleText{232}%
 
17803
    \HTitleText{248}%
 
17804
    \HTitleText{233}%
 
17805
    \HTitleText{249}%
 
17806
    \HTitleText{234}%
 
17807
    \HTitleText{250}%
 
17808
    \HTitleText{235}%
 
17809
    \HTitleText{251}%
 
17810
    \HTitleText{236}%
 
17811
    \HTitleText{252}%
 
17812
    \HTitleText{237}%
 
17813
    \HTitleText{253}%
 
17814
    \HTitleText{238}%
 
17815
    \HTitleText{254}%
 
17816
    \HTitleText{239}%
 
17817
    \HTitleText{255}%
 
17818
}
 
17819
 
 
17820
>>>
 
17821
 
 
17822
 
 
17823
 
 
17824
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
17825
\section{syntax}
 
17826
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
17827
 
 
17828
 
 
17829
\<configure html4 syntax\><<<
 
17830
\ConfigureEnv{grammar}
 
17831
   {\Picture*{}}  {\EndPicture}
 
17832
   {}{}
 
17833
>>>
 
17834
 
 
17835
 
 
17836
 
 
17837
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
17838
\section{???????????}
 
17839
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
17840
 
 
17841
 
 
17842
\<article,report,book\><<<
 
17843
|<quotations|>
 
17844
\Configure{listof}{}{}{}{\HCode{<br\xml:empty>}}{}{}
 
17845
>>>
 
17846
 
 
17847
\<quotations\><<<
 
17848
\ConfigureEnv{quotation}
 
17849
   {}{}
 
17850
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{<div class="quotation">}}
 
17851
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
17852
\Css{.quotation  {margin-bottom:0.25em;
 
17853
           margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }}
 
17854
>>>
 
17855
 
 
17856
 
 
17857
 
 
17858
 
 
17859
 
 
17860
 
 
17861
 
 
17862
 
 
17863
 
 
17864
 
 
17865
 
 
17866
 
 
17867
 
 
17868
 
 
17869
 
 
17870
 
 
17871
\<PICT dot tabbing\><<<
 
17872
\:CheckOption{pic-tabbing'} \if:Option
 
17873
  \edef\:temp{\LikeRef{|<tabbing tag|>.}}%
 
17874
  \def\:tempa{.}\ifx \:temp\:tempa 
 
17875
      \ConfigureEnv{tabbing}{\Picture*{}}{\EndPicture}{}{}
 
17876
  \fi
 
17877
\fi 
 
17878
>>>
 
17879
 
 
17880
 
 
17881
   
 
17882
 
 
17883
 
 
17884
 
 
17885
 
 
17886
 
 
17887
 
 
17888
 
 
17889
 
 
17890
 
 
17891
 
 
17892
 
 
17893
 
 
17894
 
 
17895
 
 
17896
 
 
17897
 
 
17898
 
 
17899
 
 
17900
 
 
17901
 
 
17902
 
 
17903
 
 
17904
 
 
17905
   
 
17906
 
 
17907
 
 
17908
 
 
17909
\section{titlesec}
 
17910
 
 
17911
\<configure html4 titlesec\><<<
 
17912
\ConfigureMark{section}
 
17913
   {\ifnum \c:secnumdepth>\c@secnumdepth  \expandafter\:gobble
 
17914
    \else  \csname thetitlesection\endcsname\fi}
 
17915
\Configure{section}{}{}
 
17916
   {\IgnorePar \EndP\IgnorePar\HCode{<h3 class="sectionHead"\a:LRdir>}
 
17917
    \TitleMark\space}
 
17918
   {\HCode{</h3>}\IgnoreIndent}
 
17919
>>>
 
17920
 
 
17921
 
 
17922
 
 
17923
 
 
17924
 
 
17925
 
 
17926
 
 
17927
\section{fontmath.ltx}
 
17928
 
 
17929
 
 
17930
\<configure html4-math fontmath\><<<
 
17931
|<32,4 picmath: plain, fontmath, amsmath, amstex1|>
 
17932
|<picmath plain,fontmath|>
 
17933
|<html4-math plain,fontmath|>
 
17934
>>>
 
17935
 
 
17936
 
 
17937
 
 
17938
 
 
17939
 
 
17940
 
 
17941
 
 
17942
 
 
17943
 
 
17944
 
 
17945
 
 
17946
 
 
17947
 
 
17948
 
 
17949
 
 
17950
 
 
17951
 
 
17952
 
 
17953
 
 
17954
 
 
17955
 
 
17956
 
 
17957
 
 
17958
 
 
17959
 
 
17960
 
 
17961
 
 
17962
 
 
17963
 
 
17964
 
 
17965
 
 
17966
 
 
17967
\section{tex4ht}
 
17968
 
 
17969
 
 
17970
\<configure html4-math tex4ht\><<<
 
17971
|<32,4 picmath tex4ht|>
 
17972
\Configure{PicMath}{}{}{}{ class="math" }
 
17973
\Css{img.math{vertical-align:middle;}}
 
17974
|<contribute to picmath of 4.0t|>
 
17975
>>>
 
17976
 
 
17977
 
 
17978
% \Configure{$$}
 
17979
%    {\:xhtml{\IgnorePar\EndP}%
 
17980
%     \HCode{<div class="displaymath">}} 
 
17981
%    {\HCode{</div>}|<try env inline par|>} {}
 
17982
% \Css{div.displaymath{text-align:center;}}
 
17983
 
 
17984
 
 
17985
 
 
17986
 
 
17987
\<try env inline par\><<<
 
17988
\ShowPar 
 
17989
>>>
 
17990
 
 
17991
\<try inline par\><<<
 
17992
\ShowPar \par{\HCondtrue\noindent}%
 
17993
>>>
 
17994
 
 
17995
 
 
17996
 
 
17997
\<32,4 picmath tex4ht\><<<
 
17998
\:CheckOption{no_^} 
 
17999
\if:Option \else \:CheckOption{no_}\fi
 
18000
\if:Option \else
 
18001
   \Configure{SUB}
 
18002
      {\HCode{<sub \csname :SUB:\endcsname>}}{\HCode{</sub>}}
 
18003
   \let\:SUB:|=\empty
 
18004
\fi 
 
18005
\:CheckOption{no_^} 
 
18006
\if:Option \else \:CheckOption{no^}\fi
 
18007
\if:Option \else
 
18008
   \Configure{SUP}
 
18009
      {\HCode{<sup \csname :SUP:\endcsname>}}{\HCode{</sup>}}
 
18010
   \let\:SUP:|=\empty
 
18011
\fi
 
18012
\:CheckOption{no_^} 
 
18013
 \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{no_}\fi
 
18014
 \if:Option \else \:CheckOption{no^}\fi
 
18015
\if:Option \else
 
18016
   \Configure{SUBSUP}
 
18017
      {\HCode{<sub>}}{\HCode{</sub><sup>}}{\HCode{</sup>}}
 
18018
\fi
 
18019
\Configure{left}
 
18020
  {\Picture+{ \a:@Picture{left}}}
 
18021
  {\aftergroup\EndPicture   }
 
18022
\Configure{mathchoice}{\PictureOff}{\PictureOn}
 
18023
>>>
 
18024
 
 
18025
 
 
18026
\verb'\endgraf' is safer than \verb'\par', because the latter may be redefined.
 
18027
For instance, see p 262 in texbook.
 
18028
 
 
18029
\<configure html4-math tex4ht\><<<
 
18030
\let\MathPar|=\empty 
 
18031
\Configure{PicDisplay}
 
18032
  {\edef\MathPar{\ifvmode par-\fi}\IgnorePar\endgraf\EndP
 
18033
   \HCode{<center class="\MathPar math-display" \a:LRdir >}}
 
18034
  {\HCode{</center>}}  {}  {class="\MathPar math-display" } 
 
18035
>>>
 
18036
 
 
18037
% \Css{img.mathdisplay, div.displaymath, img.par-mathdisplay,
 
18038
%      div.par-displaymath { margin-top: 1em; 
 
18039
%                            margin-bottom: 1em; }}
 
18040
% \Css{center img.mathdisplay, td img.mathdisplay,
 
18041
%      center img.par-mathdisplay,
 
18042
%      td img.par-mathdisplay { margin-top: 0; 
 
18043
%                              margin-bottom:0 ; }}
 
18044
 
18045
 
 
18046
 
 
18047
 
 
18048
 
 
18049
 
 
18050
 
 
18051
 
 
18052
 
 
18053
\<temp hcode accents\><<<
 
18054
\HCode{&\expandafter \ifx\csname U#2#1\endcsname\relax
 
18055
                 #2#1\else \#x\csname U#2#1\endcsname\fi;}%
 
18056
>>>
 
18057
 
 
18058
 
 
18059
 
 
18060
\<xmlns\><<<
 
18061
xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"
 
18062
>>>
 
18063
 
 
18064
 
 
18065
 
 
18066
 
 
18067
 
 
18068
 
 
18069
\subsection{TeX Engine}
 
18070
 
 
18071
 
 
18072
The \verb'\trap:base' is to catch empty bases of exponents like, e.g.,
 
18073
in \verb'$a^{^b}$'.
 
18074
 
 
18075
 
 
18076
 
 
18077
 
 
18078
\<?\><<<
 
18079
\def\MathRow#1{%
 
18080
   \Configure{\expandafter\:gobble\string#1*}{*}%
 
18081
      {<|.mrow\Hnewline 
 
18082
         class="\expandafter\:gobble\string#1">}{</|.mrow>}%
 
18083
      {\Configure{\expandafter\:gobble\string#1}{}{}{}{}}#1}%
 
18084
>>>
 
18085
\<recall dvimath par\><<<
 
18086
\sv:ignore
 
18087
>>>
 
18088
 
 
18089
\<sv dvimath par\><<<
 
18090
\edef\sv:ignore{\if:nopar  
 
18091
    \noexpand\IgnorePar\else \noexpand\ShowPar\fi}%
 
18092
>>>
 
18093
 
 
18094
 
 
18095
The \verb'\MathRow' requests a \verb'<|.mrow\Hnewline>...</|.mrow>', instead of the contributions
 
18096
of \verb'\mathop', \verb'\mathrel',...., for the next parameter.
 
18097
 
 
18098
 
 
18099
 
 
18100
 
 
18101
 
 
18102
 
 
18103
\subsection{latex.ltx}
 
18104
 
 
18105
 
 
18106
 
 
18107
 
 
18108
 
 
18109
Definitions like \verb'\def\mathbf#1{\a:mathbf#1\b:mathbf}'
 
18110
can't be done on a global level, because \verb'\mathbf' is just
 
18111
a name of a font. So, for instance, \verb'\bf' expands to \verb'\mathbf',
 
18112
and so  \verb'$\bf R$' indirectly brings up the latter command.
 
18113
 
 
18114
 
 
18115
 
 
18116
 
 
18117
 
 
18118
\subsection{Palin + LaTeX}
 
18119
 
 
18120
The default \verb'\left' and \verb'\right' in their default definition
 
18121
with tex produce multi-part delimiters, from cmex, on large
 
18122
subformulas. Hence, the `'.' below is needed.
 
18123
 
 
18124
 
 
18125
 
 
18126
%    \def\:tempa{\{}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL  \let\:DEL\lbrc: \else
 
18127
%    \def\:tempa{\}}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL  \let\:DEL\rbrc: \else
 
18128
%    \def\:tempa{<}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL  \def\:DEL{\string&lt;}\else
 
18129
%    \def\:tempa{>}\ifx \:tempa\:DEL  \def\:DEL{\string&gt;}%
 
18130
%    \fi\fi\fi\fi }
 
18131
% \edef\lbrc:{\string{}     \edef\rbrc:{\string}}
 
18132
 
 
18133
% \HCode{\string&#2#1;}%
 
18134
 
 
18135
\section{Eqnarray}
 
18136
 
 
18137
Had `BASELINE' before `MIDDLE', but changed to conform with math
 
18138
in page 252-- in intro to theory book.
 
18139
 
 
18140
 
 
18141
 
 
18142
\section{Big, BIG, ....}
 
18143
 
 
18144
The 
 
18145
\verb'\special{t4ht@[}...\special{t4ht@]}' gobble the enclosed stuff.
 
18146
The external pair is provided as grouping mechanism for
 
18147
sub/super-scripts cases like \verb'\bigl(...\bigr)^x' within dvimath
 
18148
mode. The \verb'{\HCode{}}' is neded for creating content delimiters
 
18149
\verb'.' delimiters like in \verb'$\bigl. a_b \bigr)$'; without that mathml 
 
18150
gets something wrong there. 
 
18151
\verb+\bigl{.}+ et al produce empty para,etr , hence the \verb+\:EMPTY+ is a ompensation for such cases.
 
18152
 
 
18153
 
 
18154
 
 
18155
 
 
18156
 
 
18157
\section{Exams}
 
18158
 
 
18159
 
 
18160
 
 
18161
\<configure html4 exam\><<<
 
18162
\ifx \ps@examheadings\:unDef \else
 
18163
   |<Meers' exam|>
 
18164
\fi
 
18165
\ifx \@checkqueslevel\:unDef  \else
 
18166
   |<Hirschhorns' exam|>
 
18167
\fi
 
18168
\ifx \@OneKeyHook\:unDef \else
 
18169
   |<Alexanders' exam|>
 
18170
\fi
 
18171
>>>
 
18172
 
 
18173
 
 
18174
\<Hirschhorns' exam\><<<
 
18175
\Configure{uplevel}
 
18176
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="uplevel">}}
 
18177
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
18178
\Configure{fullwidth}
 
18179
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="fullwidth">}}
 
18180
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
18181
\Css{dl .uplevel, .fullwidth{margin-left:-2.5em;}}
 
18182
\Css{dl dl .fullwidth {margin-left:-5em;}}
 
18183
\Css{dl dl dl .fullwidth {margin-left:-7.5em;}}
 
18184
>>>
 
18185
 
 
18186
\<Hirschhorns' exam\><<<
 
18187
\ConfigureEnv{questions}
 
18188
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="questions">}}
 
18189
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
18190
   {}{}
 
18191
\ConfigureEnv{parts}
 
18192
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="parts">}}
 
18193
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
18194
   {}{}
 
18195
\ConfigureEnv{subparts}
 
18196
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="subparts">}}
 
18197
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
18198
   {}{}
 
18199
>>>
 
18200
 
 
18201
 
 
18202
\<Hirschhorns' exam\><<<
 
18203
\Configure{setpoints}
 
18204
   {\HCode{<span class="setpoints">}}   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
18205
>>>
 
18206
 
 
18207
 
 
18208
 
 
18209
 
 
18210
\<Meers' exam\><<<
 
18211
\ConfigureEnv{exam}
 
18212
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="exam">}}
 
18213
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
18214
   {}{}
 
18215
\ConfigureEnv{problem}
 
18216
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="problem">}}
 
18217
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
18218
   {}{}
 
18219
\Css{.problem{border-bottom: 1px solid black;}}
 
18220
\Configure{scorebox}
 
18221
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="scorebox">}
 
18222
    \bgroup\Configure{fbox}{\leavevmode}{}}
 
18223
   {\egroup\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
18224
\Css{.scorebox{margin-left:90\%; border: 1px solid black;}}
 
18225
>>>
 
18226
 
 
18227
 
 
18228
\<Alexanders' exam\><<<
 
18229
\Configure{sectiontitle}
 
18230
   {\ifvmode\IgnorePar\fi
 
18231
      \EndP \HCode{<h4 class="sectiontitle">}\IgnorePar}
 
18232
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</h4>}}
 
18233
>>>
 
18234
 
 
18235
\<Alexanders' exam\><<<
 
18236
\Configure{answer}
 
18237
     {\HCode{<span class="answer">}}    {\HCode{</span>}}
 
18238
\Css{.answer {text-decoration:underline;}}
 
18239
\Configure{question}
 
18240
    {\HCode{<span class="question">}}    {\HCode{</span>}}
 
18241
>>>
 
18242
 
 
18243
\<Alexanders' exam\><<<
 
18244
\Configure{instructions}
 
18245
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="instructions">}}
 
18246
   {\IgnorePar\EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
18247
>>>
 
18248
 
 
18249
 
 
18250
\<Alexanders' exam\><<<
 
18251
\ConfigureEnv{examtop} 
 
18252
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<table class="examtop"><tr><td>}}
 
18253
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</td></tr></table>}}
 
18254
   {}{}
 
18255
\Configure{namedata} 
 
18256
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP 
 
18257
    \Configure{newline}{\HCode{</td><td
 
18258
          class="namedata-rule"><hr /></td></tr><tr><td>}}%
 
18259
    \HCode{</td><td><div class="namedata"><table><tr><td>}}
 
18260
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP 
 
18261
       \HCode{</td><td
 
18262
           class="namedata-rule"><hr /></td></tr></table></div>}}
 
18263
\Css{td.namedata-rule {width:10em; vertical-align:bottom; }}
 
18264
\Css{div.namedata{text-align:right;}}
 
18265
\Configure{classdata} 
 
18266
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<h3 class="classdata">}}
 
18267
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</h3>}}
 
18268
>>>
 
18269
 
 
18270
 
 
18271
 
 
18272
\<Alexanders' exam\><<<
 
18273
\ConfigureEnv{keytop} 
 
18274
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="keytop">}}
 
18275
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
18276
   {}{}
 
18277
>>>
 
18278
 
 
18279
 
 
18280
\<Alexanders' exam\><<<
 
18281
\Configure{frontmatter} 
 
18282
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{<div class="frontmatter">}}
 
18283
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar \fi \EndP \HCode{</div>}}
 
18284
>>>
 
18285
 
 
18286
 
 
18287
 
 
18288
 
 
18289
 
 
18290
 
 
18291
 
 
18292
 
 
18293
 
 
18294
 
 
18295
 
 
18296
 
 
18297
 
 
18298
 
 
18299
 
 
18300
 
 
18301
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
18302
\section{Etc}
 
18303
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
18304
 
 
18305
 
 
18306
\<configure html4 rotating\><<<
 
18307
\ConfigureEnv{turn}
 
18308
   {\Picture+{}} {\EndPicture}
 
18309
   {}{}
 
18310
>>>
 
18311
 
 
18312
 
 
18313
\<configure html4 manju\><<<
 
18314
\Configure{@TITLE}{\let\@title=\empty}
 
18315
>>>
 
18316
 
 
18317
 
 
18318
 
 
18319
 
 
18320
\<configure html4 mls\><<<
 
18321
\Configure{@TITLE}{\let\@title=\empty}
 
18322
>>>
 
18323
 
 
18324
 
 
18325
 
 
18326
 
 
18327
 
 
18328
 
 
18329
 
 
18330
 
 
18331
 
 
18332
 
 
18333
\<configure html4 ulem\><<<
 
18334
\Configure{uline}
 
18335
   {\HCode{<span class="underline">}} {\HCode{</span>}}
 
18336
\Configure{uuline}
 
18337
   {\HCode{<span class="underline">}} {\HCode{</span>}}
 
18338
\Configure{sout}
 
18339
   {\HCode{<span class="sout">}} {\HCode{</span>}}
 
18340
\Css{span.sout {text-decoration: line-through }}
 
18341
\Configure{xout}
 
18342
   {\HCode{<span class="xout"><span class="underline">}} 
 
18343
   {\HCode{</span></span>}}
 
18344
\Css{span.xout {text-decoration: line-through }}
 
18345
\Configure{uwave}
 
18346
   {\HCode{<span class="underline">}} 
 
18347
   {\HCode{</span>}}
 
18348
\Css{span.uwave {text-decoration: line-through }}
 
18349
>>>
 
18350
 
 
18351
 
 
18352
 
 
18353
\<configure html4 go\><<<
 
18354
\Configure{showdiagram}
 
18355
    {\Picture*[go]{}}  {\EndPicture}
 
18356
>>>
 
18357
 
 
18358
 
 
18359
 
 
18360
 
 
18361
 
 
18362
 
 
18363
\<configure html4 pifont\><<<
 
18364
\ConfigureList{dingautolist}
 
18365
   {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="dingautolist\expandafter\the
 
18366
         \csname @listdepth\endcsname">}%
 
18367
      |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
18368
   {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}
 
18369
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt
 
18370
        class="dingautolist">}}
 
18371
   {\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="dingautolist">}}
 
18372
\ConfigureList{Piautolist}
 
18373
   {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="Piautolist\expandafter\the
 
18374
         \csname @listdepth\endcsname">}%
 
18375
      |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
18376
   {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}
 
18377
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt
 
18378
        class="Piautolist">}}
 
18379
   {\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="Piautolist">}}
 
18380
\ConfigureList{Pilist}
 
18381
   {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="Pilist\expandafter\the
 
18382
         \csname @listdepth\endcsname">}%
 
18383
      |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
18384
   {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}
 
18385
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt
 
18386
        class="Pilist">}}
 
18387
   {\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="Pilist">}}
 
18388
>>>
 
18389
 
 
18390
 
 
18391
\<configure html4 paralist\><<<
 
18392
\ConfigureList{asparaitem}%
 
18393
   {\EndP\HCode{<div class="asparaitem">}\ShowPar\ShowIndent}
 
18394
   {\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
18395
   {\par\ShowPar{\parindent=10pt\leavevmode}}
 
18396
   {}
 
18397
\ConfigureList{asparaenum}%
 
18398
   {\EndP\HCode{<div class="asparaenum">}\ShowPar\ShowIndent}
 
18399
   {\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
18400
   {\par\ShowPar{\parindent=10pt\leavevmode}}
 
18401
   {}
 
18402
\ConfigureList{asparadesc}%
 
18403
   {\EndP\HCode{<div class="asparadesc">}\ShowPar\ShowIndent}
 
18404
   {\EndP\HCode{</div>}\ShowPar}
 
18405
   {\par\ShowPar{\parindent=10pt\leavevmode}}
 
18406
   {}
 
18407
\ConfigureList{compactdesc}%
 
18408
   {\EndP\HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="compactdesc">}%
 
18409
      |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
18410
   {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}
 
18411
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt
 
18412
        class="compactdesc">}\bgroup \bf}
 
18413
   {\egroup\EndP\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="compactdesc">}}
 
18414
\ConfigureList{compactitem}%
 
18415
   {\EndP\HCode{<ul>}%
 
18416
      |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty}
 
18417
   {|<recall end:itm|>\EndP\HCode{</li></ul>}\ShowPar}
 
18418
   {\end:itm \global\def\end:itm{\EndP\Tg</li>}\DeleteMark}
 
18419
   {\HCode{<li class="compactitem">}}
 
18420
\ConfigureEnv{enumerate}
 
18421
   {}{|<try env inline par|>}{}{}
 
18422
\ConfigureList{enumerate}%
 
18423
   {\if@plalwaysadjust
 
18424
        \EndP \HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="enumerate">}%
 
18425
           |<save end:itm|>\global\let\end:itm=\empty
 
18426
       \def\para:enumII{|<recall end:itm|>\EndP
 
18427
                        \HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}%
 
18428
       \def\para:enumIII{\end:itm \global
 
18429
          \def\end:itm{\EndP
 
18430
                       \Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt class="enumerate">}}%
 
18431
       \def\para:enumIV{\EndP
 
18432
                  \HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="enumerate">}}%
 
18433
    \else
 
18434
       |<enumerate I|>%
 
18435
       \def\para:enumII{|<enumerate II|>}%
 
18436
       \def\para:enumIII{|<enumerate III|>}%
 
18437
       \def\para:enumIV{|<enumerate IV|>}%
 
18438
    \fi
 
18439
    }
 
18440
    {\para:enumII}    {\para:enumIII}    {\para:enumIV}
 
18441
>>>
 
18442
 
 
18443
 
 
18444
 
 
18445
 
 
18446
 
 
18447
\<configure html4 alphanum\><<<
 
18448
\def\:tempc#1#2#3#4{%
 
18449
   \ConfigureMark{toclvl#1}
 
18450
      {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\csname thelvl#1\endcsname
 
18451
       \HCode{</span>}}%
 
18452
   \Configure{toclvl#1}
 
18453
      {}{}
 
18454
      {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar
 
18455
       \HCode{<#4 class="toclvl#1Head"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
18456
      {\HCode{</#4>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}%
 
18457
   \ConfigureToc{toclvl#1}
 
18458
      {|<alphanum toc spaces|>\def\:temp{\J@INumberRoot{#2}{\tmp:cnt}}%
 
18459
       \afterassignment\:temp \tmp:cnt}
 
18460
      {#3 \HCode{<span class="toclvl#1">}}{}
 
18461
      {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}%
 
18462
   \ConfigureToc{liketoclvl#1}
 
18463
      {} {|<alphanum toc spaces|>\HCode{<span class="liketoclvl#1">}}{}
 
18464
      {\HCode{</span><br\xml:empty>}}%
 
18465
}
 
18466
\:tempc a1{.}{h3}
 
18467
\:tempc b2{.}{h4}
 
18468
\:tempc c3{.}{h5}
 
18469
\:tempc d4{)}{h5}
 
18470
\:tempc e5{)}{h5}
 
18471
\:tempc f6{)}{h5}
 
18472
\:tempc g7{)}{h5}
 
18473
\:tempc h8{)}{h5}
 
18474
\:tempc i9{)}{h5}
 
18475
\:tempc j{10}{)}{h5}
 
18476
\:tempc k{11}{)}{h5}
 
18477
\:tempc l{12}{)}{h5}
 
18478
>>>
 
18479
 
 
18480
\<alphanum toc spaces\><<<
 
18481
\tmp:cnt=0 \loop \advance\tmp:cnt by 1
 
18482
                  \ifnum \tmp:cnt<#2 ~~\repeat
 
18483
>>>
 
18484
 
 
18485
\<\><<<
 
18486
\ConfigureMark{toc}
 
18487
   {\HCode{<span class="titlemark">}\csname thelvl\alph{tiefe}\endcsname
 
18488
    \HCode{</span>}}
 
18489
\Configure{toc}
 
18490
   {}{}
 
18491
   {\ifvmode \IgnorePar\fi \EndP\IgnorePar  
 
18492
    \HCode{<h5 class="tocHead"\a:LRdir>}\TitleMark\space\HtmlParOff}
 
18493
   {\HCode{</h5>}\HtmlParOn \IgnoreIndent \par}
 
18494
>>>
 
18495
 
 
18496
 
 
18497
 
 
18498
 
 
18499
 
 
18500
 
 
18501
 
 
18502
\<configure html4 alphanum\><<<
 
18503
\bgroup
 
18504
   \let\ifx=\relax
 
18505
   \let\:temp=\relax
 
18506
   \let\:tempa=\expandafter
 
18507
   \let\expandafter=\relax
 
18508
   \let\:TableOfContents=\relax
 
18509
   \let\else=\relax
 
18510
   \let\if=\relax
 
18511
   \let\fi=\relax
 
18512
   \def\Auto:ent#1{\noexpand\Auto:ent{#1,toclvla,liketoclvla,toclvlb,%
 
18513
      liketoclvlb,toclvlc,liketoclvlc,toclvld,liketoclvld,toclvle,%
 
18514
      liketoclvle,toclvlf,liketoclvlf,toclvlg,liketoclvlg,toclvlh,%
 
18515
      liketoclvlh,toclvli,liketoclvli,toclvlj,%
 
18516
      liketoclvlj,toclvlk,liketoclvlk,toclvll,liketoclvll}}
 
18517
   \edef\:TOC{\def\noexpand\:TOC{\:TOC}}
 
18518
   \:tempa 
 
18519
\egroup \:TOC
 
18520
>>>
 
18521
 
 
18522
 
 
18523
 
 
18524
 
 
18525
 
 
18526
 
 
18527
 
 
18528
 
 
18529
 
 
18530
 
 
18531
 
 
18532
 
 
18533
 
 
18534
  \<configure html4 gloss\><<<
 
18535
\ConfigureList{glosslist}{}{}{}{}
 
18536
\Configure{gloss}  {\Link{\gls@b}{}}  {\EndLink}
 
18537
\Configure{glosslist}%
 
18538
   {\IgnorePar\EndP
 
18539
    \HCode{<dl \a:LRdir class="glosslist">}\global\let\end:glitm=\empty}
 
18540
   {\IgnorePar\EndP\HCode{</dd></dl>}\ShowPar}
 
18541
   {\end:glitm\gdef\end:glitm{\EndP\Tg</dd>}\HCode{<dt
 
18542
        class="glosslist">}\Link{}{\GlossLabel}\EndLink }
 
18543
   {\HCode{</dt><dd\Hnewline class="glosslist">}}
 
18544
\Css{dl.glosslist {margin-left:2em;}}
 
18545
>>>
 
18546
 
 
18547
 
 
18548
 
 
18549
 
 
18550
 
 
18551
\<configure html4 booktabs\><<<
 
18552
\Configure{toprule}
 
18553
   {|<booktabs rule mag|>%
 
18554
    \Css{tr\#TBL-\TableNo-\ifnum \HRow=0 
 
18555
          1- td{border-top:|<booktabs rule height|> solid}
 
18556
     \else
 
18557
          \HRow- td{border-bottom:|<booktabs rule height|> solid}
 
18558
     \fi
 
18559
   }}
 
18560
\Configure{bottomrule}
 
18561
   {|<booktabs rule mag|>%
 
18562
    \Css{tr\#TBL-\TableNo-\HRow-
 
18563
            td{border-bottom:|<booktabs rule height|> solid}}}
 
18564
\Configure{midrule}
 
18565
   {|<booktabs rule mag|>%
 
18566
    \Css{tr\#TBL-\TableNo-\HRow- 
 
18567
            td{border-bottom:|<booktabs rule height|> solid}}}
 
18568
\Configure{cmidrule}
 
18569
   {|<booktabs rule mag|>%
 
18570
    \Css{tr\#TBL-\TableNo-\HRow- 
 
18571
            td{border-bottom:|<booktabs rule height|> solid}}%
 
18572
    \HCode{<!--cmidrule-->}}
 
18573
>>>
 
18574
 
 
18575
 
 
18576
 
 
18577
The cmidrule introduces ruler segments at different rows, instead of all of
 
18578
them in the same row.
 
18579
 
 
18580
\<booktabs rule height\><<<
 
18581
\expandafter\x:Em \the\@thisrulewidth em 
 
18582
>>>
 
18583
 
 
18584
\<booktabs rule mag\><<<
 
18585
\@thisrulewidth=\csname a:rule-mag\endcsname\@thisrulewidth    
 
18586
>>>
 
18587
 
 
18588
\<configure html4 booktabs\><<<
 
18589
\NewConfigure{rule-mag}{1}
 
18590
\Configure{rule-mag}{0.14}
 
18591
{
 
18592
  \def\x:Em{%
 
18593
    \catcode`\p=12
 
18594
    \catcode`\t=12
 
18595
    \gdef\x:Em}
 
18596
  \x:Em#1pt{#1}
 
18597
}
 
18598
>>>
 
18599
 
 
18600
 
 
18601
 
 
18602
 
 
18603
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
18604
\section{Endnotes.sty}
 
18605
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
18606
 
 
18607
 
 
18608
 
 
18609
 
 
18610
 
 
18611
\<configure html4 endnotes\><<<
 
18612
\Configure{makeenmark}
 
18613
   {\Link{ennote-\endnoteN}{enmark-\endnoteN}} {\EndLink}
 
18614
\Configure{enoteformat}
 
18615
   {\Link{enmark-\endnoteN}{ennote-\endnoteN}} {\EndLink}
 
18616
>>>
 
18617
 
 
18618
 
 
18619
 
 
18620
 
 
18621
 
 
18622
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
18623
\chapter{Shared}
 
18624
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
18625
\<TeX4ht copyright\><<<
 
18626
%                                                        %
 
18627
% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %
 
18628
% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either %
 
18629
% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any    %
 
18630
% later version. The latest version of this license is   %
 
18631
% in                                                     %
 
18632
%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt                %
 
18633
% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions  %
 
18634
% of LaTeX version 2003/12/01 or later.                  %
 
18635
%                                                        %
 
18636
% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained".%
 
18637
%                                                        %
 
18638
% This Current Maintainer of this work                   %
 
18639
% is Eitan M. Gurari.                                    %
 
18640
%                                                        %
 
18641
% If you modify this program your changing its signature %
 
18642
% with a directive of the following form will be         %
 
18643
% appreciated.                                           %
 
18644
%            \message{signature}                         %
 
18645
%                                                        %
 
18646
%                             gurari@cse.ohio-state.edu  %
 
18647
%                 http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari  %
 
18648
%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
 
18649
\immediate\write-1{version |version}
 
18650
>>>
 
18651
\<par del\><<<
 
18652
!*?: >>>
 
18653
\<tag of Tag\><<<
 
18654
 cw:>>>
 
18655
 
 
18656
\<tail\><<<
 
18657
tail>>>
 
18658
 
 
18659
\<addr for Tag and Ref of Sec\><<<
 
18660
\xdef\:cursec{|<section html addr|>}%
 
18661
>>>
 
18662
 
 
18663
 
 
18664
 
 
18665
 
 
18666
 
 
18667
 
 
18668
 
 
18669
 
 
18670
 
 
18671
 \OutputCode[4ht]\<exerqz\>
 
18672
 \OutputCodE\<onmouseover.4ht\>         
 
18673
 
 
18674
\endinput
 
18675
 
 
18676
 
 
18677
 
 
18678
 
 
18679
 
 
18680